117844 Catalog

117843-Attachment 117843-Attachment 117843-Attachment 785901 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

: Pdf 117844-Catalog 117844-Catalog 785901 Batch8 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 304

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Automation & Control
Telemecanique
The essential guide
July

2005

New telemecanique.com portal
This international site allows you to access all the Telemecanique products
in just 2 clicks via comprehensive range data-sheets, with direct links to:
b Complete library : technical documents, catalogs, certificates, FAQs,
brochures...
b Selection guides from the e-catalog
b Product discovery sites and their Flash animations
You will also find illustrated overviews, news to which you can subscribe,
a discussion forum, the list of country contacts...
To live automation solutions every day!

Product index

Functions
discovery

Product data-sheet

E-catalog

Library

New, icons at the bottom of the pages
in your essential guide!
Simply click on this icon to obtain direct access to
all the information that interests you, on any
product, via the website:

www.telemecanique.com

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors
Universal

This way you can easily access from
a product sheet the following items:
b the electronic catalogue
b the website dedicated to that
product
b a comprehensive library in which
you will find brochures, catalogues,
technical documentation (user
guides, technical manuals, etc.)
linked to that particular product.

Background

A single product that automatically adapts to all conditions.

Reflector

Programmable NO / NC
NO: object present = output ON
NC: no object present = output ON
Thru-beam accessory

Max / usable sensing distance

without accessory
w/o accessory, with background supp.
with reflector (polarised)
with thru-beam accessory

Fixing (mm)

Design 18 plastic

Design 18 metal

0.4 / 0.3 m
0.12 / 0.12 m
3/2m
20 / 15 m

0.4 / 0.3 m
0.12 / 0.12 m
3/2m
20 / 15 m

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

P / M18 x 64

M / M18 x 64

Common characteristics

Adjustment of sensing distance: using teach mode / Setting-up assistance LEDs (⊗): yes / Temperature

Sensors for DC applications

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
T / R 3-wire

PNP programmable NO / NC

XUB0APSNL2

NPN programmable NO / NC

XUB0BPSNL2

XUB0ANSNL2

XUB0BNSNL2

PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC –
Connection

–

M12 connector
T / R 3-wire

PNP programmable NO / NC

XUB0APSNM12

NPN programmable NO / NC

XUB0ANSNM12

Snap-C® compatible

XUB0BPSNM12
XUB0BNSNM12

PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC –
Connection

–

Screw terminals
T / R 3-wire

PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC –

–

Switching capacity (mA) main output / alarm output

100 / –

Common characteristics

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple: 10...36 (except XUM 10…30)

Thru-beam accessory

pre-cabled (2 m)

XUB0AKSNL2T

connector

XUB0AKSNM12T

100 / –

Connection

/

Switching

XUB0BKSNL2T
XUB0BKSNM12T

screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland –

–

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications

10...36 V DC / 20...264 V AC including ripple on DC (relay output, 1 C/O, 3 A)

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
T/R

programmable, NO/NC with time delay –

T/R

programmable, NO/NC with time delay –

Connection

–

Screw terminals
–

LED output state indicator (⊗) / power on LED (⊗)

–

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

Time delay(s)

–

–

–

–

screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland –

–

Thru-beam accessory

Accessoires

pre-cabled, PUR (2 m)

metal,
n 18 oltage
Desig
le in ent/multi-v er to
urr
availab
e ref
Also type multi-c . Ple as
2-wire ve rsi on e .com
iqu
AC /DCelemecan
www.T

90° head
All the above Osiris Design 18 sensors are available with an integral 90° head.
To order, replace the letter “N” in the reference by “W”.
Example: For pre-cabled versions: XUB0APSNL2 becomes XUB0APSWL2.
For connector versions: XUB0APSNM12 becomes XUB0APSWM12.
Sensing distances: refer to www.Telemecanique.com

Réflecteurs
Accessories
Reflectors

3D fixings with ball joint
Reflectors (mm)

XUZC24

XUZC80

XUZC50

Ø 21

XUZC21

24 x 21

XUZC24

Ø 31

XUZC31

Ø 39

XUZC39

Ø 80

XUZC80

50 x 50

XUZC50

100 x 100

XUZC100

Bracket with ball joint
for sensors and
reflector
XUZC50
for
XUB… XUZB2003
XUM… XUZM2003
XUK… XUZK2003
XUX… XUZX2003

Protective housing
with ball joint

for
XUM… XUZM2004
XUK… XUZK2004
XUX… XUZX2004

M12 rod for
ball joint

XUZ2001

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2

How to proceed
To order the clicker (reader), please
consult your Sales Office
(reference: DIA1GD0040601 - art: 960013)
b

XUZC24

XUZC80

XUZC50

2

Click on the icon printed
at the bottom of the pages
b

The product sheet corresponding to the page
then opens automatically with all the information
relating to that product, therefore saving you a
considerable amount of research time.
b

Click on the icon and straight away
you will get the web sheet for the
product corresponding to that page.

General contents

Detection
b Photo-electric sensors
b Inductive proximity sensors
b Limit switches
b Sensors for pressure control

1

Operator Dialog
b Control and signalling units
b Human-Machine Interfaces

2

Automation
b Relays
b Programmable controllers & Automation platforms
b Distributed Inputs/Outputs

3

Motion Control
b Modules
b Lexium 05, 17D drives for SER, BPH and BPL motors
b Twin Line drives for SER motors

4

Motor Control
b Motor control components
b Components for power control applications
b Soft starters and variable speed drives

5

Power Supplies
Power supplies and transformers for control circuits

6
Interfaces and I/Os

I ntroduction

b Connection
b Interfaces and distributed Inputs/Outputs

7

Telemecanique,
b the Schneider
Electric brand for
Automation & Control.
b innovative
products…

AS-Interface cabling system
b The cabling system that meets your needs for industrial automation
systems

8

Machine safety
b Safety solutions provide maximum protection in all the safety
functions of your automation system

9

Explosive atmospheres
b Detection
b Control and signalling units
b Machine safety
b Automation

Schneider worldwide
b Address

10

Telemecanique,
the Schneider Electric brand for
Automation & Control
Used together or separatly, Telemecanique products
can provide complete functionalities for all of your
industrial, building, infrastructure, and energy automation
applications.

Operator dialog
Software tools
Systems & Architectures

Motion control

Automation
Interfaces & I/O

Motor control

Detection

Power supplies
Mounting systems

Known for its quality
and innovation for
over 80 years,
Telemecanique
offers a wide range
of products in over
130 countries
around the world.

TeSys motor starters
Altivar drives
Altistart soft starters
Twin Line motors and servo-drives
Advantys distributed I/O
Zelio relays and Twido controllers
Modicon PLCs
Unity automation hardware
and software solution (NEW !)
Magelis operator terminals
Harmony control and signalling units
Osiconcept sensors
Preventa safety solutions
etc.

Simply Smart !
Leveraging ingenuity and intelligence for ease of use

Ingenuity
Auto-adapts to its
environment, “plug & play”
p Application functions,
control, communication
and diagnostics embedded
in the products
p User-friendly operation
either directly on the
product or remotely

Openness

p

Simplicity
Cost effective “optimum”
offers that make selection
easy for most typical
applications
p Products that are easy to
understand for users,
electricians and
automation specialists
p User-friendly intuitive
programming,
p

…for example

Zelio Logic
Easy programming directly
on the smart module with
either the Compact or
Modular versions, or via
PC using FBDs or Ladder
Logic. Control of
applications by simply
sending an SMS...

…for example

Altivar 38
“Plug & drive” speed drive
with functionality adapted
specifically for pumps and
fans, solutions with
harmonics protection and
PowerSuite software for
pocket PCs, perfectly suited
for building applications!

Compliance with field bus,
connection, and software
standards
Compactness
p Enabling decentralised
p High functionality in a
or remote surveillance
minimum of space
via the web with
p Freedom in implementation
Transparent Ready
products
…for example
p

Flexibility
Interchangeable
modular functions, to
better meet the
requirements for
extensions
p Software and
accessories common to
multiple product families
p

…for example

Twido
Programmable controller
with “compact” or
“modular” versions to
better meet your needs.
Its flexibility enables you
to add options like a
display, communication
bus, more memory,….

…for example

TeSys modèle U
The first starter controller
to integrate motor power
and control functions,
adaptable to a variety of
standard buses, and
permits you to
transparently monitor
applications via the web.

Magelis XBT-N
Besides the fact that it is
the most compact semigraphic display on the
market, it offers a high
degree of legibility,
configurable keys, and
multi-language
management capabilities.

Telemecanique,
innovative products for all Automation & Control functions.
Machine safety
See Machine safety
in each function

Operator dialog

AS-Interface

Systems & Architectures

See AS-Interface
in each function

Interfaces & I/O

Detection

Operator dialog

Connectors
Cable-ends, terminal blocs
Interfaces
Plug-in relays, analog
converters, discrete
interfaces
Pre-wired interfaces,
IP20/IP67 distributed I/O
AS-Interface
IP20/IP67 interfaces,
cables, repeaters,
accessories,adressing and
adjustment terminals
Machine safety
Safety monitors and
controllers on AS-Interface
Software
Software to design and
install AS-Interface system,
safety monitors and
controllers on AS-Interface
programming software

Mounting systems

Control & signalling units
Control and signalling units,
cam switches
Beacons and indicator banks

Interfaces & I/O

Detection
Sensors
Limit switches
Proximity sensors
Photo-electric and ultrasonic
sensors
Pressure switches
Rotary encoders

Human machine interfaces
Operator interface terminals,
industrial PCs, Web servers,
HMI and SCADA PC-based
software
Control stations, mounting
solutions
Control and pendant
stations, front panels
mounting kits

RFID, vision
Inductive identification
Vision system

AS-Interface
Control stations, keypads,
beacons

Machine safety
Switches, light curtains,
mats

Machine safety
Emergency stops, control
stations, enabling switches,
foot switches

Software
Safety mats configuration
software

Software
Operator terminal software

Mounting systems
Systems &
Architectures
Connecting Ethernet
devices
Web-enabling PLCs
on Ethernet
Application protocols
and field buses

Enclosures
Wall mounted enclosures
Floor standing enclosures,
suite type cubicles
Industrial boxes
Equipment and accessories
Thermal control equipment
Power splitter blocks
Mounting accessories

Simply Smart !
Software tools
Motion control

Automation
Motor control

Power supplies
Motor control
Motor starters
Contactors
Circuit breakers, fuse carriers
Thermal relays
Combinations, motor
controllers

Automation
Relays
Plug-in relays, electronic
timers, control relays,
counts
Smart relays
PLCs, PC based control,
distributed I/O
Programmable controllers
PLC platforms
PC based control
Distributed I/O, I/O
controllers
AS-Interface
Master modules for Modicon
PLCs
Machine safety
Optimum and universal
controllers
Software
PLCs and safety controllers
programming software

Soft starters,
variable speed drives
Soft starters
Variable speed drives
Mounting solutions
Motor starter mounting kit
AS-Interface
Motor controllers,
enclosures, variable speed
drives

Software tools
Global software
Generation of application
systems
Application control
Collaborative development
Dedicated software
See Software in other
functions

Power supplies
Power supplies
Switch mode power
supplies
Filtered rectified power
supplies, transformers
AS-Interface
Power supplies

General motion control
Motors, servo drives and
controllers

Machine safety
Switch disconnectors,
thermal-magnetic motor
circuit breakers, enclosed
starters

Software
Software for Lexium drives
and motors

Software
Motor control programming
software

Motion control

Detection

A complete range of
innovative and much more
simple to use sensors

Benefit from Telemecanique’s major innovation:

A worldwide detection first for improving productivity.
A complete offer for resolving your most commonly
encountered detection problems:
b product selection simplified
b product availability simplified
b installation and setting-up simplified
b maintenance simplified
b detection simplified using a single supplier.
Improved simplicity for improved productivity.

Osiconcept
Improve performance by
making your machines
less complicated and
more intelligent.
Improve customer
expertise with an
efficient product line
offering simplified
selection and improved
selling potential.
Reduce maintenance
time with products that
are simpler and
unequalled in flexibility.

Select the sensor according to your specific requirements

The essential
guide
A selection of
1250 products,
with the top 500
selling products
referenced in
bold characters.

1/0

“Universal” series:
Multi-purpose
products providing
multiple functions.
Osiconcept products
are included in this
series.

“Optimum” series:
Designed for
essential and
repetitive functions.

“Application” series:
Offers functions
specifically for
specialist needs, thus
providing the ideal
solution for your more
complex applications.

Osiris

Contents

Photo-electric sensors

1

> A single product
that automatically
adapts to all
conditions

b Osiris Photo-electric sensors ........................... 1/2 to 1/11
A simple press on the button automatically configures the
sensor and provides optimal performance for the
particular conditions.

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors
> A single product
that automatically
adapts to all
installation
environments

A simple press on the button automatically configures the
sensor and provides optimal performance irrespective of
the installation method (flush, non flush).

Detection without contact of objects
whatever their shape or material
> Detection from a few millimetres to several
tens of metres
> 3D adjustable fixing accessories
> Specific products for particular applications

b Osiprox Inductive proximity sensors .......... 1/12 to 1/22
Detection without contact of metal objects
> Sensor / object distance ≤ 60 mm
> Generic cylindrical and flat form products
> Specific products for particular applications

b Osisonic Ultrasonic sensors .................................... 1/24
Detection without contact of any object of any material

Osisonic

> Detection from a few millimetres up to 8 metres
> Extra large range to ensure finding the right product
> Specific products for particular applications

Ultrasonic sensors
> A single product
that automatically
learns both its
detection mode and
detection zone
A simple press on the button automatically configures
the sensor to its correct detection mode and optimal
detection zone.

Osiswitch

b Osiswitch limit switches ............................... 1/26 to 1/35
Detection by contact of rigid objects
> Positive opening operation of electrical contacts
> Object speed ≤ 1.5 m/s
> Specific products for particular applications

b Nautilus Sensors for pressure control ....... 1/36 to 1/41

Limit switches

Detection by contact with fluid
> Availability of
more than 5,000
interchangeable
configurations
within 24 hours

> Electronic pressure and vacuum switches
> Analogue pressure sensors
> Electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches

Other detection technologies
Only one type of metal operating heads for 5 different
bodies. Connection and contacts modularity.

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control
> A user-friendly
product at last;
easy to parameter
prior to installation
and to modify during
operation
Ergonomic, tactile feedback keys plus drop-down menu
on large 4-digit display.

b Osiprox Capacitive proximity sensors .................... 1/23
b Opto-electronic rotary encoders ..................................... 1/25
b Osiview Vision system ................................................ 1/42
Complete industrial vision system comprising:
controllers, lenses, cameras, lighting systems, accessories, etc.

b Inductel Inductive identification ............................... 1/43
Complete inductive identification system provided by
a complete range of tags, inductive heads and stations

b Photo-electic sensors for explosive atmospheres
(see chapter 10 “Explosive Atmosphères”)

1/1

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors
Universal

1
Background

A single product that automatically adapts to all conditions.

Reflector

Programmable NO / NC
NO: object present = output ON
NC: no object present = output ON
Thru-beam accessory

Design 18 plastic

Design 18 metal

0.4 / 0.3 m
0.12 / 0.12 m
3/2m
20 / 15 m

0.4 / 0.3 m
0.12 / 0.12 m
3/2m
20 / 15 m

Fixing (mm)

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

P / M18 x 64

M / M18 x 64

Common characteristics

Adjustment of sensing distance: using teach mode / Setting-up assistance LEDs (⊗): yes / Temperature

Max / usable sensing distance

without accessory
w/o accessory, with background supp.
with reflector (polarised)
with thru-beam accessory

Sensors for DC applications

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
T / R 3-wire

PNP programmable NO / NC

XUB0APSNL2

XUB0BPSNL2

NPN programmable NO / NC

XUB0ANSNL2

XUB0BNSNL2

PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC –
Connection

–

M12 connector
T / R 3-wire

PNP programmable NO / NC

XUB0APSNM12

NPN programmable NO / NC

XUB0ANSNM12

Snap-C® compatible

XUB0BPSNM12
XUB0BNSNM12

PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC –
Connection

–

Screw terminals
T / R 3-wire

PNP / NPN programmable NO / NC –

–

Switching capacity (mA) main output / alarm output

100 / –

Common characteristics

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple: 10...36 (except XUM 10…30)

Thru-beam accessory

pre-cabled (2 m)

XUB0AKSNL2T

connector

XUB0AKSNM12T

100 / –
Switching

XUB0BKSNM12T

screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland –

–

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection

/

XUB0BKSNL2T

10...36 V DC / 20...264 V AC including ripple on DC (relay output, 1 C/O, 3 A)

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
T/R

programmable, NO/NC with time delay –

Connection

–

Screw terminals
T/R

programmable, NO/NC with time delay –

–

LED output state indicator (⊗) / power on LED (⊗)

–

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

Time delay(s)

–

–

Thru-beam accessory

pre-cabled, PUR (2 m)

–

–

screw terminals, ISO 16 cable gland –

–

etal,
18 m
sign i-voltage
e
D
in
ult
able current/m r e f e r t o
avail
ie
Also type mult . P l e a s
n
e
2-wir C v e r s i o ue .com
iq
A C / D elemecan
.T
www

90° head
All the above Osiris Design 18 sensors are available with an integral 90° head.
To order, replace the letter “N” in the reference by “W”.
Example: For pre-cabled versions: XUB0APSNL2 becomes XUB0APSWL2.
For connector versions: XUB0APSNM12 becomes XUB0APSWM12.
Sensing distances: refer to www.Telemecanique.com

Accessories
Reflectors

3D fixings with ball joint
Reflectors (mm)

XUZC24

XUZC80

XUZC50

Ø 21

XUZC21

24 x 21

XUZC24

Ø 31

XUZC31

Ø 39

XUZC39

Ø 80

XUZC80

50 x 50

XUZC50

100 x 100

XUZC100

Bracket with ball joint
for sensors and
reflector
XUZC50
for
XUB…
XUM…
XUK…
XUX…

XUZB2003
XUZM2003
XUZK2003
XUZX2003

Protective housing
with ball joint

for
XUM… XUZM2004
XUK… XUZK2004
XUX… XUZX2004

M12 rod for
ball joint

XUZ2001

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/2

1

Miniature design

Compact design 50 x 50

Compact design

0.55 / 0.4 m
0.10 / 0.10 m
4/3m
14 / 10 m

1.2 / 0.8 m
0.3 / 0.3 m
5.7 / 4 m
35 / 30 m

3/2m
1.3 / 1.3 m
15 / 11 m
60 / 40 m

direct: fixing centres 25.5, M3 screws

direct: fixing centres 40 x 40, M4 screws

direct: fixing centres 30 / 38 to 40 / 50 / 74, M5 screws

P / 12 x 34 x 20

P / 18 x 50 x 50

P / 30 x 92 x 71

range (°C): – 25…+ 55 / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP65, IP67 (XUK: IP65)

XUM0APSAL2

–

–

XUM0ANSAL2

–

–

–

XUK0AKSAL2

M8 connector

M12 connector

–

XUM0APSAM8 (1)

–

–

XUM0ANSAM8 (1)

–

–

–

XUK0AKSAM12

XUX0AKSAM12

–

–

XUX0AKSAT16

100 / 50

100 / 50

100 / 100

Snap-C® compatible

frequency (Hz): 250 / Overload and short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗): yes / power on LED (⊗): yes
XUM0AKSAL2T

XUK0AKSAL2T

–

XUM0AKSAM8T (1)

XUK0AKSAM12T

XUX0AKSAM12T

–

XUX0AKSAT16T

–

(1) M8 not Snap–C® compatible

–

XUK0ARCTL2

–

–

–

XUX0ARCTT16

–

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

–

20

20

–

Adjustment from 0 to 15 s, on energisation, on de-energisation or monostable

–

XUK0ARCTL2T

–

–

–

XUX0ARCTT16T

Connector innovation
New, innovative connector that is universal, simple and fast.
For all Telemecanique sensors with Snap–C compatible M12 connectors:
– cabling to the required length without using a screwdriver or a soldering iron,
– ready in just a few seconds, no wire stripping required.

Snap-C® compatible

Simple fixings
Fixing
support for
M12 rod

XUZ2003

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

Single bracket

for
XUB...
XUM...
XUK...
XUX...

standard
XUZA118 (stnls. steel)
XUZA50
XUZA51
XUZX2000

with ball joint
XUZA218 (plastic)
–
–
–

length 5 m
without LED pre-wired, elbowed pre-wired, straight
screw terminal
M8
XZCP1041L5
XZCP0941L5
XZCC8FCM40S
M12
XZCP1241L5
XZCP1141L5
XZCC12FCM40B

Snap–C
–
XZCC12FDM40V

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/3

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors
Optimum

1

Object present detection NO
Output ON / object present
Thru-beam
Reflex
Diffuse

(T)

(R)

(T/R)

(T/R)

No object present detection NC Output ON / no object present
Thru-beam
Reflex
Diffuse

(T)

(R)

(T/R)

(T/R)

Design 18 plastic

Design 18 metal

0.8 / 0.6 m
3/2m
5.5 / 4 m
20 / 15 m

0.8 / 0.6 m
3/2m
5.5 / 4 m
20 / 15 m

Fixing (mm)

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

P / M18 x 46

M / M18 x 46

Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

–

–

Common characteristics

Temperature range (°C): – 25…+ 55 / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP65, IP67 (XUK: IP65)

Max / usable sensing distance

Diffuse
Polarised reflex
Reflex
Thru-beam

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m M12 connector (1)

Transmitter

XUB2AKSNL2T

XUB2AKSNM12T

Receiver or T/R, 3-wire PNP (1)

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m M12 connector (1)
XUB2BKSNL2T

XUB2BKSNM12T

Diffuse, adjustable

NO

XUB5APANL2

XUB5APANM12

XUB5BPANL2

XUB5BPANM12

NC

XUB5APBNL2

XUB5APBNM12

XUB5BPBNL2

XUB5BPBNM12

Polarised reflex

NO

XUB9APANL2

XUB9APANM12

XUB9BPANL2

XUB9BPANM12

NC

XUB9APBNL2

XUB9APBNM12

XUB9BPBNL2

XUB9BPBNM12

Reflex

NO

XUB1APANL2

XUB1APANM12

XUB1BPANL2

XUB1BPANM12

NC

XUB1APBNL2

XUB1APBNM12

XUB1BPBNL2

XUB1BPBNM12

NO

XUB2APANL2R

XUB2APANM12R

XUB2BPANL2R

XUB2BPANM12R

NC

XUB2APBNL2R

XUB2APB NM12R

XUB2BPBNL2R

XUB2BPBNM12R

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10...36

10...36

10...36

10...36

Switching frequency (Hz)

500

500

500

500

Common characteristics for DC versions

Switching capacity, max (mA): 100

Thru-beam

/

Overload and short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state

(1) For versions with NPN output, replace “P” by “N”. Example: XUB1APANL2 becomes XUB1ANANL2.

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications 10…36 V DC

/ 20…264 V AC including ripple on DC (relay output, 1 C/O, 3 A)

Connection

–

–

–

–

Transmitter

–

–

–

–

Receiver or T/R

Diffuse

NO + NC

–

–

–

–

Polarised reflex

NO + NC

–

–

–

–

Reflex

NO + NC

–

–

–

–

Thru-beam

NO + NC

–

–

–

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

–

LED output state indicator (⊗) / power on LED (⊗)

–

–

–

–

90° head
All the above Osiris Design 18 sensors are available with an integral 90° head.
To order, replace the letter “N” in the reference by “W”.
Example: For pre-cabled versions: XUB0APSNL2 becomes XUB0APSWL2.
For connector versions: XUB0APSNM12 becomes XUB0APSWM12.
Sensing distances: refer to www.Telemecanique.com

Accessories
Reflectors

3D fixings with ball joint
Reflectors (mm)

XUZC24

XUZC80

XUZC50

Ø 21

XUZC21

24 x 21

XUZC24

Ø 31

XUZC31

Ø 39

XUZC39

Ø 80

XUZC80

50 x 50

XUZC50

100 x 100

XUZC100

Bracket with ball joint
for sensors and
reflector
XUZC50
for
XUB…
XUM…
XUK…
XUX…

XUZB2003
XUZM2003
XUZK2003
XUZX2003

Protective housing
with ball joint

for
XUM… XUZM2004
XUK… XUZK2004
XUX… XUZX2004

M12 rod for
ball joint

XUZ2001

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/4

1

Miniature design

Compact design 50 x 50

Compact design

0.6 / 0.4 m
3/2m
6/4m
12 / 8 m

1.5 / 1 m DC or AC
7.5 / 5 m DC or 6 / 4 m AC
15 / 9 m DC or 10 / 7 m AC
45 / 30 m DC or 30 / 20 m AC

3 / 2.1 m
15 / 11 m
20 / 14 m
60 / 40 m

direct: fixing centres 25.5, M3 screws

direct: fixing centres 40 x 40, M4 screws

direct: fixing centres 30 / 38 to 40 / 50 / 74, M5 screws

P / 12 x 34 x 27

P / 18 x 50 x 50

P / 30 x 92 x 71

⊗

⊗

⊗

/

LED output state indicator and power on LED (⊗): yes

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

M8 connector

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

M12 connector (1)

XUM2AKSNL2T

XUM2AKSNM8T

XUK2AKSNL2T

XUK2AKSNM12T

XUX0AKSAT16T

XUX0AKSAM12T

XUM5APANL2

XUM5APANM8

XUK5APANL2

XUK5APANM12

XUX5APANT16

XUX5APANM12

XUM5APBNL2

XUM5APBNM8

XUK5APBNL2

XUK5APBNM12

XUX5APBNT16

XUX5APBNM12

XUM9APANL2

XUM9APANM8

XUK9APANL2

XUK9APANM12

XUX9APANT16

XUX9APANM12

Screw trmls., ISO 16 cbl.gland M12 connector (1)

XUM9APBNL2

XUM9APBNM8

XUK9APBNL2

XUK9APBNM12

XUX9APBNT16

XUX9APBNM12

XUM1APANL2

XUM1APANM8

XUK1APANL2

XUK1APANM12

XUX1APANT16

XUX1APANM12

XUM1APBNL2

XUM1APBNM8

XUK1APBNL2

XUK1APBNM12

XUX1APBNT16

XUX1APBNM12

XUM2APANL2R

XUM2APANM8R

XUK2APANL2R

XUK2APANM12R

XUX2APANT16R

XUX2APANM12R

XUM2APBNL2R

XUM2APBNM8R

XUK2APBNL2R

XUK2APBNM12R

XUX2APBNT16R

XUX2APBNM12R

10...30

10...30

10...30

10...30

10...36

10...36

500

500

500

500

500

500

indicator (⊗): yes / power on LED (⊗): yes

–

–

Pre-cabled, L = 2 m

–

Screw trmls., ISO 16 cbl.gland –

–

–

XUK2ARCNL2T

–

XUX0ARCTT16T

–

–

–

XUK5ARCNL2

–

XUX5ARCNT16

–

–

–

XUK9ARCNL2

–

XUX9ARCNT16

–

–

–

XUK1ARCNL2

–

XUX1ARCNT16

–

–

–

XUK2ARCNL2R

–

XUX2ARCNT16R

–

–

–

20

–

20

–

–

–

⊗/⊗

–

⊗/⊗

–

(1) Connector innovation
New, innovative connector that is universal, simple and fast.
For all Telemecanique sensors with Snap–C compatible M12 connectors:
– cabling to the required length without using a screwdriver or a soldering iron,
– ready in just a few seconds, no wire stripping required.

Snap-C® compatible

Simple fixings
Fixing
support for
M12 rod

XUZ2003

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

Single bracket

for
XUB...
XUM...
XUK...
XUX...

standard
XUZA118 (stnls. steel)
XUZA50
XUZA51
XUZX2000

with ball joint
XUZA218 (plastic)
–
–
–

length 5 m
without LED pre-wired, elbowed pre-wired, straight
screw terminal
M8
XZCP1041L5
XZCP0941L5
XZCC8FCM40S
M12
XZCP1241L5
XZCP1141L5
XZCC12FCM40B

Snap–C
–
XZCC12FDM40V

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/5

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors, fibre optic
Amplifier

1

Object present detection NO

Output ON / object present

A

B

Teach

Teach

No object present detection NC Output ON / no object present
A

B

Teach

Teach

(1) Models suitable for use with
XUFZ01 and XUFZ02

Optimum

Universal

System

System

For plastic fibres

Sensing distance (mm)

Max / usable sensing distance (mm)

Depending on fibre

Fibre cross-section

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail or direct: fixing centres 25, M3 screws

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

40 x 10 x 65

Fibre Ø (mm)

Case: P (plastic)

P

Sheath Ø

Sensitivity adjustmant

Using teach mode

Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

⊗

Temperature range (°C)

- 10…+ 55

Fixing

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP65 with Ø 1 fibre / IP64 with Ø 0.5 fibre

(2) With XUFZ04 fixing

Temperature range (°C)
⊗ and 4-digit display

References

clamp with lens

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection

(3) Depending on length
and lens fixing clamps

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

References

3-wire PNP programmable

NO / NC

Amplifier

3-wire NPN programmable

NO / NC

Connection

XUDA1PSML2

XUDA2PSML2

XUDA1NSML2

XUDA2NSML2

M8 connector

References

3-wire PNP programmable

NO / NC

XUDA1PSMM8

XUDA2PSMM8

Amplifier

3-wire NPN programmable

NO / NC

XUDA1NSMM8

XUDA2NSMM8

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10.8...26.4

Switching capacity (mA) main output

100

Alarm output (switching capacity mA)

–

Overload and short-circuit protection (★)

★

★

(1) Models suitable for use with

LED output state indicator (⊗)

⊗

⊗

XUFZ01 and XUFZ02

Switching frequency (Hz)

1000

1000 (standard mode)

System

5000 (fast mode). Sensing distance

Sensing distance (mm)

halved in fast mode

Fibre cross-section

50

Programmable timer

–

40 ms on beam break

Anti-interference

–

in standard mode

Fibre Ø (mm)
Sheath Ø
Temperature range (°C)
References
Fixing

Accessories
Suitable female pre-wired plug-in connectors for use with amplifier XUD •••M8
length 5 m

Fig. 1

Elbowed without LED, fig. 1

XZCP1041L5

Elbowed with LED, fig. 2

XZCP0941L5

Fig. 2

For thru-beam system plastic fibre optics

For all system plastic fibre optics

Lenses

Fibre trimmer

For increasing
sensing distance (pair)

(1) Models suitable for use with
XUFZ01 and XUFZ02

System

For trimming fibres to

XUFZ01

Sensing distance (mm)

length (included with
With 90° mirror (pair)

XUFZ11

Protective metal tubing

Fixing clamp with lens (set of 2)

Length 1 m, for plastic fibres

Front screw fixing for
fibre optics XUFZ920

all fibre optics)

XUFZ02

XUFZ04

with threaded end fittings
For M4 thread

XUFZ210

For M6 thread

XUFZ310

Fibre cross-section
Fibre Ø (mm)
Sheath Ø
Temperature range (°C)
References
Fixing

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/6

Plastic fibre optic light guides (length 2 m)

1

L = 20 m

M4 / M2.6 (1)

M4 / L = 90 mm

Thru-beam

250 to 900 (3)

M6

M4 / M6

M6 / L = 90 mm

M4 / M2.6

M4 / L = 90 mm

60

60

15

18

Diffuse

200 or 1500 (1)

180

70

Ø1

Ø1

Ø1

Ø1

Ø 1+16 Ø 0.265

Ø1

Ø 0.5 + 4 Ø 0.23

Ø 0.5

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø1x2

Ø1x2
- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

XUFZ920

XUFN12301

XUFN12311

XUFN05321

XUFN05323

XUFN05331

XUFN02323

XUFN01331

(2)

M4 x 0.7

M4 x 0.7

M6 x 0.75

M6 x 0.75 / M4 x 0.7 M6 x 0.75

M4 x 0.7

M4 x 0.7

Long distance fibres

Flexible fibres for

with integral lens
M3 / M2.6 (1)

M3 / L = 90 mm

M8 / L = 20 mm

Thru-beam

50 or 1000 (1)

M4 / M2.6

Long distance fibres

reciprocal movement

M3 / L = 15 mm

M6 / L = 15 mm

M6 / L = 17 mm

6

95

55

Diffuse

30

2500

18

Ø 0.5

Ø 0.5

Ø1

Ø 0.5

Ø 0.265

Ø 1.5

Ø1

Ø1

Ø1

Ø 2.2

Ø1x2

Ø1x2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø 2.2 x 2

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

XUFN35301

XUFN35311

XUFN2L01L2

XUFN01321

XUFN04331

XUFN5P01L2

XUFN5S01L2

M3 x 0.5

M3 x 0.5

M8 x 1.25

M4 x 0.7

M3 x 0.5

M6 x 0.75

M6 x 0.75

Long distance fibres Flexible fibres

Teflon fibres

M4 / M2.6 (1)

Ø 5 / L = 20 mm

M4 / M2.6 (1)

Thru-beam

Diffuse focused for full colour sensor XURC4

300 or 2000 (1) 100 or 750 (1)

1000

10

20

Receiver Ø 1.5

30

Ø 1.5

Ø1

Ø1

Transmitter Ø 1

Transmitter Ø 1.5 Receiver Ø 1.5

Transmitter and Receiver Ø 1.5

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø 2.2 x 2

Ø 2.2 x 2

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 25...+ 60

- 10...+ 55

- 10...+ 55

- 10...+ 55

XUFN2P01L2

XUFN2S01L2

XUFN2T01L2

XUFN5L01L2

XUFN5L02L2

XUFN5L03L2

M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7 M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7 by clip (included)

2 elongated holes Ø 3.2 x 6.7 for M3 screws / fixing centres = 9.8 mm

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/7

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors - Application
Packaging series

1

Contrast sensors

Diffuse

Luminescence sensors

Diffuse

Diffuse

Diffuse

(manual)

(with teach mode)

(manual)

0.009 m (1)

0.009 m (1)

0.02 m

Max / usable sensing distance

0.019 m

Fixing (mm)

direct: fixing ctrs. 40 x 40 direct: 21 x 28, M5 screws direct: 21 x 28, M5 screws M18 x 1

Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer

with teach mode button

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

with teach mode button
M/⊗

M/⊗

M/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 10…+ 55 / IP65

- 10…+ 55 / IP67

- 10…+ 55 / IP67

- 25…+ 55 / IP67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x D

100 x 30 x 62.5

96 x 31 x 64

Ø18 x 95

Sensors for DC applications

50 x 15 x 50
(solid-state output: transistor)
M12 connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

Connection
NO function

XUKR1PSMM12

–

–

XU5M18U1D

3-wire NPN

NO function

XUKR1NSMM12

–

–

–

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

–

XURK0955D

XUKR1KSMM12

–

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

10…30

10…30

Switching capacity, max (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 5000

200 / 10000

200 / 10000

100 / 1000

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

Overload and short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗) ★ / ⊗

(1) 0.007 m with XURZ02; 0.018 m with XURZ01

Packaging series (continued)

Packaging series

Detection of transparent materials

Reflex
(reflector not included)

Optical frames
for detection of
passage of objects

Objects on conveyor

Reflex (with teach mode) Diffuse with adjustable Thru-beam
(50 x 50 reflector included) b/ground suppression 200 x 120 mm passageway (3)

Max / usable sensing distance

1.1 / 0.8 m (2)

1.5 m

Fixing (mm)

M18 x 1

direct: fixing ctrs. 40 x 40 direct: fixing ctrs. 40 x 40 direct: 222.5, M5 screws

P/–

P/⊗

P/⊗

M/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) + 10…+ 55 / IP67

- 25…+ 55 / IP65

- 25…+ 55 / IP65

0…+ 60 / IP65

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x L

50 x 18 x 80

50 x 18 x 50

205 x 25 x 230

Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer

0.12 m

with teach mode button

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

Sensors for DC applications

1m

Ø18 x 55
(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

–

NO function

–

–

–

–

3-wire NPN

NO function

–

–

–

–

3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC

XUBH01353

–

–

–

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC

XUBJ01353

–

–

–

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

–

XUKT1KSML2

XUK8AKSNL2

–

M12 connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

Transmitter / Receiver 3-wire PNP

Connection
3-wire PNP

programmable NO / NC

XUBH01353D

–

–

–

3-wire NPN

programmable NO / NC

XUBJ01353D

–

–

–

3-wire PNP / NPN

programmable NO / NC

–

XUKT1KSMM12

XUK8AKSNM12

XUVF120M12

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…30

10…30

10…30

18…30

Switching capacity, max (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 500

100 / 1500

100 / 250

400 / 500

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

Overload and short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗) ★ / ⊗
(2) With 50 x 50 mm reflector; 0.6 m with 24 x 21 mm reflector

(3) Different passageway sizes; 200 x 180: XUVF180M12, 200 x 250: XUVF250M12 and “U” form models available.

Accessories
Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
length 5 m
without LED
M8 (or S)
M12 (or D)
U20 (or K)

pre-wired,
elbowed
XZCP0666L5
XZCP1241L5
XZCP1965L5

pre-wired,
straight
XZCP0566L5
XZCP1141L5
XZCP1865L5

screw terminal
XZCC8FCM30S
XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC20FCM30B

Lenses for colour mark or luminescence detection
Lens for doubling sensing
distance

Ring for fixed focusing

XURZ01

XURZ02

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/8

1

Colour sensors

Diffuse

Diffuse

Diffuse

(with teach mode)

0.009 m (1)

0.02 m

(with integral amplifier)

Thru-beam or
Diffuse (4)

0.040...0.060 m

0.005...0.25 m (4)

direct: fixing ctrs. 28, M5 screws direct: fixing centres 40 x 40 direct: fxg. ctrs. 68x42, M5 screws on rail, fixing centres 16

Forked, for detection
of opaque labels

Detection of
aqueous liquids

Thru-beam
infrared

Barrage
infrared

0.002 m

0.2 m (5)

direct: fixing centres 18

direct: fixing centres 20

with teach mode button

with teach mode button

with teach mode button

with teach mode button

with teach mode button

M/⊗

P/⊗

M/⊗

M/⊗

M/⊗

P/⊗

- 10…+ 55 / IP67

- 10…+ 55 / IP65

- 10…+ 55 / IP67

- 10…+ 55 / IP65

0…+ 55 / IP65

0…+ 40 / IP65

96 x 31 x 64

50 x 25 x 50

80 x 30 x 57

82 x 25 x 44

97 x 20 x 26

47 x 13 x 33

M12 connector

M12 connector

Pre-cabled (2 m)

Pre-cabled (2 m)

M8 connector

Pre-cabled (2 m)

–

XUKC1PSMM12

XURC3PPML2

XURC4PPML2

–

–

–

XUKC1NSMM12

XURC3NPML2

XURC4NPML2

–

–

XURU1KSMM12

–

–

–

XUVK0252S

XUMW1KSNL2

10…30

10…30

10…30

10…30

10…30

10.8…26.4

200 / 2000

100 / 1500

100 / 1200

100 / 1200

100 / 10000

100 / 1000

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

(4) Depending on fibres selected, see table below

(5) Nominal sensing distance 50m. Use between 10 and 20 cm depending on application

Materials handling
series

Food and beverage
processing series (1)
Laser
class II

Forked with integral
amplifier for indexing

Analogue output
Position control

Very long sensing distance
or accurate sensing

High excess gain for resistance to accumulated dirt

Stainless steel version for resistance to harsh agents

Thru-beam

Diffuse

Thru-beam laser

Thru-beam

Polarised reflex

0.03 m

0.20...0.80 m

500 / 100 m

fixing centres 47

fxg. ctrs: 30 - 11P cable gland M18 x 1

–

–

P/–

P/⊗

- 5…+ 55 / IP54
–

Diffuse

70 / 50 m

3/2m

0.15 / 0.10 m

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

–

–

P/⊗

M/⊗

M (stainless steel) / –

M (stainless steel) / –

- 25…+ 60 / IP67

- 10…+ 45 / IP67

- 25…+ 55 / IP67

- 25…+ 55 / IP67

- 25…+ 55 / IP67

86 x 27 x 83

Ø18 x 76

M18 x 95

–

–

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Screw terminals

–

–

Pre-cabled (2 m)

Pre-cabled (2 m)

XUVH0312

–

–

–

–

–

XUVJ0312

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XU9N18PP341

XU5N18PP341

–

–

–

–

XU9N18NP341

XU5N18NP341

–

XUJK803538 (2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

M12 connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

M12 connector

–

–

XU2P18PP340DL

XU2M18AP20D (7)

XU9N18PP341D

XU5N18PP341D

–

–

XU2P18NP340DL

–

XU9N18NP341D

XU5N18NP341D

–

–

–

–

–

–

19…38

20…30

10…30

10…30

10…30

10…30

150 / 1000

max: 20, min: 4 / 10000

100 / 500

100 / 30

100 / 500

100 / 500

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

(6) Thru-beam system also available

(7) With 4…20 mA analogue output

Fibre optic light guides for use with full colour sensor XURC4...
Fibre type

System

Reference

Sensing dist.

Fibre type

System

Reference

Sensing dist.

Focused

Diffuse

XUFN5L01L2

10 mm

Standard

Diffuse

XUFN05321

5 mm

XUFN5L02L2

20 mm

Thru-beam

XUFN12301 + XUFZ01 250 m

XUFN5L03L2

30 mm

(colour detection by transparency)
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/9

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors - Application
High performance series

1

Laser
class II

Forks

Thru-beam

Thru-beam

Thru-beam laser

Max / usable sensing distance

2…120 mm

2…120 mm

2…120 mm

Fixing (mm)

(see column E below)

Sensitivity adjustment

potentiometer, 25 turn

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

M/⊗

teach button

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) - 25…+ 60 / IP65
Dimensions (mm) L x H

(see columns C and D below)

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection

M8 connector (1)

Type of output

3-wire PNP/NPN programmable NO / NC

Dimensions (mm) 3 choices of depth B (2)
Transmitter / Receiver

D
B (2)

E

A C

M8 connector

M8 connector

A B C D E

A B C D E

A B C D E

XUYF953002COS

2 40 40 60 14 XUYFANEP40002

2 42 32 57 14 XUYFALNEP40002

2 42 41 57 14

XUYF954002COS

2 40 37 60 14 XUYFANEP40005

5 42 35 57 14 XUYFALNEP40005

5 42 44 57 14

XUYF954015COS

15 40 50 60 27 XUYFANEP40015

15 42 45 57 27 XUYFALNEP40015

15 42 54 57 27

XUYF954030COS

30 40 65 60 42 XUYFANEP40030

30 42 60 57 42 XUYFALNEP40030

30 42 69 57 42

XUYF954050COS

50 57 85 77 40 XUYFANEP40050

50 42 80 57 40 XUYFALNEP40050

50 42 89 57 40

XUYF954080COS

80 57 115 77 70 XUYFANEP40080

80 42 110 57 70 XUYFALNEP40080

80 42 119 57 70

XUYF954120COS

120 57 155 77 110 XUYFANEP40120

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…30

Switching capacity, max (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100/500 Hz (10 kHz for XUYF953002COS) 100/10kHz

120 42 150 57 110 XUYFALNEP40120 120 42 159 57 110

10…30

Overload and short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗) ★ / ⊗

10…30
100/10kHz

★/⊗

★/⊗

(1) For pre-cabled (L = 2 m) version, delete CO from the reference. Ex: XUYF953002COS becomes XUYF953002S
(2) For B = 59 mm, replace the first number 4 in the reference by 6
For B = 95 mm, replace the first number 4 in the reference by 10
Ex: for B = 59 mm: XUYFANEP40002 becomes XUYFANEP60002

Sensors with plastic fibre optics

Light sensor

Colour sensor,
1 or 4 colours

Contrast sensor

Max / usable sensing distance

dpg. on fibre & end fitting 2…60 mm

18 mm

Fixing (mm)

DIN rail

51 x 115

DIN rail

Sensitivity adjustment

potentiometer, numerical +/-

teach button

teach button

Case M (metal) P (plastic) / Setting-up assistance LEDs ⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

Temperature range (°C) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) 0 … + 60 / IP65

0 … + 40 / IP65

0 … + 40 / IP65

Dimensions (mm) L x H

61 x 125

13 x 60

M8 connector

13 x 60

Sensors for DC applications (solid-state output: transistor)
Connection
Type of output

M8 connector

2 x M12 connectors (included)

PNP

NO function

–

–

–

NPN

NO function

–

–

XUYDCFCO966S

PNP/NPN

Programmable NO / NC

XUYAFLCO966S

XUYLC2001 (1 colour)

–

–

XUYLC2004 (4 colours)

–

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…30

22…26

10…30

Switching capacity, max (mA) / Switching frequency (Hz)

100 / 5

100 / 500

100 / 20k

Overload and short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗) ★ / ⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

Suitable plastic fibre optics, to be ordered separately

Sensing distance

Usable Ø 1 mm
L = 10 m

XUFZ910

18 mm L = 0.6 m XUYFPCF61

L = 0.6 m

L = 20 m

XUFZ920

60 mm L = 0.6 m XUYFPCP61

L=1m

XUYFPDC61

L = 50 m

XUYA00550

18 mm L = 1 m

XUYFPCF101 L = 0.6 m / M8

XUYFPDCM861

60 mm L = 1 m

XUYFPCP101 L = 1 m / M8

XUYFPDCM8101

XUYFPDC101

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/10

1

Amplifier for fibre optics

Diffuse or Thru-beam depending on fibres
for plastic fibres

Glass fibre optics Length = 0.6 m (4)

or plastic or glass fibres

dpg. on fibres (80 mm for diffuse, 200 mm for thru-beam, up to 4 m using end fitting accessories)
DIN rail
potentiometer

potentiometer, numerical +/-

pot. num. + teach

0…+ 60

0…+60 / IP65

0…+ 60 / IP65 & IP67 0…+ 60 / IP40

30 x 80

13 x 60

30 x 80

45 x 100

AC

DC

DC

AC / DC

DC

Screw terminals

M8 connector (1)

M8 connector (1)

Screw terminals

2 x M8 connectors

P/⊗

LCD display

Thru-beam

Diffuse

Sensing distance

200 mm

80 mm

Fibre Ø

1.2 mm

1.2 mm

Temperature

PVC sheath: - 25…+ 60°C

P / ⊗ using selector/setting knob

spiroid metal tube: - 25…+ 120°C
flexible stainless steel: - 25…+ 200°C
with straight end fitting (5)
PVC sheath

XUYFVERSD61

XUYFVPSD61

spiroid metal tube XUYFVERMD61

XUYFVPMD61

Output relay, 1 C/O 3-wire PNP/NPN programmable NO / NC Output relay, 1 C/O PNP (3) or analogue

flexible stnls. steel XUYFVERTD61
XUYFVPTD61
Nmbr. Analog. (4) Other lengths available (1 m, 1.5 m, 2 m), consult us

30 x 80

13 x 60

13 x 60

30 x 80

45 x 100

PNP 4-20mA

–

XUYAFVCO966S

XUYAFVCO946S

XUYAFV954R

XUYAFCLARY4ANSP

4

(glass fibre)

(glass fibre)

(glass fibre)

XUYAFCLARY3ANSP

3

1

XUYAFCLARY2ANSP

2

1

Plastic fibre optics Length = 2 m

XUYAFCLARY4STSP

4

0

see the complete XUFN offer on page 7

1

(5) Other end fittings (side, elongated, pliable), consult us
Note: Glass fibres are not suitable for use with amplifier
XUYAF400A

XUYAF400A

XUYAFPCO966S

XUYAFPCO946S

XUYAFP954R

XUYAFCLARY3STSP

3

0

Plastic fibre optics for use with end fittings

(plastic fibre)

(plastic fibre)

(plastic fibre)

(plastic fibre)

XUYAFCLARY2STSP

2

0

Ø 1 mm fibre

L = 20 m

XUFZ920

End fitting (single) sensing dist. 70 mm XUYA110
115/230 V AC

10…30

10…30

3A/250V / 25Hz

100/1kHz

100/1kHz time delay 3A / 25Hz

20...250 V AC/DC 10…30
100/1.1kHz

sensing dist. 800 mm XUYA211

–

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

sensing dist. 4 m

–/⊗

End fittings (pair)

sensing dist. 200 mm XUYA210
XUYA213

(3) For NPN version, replace the last
letter of the reference (P) by N

Miniature series sensors

Polarised reflex

Thru-beam

Background
suppression

50 x 50 reflector included

Background suppress- Background
ion with 2 channels
suppression, LASER

Diffuse with
sensing face on side

1…1.5 m

4m

1.5…80 mm

50…600 mm

50…300 mm

adjustable...450 mm

2 x Ø 3 holes / centres 9.5

3 x Ø 3 holes / centres 9.5

2 x Ø 3 holes / centres 14.5

2 x Ø 4 holes / centres 54

2 x Ø 4 holes / centres 54

DIN rail

potentiometer

potentiometer

potentiometer

potentiometer

potentiometer

using + / - buttons

P/⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

P/⊗

0…+ 50 / IP65 & IP67

0…+ 50 / IP65 & IP67

0…+ 50 / IP65 & IP67

-25…+ 60 / IP67

0…+ 50 / IP65

0…+ 60 / IP65

10 x 40

10 x 40

20 x 32

18 x 60

18 x 60

30 x 78

M8 connector (6)

M8 connector (6)

M8 connector (6)

M8 connector (6)

M8 connector

M8 connector (6)

XUYBCO989SP

XUYRCO989SP (receiver)

XUYPSCO989SP

–

–

–

XUYBCO989SN

XUYRCO989SN (receiver)

XUYPSCO989SN

–

–

–

–

–

–

XUYPS2CO945S

XUYPS1LCO965S

XUYPLCO966S

–

XUYECO989 (transmitter)

–

–

–

–

100 / 500

100 / 500

100 / 370

100 / 5k

100 / 1k

10…30
100 / 500
★/⊗
(6) For pre-cabled (L = 2 m) version, delete CO from the reference. Ex: XUYPSCO989SP becomes XUYPS989SP

Accessories
For plastic fibre optics

Suitable female pre-wired plug-in connectors

Fibre trimmer (for trimming fibres to length)
2m
5m

M8 straight
XZCP0941L2
XZCP0941L5

M12 straight
XZCP1141L2
XZCP1141L5

M8 elbowed
XZCP1041L2
XZCP1041L5

M12 elbowed
XZCP1241L2
XZCP1241L5

XUFZ11

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/11

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors
Universal

Non flush mountable

1

Flush mountable

A single product that automatically
adapts to all installation environments.

Accurate position detection using
teach mode.

Form E
26 x 26

Form C
40 x 40

15 mm

Form D
80 x 80

M12

25 mm

60 mm

5 mm

Usable sensing distance S (mm) flush mountable / non flush mountable 0…8 / 0...12

0…12 / 0...20

0…32 / 0...48

0…2.7 / 0...4

Fine adjustment zone (mm) flush mountable / non flush mountable

5...10 / 5...15

8...15 / 8...25

20...40 / 20...60

1.7...3.4 / 1.7...5

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

flush mountable or non flush mountable via Osiconcept teach mode

Case M (metal) P (plastic)

P

P

P

P

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

Nominal sensing distance Sn

IP67

Sensors for DC applications
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D
3-wire

PNP
NPN

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

80 x 80 x 26

NO function

XS8E1A1PAL2

XS8C1A1PAL2

XS8D1A1PAL2

–

NC function

XS8E1A1PBL2

XS8C1A1PBL2

XS8D1A1PBL2

–

NO function

XS8E1A1NAL2

XS8C1A1NAL2

XS8D1A1NAL2

–

NC function

XS8E1A1NBL2

XS8C1A1NBL2

XS8D1A1NBL2

Connection
3-wire

M8 connector
PNP
NPN

M12 connector

M12 x 54

–
Snap-C® compatible

NO function

XS8E1A1PAM8

XS8C1A1PAM8

XS8D1A1PAM12

NC function

XS8E1A1PBM8

XS8C1A1PBM8

XS8D1A1PBM12

XS612B2PBL01M12 (2)

NO function

XS8E1A1NAM8

XS8C1A1NAM8

XS8D1A1NAM12

XS612B2NAL01M12 (2

NC function

XS612B2PAL01M12 (2)

XS8E1A1NBM8

XS8C1A1NBM8

XS8D1A1NBM12

XS612B2NBL01M12 (2)

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

Switching capacity, max (mA)

100

200

200

100

Overload and short-circuit protection (★)

★

★

★

★

LED output state indicator (⊗) and power on LED (⊗)

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

Switching frequency (Hz)

2000

1000

150

1000

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D
2-wire

AC/DC

not short-circuit protected (1)

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

80 x 80 x 26

–

NO function

XS8E1A1MAL2

XS8C1A1MAL2

XS8D1A1MAL2

–

NC function

XS8E1A1MBL2

XS8C1A1MBL2

XS8D1A1MBL2

–

Connection
2-wire

1/2" 20 UNF connector
AC/DC

NO function

XS8E1A1MAL01U20

XS8C1A1MAL01U20

XS8D1A1MAU20

–

NC function

XS8E1A1MBL01U20

XS8C1A1MBL01U20

XS8D1A1MBU20

–

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

20…264

20…264

20…264

–

Switching capacity, max (mA)

200 AC or DC

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

–

LED output state indicator (⊗) / power on LED (⊗)

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

–

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

2000

1000

150

–

not short-circuit protected (1)

(1) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load

Accessories
Fixing
For flat sensors, forms E, C and D

Fixing clamp with indexing pin for
90°

flat

Form E
Form C
Form D

flat

90°

XSZBE00
XSZBC00
–

XSZBE90
XSZBC90
–

substitution
of block type
sensors
XSE / XSC / XSD
XSZBE10
XSZBC10
XSZBD10

cylindrical sensors
M8
M12
M18
M30

XSZB108
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/12

1

M18

M30

M8

M12

M18

M30

15 mm

9 mm

18 mm

2.5 mm

4 mm

8 mm

0…4.8 / 0...7.2

0…8.8 / 0...14.4

0…2

0…3.2

0…6.4

0…12

3…6 / 3…9

6...11 / 6...18

–

–

–

–
flush mountable

flush or non flush mountable via Osiconcept teach mode

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

M

M

M

M

M

M

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

IP67

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

IP67

M18 x 67

M30 x 71

M8 x 50

M12 x 50

M18 x 60

M30 x 60

–

–

XS608B1PAL2

XS612B1PAL2

XS618B1PAL2

XS630B1PAL2

–

–

XS608B1PBL2

XS612B1PBL2

XS618B1PBL2

XS630B1PBL2

–

–

XS608B1NAL2

XS612B1NAL2

XS618B1NAL2

XS630B1NAL2

–

–

XS608B1NBL2

XS612B1NBL2

XS618B1NBL2

XS630B1NBL2

XS618B2PAL01M12 (2)

XS630B2PAL01M12 (2)

XS608B1PAM12

XS612B1PAM12

XS618B1PAM12

XS630B1PAM12

XS618B2PBL01M12 (2)

XS630B2PBL01M12 (2)

XS608B1PBM12

XS612B1PBM12

XS618B1PBM12

XS630B1PBM12

XS618B2NAL01M12 (2)

XS630B2NAL01M12 (2)

XS608B1NAM12

XS612B1NAM12

XS618B1NAM12

XS630B1NAM12

XS618B2NBL01M12 (2)

XS630B2NBL01M12 (2)

XS608B1NBM12

XS612B1NBM12

XS618B1NBM12

XS630B1NBM12

10…36

10…36

10…58

10…58

10…58

10…58

100

100

200

200

200

200

★

★

★

★

★

★

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

⊗/–

⊗/–

⊗/–

⊗/–

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

1000

1000

2500

2500

1000

500

–

–

–

M12 x 50

M18 x 60

M30 x 60

–

–

–

XS612B1MAL2

XS618B1MAL2

XS630B1MAL2

–

–

–

XS612B1MBL2

XS618B1MBL2

XS630B1MBL2

–

–

–

XS612B1MAU20

XS618B1MAU20

XS630B1MAU20

–

–

–

XS612B1MBU20

XS618B1MBU20

XS630B1MBU20

–

–

–

20…264

20…264

20…264

–

–

–

200

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

–

–

–

⊗/–

⊗/–

⊗/–

–

–

–

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

–

–

–

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

–

–

–

25 AC / 1000 DC

25 AC / 1000 DC

25 AC / 500 DC

(2) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating M12 connector

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
For Osiconcept XS6
remote control

XSZBPM12

length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

screw terminal

Snap-C

M8
M12
U20

XZCP0666L5
XZCP1241L5
XZCP1965L5

XZCP0566L5
XZCP1141L5
XZCP1865L5

XZCC8FCM30S
XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC20FCM30B

–
XZCC12FDM40V
–

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/13

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors
Optimum

1
Flush mountable

Form J
8 x 22

Form F
15 x 32

Form E
26 x 26

Form C
40 x 40

Nominal sensing distance Sn

2.5 mm

5 mm

10 mm

15 mm

Operating zone (mm)

0...2

0...4

0…8

0…12

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

Case M (metal) P (plastic)

P

P

P

P

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

Sensors for DC applications
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D
3-wire

PNP

NO function

NPN

15 x 32 x 8

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

XS7F1A1PAL2

XS7E1A1PAL2

XS7C1A1PAL2

NC function

XS7J1A1PBL2

XS7F1A1PBL2

XS7E1A1PBL2

XS7C1A1PBL2

NO function

XS7J1A1NAL2

XS7F1A1NAL2

XS7E1A1NAL2

XS7C1A1NAL2

XS7J1A1NBL2

XS7F1A1NBL2

XS7E1A1NBL2

XS7C1A1NBL2

NC function
Connection
3-wire

8 x 22 x 8
XS7J1A1PAL2

M8 connector
PNP

NO function

XS7J1A1PAL01M8 (1)

XS7F1A1PAL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1PAM8

XS7C1A1PAM8

NC function

XS7J1A1PBL01M8 (1)

XS7F1A1PBL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1PBM8

XS7C1A1PBM8

NO function

XS7J1A1NAL01M8 (1)

XS7F1A1NAL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1NAM8

XS7C1A1NAM8

NC function

XS7J1A1NBL01M8 (1)

XS7F1A1NBL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1NBM8

XS7C1A1NBM8

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

Switching capacity, max (mA)

100

100

100

100

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

NPN

Overload and short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗) ★ / ⊗
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

Switching frequency (Hz)

2000

2000

1000

1000

Sensors for DC applications
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D
2-wire

non
polarised

NO function
NC function

Connection
2-wire

8 x 22 x 8

15 x 32 x 8

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

XS7J1A1DAL2

XS7F1A1DAL2

XS7E1A1DAL2

XS7C1A1DAL2

XS7J1A1DBL2

XS7F1A1DBL2

XS7E1A1DBL2

XS7C1A1DBL2
XS7C1A1DAM8

M8 connector
non
polarised

NO function

XS7J1A1DAL01M8 (1)

XS7F1A1DAL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1DAM8

NC function

XS7J1A1DBL01M8 (1)

XS7F1A1DBL01M8 (1)

XS7E1A1DBM8

XS7C1A1DBM8

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

Switching capacity, max (mA)

100

Overload and short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗) ★ / ⊗

100

100

100

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤4

≤4

≤4

≤4

Switching frequency (Hz)

4000

5000

1000

1000

(1) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with M8 end connector

Accessories
Fixing
For flat sensors, forms E, C and D

Fixing clamp with indexing pin for
90°

flat

Form E
Form C
Form D

flat

90°

XSZBE00
XSZBC00
–

XSZBE90
XSZBC90
–

substitution
of block type
sensors
XSE / XSC / XSD
XSZBE10
XSZBC10
XSZBD10

cylindrical sensors
M8
M12
M18
M30

XSZB108
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/14

1

Form D
80 x 80

M8

M12

M18

M30

40 mm

1.5 mm

2 mm

5 mm

10 mm

0…32

0…1.2

0…1.6

0…4

0…8

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

P

M

M

M

M

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67) IP67

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

80 x 80 x 26

M8 x 33

M12 x 33

M18 x 36.5

M30 x 40.6

XS7D1A1PAL2

XS508B1PAL2

XS512B1PAL2

XS518B1PAL2

XS530B1PAL2

XS7D1A1PBL2

XS508B1PBL2

XS512B1PBL2

XS518B1PBL2

XS530B1PBL2

XS7D1A1NAL2

XS508B1NAL2

XS512B1NAL2

XS518B1NAL2

XS530B1NAL2

XS7D1A1NBL2

XS508B1NBL2

XS512B1NBL2

XS518B1NBL2

XS530B1NBL2

M12 conctr.

M8 connector

M12 connector

XS7D1A1PAM12

XS508B1PAM8

XS512B1PAM12

XS518B1PAM12

XS7D1A1PBM12

XS508B1PBM8

XS512B1PBM12

XS518B1PBM12

XS530B1PBM12

XS7D1A1NAM12

XS508B1NAM8

XS512B1NAM12

XS518B1NAM12

XS530B1NAM12

XS7D1A1NBM12

XS508B1NBM8

XS512B1NBM12

XS518B1NBM12

XS530B1NBM12

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

10…36

100

200

200

200

200

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

Snap-C® compatible

Snap-C® compatible

XS530B1PAM12

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

100

5000

5000

2000

1000

80 x 80 x 26

M8 x 50

M12 x 50

M18 x 52.5

M30 x 50

XS7D1A1DAL2

XS508B1DAL2

XS512B1DAL2

XS518B1DAL2

XS530B1DAL2

XS7D1A1DBL2

XS508B1DBL2

XS512B1DBL2

XS518B1DBL2

XS530B1DBL2
XS530B1DAM12

M12 connector

Snap-C® compatible

XS7D1A1DAM12

XS508B1DAM12

XS512B1DAM12

XS518B1DAM12

XS7D1A1DBM12

XS508B1DBM12

XS512B1DBM12

XS518B1DBM12

XS530B1DBM12

10…36

10…58

10…58

10…58

10…58

100

100

100

100

100

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

★/⊗

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤ 0.5

≤4

≤4

≤4

≤4

≤4

100

4000

4000

3000

2000

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

screw terminal

Snap-C

M8 (or S)
M12 (or D)
U20 (or K)

XZCP0666L5
XZCP1241L5
XZCP1965L5

XZCP0566L5
XZCP1141L5
XZCP1865L5

XZCC8FCM30S
XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC20FCM30B

–
XZCC12FDM40V
–
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/15

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors - Application
Plastic cylindrical

1
Non flush
mountable

Flush
mountable

M8

M12

Nominal sensing distance Sn

2.5 mm

4 mm

8 mm

15 mm

Operating zone (mm)

0…2

0…3.2

0…6.4

0…12

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

non flush mountable

Case M (metal) P (plastic)

P

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

M18

M30

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

Sensors for DC applications
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

M8 x 33

M12 x 33

M18 x 33.5

2-wire (non polarised) NO or NC

programmable

–

–

–

–

4-wire

PNP

NO + NC

complementary outputs

–

–

–

–

NPN

NO + NC

complementary outputs

–

–

–

–

3-wire

PNP

NO function

XS4P08PA340

XS4P12PA340

XS4P18PA340

XS4P30PA340

NC function

XS4P08PB340

XS4P12PB340

XS4P18PB340

XS4P30PB340

NPN

NO function

XS4P08NA340

XS4P12NA340

XS4P18NA340

XS4P30NA340

NC function

XS4P08NB340

XS4P12NB340

XS4P18NB340

XS4P30NB340

M8 connector

M12 connector

Connection
3-wire

PNP
NPN

M30 x 40.5

NO function

XS4P08PA340S

XS4P12PA340D

XS4P18PA340D

XS4P30PA340D

NC function

XS4P08PB340S

XS4P12PB340D

XS4P18PB340D

XS4P30PB340D

NO function

XS4P08NA340S

XS4P12NA340D

XS4P18NA340D

XS4P30NA340D

NC function

XS4P08NB340S

XS4P12NB340D

XS4P18NB340D

XS4P30NB340D

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…38

10…38

10…38

10…38

Switching capacity, max (mA)

200

200

200

200

★/⊗/–

★/⊗/–

★/⊗/–

Short-circuit protect. (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗) ★ / ⊗ / –
Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤2

Switching frequency (Hz)

5000

5000

2000

1000

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x D x H
2-wire

AC/DC

not short-circuit protected (1)

NO function

M8 x 50

M12 x 50

M18 x 60

XS4P12MA230

XS4P18MA230

XS4P30MA230

NC function

XS4P08MB230

XS4P12MB230

XS4P18MB230

XS4P30MB230

AC

NO or NC programmable

–

–

–

–

AC/DC

NO or NC programmable

–

–

–

–

Connection
2-wire

XS4P08MA230

M30 x 60

U20 connector
AC/DC

not short-circuit protected (1)

NO function

XS4P08MA230K

XS4P12MA230K

XS4P18MA230K

XS4P30MA230K

NC function

XS4P08MB230K

XS4P12MB230K

XS4P18MB230K

XS4P30MB230K

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

20…264

20…264

20…264

20…264

Switching capacity, max (mA)

100

200

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

LED output state indicator (⊗)

⊗

⊗

⊗

⊗

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 0.6

≤ 0.6

≤ 0.6

≤ 0.6

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz)

25 AC / 3000 DC

25 AC / 3000 DC

25 AC / 2000 DC

25 AC / 1000 DC

(1) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load

Accessories
Fixing clamps
Fixing clamp with indexing pin

M4

XSZB104

M12 XSZB112

for cylindrical sensors

M5

XSZB105

M18 XSZB118

M6.5 XSZB165

M30 XSZB130

M8

XSZB108

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/16

Miniature cylindrical (assembly)

Rectangular Form C

1

Ø4

M5

Ø 6.5

Form C

1 mm

1 mm

1.5 mm

15 mm

20 mm increased sensing dist. 20 mm

40 mm increased sensing dist.

0...0.8

0...0.8

0...1.2

0…12

0…16

0…32

flush mountable

0…16

flush mountable

M

P

- 25…+ 70

– 25…+ 70

IP67

IP67

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

non flush mountable

Screw terminals (3)

Ø 4 x 29

M5 x 29

M6.5 x 33

40 x 40 x 117

–

–

–

XS7C40DP210

–

XS8C40DP210

–

–

–

–

XS7C40PC440

XS7C40PC449

XS8C40PC440

XS8C40PC449

–

–

–

XS7C40NC440

XS7C40NC449

XS8C40NC440

XS8C40NC449

XS1L04PA310

XS1N05PA310

XS1L06PA340

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS1L04NA310

XS1N05NA310

XS1L06NA340

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS1L04PA310S

XS1N05PA311S (2)

XS1L06PA340S

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS1L04NA310S

XS1N05NA311S (2)

XS1L06NA340S

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

M8 connector

–

–

–

–

5...30

5...30

10...38

12…48

100

100

200

4-wire version = 200 – 2-wire version = 1.5…100

★/⊗/–

★/⊗/–

★/⊗/–

4-wire version = ★ / ⊗ / ⊗ – 2-wire version = ★ / ⊗ / –

≤2

≤2

≤2

4-wire version = ≤ 2 – 2-wire version = ≤ 4

5000

5000

2500

2-wire = 1500 / 4-wire = 1000

–

–

–

40 x 40 x 117

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS7C40FP260

–

XS8C40FP260

–

–

–

–

XS7C40MP230

–

XS8C40MP230

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

20…264

2-wire = 800 / 4-wire = 1000 (20mm) 500 (40mm)

Screw terminals (3)

–

–

–

AC version = 500 – AC/DC version = 300 / 200

–

–

–

⊗

–

–

–

AC version = ≤ 1.5 – AC/DC version = ≤ 0.8 / 1.5

–

–

–

≤ 5.5

–

–

–

25 AC / 50 DC

–

(2) Stainless steel sensors, Sn = 0.8 mm
(3) Sensors supplied without cable gland. Suitable cable gland: 13P

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

screw terminal

M8 (or S)
M12 (or D)
U20 (or K)

XZCP0666L5
XZCP1241L5
XZCP1965L5

XZCP0566L5
XZCP1141L5
XZCP1865L5

XZCC8FCM30S
XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC20FCM30B
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/17

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors - Application
Rotation control

Fixed sensing distance,
(for ferrous or non ferrous materials)

1
Non flush
mountable

Flush
mountable

Form E
26 x 26

Form C
40 x 40

M30

M18

M30

Nominal sensing distance Sn

10 mm

15 mm

10 mm

5 mm

10 mm

Operating zone (mm)

0...8

0...12

0...8

0...4

0...8

P

M

M

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

flush mountable

Case M (metal) P (plastic)

P

flush mountable

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

M30 x 81

M18 x 70

M30 x 60

Maximum speed of passing object (impulses/min)

48000

48000

6000...48000 (1)

–

–

Adjustable frequency range (impulses/min)

6...6000

6...6000

6...150 / 120...3000 (1) –

–

M

0…+ 50
pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

Sensors for DC applications
Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

4-wire

PNP/NPN NO/NC

programmable

–

–

–

XS1M18KPM40

XS1M30KPM40

3-wire

PNP

slow version

–

–

XSAV11373

–

–

NC function

fast version

–

–

XSAV12373

–

–

0…10 V output

plastic

–

–

–

–

–

4…20 mA output

metal, flush mountable

–

–

–

–

–

plastic, flush mountable

–

–

–

–

–

plastic, non flush mountable –

–

–

–

–

–

XS1M18KPM40D

XS1M30KPM40LD

Connection

M8 or M12 connector

4-wire

PNP/NPN NO/NC

3-wire

PNP

programmable

NC function

–

Flying lead (L = 0.8 m) with M12 c

–

XS9E11RPBL01M12 (3) XS9C11RPBL01M12 (3) –

–

–

0…10 V output

–

–

–

–

–

4…20 mA output

–

–

–

–

–

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10...36

10...36

10...58

10...38

Switching capacity, max (mA)

100

200

200

200

Short-circuit protect. (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗) (⊗)

★/⊗/⊗

★/⊗/⊗

★/⊗/–

Linearity error

–

–

–

–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

≤2

≤2

≤ 2.6

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

1000

Operating frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

–

★/⊗/–

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection
2-wire

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
AC/DC

NC function

not short-circuit protected (2) NC function

slow version
fast version

XS9E11RMBL01U20 (5) XS9C11RMBL01U20 (5) –

–

–

–

XSAV11801

–

–

–

–

–

XSAV12801

–

–

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) 50–60 Hz

20...264

20...264

20...264

–

–

Switching capacity, max (mA)

100

300 AC / 200 DC

300 AC / 200 DC

–

–

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

⊗/⊗

⊗/⊗

⊗/–

–

–

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

≤ 1.5

–

–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.7

–

–

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

–

–

–

–

Accessories
Fixing
For flat sensors, forms E, C and D

Fixing clamp with indexing pin for
90°

flat

Form E
Form C
Form D

flat

90°

XSZBE00
XSZBC00
–

XSZBE90
XSZBC90
–

substitution
of block type
sensors
XSE / XSC / XSD
XSZBE10
XSZBC10
XSZBD10

cylindrical sensors

M12
M18
M30

XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/18

Analogue (Position control)

1

Form F
8 x 32

Form E
26 x 26

Form C
40 x 40

Form D
80 x 80

M12

M18

M30

5 mm

10 mm

15 mm

40 mm

M: 2 mm / P: 4 mm

M: 5 mm / P: 8 mm

M: 10 mm / P: 15 mm

1...4

1...10

2...15

5...40

M: 0.2…2 / P: 0.4…4

M: 0.5…5 / P: 0.8…8

M: 1…10 / P: 1.5…15

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush mountable

flush / non flush mountable flush / non flush mountable flush / non flush mountable

P

P

P

P

M or P

M or P

M or P

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

IP67

15 x 32 x 8

26 x 26 x 13

40 x 40 x 15

80 x 80 x 26

Ø 12 x 50

Ø 18 x 50

Ø 30 x 52.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS9F111A1L2

XS9E111A1L2

XS9C111A1L2

XS9D111A1L2

XS4P12AB110

XS4P18AB110

XS4P30AB110

–

–

–

–

XS1M12AB120

XS1M18AB120

XS1M30AB120

XS9F111A2L2

XS9E111A2L2

XS9C111A2L2

XS9D111A2L2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS4P12AB120

XS4P18AB120

XS4P30AB120

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS9F111A1L01M8 (4)

XS9E111A1L01M12 (4) XS9C111A1L01M12 (4) XS9D111A1M12

–

–

–

XS9F111A2L01M8 (4)

XS9E111A2L01M12 (4) XS9C111A2L01M12 (4) XS9D111A2M12

–

–

–

10...36

10...36

10...36

10...36

10…38

10…38

10…38

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

connector M8 or M12 connector

± 1 V for 0…10 V version / ± 2 mA for 4…20 mA version
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2000

1000

1000

100

1500

500

300

(1) 6...150 and 6000 impulses/min for XSAV11373 and XSAV11801 (slow version); 120...3000 and 48000 impulses/min for XSAV12373 and XSAV12801 (fast version)
(2) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load
(3) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating M12 connector
(4) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end connector
(5) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control incorporating 1/2–20 UNF connector

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

screw terminal

M8
M12 (or D)
U20

XZCP0666L5
XZCP1241L5
XZCP1965L5

XZCP0566L5
XZCP1141L5
XZCP1865L5

XZCC8FCM30S
XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC20FCM30B
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/19

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors - Technology
Increased sensing distance - Short case

1

M8
Nominal sensing distance Sn
Operating zone (mm)

M12

M18

M30

flush mountable

2.5 mm

4 mm

10 mm

20 mm

non flush mountable

–

–

–

–

flush mountable

0…2

0…3.2

0…8

0…16

non flush mountable

–

–

–

–

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

Flush mountable

Case M (metal) P (plastic)

M

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 50

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

IP68 (with connector: IP67)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

M8 x 33

M12 x 33

M18 x 36.5

M30 x 40.6

XS1N30PA349

Sensors for DC applications
Connection
3-wire

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
PNP
NPN

NO function

XS1N08PA349

XS1N12PA349

XS1N18PA349

NC function

XS1N08PB349

XS1N12PB349

XS1N18PB349

XS1N30PB349

NO function

XS1N08NA349

XS1N12NA349

XS1N18NA349

XS1N30NA349

NC function
4-wire

XS1N08NB349

XS1N12NB349

XS1N18NB349

XS1N30NB349

flush mountable

–

–

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

–

flush mountable

–

–

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

–

PNP+NPN NO/NC

flush mountable (metal)

–

–

–

–

programmable

non flush mountable (metal) –

–

–

–

non flush mountable (plastic) –

–

–

–

PNP

NO + NC

NPN

NO + NC

Connection
3-wire

M8 connector
PNP

NO function

XS1N08PA349S

XS1N12PA349D

XS1N18PA349D

XS1N30PA349D

NC function

XS1N08PB349S

XS1N12PB349D

XS1N18PB349D

XS1N30PB349D

NO function

XS1N08NA349S

XS1N12NA349D

XS1N18NA349D

XS1N30NA349D

NC function

XS1N08NB349S

XS1N12NB349D

XS1N18NB349D

XS1N30NB349D

flush mountable

–

–

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

–

flush mountable

–

–

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

–

PNP+NPN NO/NC

flush mountable (metal)

–

–

–

–

programmable

non flush mountable (metal) –

–

–

–

non flush mountable (plastic) –

–

–

–

2500

1000

500

NPN
4-wire

M12 connector

PNP
NPN

NO + NC
NO + NC

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…36

Switching capacity, max (mA)

200

Short-circuit protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

★/–

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

Switching frequency (Hz)

2500

Accessories
Fixing clamps
Fixing clamp with indexing pin for
cylindrical sensors
M8
M12
M18
M30

XSZB108
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/20

Complementary outputs
NO + NC

PNP + NPN outputs,
NO/NC programmable

1

M8

M12

M18

M30

M12

M18

M30

1.5 mm
2.5 mm

2 mm
4 mm

5 mm
8 mm

10 mm
15 mm

2 mm
4 mm

5 mm
8 mm

10 mm
15 mm

0…1.2

0…1.6

0…4

0…8

0…1.6

0…4

0…8

0…2

0…3.2

0…6.4

0…12

0…3.2

0…6.4

0…12

Flush mountable or non flush mountable depending on model

Flush mountable or non flush mountable depending on model

M

M or P depending on model

- 25…+ 70

- 25…+ 70

IP67

IP68 (with connector: IP67)

M8 x 50

M12 x 33

M18 x 36.5

M30 x 40.5

IP68 (with connector: IP67)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS1M08PC410

M18 x 60

M30 x 60

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS1N12PC410

XS1N18PC410

XS1N30PC410

–

–

–

XS2M08PC410

XS2N12PC410

XS2N18PC410

XS2N30PC410

–

–

–

XS1NM08NC410

XS1N12NC410

XS1N18NC410

XS1N30NC410

–

–

–

XS2M08NC410

XS2N12NC410

XS2N18NC410

XS2N30NC410

–

–

–

–

–

XS1M12KP340

XS1M18KP340

XS1M30KP340

–

–

–

–

XS2M12KP340

XS2M18KP340

XS2M30KP340

–

–

–

–

XS4P12KP340

XS4P18KP340

XS4P30KP340

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS1M08PC410D

XS1N12PC410D

XS1N18PC410D

XS1N30PC410D

–

–

–

XS2M08PC410D

XS2N12PC410D

XS2N18PC410D

XS2N30PC410D

–

–

–

XS1M08NC410D

XS1N12NC410D

XS1N18NC410D

XS1N30NC410D

–

–

–
–

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

M12 x 50

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

M12 connector

M12 connector

XS2M08NC410D

XS2N12NC410D

XS2N18NC410D

XS2N30NC410D

–

–

–

–

–

–

XS1M12KP340D

XS1M18KP340D

XS1M30KP340D

–

–

–

–

XS2M12KP340D

XS2M18KP340D

XS2M30KP340D

–

–

–

–

XS4P12KP340D

XS4P18KP340D

XS4P30KP340D

2000

1000

10…36

10…36

200

200

★/⊗

★/–

≤2

≤ 2.6

5000

5000

2000

1000

5000

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions
length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

screw terminal

M8 (or S)
M12 (or D)

XZCP0666L5
XZCP1241L5

XZCP0566L5
XZCP1141L5

XZCC8FCM30S
XZCC12FCM40B
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/21

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors - Technology
Multi-voltage with short-circuit protection

1
Non flush
mountable

Flush
mountable

Nominal sensing distance Sn
Operating zone (mm)

M12

M18

M30

non flush mountable

2 mm
4 mm

5 mm
8 mm

10 mm
15 mm

flush mountable

0…1.6

0…4

0…8

non flush mountable

0…3.2

0…6.4

0…12

flush mountable

Suitability for flush mounting (metal environment)

Flush mountable or non flush mountable depending on model

Case M (metal) P (plastic)

M

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 70

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP68 (with connector: IP67)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

M12 x 55

M18 x 60

M30 x 60

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications
Connection
2-wire AC/DC

Pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)
NO function
NC function

flush mountable

XS1M12MA250

XS1M18MA250

XS1M30MA250

non flush mountable

XS2M12MA250

XS2M18MA250

XS2M30MA250

flush mountable

XS1M12MB250

XS1M18MB250

XS1M30MB250

non flush mountable

XS2M12MB250

XS2M18MB250

XS2M30MB250
XS1M30MA250K

Connection
2-wire AC/DC

1/2" 20 UNF connector
NO function
NC function

flush mountable

XS1M12MA250K

XS1M18MA250K

non flush mountable

XS2M12MA250K

XS2M18MA250K

XS2M30MA250K

flush mountable

XS1M12MB250K

XS1M18MB250K

XS1M30MB250K

non flush mountable

XS2M12MB250K

XS2M18MB250K

XS2M30MB250K

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) 50-60 Hz

20…264

Switching capacity, max (mA)

5…200

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

⊗/⊗

Residual current, open state (mA)

≤ 1.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz)

25 AC, 4000 DC

5…200 AC, 5…300 DC

25 AC, 2000 DC

25 AC, 2000 DC (1)

(1) 25 AC, 1000 DC for non flush mountable Ø 30 mm

Accessories
Fixing clamps

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

Fixing clamp with indexing pin for

length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

screw terminal

U20 (or K)

XZCP1965L5

XZCP1865L5

XZCC20FCM30B

cylindrical sensors

M12
M18
M30

XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/22

Osiprox

Capacitive proximity sensors
Detection of insulating materials (flush mountable) or
conductive materials (non flush mountable)

Non flush
mountable

Flush
mountable

Suitability for flush M12
mtg. (metal environment)
Nominal sensing distance Sn
Operating zone (mm)
Case M (metal) P (plastic)

non flush mountable

2.5 mm
–

flush mountable

M18

M30

Ø 32

40 x 40

4 mm
8 mm

10 mm
15 mm

15 mm
20 mm

15 mm
–
0…10.8

flush mountable

0…1.44

0…3.6

0…7.2

0…10.8

non flush mountable

–

0…5.8

0…10.8

0…14.4

–

flush mountable

M

M

M

M

P

non flush mountable

–

P

P

P

–

M18 x 60

M30 x 60

M32 x 80

40 x 40 x 117

Temperature range (°C)

- 25…+ 50

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

M12 x 50

Sensors for DC applications
Connection
3-wire

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)
PNP

NO function
NC function

NPN

NO function

flush mountable

XT1M12PA372

XT1M18PA372

XT1M30PA372

–

–

non flush mountable

–

XT4P18PA372

XT4P30PA372

–

–

flush mountable

XT1M12PB372

XT1M18PB372

XT1M30PB372

–

–

non flush mountable

–

–

–

–

–

flush mountable

XT1M12NA372

XT1M18NA372

XT1M30NA372

–

–

non flush mountable

–

XT4P18NA372

XT4P30NA372

–

–

Connection
3-wire

Screw terminals
PNP

NO + NC functions

flush mountable

–

–

–

–

XT7C40PC440

NPN

NO + NC functions

flush mountable

–

–

–

–

XT7C40NC440

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10...38

10...58

Switching capacity, max (mA)

300

200

Short circuit-protection (★) / LED output state indicator (⊗)

★/⊗

★/⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

≤2

≤2

Switching frequency (Hz)

100

100

Multi-current / multi-voltage for AC applications
Connection
2-wire AC

Pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)
NO function

flush mountable

–

XT1M18FA262

XT1M30FA262

XT1L32FA262

–

non flush mountable

–

XT4P18FA262

XT4P30FA262

XT4L32FA262

–

flush mountable

–

XT1M18FB262

XT1M30FB262

XT1L32FB262

–

non flush mountable

–

–

XT4P30FB262

XT4L32FB262

–

–

–

–

–

20…264

20…264

90…250

20…264

Switching capacity, max (mA)

–

300

300

250

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

⊗/–

not short-circuit protected (1)
NC function
Connection
2-wire AC

Screw terminals
NO or NC programmable flush mountable

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) 50-60 Hz

–

XT7C40FP262
350

Residual current, open state (mA)

–

≤ 1.5 / 120 V

≤ 1.5 / 120 V

≤7

≤ 1.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

–

≤ 5.5

≤ 5.5

≤9

≤ 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz)

–

25

25

10

25

(1) For these sensors without short-circuit protection, it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load

Accessories
Fixing clamps

Suitable female plug-in connectors, including pre-wired versions

Fixing clamp with indexing pin for

length 5 m
without LED

pre-wired,
elbowed

pre-wired,
straight

screw terminal

M8
M12

XZCP1041L5
XZCP1241L5

XZCP0941L5
XZCP1141L5

XZCC8FCM40S
XZCC12FCM40B

cylindrical sensors
M8
M12
M18
Ø 32

XSZB108
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB32

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/23

1

Osisonic

Ultrasonic sensors
Detection of any material

1

M12
Nominal sensing distance Sn
Operating zone (mm)
Sensitivity adjustment

M18

M30

M30
Long sensing distance

1m

8m

5 or 10 cm

15 or 50 cm

depending on model

depending on model

6.4…51

19…152

51…991

203…8000

6.4…102

51…508

–

–

Fixed

Adjustable using

Adjustable

Adjustable

remote control
Case P (plastic)

P

P

P

P

Temperature range (°C)

- 20…+ 65

0…+ 50 / - 20…+ 65

0…+ 60

- 20…+ 60

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

M12 x 50

IP65
M18 x 65

M30 x 85

M30 x 106

–

Sensors for DC applications (24 V)
Connection
3-wire
4-wire

M8 connector

M12 connector

PNP

NO function

XX512A2PAM8

XX518A3PAM12

–

NPN

NO function

XX512A2NAM8

XX518A3NAM12

–

–

PNP/NPN

NO function

XX512A1KAM8

XX518A1KAM12

XX630A1KAM12

–

PNP

NO + NC function

–

–

XX630A1PCM12

XX630A3PCM12

NPN

NO + NC function

–

–

XX630A1NCM12

XX630A3NCM12

Analogue

0…10 V output

–

–

XX930A1A1M12

XX930A3A1M12

–

–

XX930A1A2M12

XX930A3A2M12

4…20 mA output
Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple

10…28

Switching capacity, max (mA)

<100

Short-circuit protection (★)

★

★

LED output state indicator (⊗) / Power on LED (⊗)

⊗/⊗

⊗ / ⊗ except XX518A1.. (- / -) ⊗ / ⊗

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal

<1

Switching frequency (Hz)

125

40 / 80 (XX518A1..)

10

2

Transmission frequency (Hz)

500

300

200

75

(1) Flying lead (L = 0.15 m) with M12 end connector

Accessories
Fixings
3D fixings with ball joint

Programming
Pushbutton
Bracket with ball joint for
cylindrical sensors

3D kit example

for
Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30

XUZB2012
XUZB2003
XUZB2030

M12 rod for
ball joint

Fixing support for
M12 rod

for teaching, usable with sensors

XUZ2001

XUZ2003

XXZPB100

XX518A3ppp and XX7V1ppp

Simple fixings
90° fixing brackets

Mounting plates for XX7K

for
Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30
XX7F

XXZ12
XUZA118
XXZ30
XXZ1933

flat
cranked

XXZ3074F
XXZ3074S
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/24

Rotary encoders
Opto-electronic,
incremental

1

(counting indication)

Mini flat

10 cm

Flat

25 cm

Combined,
multi-fixing

Solid shaft

Ø 40
Ø6

Ø 58
Ø6

50 cm

Degree of protection

IP54

IP65

Maximum rotational speed

12 000 rpm

6.2…102

51…254

51…508

Maximum frequency

100 kHz

–

–

–

Temperature range (°C)

- 20…+ 75

Fixed

Fixed

Adjustable using

Maximum load

2 daN

10 daN

remote control

Torque

0.2 N.cm

0.8 N.cm

Resolution Output stage

P

P

P

- 20…+ 65

0…+ 50

- 20…+ 65

74 x 30 x 16

60 x 33 x 18 / M18 x 60

160 kHz

Connection
Pre-cabled, PVC, 2 m M23 connector

IP67

radial

33 x 19 x 7.6

Ø 58
Ø 10

radial

100 points
5 V RS422; 4.5…5.5 V XCC1406PR01R

–

–

Push-pull

–

–

11…30 V XCC1406PR01K

360 points

Remote M12 connector (1) M12 connector
XX7F1A2PAL01M12

XX7K1A2PAM12

XX7V1A1PAM12

5 V RS422; 4.5…5.5 V XCC1406PR03R

XCC1506PS03R

XCC1510PS03R

XX7F1A2NAL01M12

XX7K1A2NAM12

XX7V1A1NAM12

Push-pull

XCC1506PS03K

XCC1510PS03K

–

–

–

–

–

–

5 V RS422; 4.5…5.5 V XCC1406PR05R

XCC1506PS05R

XCC1510PS05R

–

–

–

Push-pull

XCC1506PS05K

XCC1510PS05K

–

–

–

–

–

–

11…30 V XCC1406PR03K

500 points
11…30 V XCC1406PR05K

1000 points

10…28

5 V RS422; 4.5…5.5 V XCC1406PR10R

XCC1506PS10R

XCC1510PS10R

Push-pull

XCC1506PS10K

XCC1510PS10K

11…30 V XCC1406PR10K

1024 points

<100
★

5 V RS422; 4.5…5.5 V XCC1406PR11R

XCC1506PS11R

XCC1510PS11R

⊗/⊗

Push-pull

XCC1506PS11K

XCC1510PS11K

11…30 V XCC1406PR11K

2500 points

<1
100

80

40

5 V RS422; 4.5…5.5 V –

XCC1506PS25R

XCC1510PS25R

500

500

300

Push-pull

XCC1506PS25K

XCC1510PS25K

11…30 V –

Accessories
Suitable female plug-in connectors
elbowed
Pre-wired connectors

straight

Encoder accessories
Shaft couplings with spring

L = 5m (without LED)
M8
M12

for XX512A1…

XZCP1041L5

for XX512A2…

XZCP0666L5

XZCP0566L5

for XX7…, XX518…& XX630… XZCP1241L5

XZCP1141L5

Other connectors

screw terminal

elastic

XZCP0941L5

Snap-C

Mounting/fixing

Bore diameter

Bore diameter

(encoder side)

(machine side)

Reference

6 mm

6 mm

6 mm

8 mm

XCCRAR0608

6 mm

10 mm

XCCRAR0610

10 mm

10 mm

XCCRAR1010

10 mm

12 mm

XCCRAR1012

6 mm

6 mm

XCCRAE0606

XCCRAR0606

Set of 3 eccentric clamps

XCCRG5

Simple bracket

XCCRE5S

for XCC15..P

M8
M12

for XX512A1…

XZCC8FCM40V

XZCC8FDM40V

for XX512A2…

XZCC8FCM30V

XZCC8FDM30V

for XX7…, XX518…& XX630… XZCC12FCM40B XZCC12FDM40B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/25

Osiswitch

Limit switches
Universal, complete switches
(variable composition, see pages 28-29)
13

21

14

22

XCKT
2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
GN-YE snap action

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
snap action

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
GN-YE slow break

BK
WH
BN

BK BK
WH
BU BN

BU

BK

XCMD

Miniature XCMD metal, pre-cabled; fixing by the body or by the head
Type of operator

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

10

10

10

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever
10

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

0.5

1.5

Metal
end plunger

Steel roller
plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever

1.5

M12 head
metal
end plunger
10
0.5

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15; B 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A) / DC 13; R 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Cable entry

Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 1 m (other lengths available on request)

Fixing centres (mm)

20

Body dimensions W x D x H (mm)

30 x 16 x 50

Complete switch (2-pole N/C + N/O snap action)

XCMD2110L1

XCMD2102L1

XCMD2115L1

XCMD2145L1

XCMD21F0L1

XCMD2510L1

XCMD2502L1

XCMD2515L1

XCMD2545L1

XCMD25F0L1

(2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break)

M12 x 1

Positive opening operation

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

21
22

21
22

13

13

14

XCKP

14

1

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
snap action

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
slow break

Compact XCKD metal and XCKP plastic conforming to standard EN 50047
Type of operator

Metal
end plunger

Steel
roller plunger

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

15

10

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
horizontal actuation
in 1 direction
15

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

0.5

1

M18 head
metal
end plunger

M18 head
steel
roller plunger

10

10

0.5

0.5

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry

1 tapped entry for ISO M16 x 1.5 cable gland (2)

Fixing centres (mm)

20

Body dimensions W x D x H (mm)

31 x 30 x 65

20

20

M18 x 1

M18 x 1

XCKD2110P16

XCKD2102P16

XCKD2121P16

XCKD21H0P16

XCKD21H2P16

XCKD2510P16

XCKD2502P16

XCKD2521P16

XCKD25H0P16

XCKD25H2P16

XCKP2110P16

XCKP2102P16

XCKP2121P16

XCKP21H0P16

XCKP21H2P16

XCKP2510P16

XCKP2502P16

XCKP2521P16

XCKP25H0P16

XCKP25H2P16

Metal switches
Complete switch (2-pole N/C + N/O snap action)
(2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break)
Plastic, double insulated switches
Complete switch (2-pole N/C + N/O snap action)
(2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break)

(2) For Pg 11 cable entries, replace P16 by G11. Example: XCKD2110P16 becomes XCKD2110G11
For other cable entries, see customised assembly on page 1/25
Positive opening operation

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/26

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

1

Compact XCKT plastic, 2 cable entries
M12 head
steel
roller plunger
10

“Cat’s whisker”

Metal
end plunger

Steel
roller plunger

5

15

10

0.1

1

0.5

0.5

Thermoplastic
roller lever
10

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
horizontal actuation
15

5

1.5

1

1

–

“Cat’s whisker”

–
IP66 and IP67
AC 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
2 tapped entries for ISO M16 x 1.5 cable gland (1)

20

20 or 40
58 x 30 x 51

XCMD21F2L1

XCMD2106L1

XCKT2110P16

XCKT2102P16

XCKT2118P16

XCKT2121P16

XCKT2106P16

XCMD25F2L1

XCMD2506L1

–

–

–

–

–

(1) For Pg 11 cable entries, replace P16 by G11. Example: XCKT2110P16 becomes XCKT2110G11

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

Application - XCPR and XCDR with manual reset
Thermoplastic
roller lever

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever

Thermoplastic
roller lever
Ø 50 mm

“Cat’s whisker”

Metal
end plunger

Steel
roller plunger

1

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
horizontal actuation
in 1 direction
1

Thermoplastic
Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger, roller lever
vertical actuation
in 1 direction
1
1

10

10

10

5

1

1.5

1.5

1.5

1

0.5

0.5

1

1

1.5

–
IP66 and IP67
AC 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland (3)
20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

31 x 30 x 95
XCKD2118P16

XCKD2145P16

XCKD2139P16

XCKD2106P16

XCDR2110P20

XCDR2102P20

XCDR2121P20

XCDR2127P20

XCDR2118P20

XCKD2518P16

XCKD2545P16

XCKD2539P16

XCKD2506P16

XCDR2510P20

XCDR2502P20

XCDR2521P20

XCDR2527P20

XCDR2518P20

XCKP2118P16

XCKP2145P16

XCKP2139P16

XCKP2106P16

XCPR2110P20

XCPR2102P20

XCPR2121P20

XCPR2127P20

XCPR2118P20

XCKP2518P16

XCKP2545P16

XCKP2539P16

XCKP2506P16

XCPR2510P20

XCPR2502P20

XCPR2521P20

XCPR2527P20

XCPR2518P20

(3) For Pg 13.5 cable entries, replace P20 by G13. Example: XCDR2110P20 becomes XCDR2110G13
For other cable entries, see customised assembly on page 1/25

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/27

Osiswitch

Limit switches
Universal
Customised assembly of miniature and compact

1
Heads - common to miniature and compact bodies

Metal plunger and multi-directional heads
Description

Metal
end plunger

Reference

Metal end plunger
with protective
elastomer boot

ZCE10

Steel
roller plunger

ZCE11

Retractable steel
roller lever plunger

ZCE02

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
horizontal actuation

ZCE24 (2)

ZCE21

Metal rotary heads and levers
Description

Rotary head
without lever,
spring return, for
actuation from
LH or RH side

Reference

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
24/31 mm (ZCMD)
29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Steel
roller lever,
track:
24/31 mm (ZCMD)
29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)

ZCY15 (2)

ZCY16 (2)

ZCE01

(1) Recommended for use with bodies: ZCD... / ZCP... / ZCT...

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
16/39 mm (ZCMD)
21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Steel
roller lever,
track:
16/39 mm (ZCMD)
21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)

ZCY25 (2)

ZCY26 (2)

(2) Recommended for use with bodies: ZCMD...

Bodies

BK

BK

BU
GN-YE

BK
WH
BN

GN-YE

GN-YE
BK
WH
BN

BK
WH
BN

BK
WH
RD
WH
BN

BU

BU

BK

RD

BU
GN-YE

GN-YE

BK
WH
RD
WH
BN

GN-YE

BK
WH
BN

BK

BU

BK

RD

BK

Type of contact

BU

Miniature

2-pole N/C + N/O
Snap action

3-pole N/C+N/C+N/O 2-pole N/C + N/O
Snap action
Slow break

2-pole N/C + N/O
1 C/O single-pole
3-pole N/C+N/C+N/O Snap action
Snap action
Slow break
M12 5-pin connector M12 4-pin connector

Reference of metal body

ZCMD21

ZCMD39

ZCMD25

ZCMD37

ZCMD21C12

ZCMD21M12

Reference of plastic body

–

–

–

–

–

–

Connection of miniature bodies
Specific pre-cabled

Option: pre-wired M12 connector,

connection components

L=2m
5-pin
for ZCMD21

for ZCMD39

for ZCMD25

for ZCMD37

L=1m

ZCMC21L1

ZCMC39L1

ZCMC25L1

ZCMC37L1

L=2m

ZCMC21L2

ZCMC39L2

ZCMC25L2

ZCMC37L2

L=5m

ZCMC21L5

ZCMC39L5

ZCMC25L5

ZCMC37L5

Positive opening operation

(3)

XZCP1164L2

4-pin

XZCP1169L2

Snap-C® compatible

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/28

switches

1

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
vertical actuation

M12 head
metal
end plunger

ZCE27

ZCEF0 (2)

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
20/36 mm (ZCMD)
24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)

ZCY18 (1)

M18 head
metal
end plunger

M12 head
steel
roller plunger

ZCEH0 (1)

ZCEF2 (2)

Ceramic
Steel
roller lever
roller lever,
track:
20/36 mm (ZCMD)
24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)

ZCY19 (1)

M18 head
steel
roller plunger

Spring rod with
plastic end

“Cat’s whisker”

ZCE08

ZCE07

ZCE06

Round,
glass fibre
rod lever
Ø 3 mm
L = 125 mm

Metal
spring-rod
lever

Thermoplastic
roller lever
Ø 50 mm

ZCY55

ZCY91

ZCEH2 (1)

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever

ZCY22

Spring rod

ZCY45

Adjustable thermoplastic roller lever
Ø 50 mm

ZCY39

ZCY49

21
22

13

21

14

13

22

21

14

13

13
14

22

21

14

31
32

22

13

21

13
14

22

21
22

14

31

21

32

13

22

Type of contact

14

Compact

2-pole N/C + N/O
Snap action

3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O
Snap action

2-pole N/C + N/O
Slow break

3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O
Slow break

2-pole N/C + N/O - Snap action
2-pole N/C + N/O 2-pole N/C+N/O
5-pin connector
4-pin connector (3) Snap action
Slow break

Ref. metal body

ZCD21

ZCD39

ZCD25

ZCD37

ZCD21M12

–

–

–

Ref. plastic body

ZCP21

ZCP39

ZCP25

ZCP37

–

ZCP21M12

ZCT21P16

ZCT25P16

Connection of compact bodies
Interchangeable
outlet for cable
gland

Description

Option: pre-wired M12 connector, ZCT Pg 11 cable gland
versions:
L=2m
replace the suffix P16 by G11.
5-pin
4-pin
Example:
ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21G11
For ISO M16

For ISO M20

For Pg 11

For Pg 13.5

For 1/2” NPT

For PF 1/2 (G12)

cable gland

cable gland

cable gland

cable gland

cable gland

cable gland

Metal

ZCDEP16

ZCDEP20

ZCDEG11

ZCDEG13

ZCDEN12

ZCDEF12

Plastic

ZCPEP16

ZCPEP20

ZCPEG11

ZCPEG13

ZCPEN12

ZCPEF12

ZCT 1/2 NPT versions:
replace the suffix P16 by
N12 (adaptor).
Example:
XZCP1164L2 XZCP1169L2 ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21N12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/29

Osiswitch

Limit switches
Classic - XCKM, complete switches
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
slow break

31

21

13

22

14

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
snap action

32

22

21

21

14

14

13

13

XCKM

22

3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
snap action

Type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries
Type of operator

Metal

Steel

Roller lever plunger, Thermoplastic

end plunger

roller plunger

horizontal actuation roller lever

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

20

20

“Cat’s whisker”

20

15

10

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

0.5

1.5

1.5

0.5

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP665

in 1 direction

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1)

3 tapped entries for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland (2 entries fitted with blanking plugs)

Fixing centres (mm)

41

Body dimensions W x D x H (mm)

63 x 30 x 64

Complete switch (2-pole N/C + N/O snap action)
(2-pole N/C + N/O, break before make, slow break)

XCKM110H29

XCKM102H29

XCKM121H29

XCKM115H29

XCKM106H29

XCKM510H29

XCKM502H29

XCKM521H29

XCKM515H29

–

(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference suffix H29. Example: XCKM110H29 becomes XCKM110
Positive opening operation

Customised assembly of Classic XCKM switches
Body/contact sub-assemblies

Type XCKM metal, 3 cable entries
21

13

22

14

31

13
14

32

21

21
22

31

13
14

32

21
22

22

13

Type of contact

14

1

2-pole

2-pole

3-pole

N/C + N/O

N/C + N/O

N/C + N/C + N/O

3-pole
N/C + N/C + N/O

snap action

slow break

snap action

slow break

Reference of body with contact block

ZCKM1H29

ZCKM5H29

ZCKMD39H29

ZCKMD37H29

Reference of contact block only

XE2SP2151

XE2NP2151

XE3SP2141

XE3NP2141

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/30

Customised assembly of Classic XCKM
switches
Operating heads,
complete or for customer assembly

=

Complete switch

Body/contact assembly

+

Head

+

1

Lever

Rotary or multi-directional heads
with thermoplastic with steel roller

with variable length with Ø 6 mm

with thermoplastic with “Cat’s

roller lever (2)

thermoplastic

thermoplastic rod

roller lever (3)

roller lever (2)

L = 200 mm (3)

lever (2)

with spring rod

whisker”

for actuation from
left AND right
or
left OR right

Reference

ZCKD15

ZCKD16

ZCKD41

ZCKD59

ZCKD31

ZCKD06

ZCKD08

rod, Ø 6 mm

Plunger heads
with metal

with metal

with steel

with thermoplastic with steel

end plunger

end plunger

roller plunger

roller lever plunger, roller lever plunger,

ZCKD10

Reference

and protective

horizontal actuation horizontal actuation

boot

in 1 direction

in 1 direction

ZCKD21

ZCKD23

ZCKD109

ZCKD02

Rotary heads and separate levers
spring return,

lever with

lever with

variable length

variable length

for actuation from

thermoplastic

steel roller (2)

lever with

lever with

thermoplastic

left AND right

roller (2)

thermoplastic

steel roller (2)

L = 200 mm (3)

ZCKY43

ZCKY59

or

roller (2)

left OR right

Reference

ZCKD05

ZCKY31

ZCKY33

ZCKY41

(2) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer
(3) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/31

Osiswitch

Limit switches
Classic - XCKJ, complete switches
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
slow break

31

21

13

22

14

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
snap action

32

22

21

21

14

14

13

13

XCKJ

22

3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
snap action

Type XCKJ metal, fixed body, conforming to standard EN 50041
Type of operator

Metal

Steel

Thermoplastic

Variable length

end plunger

roller plunger

roller lever

thermoplastic

rod lever

roller lever

L = 200 mm

Polyamide Ø 6 mm

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

30

25

30

30

30

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

1

1.5

1.5

1.5

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP 667

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1)

1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland

Fixing centres (mm)

30 x 60

Body dimensions W x D x H (mm)

40 x 44 x 77

Complete switch (2-pole N/C + N/O snap action)
(2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break)

XCKJ161H29

XCKJ167H29

XCKJ10511H29

XCKJ10541H29

XCKJ10559H29

XCKJ561H29

XCKJ567H29

XCKJ50511H29

XCKJ50541H29

XCKJ50559H29

(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference suffix H29. Example: XCKJ161H29 becomes XCKJ161
Positive opening operation

Customised assembly of Classic XCKJ switches
Body/contact sub-assemblies

Type XCKJ metal, 3 cable entries

Cable entry (1)

21
22

13

13
14

14

21
22

13
14

31

21
22

32

31

21
22

32

13

21

14

13

22

Type of contact

14

1

2-pole

2-pole

3-pole

3-pole

N/C + N/O

N/C + N/O

N/C + N/C + N/O

N/C + N/C + N/O

N/C + N/O

snap action

slow break

snap action

slow break

snap action

1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland

2-pole

M12 connector

Reference of body with contact block

ZCKJ1H29

ZCKJ5H29

ZCKJD39H29

ZCKJD37H29

ZCKJ1D

Reference of contact block only

XE2SP2151

XE2NP2151

XE3SP2141

XE3NP2141

XE2SP2151

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/32

Customised assembly of Classic XCKJ
switches
Operating heads,
complete or for customer assembly

=

Complete switch

Body/contact assembly

+

Head

+

1

Lever

Plunger or multi-directional heads
with reinforced

with metal

with thermoplastic with steel

steel roller

end plunger

roller lever plunger, roller lever plunger, end plunger

ball bearing

1 direct. of actuation 1 direct. of actuation

end plunger

end plunger

ZCKE67

Reference

ZCKE61

with metal

with steel roller

side plunger

side plunger

ZCKE63

ZCKE64

Reference

ZCKE21

with steel roller

ZCKE23

ZCKE62

with spring rod

with “Cat’s whisker”

ZCKE08

ZCKE06

with steel

ZCKE66

Separate rotary heads and levers
spring return

lever with

lever with

variable length

variable length

rod, Ø 6 mm

spring-metal rod

for actuation from

thermoplastic

steel roller (2)

lever with

lever with

thermoplastic

lever (3)

left AND right

roller (2)

thermoplastic

steel roller (2)

L = 200 mm (2)

ZCKY43

ZCKY59

or

roller (2)

left OR right

Reference

Reference

ZCKE05

ZCKY11

ZCKY13

ZCKY41

stay put

forked arm lever

forked arm lever

for actuation from

with thermoplastic

with thermoplastic

left AND right

rollers, 1 track (2)

rollers, 2 track (2)

ZCKE09

ZCKY71

ZCKY61

ZCKY91

(2) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting
(3) Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/33

Osiswitch
11

21

11

21

12

22

12

22

21

13

21

22

14

22

13
14

3-pole
N/C + N/C + N/O
snap action

13

21
21

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

2 x 2-pole
contacts
N/C + N/C
staggered,
slow break

XCR

14

13

22

13
31

22

21

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
slow break

22

14

2-pole contact
N/C + N/O
snap action

32

2 x 2-pole
contacts,
snap action

Type XCKS plastic, double insulated, conforming to standard EN 50041
Type of operator

Metal

Steel

Thermoplastic

Variable length

Rubber

end plunger

roller plunger

roller lever

thermoplastic

roller lever

rod lever

roller lever

Ø 50 mm

L = 200 mm

Polyamide Ø 6 mm

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

25

15

20

20

20

20

Actuation speed (in m/s)

0.5

0.5

1.5

1.5

1

1

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP653

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1)

1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland

Fixing centres (mm)

30 x 60

Body dimensions W x D x H (mm)

40 x 36 x 72.5

Complete switch (2-pole N/C + N/O snap action)
Body

XCKS101H29

XCKS102H29

XCKS131H29 XCKS141H29

XCKS139H29

XCKS159H29

(2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break)

XCKS501H29

XCKS502H29

XCKS531H29 XCKS541H29

XCKS539H29

XCKS559H29

(2-pole N/C + N/O snap action)

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

ZCKS1H29

(2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break)

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

ZCKS5H29

(3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action)

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKSD39H29

ZCKD01

ZCKD02

ZCKD31

ZCKD41

ZCKD39

ZCKD59

ZCKY31

ZCKY41

ZCKY39

ZCKY59
–

Associated head (including operator)
Operating lever for rotary head

ZCKSD39H29

–

–

(2 x N/C + N/O contacts actuated in each direction)

–

–

–

–

–

(1 x N/C + N/O contact actuated in each direction)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2 x 2-pole N/C+N/C staggered, slow break contacts) –

–

–

–

–

–

Complete switch with 2-pole snap action contacts

Complete switch (2 x single-pole C/O snap action contacts)
Positive opening operation

(1) For Pg 13.5 cable entry delete the reference suffix H29. Example: XCKJ161H29 becomes XCKJ161

XC2J switches, customised assembly
Body/contact sub-assemblies

Type XC2J metal, fixed body, 1 cable entry incorporating cable gland
13

11

13

11

23

21

12

14

12

24

22

Type of contact

14

1

Classic - XCKS, complete switches

XCKMR

14

XCKS

Limit switches

Single-pole

Double-pole

1 C/O contact

2 C/O simultaneous contacts

snap action

snap action

Reference of body with contact block

ZC2JC1

ZC2JC2

Reference of contact block only

XCKZ01

XESP1021

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/34

XCKMR and XCR, complete switches

1

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

Types XCKMR and XCR “Application - hoisting, materials handling, conveying”
Square rod levers

Square rod lever

6 mm, “crossed”

6 mm

Large roller rod lever

Square rod levers

Ø 50 mm

6 mm, “crossed” or “T”

Conveyor belt shift monitoring switches
Galvanised steel

Stainless steel

operating lever

operating lever

2

10

10

10

0.3

0.3

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

IP545

IP665

AC 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
3 x ISO M20 x 1.5 entries

1 tapped entry for n° 13 cable gland (for ISO M20 x 1.5, adaptor DE9RA1620 must be ordered separately)

61.5

85 x 75

105 x 70

118 x 59 x 77

85 x 75 x 95

85 x 87 x 146

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

XCRE18 (2)

–

–

XCRF17 (3)

–

–

XCRT115

XCRT315 (4)

–

–

–

XCRA11 (2)

–

XCRB11 (2)

XCRA15
–

–
XCKMR54D1H29 (2)
(2) Steel rods, L = 200 mm

–

–

–

(3) Steel “T” rods, L = 200 mm, W = 300 mm

(4) Polyester enclosure

Operating heads, complete or for customer assembly
Plunger heads
with metal end plunger

Reference

with steel roller end plunger

ZC2JE61

ZC2JE62

Rotary heads and separate levers

Reference

spring return

spring return

variable length lever rigid rod

lever with

for actuation from

or actuation from

with thermoplastic

thermoplastic roller steel roller (1)

left AND right

left OR right

roller (1)

L = 125 mm (1)

(1)

ZC2JE01

ZC2JE05

ZC2JY31

ZC2JY51

ZC2JY11

3 mm, steel

lever with

ZC2JY13

spring lever

spring-rod lever

(1)

ZC2JY81

ZC2JY91

(1) Adjustable throughout 360°

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/35

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control
Electronic sensors XMLG
Electrical connection by M12 connector

1

Pressure range
(bar) (1)

-1…0

0…1

Fluids controlled

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15…+125°C

Ambient air temperature

-15…+85°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66 and IP67

Voltage limits

12…24 V DC, 8…33 V DC

0…10

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

Ø 22.8 x 70 (not including connector)

Fluid connection (2)

1/4" BSP male

Electrical connection (3)

M12 connector

Type of output (4)

4…20 mA, 2-wire technique

Analogue output 4…20 mA

XMLGM01D21 XMLG001D21

0…25

0…100

0…250

0…400

XMLG010D21 XMLG025D21 XMLG100D21 XMLG250D21 XMLG400D21

Available in bulk packs for selling in lots, please consult us
The XMLG range also includes pressure switches, please consult us

Electronic sensors XMLE
Electrical connection by DIN 43650 connector

Setting range
(bar) (1)

-1…0

Fluids controlled

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15…+80°C

Ambient air temperature

-15…+80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP65

0…1

0…10

Voltage limits

24 V DC, 11…33 V DC

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L

Ø 40 x 90 (not including connector)

Fluid connection (2)

1/4" BSP male

Electrical connection (3)

DIN 43650 connector

Type of output (4)

Transmitter

4…20 mA, 2-wire technique

Pressure switch

PNP or NPN, normally closed (NC)

0…25

0…100

0…250

0…600

Analogue output 4…20 mA

XMLEM01U1C21 XMLE001U1C21 XMLE010U1C21 XMLE025U1C21 XMLE100U1C21 XMLE250U1C21 XMLE600U1C21

NPN output

XMLEM01U1C31 XMLE001U1C31 XMLE010U1C31 XMLE025U1C31 XMLE100U1C31 XMLE250U1C31 XMLE600U1C31

PNP output

XMLEM01U1C41 XMLE001U1C41 XMLE010U1C14 XMLE025U1C41 XMLE100U1C41 XMLE250U1C41 XMLE600U1C41

(1) Other sizes, please consult us
(2) Other fluid connections, please consult us
(3) Other types of connection, please consult us
(4) Other types of output; 0…5 V, 0…10 V, etc., please consult us

Suitable female plug-in connectors
Pre-wired connectors, L = 5 m (without LED)

M12

Other connectors

elbowed

straight

screw terminal

Snap-C

DIN 43650A

XZCP1241L5

XZCP1141L5

XZCC12FCM40B

XZCC12FDM40V

XZCC43FCP40B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/36

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control
Electronic sensors XMLF

1

Setting range
(bar)

of lower limit (PB): vacuum switches
-0.08…-1
of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

0.08...1

0.2…2.5

0.8…10

3.2...40

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15…+80°C

Fluids controlled
Ambient air temperature

-25…+80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Voltage limits (V)

24 V DC (17…33 V DC)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 46 x 58

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female (1)

Electrical connection

M12 connector (2)

Snap-C® compatible

Configurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)
Universal sensors,

4...20 mA

XMLFM01D2025

XMLF001D2025

XMLF002D2025

XMLF010D2025

solid-state output, 200 mA

0...10 V

XMLFM01D2125

XMLF001D2125

XMLF002D2125

XMLF010D2125

XMLF040D2125

XMLFM01D2035

XMLF001D2035

XMLF002D2035

XMLF010D2035

XMLF040D2035

4...20 mA

XMLFM01D2015

XMLF001D2015

XMLF002D2015

XMLF010D2015

XMLF040D2015

0...10 V

XMLFM01D2115

XMLF001D2115

XMLF002D2115

XMLF010D2115

XMLF040D2115

Min at low setting

0.03

0.03

0.08

0.3

1.2

Min at high setting

0.03

0.03

0.08

0.3

1.2

Max at high setting

0.95

0.95

2.38

9.5

38

8…100

12.8...160

20...250

32...400

48...600

Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output, 200 mA
Analogue sensors
Possible differential (bar)
(pressure switches)

Setting range
(bar)

of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

XMLF040D2025

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15…+80°C

Fluids controlled
Ambient air temperature

-25…+80°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Voltage limits

24 V DC (17…33 V DC)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 46 x 58

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female (1)

Electrical connection

M12 connector (2)

Snap-C® compatible

Configurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)
Universal sensors,

4...20 mA

XMLF100D2025

XMLF160D2025

XMLF250D2025

XMLF400D2025

XMLF600D2025

solid-state output, 200 mA

0...10 V

XMLF100D2125

XMLF160D2125

XMLF250D2125

XMLF400D2125

XMLF600D2125

Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output, 200 mA

XMLF100D2035

XMLF160D2035

XMLF250D2035

XMLF400D2035

XMLF600D2035

Analogue sensors

4...20 mA

XMLF100D2015

XMLF160D2015

XMLF250D2015

XMLF400D2015

XMLF600D2015

0...10 V

XMLF100D2115

XMLF160D2115

XMLF250D2115

XMLF400D2115

XMLF600D2115

Possible differential (bar)
(pressure switches)

Min at low setting

3

4.8

7.5

12

18

Min at high setting

3

4.8

7.5

12

18

Max at high setting

95

152

237.5

380

570

(1) Available with other fluid connections: 1/4" NPT female and SAE 7/16-20 UNF
(2) For M12 connection accessories, see page 3
(3) AC 120 V version with 2.5 A relay output and SAE 7/8-16 UN connector also available

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/37

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

13

11

14

12

1

Electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches
XMLA and B

1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action

Size (bar)

-1

5

1

2.5

Environmental characteristics

Ambient air temperature (°C): -25…+70 Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP66

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240V, Ie = 1.5A - Ue = 120V, Ie = 3A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250V, Ie = 0.1A)

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female (other connections possible, please consult us)

Electrical connection

Screw terminals (1), tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 cable gland - For n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Fluids controlled

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

Hydraulic oils,

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 70°C

air up to 0°C

sea water, air up to 70°C

Type XML-A fixed differential, single threshold detection
Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

– 0.28…– 1 (4)

–

0.03…1

0.15…2.5

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

162 x 110 x 110

158 x 55 x 77.5

With setting scale

XMLA002A2S12

1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact

XMLAM01V2S12

–

XMLA001R2S12

Without setting scale 1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact

XMLAM01V1S12

–

XMLA001R1S12

XMLA002A1S12

Natural differential (bar)

at low setting

0.24 (2)

–

0.02

0.13

subtract from PH to give PB

at high setting

0.24 (2)

–

0.04

0.13

0.3...2.5

Type XML-B adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds
Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

– 0.14...– 1 (4)

– 0.5...5

0.05...1

With setting scale

XMLBM02V2S12

XMLBM05A2S12

XMLB001R2S12

XMLB002A2S12

0.13 (3)

0.5

0.04

0.16

Min at high setting

0.13 (3)

0.5

0.06

0.21

Max at high setting

0.8 (3)

6

0.75

1.75

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

Hydraulic oils,

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

sea water, air up to 70°C

air up to 0°C

sea water, air up to 160°C

1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact

Possible differential (bar)

Min at low setting

subtract from PH to give PB

XMLC and D
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

13

11

23

21

14

12

24

22

XMLC
2 C/O single-pole
contacts,
simultaneous
snap action

13

11

23

21

14

12

24

22

XMLD
2 C/O single-pole
contacts,
snap action
(1 per stage)

Fluids controlled

Type XML-C adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds
Setting range (bar) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches

– 0.14...– 1 (4)

– 0.55...5

0.05...1

0.3...2.5

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

175 x 110 x 110

158 x 55 x 90
XMLC002B2S12

With setting scale

XMLCM02V2S12

XMLCM05A2S12

XMLC001R2S12

Possible differential (bar)

2 C/O single-pole, snap action contacts
Min at low setting

0.13 (4)

0.45

0.03

0.13

subtract from PH to give PB

Min at high setting

0.14 (4)

0.45

0.04

0.17

Max at high setting

0.8 (4)

6

0.8

2

Type XML-D fixed differential, dual stage, for detection at each threshold
Setting range

2nd stage switching point (PB2)

– 0.12...– 1 (4)

–

0.12...1

0.34...2.5

(bar)

1st stage switching point (PB1)

– 0.10...– 0.98

–

0.04...0.92

0.2...2.36

Spread between 2 stages (PB2 – PB1) – 0.02...– 0.88

–

0.08...0.73

0.14...1.5

–

XMLD001R1S12

XMLD002B1S12

Without setting scale 2 C/O single-pole, snap action contacts (1 per stage) XMLDM02V1S12
Natural differential (bar)

at low setting

0.1 (2)

–

0.03

0.14m

subtract from PH 1/2 to give PB 1/2

at high setting

0.1 (2)

–

0.07

0.19

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/38

1

4

10

20

35

70

160

300

500

conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60 947-5-1
tapped entry, replace the last number of the reference (2) by 1 (example: XMLA010A2S12 becomes XMLA010A2S11)
Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

Hydraulic oils up to 160°C

sea water, air up to 70°C

0.4…4

0.6…10

0.7…20

1.5…35

5…70

10…160

20…300

30…500

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

113 x 35 x 75

XMLA004A2S12

XMLA010A2S12

XMLA020A2S12

XMLA035A2S12

XMLA070D2S12

XMLA160D2S12

XMLA300D2S12

XMLA500D2S12

XMLA004A1S12

XMLA010A1S12

XMLA020A1S12

XMLA035A1S12

XML-A070D1S12

XMLA160D1S12

XMLA300D1S12

XMLA500D1S12

0.35

0.5

0.4

1.25

3

5.5

16.5

20

0.35

0.5

1

1.25

7.5

18

35

45

0.25...4

0.7...10

1.3...20

3.5...35

7...70

10...160

22...300

30...500

XMLB004A2S12

XMLB010A2S12

XMLB020A2S12

XMLB035A2S12

XMLB070D2S12

XMLB160D2S12

XMLB300D2S12

XMLB500D2S12

0.02

0.57

1

1.7

4.7

9.3

19.4

23

0.25

0.85

1.6

2.55

8.8

20.8

37

52.6

2.4

7.5

11

20

50

100

200

300

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

For electrical connection by DIN 43650A connector (IP65), replace the letter “S” in the reference by “C”. Example: XMLB010A2 S12 becomes XMLB010A2C12
For vacuum switch: natural differential to be added to PB to give PH
For vacuum switch: possible differential to be added to PB to give PH
Setting range (bar) of lower limit (PB): vacuum switch

Hydraulic oils, fresh water,

Hydraulic oils up to 160°C

sea water, air up to 160°C

0.3...4

0.7...10

1.3...20

3.5...35

7...70

12...160

22...300

30...500

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

113 x 46 x 85

XMLC004B2S12

XMLC010B2S12

XMLC020B2S12

XMLC035B2S12

XMLC070D2S12

XMLC160D2S12

XMLC300D2S12

XMLC500D2S12

0.15

0.45

0.7

1

4.5

9

16

19

0.17

0.7

1

1.5

8.9

21

35

52

2.5

8

11

22

60

110

240

340

0.40...4

1.2...10

2.14...20

4.4...35

9.4...70

16.5...160

36...300

41...500

0.19...3.79

0.52...9.32

0.9...18.76

1.9...32.5

6.6...67.2

10.5...154

25...289

25...484

0.21...2.18

0.68...5.8

1.24...9.55

2.5...20.4

2.8...46

6...83

11...189

16...244

XMLD004B1S12

XMLD010B1S12

XMLD020B1S12

XMLD035B1S12

XMLD070D1S12

XMLD160D1S12

XMLD300D1S12

XMLD500D1S12

0.15

0.45

0.7

1.5

5

8.8

17

21

0.19

0.6

1.3

2.6

9.5

20

42

65

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/39

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control
Electromechanical pressure switches XMX, XMA

13

21

14

22

1
1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar)

1…6

Fluids controlled

Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

Ambient air temperature

-25…+70°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP54

1.3…12

3.5…25

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

106 x 57 x 98

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

126 x 57 x 98

Type XMX-A with internal setting screw
Without setting scale, screw terminal connections
1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact
Possible differential (bar)

XMXA06L2135

XMXA12L2135

XMXA25L2135

0.8

1

3.4
4.5
20

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar)

1…6

1.3…12

3.5…25

Fluids controlled

Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

21

1.7
8.4

13

1.2
4.2

22

Min at high setting
Max at high setting

14

subtract from PH to give PB

Min at low setting

1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action

Ambient air temperature

-25…+70°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP54

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

113 x 57 x 98

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, tapped entry for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

133 x 57 x 98

Type XMA with external setting screw (transparent cover)
Without setting scale, screw terminal connections
1 C/O single-pole, snap action contact
Possible differential (bar)
subtract from PH to give PB

Min at low setting

XMAV06L2135

XMAV12L2135

XMAV25L2135

0.8

1

3.4

Min at high setting

1.2

1.7

4.5

Max at high setting

4.2

8.4

20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/40

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control

1

3

2

4

Electromechanical pressure switches
for power circuits, adjustable differential
for regulation between 2 thresholds

1

2 N/C 2-pole
contact, snap action

Degree of protection
Size (bar)

IP20
4.6

7

10.5

IP65
4.6

7

10.5

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar)

1.4…4.6

2.8…7

5.6…10.5

1.4…4.6

2.8…7

5.6…10.5

Fluids controlled

Water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+55°C

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 2 cable entries with grommet

Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries
for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Ambient air temperature

For operation: 0…+50°C.

Rated operational characteristics

Ie = 10 A, Ue = 250 V AC

Power rating

110 V

of controlled
motors

230 / 400 V

For storage: - 30…+80°C

AC 2-pole, single-phase

0.75 kW (1 HP)

AC 2-pole, 3-phase

1.1 kW (1.5 HP)

1.1 kW (1.5 HP)

AC 2-pole, single-phase

1.5 kW (2 HP)

1.5 kW (2 HP)

AC 2-pole, 3-phase

0.75 kW (1 HP)

2.2 kW (3 HP)

2.2 kW (3 HP)

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

96/105 x 72 x 102 94 x 72 x 102

115 x 72 x 106

115 x 72 x 106

Fluid connection

G 1/4 (BSP female)

FSG2

FYG22

FYG32

FSG2NE

FYG22NE

R 1/4 (BSP male)

FSG9

FYG29

FYG39

–

–

–

G 3/8 (BSP female) rotating nut

–

–

–

FSG2NEG

–

–

1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.9 min. - 3 max.

1 min. - 2.1 max.

1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.9 min. - 3 max.

FYG32NE

1

3

5

4

6

1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.6 min. - 2.7 max. 2.3 min. - 3.4 max. 1.2 min. - 2.3 max. 1.6 min. - 2.7 max. 2.3 min. - 3.4 max.

2

At high setting

3

1.1 min. - 2.2 max. 1.4 min. - 2.5 max. 2.1 min. - 3.2 max. 1.1 min. - 2.2 max. 1.4 min. - 2.5 max. 2.1 min. - 3.2 max.

4

1 min. - 2.1 max.

At middle setting

1

At low setting

subtract from PH to give PB

2

Possible differential (bar)

2 N/C 2-pole
3 N/C 3-pole
contact, snap action contact, snap action

Size (bar)

6

12

25

Setting range of upper limit (PH) (bar)

1…6

1.3…12

3.5…25

Fluids controlled

Air, water (fresh water, sea water) from 0…+70°C

Ambient air temperature

For operation: -25…+70°C.

Decompression valve / On/Off knob

without

For storage: -40…+70°C

Fluid connection

G 1/4 (BSP female) 4xG 1/4 (BSP female) G 1/4 (BSP female) 4xG 1/4 (BSP female) G 1/4 (BSP female)

with

without

with

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 2 tapped entries for n° 13 (DIN Pg 13.5) cable gland

Degree of protection

IP54

Rated insulation voltage

Ui = 500 V

Electrical

Power

IP54

1.5 kW

400 V AC 3-phase: 1 000 000 operating cycles

2.2 kW

400 V AC 3-phase: 700 000 operating cycles

3 kW

400 V AC 3-phase: 500 000 operating cycles

durability

without

IP54

230 V AC 3-phase: 600 000 operating cycles

Dimensions (mm) H x W x D

106 x 57 x 97.5

138 x 57 x 97.5

106 x 57 x 97.5

138 x 57 x 97.5

126 x 57 x 97.5

Type of contacts

2 N/C 2-pole, snap action contact

XMPA06B2131

XMPE06B2431

XMPA12B2131

XMPE12B2431

XMPA25B2131

3 N/C 3-pole, snap action contact

XMPA06C2131

XMPE06C2431

XMPA12B2131

XMPE12C2431

XMPA25B2131

Min at low setting

0.8

0.8

1

1

3.4

Min at high setting

1.2

1.2

1.7

1.7

4.5

Max at high setting

4.2

4.2

8.4

8.4

20

Possible differential (bar)
subtract from PH to give PB

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/41

Osiview

Vision system
Composition of a vision system:
Controller + Camera + Lens + Keypad +
Monitor + Lighting + Accessories

1
The monitoring parameters in
association with position, rotation and
exposure adjustment functions enable
verification of:
- Dimensions
- Position
- Presence/absence
- Quality and conformity of markings

Vision controllers

with 32-bit RISC processor CPU, 24 V DC

Number of camera channels

1 camera

2 cameras

Number of programmes

32

64

Image analysis algorithms

Line, binary window, grey-scale window, binary edge,

2 cameras
32
OCR/OCV

grey-scale edge, feature extraction, smart matching
Dimensions mm (W x D x H)
Software language

40 x 129.3 x 84
English/French

XUVM110FR

XUVM210FR

XUVM230FR

English/German

XUVM110GE

XUVM210GE

–

English/Spanish

XUVM110SP

XUVM210SP

–

English/Italian

XUVM110IT

XUVM210IT

–

Camera

Lenses

C mount

C mount with knurled locking wheel

Monitor

Keypad
8-button console

Description

“Full-frame” 50 mm

25 mm

16 mm

8.5 mm

9" (22 cm)

Characteristics

659x494 pixels f: 2.8

f: 1.4

f: 1.4

f: 1.5

BNC connector 2 m flying lead

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x D x H

31x54.5x29

Ø 29.5x34

Ø 29.5x32

Ø 29.5x33.2

Ø 43.5x40

221x259x228

Reference

XUVC002

XUVCLF50D27 XUVCLF25D27 XUVCLF16D27 XUVCLF8D40 XUVWVBM990 XUVK001

Lighting

Shower system

Back light system

54.5x46x124.6

Bar system

Colour of LEDs

red

white

red

red

Power, W

6

8.2

4.2

4.8

Supply voltage, V DC

12

24

12

12

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x D x H

Ø 70 x 27

Ø 70 x 27

132 x 8 x 120

86 x 18 x 28.8

Reference

XUVLDR270RDWD

XUVLDR270SW

XUVLFL100

XUVLDL130X15

Accessories
Power supplies

Connection cables

Description

24 V DC
for vision
controller
or lighting
system

12 V DC
for lighting
system

Camera
to controller

Reference

XUVC002

XUVCLF50D27 XUVCLF25D27 XUVCLF16D27 XUVCLF8D40 XUVLFCB5

Monitor
to controller

Backup
RS 232
Tool port
to PC

Pre-wired connectors
for 24 V DC
for 12 V DC
lighting system, lighting system,
cable length cable length
5m
5m
XUVLCB5

Utility
for backing-up
data,
Windows 95/
98/NT/2000/XP
compatible
XUVBT001EN

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/42

Inductel

Inductive identification system
Composition of an identification system:
Tags + inductive head + station + accessories

1

The data is stored in an accessible
memory, without physical contact or
DA
DATA
D
DATA AT
D A
DATA AT
D A
DATA AT
DATA DATA
DATA DATA
DATA DATA
TA DA A
DATA
TA

visual sighting, by simple radio
frequency link (RFID technology).

Applications

Logistic: traceability, storage and other
applications not requiring a large memory

Automated production: assembly, automation
of flexible manufacturing workshops and all applications requiring a large memory with fast access

Tags

Fixed code Read/write code

Read/write code

Type of memory

ROM

Ferro-electric

Memory capacity

EEPROM

3 fixed words 4 fixed words (8 bytes)
(6 bytes)

Nominal sensing distance (mm)

4 K words (8 Kb)

16 K words (32 Kb)

+ 58 modifiable words (116 bytes)

40

40

Read (ms)

45 for all

50 (normal)

6 bytes

+ (26 x number of 4 byte blocks)

Write (ms)

–

76 + (124 x number of 4 byte blocks)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x depth or W x H x D

Ø 30 x 4

Ø 30 x 1

22 x 45 x 12

54 x 85.5 x 1 40 x 60 x 17

50 x 75 x 15

Degree of protection

IP68

IP67

IP67

IP67

IP67

Housing material

Polyester

Epoxy

Rilsan

PVC

PPS

Rilsan

Fixing method

Central screw Glued

Clip-on

–

Screws, 50 mm centres

Screws, 65 mm centres

Reference (1)

XGLB34F213 XGLB31E213 XGLB45E215 XGLB90E210 XGPB464220

Inductive heads

Logistic

Nominal sensing distance (mm)

40

40 or 70 dpg. on tag

50

50

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D

Ø 30 x 73

100 x 65 x 29

100 x 65 x 29

100 x 65 x 29

Degree of protection

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP65

Connection

M12, 5-pin, male connector, max cable length = 2 m M12, 5-pin, male connector, max cable length = 2 m

Reference

XGLA112A71

Time

40

70

50

50

25 + 5 per byte

0.5 + 0.5 per byte

25 + 5 per byte

0.5 + 0.5 per byte

IP65

XGPB576230

Automated production

XGLA112D70

XGLA212D70

XGLA312D70

Stations

Common to inductive heads and logistic or automated production tags

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D

210 x 120 x 60

Serial link

Standard: RS 485, Uni-TE/Modbus protocol or additional protocol depending on network option selected.

Connection

Power supply: 1/2" 20 UNF, 3-pin, male connector; To inductive head: M12, 5-pin, female connector

Supply voltage

24 V DC

Protocol

Ethernet/Modbus/TCP

Interbus-S

Fipio

Uni-Te/Modbus (std.)

10/100 Mb

500 Kb

1.2 Mb

4800 … 57600

Transmission speed (Bauds)
Connection (network option)
Reference

RJ45 connector

M23 connectors

SUB-D male connector

M12 male connector

XGKS1715503

XGKS140421

XGKS130421

XGKS110121

(1) Logistic tags: sold in lots of 10

Accessories
Power supply
24 V DC single-phase

Connection
Inductive head - station jumper cable (M12-M12, 5-pin)

48 W, 2 A supply
ABL7RE2402

L=1m

XZCR1511064D1

L=2m

XZCR1511064D2

Standard serial link, M12 female connector

XZCC12FDM40B

24 V DC supply connection cable, 1/2" 20 UNF female connector

XZCC20FDM30B

RS 232 C / RS 485 line adaptor

VZ3N586

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

1/43

Operator Dialog

A wide range of Human/Machine
interfaces to meet your needs!

Harmony
Telemecanique,
the world leader
for control and
signalling
components, offers
you its ranges of:
pushbuttons,
switches and pilot
lights, beacons and
indicator banks
(including audible
units) and
components for
hoisting applications.

Magelis
In order to improve
the performance
of your production
equipment,
Telemecanique
offers you a
complete range of
hardware and
software specifically
for Human/Machine
dialogue.

The essential
guide
A selection of the
most popular
selling products
enabling you to
quickly locate the
most appropriate
solution for your
application... from
pushbuttons to
the industrial PC.

2/0

The new Magelis
range, comprising
display units, terminals,
graphic terminals with
keypad or touchscreen
and i PC industrial
PCs, offers improved
robustness for
ensuring availability of
your installation.

Optimise the creation of your
dialogue solutions!
b Simplicity: the clip together components
ensure simple and secure assembly.
b Ingenuity: LED technology for all
signalling functions.
b Flexibility: of modular construction, the
products evolve with the automation system.
Unequalled and of
high quality, it is the
largest offer on the
market.

b Robustness: mechanical performance
much higher than standard requirements.
b Compactness: the overall dimensions
are the smallest on the market.

HMI at the touch of a finger and
the blink of on eye.
b Compact, the range of Magelis display
units, terminals and industrial PCs is
characterised by its ease of implementation.
b Ingenious, the software range simplifies
the design of your HMI (Human/Machine
Interface) applications.

b Take advantage
of these new
Telemecanique
offers that are
open to the new
information and
communication
technologies.

Contents
2

Control and signalling units
b Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 16
with plastic bezel, Harmony XB6 ........................................ 2/2 to 2/4
b LED pilot lights Ø 8 and 12
Harmony XVL ................................................................................ 2/5
b Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with metal bezel, Harmony XB4 .......................................... 2/6 to 2/9
b Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel, Harmony XB5 .................................... 2/10 to 2/12
b Control stations
Harmony XAL ............................................................................. 2/13
b Monolithic pushbuttons, switches and pilot
lights Ø 22 with plastic bezel, Harmony XB7 .................. 2/14 to 2/15
b Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30
with metal or plastic bezel, Harmony 9001 ..................... 2/16 to 2/19
b Cam switches
Harmony Series K .......................................................... 2/20 to 2/21
b Beacons and indicator banks
Harmony XVB/XVP ......................................................... 2/22 to 2/23
b Pendant control stations
XAC ................................................................................. 2/24 to 2/25
b Control and signalling units for explosive atmospheres
(see Chapter 10 “Explosive Atmospheres”)

Human/Machine Interfaces
To benefit from
perfect
interoperability
select
Telemecanique
software.

b XBTL1001/L1003
b Vijeo Designer
b Vijeo Look
b Monitor Pro
b The FactoryCast
HMI Web server

b Display units
Magelis XBTN and XBTHM ........................................................ 2/26
b Terminals
Magelis XBTR, XBTPM, XBTF and XBTG .................... 2/27 to 2/30
b Industrial PCs
Magelis Smart i PC, Compact i PC, Modular i PC ....... 2/31 to 2/33
b Software
XBTL, Vijeo Designer, Vijeo Look, Monitor Pro ........... 2/34 to 2/36
b Embedded Web servers and gateways
FactoryCast ................................................................................ 2/37

2/1

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 16
with plastic bezel

Harmony
XB6

Contact functions and light functions
with integral LED

(1):
Voltage

2

Letter (p)

12…24 VAC/DC (15 mA)

B

48…120 VAC (25 mA)

G

230…240 VAC (25 mA)

M

+

=

+

Illuminated pushbuttons
Type of head

Flush push

Shape of head

rectangular (2)

Degree of protection

IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

+ 0.2
0

panel cut-out

Ø 16.2

mounting centres

24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

W x H x D (below head)

24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (3)

Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of push

Spring return
Complete products

Products for user assembly

12 … 24 VAC/DC
References

white
green
red
yellow

N/O

XB6 DW1B1B

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DW1

N/C + N/O

XB6 DW1B5B

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DW1

N/O

XB6 DW3B1B

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DW3

N/C + N/O

XB6 DW3B5B

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DW3

N/C

XB6 DW4B2B

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z2B

ZB6 DW4

N/C + N/O

XB6 DW4B5B

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DW4

N/O

–

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DW5

N/C + N/O

XB6 DW5B5B

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DW5

Type of push
References

Latching
white
green
red
yellow

N/O

–

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DF1

N/C + N/O

XB6 DF1B5B

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DF1

N/O

XB6 DF3B1B

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DF3

N/C + N/O

XB6 DF3B5B

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DF3

N/C

XB6 DF4B2B

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z2B

ZB6 DF4

N/C + N/O

XB6 DF4B5B

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DF4

N/O

–

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DF5

N/C + N/O

–

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DF5

+

=
Pilot lights
Type of head

Smooth lens cap

Shape of head

rectangular (2)
Complete products

Products for user assembly

12 … 24 VAC/DC
References

white

XB6 DV1BB

ZB6 Ep1B (1)

ZB6 DV1

green

XB6 DV3BB

ZB6 Ep3B (1)

ZB6 DV3

red

XB6 DV4BB

ZB6 Ep4B (1)

ZB6 DV4

yellow

XB6 DV5BB

ZB6 Ep5B (1)

ZB6 DV5

blue

–

ZB6 Ep6B (1)

ZB6 DV6

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 CW1B1B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 AW1B1B).
(3) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/2

Contact functions

=

2

+

Pushbuttons
Type of head

Flush push

Shape of head

rectangular (2)

Degree of protection

IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

+ 0.2
0

panel cut-out

Ø 16.2

mounting centres

24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

W x H x D (below head)

24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (3)

Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of push

Spring return
Complete products

References

white
black
green
red

Products for user assembly

N/O

XB6 DA11B

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DA1

N/C + N/O

XB6 DA15B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DA1

N/O

–

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DA2

N/C + N/O

XB6 DA25B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DA2

N/O

XB6 DA31B

ZB6 Z2B

ZB6 DA3

N/C + N/O

XB6 DA35B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DA3

N/O

–

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DA4

N/C + N/O

XB6 DA45B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DA4

=

+

+

Ø 30 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons
Type of head

Trigger action

Shape of head

cylindrical

Type of push

Turn to release

References

red

2 N/C + 1 N/O

Type of push
References

Complete products

Products for user assembly

XB6 AS8349B

ZB6 E2B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 AS834

ZB6 E2B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 AS934

Key release, Ronis 200
red

2 N/C + 1 N/O

XB6 AS9349B

(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 CA11B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 AA11B).
(3) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/3

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 16
with plastic bezel

Harmony
XB6

Contact functions and light functions
with integral LED

2

+

=
Selector switches and key switches
Type of head

Black handle

Shape of head

rectangular (2)

Degree of protection

IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X, 13 / Class II (except key switches)

Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

+ 0.2
0

panel cut-out

Ø 16.2

mounting centres

24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

W x H x D (below head)

24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection (3)

Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering

Type of operator

Black handle
Complete products

Number and type of positions

Products for user assembly

60°

2 positions
stay put

References

45°

2 positions

stay put

spring return to centre

N/O

XB6 DD221B

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DD22

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 DD24

N/C + N/O

XB6 DD225B

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD22

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD24

Number and type of positions

60° 60°

3 positions

References

60°

2 positions

N/O

3 positions

stay put

stay put

XB6 DD235B

ZB6 Z5B

60°

60°

3 positions

45°

45°

spring return to centre
ZB6 DD23

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD25

+

=
Ronis key, n° 200

Type of operator

Complete products

Number and type of positions

70°

2 positions
stay put

References

N/C + N/O

Number and type of positions
N/C + N/O

70°

2 positions

XB6 DGC5B

spring return to centre

ZB6 Z5B
70° 70°

ZB6 DGC

3 positions

stay put

stay put

XB6 DGH5B

ZB6 Z5B

45°

2 positions

stay put

3 positions

References

Products for user assembly

70°

70°

ZB6 Z5B
3 positions

ZB6 DGB
45°

45°

spring return to centre
ZB6 DGH

ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DGS

(1):
Voltage

Letter (p)

12…24 VAC/DC (15 mA)

B

48…120 VAC (25 mA)

G

230…240 VAC (25 mA)

M

+

=

+

Illuminated selector switches
Type of operator

Coloured handle
Products for user assembly

Number and type of positions
References

2 positions

60°

3 positions

stay put

stay put

60° 60°

white

N/C + N/O

ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD02

ZB6 DD03

ZB6 YK1

green

N/C + N/O

ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD02

ZB6 DD03

ZB6 YK3

red

N/C + N/O

ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z5B

ZB6 DD02

ZB6 DD03

ZB6 YK4

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter C (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 CD221B).
For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the reference by the letter A (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 AD221B).
(3) Alternative connection: 1 x 0.5 pins for printed circuit boards.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/4

LED pilot lights Ø 8 and 12

(1):
Voltage

Number (p)

5 V (25 mA)

1

12 V (18 mA)

2

24 V (18 mA)

3

48 V (10 mA)

4

2

LED pilot lights

With black bezel

With integral lens cap

Type of head

Protruding LED, Ø 8 mm

Covered LED, Ø 8 mm

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

IP 40, IP 65 with seal (2)
panel cut-out

Ø 8.2 mm

Ø 8.2 mm

Ø 12.2 mm

mounting centres

12.5 x 12.5 mm

10.5 x 10.5 mm

16.5 x 16.5 mm

Ø x Depth (below head)

Ø 12 x 32

Ø 10 x 34

Ø 16 x 45

Tags (3)

Tags (3)

Threaded connectors

green

XVL A1p3

XVL A2p3

XVL A3p3

red

XVL A1p4

XVL A2p4

XVL A3p4

yellow

XVL A1p5

XVL A2p5

Connection
References (1)

Covered LED, Ø 12 mm

XVL A3p5

Tightening key

For Ø 8 mm pilot lights

For Ø 12 mm pilot lights

References

XVL X08

XVL X12

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the number 1, 2, 3 or 4 indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) For an IP 65 degree of protection, include the seals: XVL Z911 for pilot lights XVL A1pp and XVL A2pp; XVL Z912 for pilot lights XVL A3pp.
(3) Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Faston connectors or for soldering.

Sub-assemblies & accessories for Ø 16
plastic bezel control and signalling units

Sub-assemblies

Bodies for pushbuttons and
selector switches

Bodies for pilot lights

Rated operational characteristics, AC-15: Ue = 240 V and Ie = 1.5 A or Ue = 120 V and Ie = 3 A

Consumption

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1: N/C contacts with positive opening operation,

15 mA

12…24 VAC/DC

positive opening force 20 N

25 mA

48…120 VAC

25 mA

230…240 VAC

Pilot light

12 … 24 V

References

Type of

Fixing collar

Contacts

contact

+ contacts

48 … 120 V

230 … 240 V

N/O

ZB6 Z1B

ZB6 E1B

White

ZB6 EB1B

ZB6 EG1B

ZB6 EM1B

N/C

ZB6 Z2B

ZB6 E2B

Green

ZB6 EB3B

ZB6 EG3B

ZB6 EM3B

bodies

2 N/O

ZB6 Z3B

–

Red

ZB6 EB4B

ZB6 EG4B

ZB6 EM4B

2 N/C

ZB6 Z4B

–

Yellow

ZB6 EB5B

ZB6 EG5B

ZB6 EM5B

N/O + N/C

ZB6 Z5B

–

Blue

ZB6 EB6B

ZB6 EG6B

ZB6 EM6B

Accessories
Legend holders
Blank legend

24 x 28 mm (8 x 21 mm legend)
Background colour

References (10)*
Blank legends for legend holders
Background colour
References (20)*

24 x 36 mm (16 x 21 mm legend)

without legend

yellow or white

black or red

without legend

yellow or white

black or red

ZB6 YD20

ZB6 YD21

ZB6 YD22

ZB6 YD30

ZB6 YD31

ZB6 YD32

8 x 21 mm (24 x 28 mm legend holder)

16 x 21 mm (24 x 36 mm legend holder)

–

yellow or white

black or red

–

yellow or white

black or red

–

ZB6 Y1001

ZB6 Y2001

–

ZB6 Y4001

ZB6 Y3001

Ø 45 mm yellow legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Marking
References
Body/fixing collar
References

References

ZB6 Y009 (10)*

Blank, for engraving

EMERGENCY STOP

ARRET D’URGENCE

ZB6 Y7001

ZB6 Y7330

ZB6 Y7130

Plate

Tightening tool

Dismantling tool

anti-rotation

and slackening, for fixing nut

for removal of contact blocks

ZB6 Y003 (10)*

ZB6 Y905 (2)*

ZB6 Y018 (5)*

Protective shutter for pushbuttons and switches

Connector

Blanking plug

for rectangular heads

for circular and square heads

Faston, female

IP 65

ZB6 YD001

ZB6 YA001

ZB6 Y004 (100)*

ZB6 Y005 (10)*

* sold in lots of
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/5

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with metal bezel

Harmony
XB4

Contact functions

2

+

=
Pushbuttons, spring return
Type of head

Chromium plated circular bezel

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth (mm)

IP 65 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I. (IP 66 for booted pushbuttons)
panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 x 40

below head

43

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Type of push

Flush

Unmarked

References

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

black

N/O

XB4 BA21

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA2

XB4 BP21

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BP2

green

N/O

XB4 BA31

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA3

XB4 BP31

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BP3

red

N/C

XB4 BA42

ZB4 BZ102

ZB4 BA4

XB4 BP42

ZB4 BZ102

ZB4 BP4

yellow

N/O

XB4 BA51

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA5

XB4 BP51

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BP5

blue

N/O

XB4 BA61

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA6

XB4 BP61

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BP6

Flush

With international marking

Products

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

green

N/O

XB4 BA3311

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BA331

–

–

–

red

N/C

–

–

–

XB4 BA4322

ZB4 BZ102

ZB4 BA432

Type of push

Projecting

Unmarked

References

Products

Complete

Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm
For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

black

N/O

–

–

–

XB4 BC21

ZB4 BZ101

ZB4 BC2

red

N/C

XB4 BL42

ZB4 BZ102

ZB4 BL4

–

–

–

Type of push
Degree of protection
With international marking

References

Flush, booted

Products

Type of push
References

+ 0.4
0 recommended)

green /

Double-headed pushbuttons

Double-headed pushbuttons, booted

IP 40

IP 66

Products

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

N/C + N/O

XB4 BL845

ZB4 BZ105

XB4 BL945

ZB4 BZ105

ZB4 BL8434

ZB4 BL9434

red

+

=
Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons

Trigger action
Type of push

Push-pull (N/C)

Unmarked

References

red

Products

Complete

For user assembly

N/C or N/C + N/O

XB4 BT42

ZB4 BZ102

Type of push
References

ZB4 BT4

Turn to release (N/C)
red

N/C or N/C + N/O

Type of push
References

Push-pull (N/C + N/O)

XB4 BS542

ZB4 BZ102

N/C or N/C + N/O

XB4 BS142

ZB4 BZ102

For user assembly

XB4 BT845

ZB4 BZ105

ZB4 BT84

Turn to release (N/C + N/O)
ZB4 BS54

Key release (N/C)
red

Complete

XB4 BS8445

ZB4 BZ105

ZB4 BS844

Key release (N/C + N/O)
ZB4 BS14

XB4 BS9445

ZB4 BZ105

ZB4 BS944

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/6

Contact functions

+

=

2

Selector switches and key switches
Type of head

Chromium plated circular bezel

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth (mm)

IP 65 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 x 40

below head

+ 0.4
0 recommended)

43

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Type of operator

Handle
Products

Number and type of positions
References

black

N/O

Number and type of positions
References

black

N/O + N/O

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

stay put

stay put

spring return to left

spring return to left

XB4 BD21

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD2

XB4 BD41

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD4
3 positions

3 positions

3 positions

3 positions

stay put

stay put

spring return to centre

spring return to centre

XB4 BD33

ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD3

XB4 BD53

ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD5

+

=
Key, n° 455

Type of operator
Products

Number and type of positions (2)
References

black

N/O

Number and type of positions
References

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

stay put

stay put

stay put

stay put

XB4 BG21

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG2

XB4 BG41

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG4

2 positions

2 positions

3 positions

3 positions

spring return to left

spring return to left

stay put

stay put

black

N/O

XB4 BG61

ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG6

–

–

black

N/O + N/O

–

–

XB4 BG33

ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BG3

–

–

Separate components

Electrical blocks
Single contact blocks
Rated operational characteristics

AC-15, 240 V - 3 A

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1

All functions incorporating a N/C contact are positive opening operation

References (5)*

N/O

ZBE 101

N/C

ZBE 102

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
(2) The symbol

indicates key withdrawal position.

* sold in lots of
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/7

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with metal bezel

Harmony
XB4

Light functions

=

2

+

Pilot lights
Type of head

Circular bezel
Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth

IP 65 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class I
panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 x 40

below head

43

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Light source
Products

Supply voltage
References

+ 0.4
0 recommended)

Integral LED

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Complete

Complete

For user assembly

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

white

XB4 BVB1

XB4 BVG1

XB4 BVM1

XB4 BV61

ZB4 BV6

ZB4 BV01

green

XB4 BVB3

XB4 BVG3

XB4 BVM3

XB4 BV63

ZB4 BV6

ZB4 BV03

red

XB4 BVB4

XB4 BVG4

XB4 BVM4

XB4 BV64

ZB4 BV6

ZB4 BV04

yellow

XB4 BVB5

XB4 BVG5

XB4 BVM5

XB4 BV65

ZB4 BV6

ZB4 BV05

blue

XB4 BVB6

XB4 BVG6

XB4 BVM6

–

–

–

+

=
Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches
Type

Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons

Light source
Products

Supply voltage
References

Integral LED

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Complete

Complete

For user assembly

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

white

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW31B5

XB4 BW31G5

XB4 BW31M5

XB4 BW3165

ZB4 BW065

ZB4 BW31

green

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW33B5

XB4 BW33G5

XB4 BW33M5

XB4 BW3365

ZB4 BW065

ZB4 BW33

red

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW34B5

XB4 BW34G5

XB4 BW34M5

XB4 BW3465

ZB4 BW065

ZB4 BW34

yellow

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW35B5

XB4 BW35G5

XB4 BW35M5

XB4 BW3565

ZB4 BW065

ZB4 BW35

blue

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW36B5

XB4 BW36G5

XB4 BW36M5

–

–

–

Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light

Illuminated selector switches

(1 flush green push, 1 projecting red push)

(2 position stay put)

Degree of protection

IP 40

IP 65

Light source

Integral LED

Integral LED

Complete

Complete

Type

Products
Supply voltage
References

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

green

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB4 BK123B5

XB4 BK123G5

XB4 BK123M5

red

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB4 BK124B5

XB4 BK124G5

XB4 BK124M5

yellow

N/C + N/O

XB4 BW84B5

XB4 BW84G5

XB4 BW84M5

XB4 BK125B5

XB4 BK125G5

XB4 BK125M5

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/8

Separate components and accessories

2
Electrical blocks
Single contact blocks

Light blocks with integral LED

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15, 240 V - 3 A

Consumption
18 mA

24 VAC/DC

Positive operation of contacts

N/C contacts with positive

14 mA

120 VAC

conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1

opening operation

14 mA

240 VAC

Light block, direct supply

To combine with heads for integral LED
References (5)*

N/O

ZBE 101

N/C

ZBE 102

white

For BA 9s bulb (not included)

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

ZBV B1

ZBV G1

ZBV M1

ZBV 6
Colour provided by lens

green

ZBV B3

ZBV G3

ZBV M3

red

ZBV B4

ZBV G4

ZBV M4

yellow

ZBV B5

ZBV G5

ZBV M5

blue

ZBV B6

ZBV G6

ZBV M6

Diecast metal enclosures
(Zinc alloy, usable depth 49 mm)

1 vertical row

Number of cut-outs

Front face dimensions

1

2

3

4

2

4

References

80 x 80 mm

XAP M1201

–

–

–

XAP M1202

–

–

80 x 130 mm

–

XAP M2202

XAP M2203

–

–

XAP M2204

–

80 x 175 mm

–

–

XAP M3203

XAP M3204

–

–

XAP M3206

2 vertical rows
6

Accessories
Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends
References (10)*

Marking

Background colour: black or red

Blank

ZBY 2101

white or yellow

International

0 (red background) ZBY 2931 I

ZBY 2147 AUTO

English

OFF

ZBY 2311 START

ZBY 2303 –

–

French

ARRET (red b/grnd) ZBY 2104 ARRET-MARCHE

ZBY 2166 MARCHE

ZBY 2103 –

–

German

AUS

ZBY 2266 EIN

Spanish

PARADA (red b/grnd) ZBY 2404 PARADA-MARCHA ZBY 2466 MARCHA

ZBY 4101
ZBY 2312 ON
ZBY 2204 AUS-EIN

ZBY 2115 STOP

ZBY 2304 –

ZBY 2203 –

–

ZBY 2403 –

–

Legend holders, 30 x 50 mm, for 18 x 27 mm legends
Background colour
References (10)*

Blank

black or red

white or yellow

ZBY 6101

ZBY 6102

Ø 60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Background colour

yellow

Marking

Blank

EMERGENCY STOP

ARRET D’URGENCE

NOT-AUS

PARADA DE EMERGENCIA

References

ZBY 9101

ZBY 9330

ZBY 9130

ZBY 9230

ZBY 9430

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
* sold in lots of
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/9

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel

Harmony
XB5

Contact functions

2

=

+

Pushbuttons, spring return
Type of head

Circular bezel

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth (mm)

IP 65 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II. (IP 66 for booted pushbuttons)
panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 x 40

below head

43

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Type of push

Flush

Unmarked

References

Products

Complete

For user assembly

N/O

XB5 AA21

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA2

XB5 AP21

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AP2

N/O

XB5 AA31

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA3

XB5 AP31

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AP3

red

N/C

XB5 AA42

ZB5 AZ102

ZB5 AA4

XB5 AP42

ZB5 AZ102

ZB5 AP4

yellow

N/O

XB5 AA51

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA5

XB5 AP51

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AP5

blue

N/O

XB5 AA61

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA6

XB5 AP61

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AP6

Flush
Products

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

green

N/O

XB5 AA3311

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AA3311

–

–

–

red

N/C

–

–

–

XB5 AA4322

ZB5 AZ102

ZB5 AA4322

Type of push

Projecting

Unmarked

Products

Complete

Mushroom head, Ø 40 mm
For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

black

N/O

–

–

–

XB5 AC21

ZB5 AZ101

ZB5 AC2

red

N/C

XB5 AL42

ZB5 AZ102

ZB5 AL4

–

–

–

Type of push
Degree of protection
With international marking

References

Flush, booted
For user assembly

black

With international marking

References

Complete

green

Type of push
References

+ 0.4
0 recommended)

green /

Double-headed pushbuttons

Double-headed pushbuttons, booted

IP 40

IP 66

Products

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

N/C + N/O

XB5 AL845

ZB5 AZ105

XB5 AL945

ZB5 AZ105

ZB5 AL8434

ZB5 AL9434

red

+

=
Ø 40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons

Trigger action
Type of push

Push-pull (N/C)

Unmarked

References

red

Products

Complete

For user assembly

N/C or N/C + N/O

XB5 AT42

ZB5 AZ102

Type of push
References

ZB5 AT4

Turn to release (N/C)
red

N/C or N/C + N/O

Type of push
References

Push-pull (N/C + N/O)

XB5 AS542

ZB5 AZ102

N/C or N/C + N/O

XB5 AS142

ZB5 AZ102

For user assembly

XB5 AT845

ZB5 AZ105

ZB5 AT84

Turn to release (N/C + N/O)
ZB5 AS54

Key release (N/C)
red

Complete

XB5 AS8445

ZB5 AZ105

ZB5 AS844

Key release (N/C + N/O)
ZB5 AS14

XB5 AS9445

ZB5 AZ105

ZB5 AS944

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/10

Contact functions

=

2

+

Selector switches and key switches
Type of head

Circular bezel

Degree of protection

IP 65 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II

Mounting (mm)
Depth (mm)

panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 x 40

below head

+ 0.4
0 recommended)

43

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Type of operator

Handle
Products

Number and type of positions
References

black

N/O

Number and type of positions
References

black

N/O + N/O

Complete

For user assembly

Complete

For user assembly

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

stay put

stay put

spring return to left

spring return to left

XB5 AD21

ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD2

XB5 AD41

ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD4

3 positions

3 positions

3 positions

3 positions

stay put

stay put

spring return to centre

spring return to centre

XB5 AD33

ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD3

XB5 AD53

ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD5
2 positions

Type of operator

Key, n° 455

Number and type of positions (2)

2 positions

2 positions

2 positions

stay put

stay put

stay put

stay put

XB5 AG21

ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG2

XB5 AG41

ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG4

References
(2) The symbol

black

N/O

indicates key withdrawal position.

Separate components and accessories
Electrical blocks
Single contact blocks

Light blocks with integral LED

Light block, direct supply

To combine with heads for integral LED
References (5)*

For BA 9s bulb (not included)

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

N/O

ZBE 101

white

ZBV B1

ZBV G1

ZBV M1

ZBV6

N/C

ZBE 102

green

ZBV B3

ZBV G3

ZBV M3

Colour provided by lens

red

ZBV B4

ZBV G4

ZBV M4

yellow

ZBV B5

ZBV G5

ZBV M5

blue

ZBV B6

ZBV G6

ZBV M6

Accessories
Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends
References (10)*
References

Marking

Background colour: black or red

white or yellow

Blank

ZBY 2101

ZBY 4101

International

0 (red background)

ZBY 2931 I

ZBY 2147 AUTO

ZBY 2115 STOP

English

OFF

ZBY 2312 ON

ZBY 2311 START

ZBY 2303 –

–

French

ARRET (red b/grnd) ZBY 2104 ARRET-MARCHE

ZBY 2166 MARCHE

ZBY 2103 –

–

German

AUS

ZBY 2266 EIN

ZBY 2203 –

–

Spanish

PARADA (red b/grnd) ZBY 2404 PARADA-MARCHA

ZBY 2466 MARCHA

ZBY 2403 –

–

ZBY 2204 AUS-EIN

ZBY 2304 –

Legend holders, 30 x 50 mm, for 18 x 27 mm legends
Background colour
References (10)*

Blank

black or red

white or yellow

ZBY 6101

ZBY 6102

Ø 60 mm legend for mushroom head Emergency stop pushbutton
Background colour

yellow

Marking

Blank

EMERGENCY STOP

ARRET D’URGENCE

NOT-AUS

PARADA DE EMERGENCIA

References

ZBY 9101

ZBY 9330

ZBY 9130

ZBY 9230

ZBY 9430

References

Body/fixing collar

Fixing nut

Bezel tool

for electrical block (contact or light)

for head

for tightening fixing nut ZB5 AZ901

Plate
anti-rotation

ZB5 AZ009 (10)*

ZB5 AZ901 (10)*

ZB5 AZ905

ZB5 AZ902

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
* sold in lots of
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/11

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel

Harmony
XB5

Light functions

2

+

=
Pilot lights
Type of head

Circular bezel
Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Depth

IP 65 / Nema 4X, 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 (22.4

mounting centres

30 x 40

below head

43

Connection (1)

Screw clamp terminals

Light source
Products

Supply voltage
References

+ 0.4
0 recommended)

Integral LED

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Complete

Complete

For user assembly

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

white

XB5 AVB1

XB5 AVG1

XB5 AVM1

XB5 AV61

ZB5 AV6

ZB5 AV01

green

XB5 AVB3

XB5 AVG3

XB5 AVM3

XB5 AV63

ZB5 AV6

ZB5 AV03

red

XB5 AVB4

XB5 AVG4

XB5 AVM4

XB5 AV64

ZB5 AV6

ZB5 AV04

yellow

XB5 AVB5

XB5 AVG5

XB5 AVM5

XB5 AV65

ZB5 AV6

ZB5 AV05

blue

XB5 AVB6

XB5 AVG6

XB5 AVM6

–

–

–

+

=
Illuminated pushbuttons and selector switches
Type

Flush push, spring return, illuminated pushbuttons

Light source
Products

Supply voltage
References

Integral LED

Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Complete

Complete

For user assembly

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

white

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW31B5

XB5 AW31G5

XB5 AW31M5

XB5 AW3165

ZB5 AW065

ZB5 AW31

green

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW33B5

XB5 AW33G5

XB5 AW33M5

XB5 AW3365

ZB5 AW065

ZB5 AW33

red

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW34B5

XB5 AW34G5

XB5 AW34M5

XB5 AW3465

ZB5 AW065

ZB5 AW34

yellow

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW35B5

XB5 AW35G5

XB5 AW35M5

XB5 AW3565

ZB5 AW065

ZB5 AW35

blue

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW36B5

XB5 AW36G5

XB5 AW36M5

–

–

–

Double-headed pushbuttons with LED pilot light

Illuminated selector switches

(1 flush green push, 1 projecting red push)

(2 position stay put)

Degree of protection

IP 40

IP 65

Light source

Integral LED

Integral LED

Complete

Complete

Type

Products
Supply voltage
References

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

24 VAC/DC

48…120 VAC

230…240 VAC

green

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB5 AK123B5

XB5 AK123G5

XB5 AK123M5

red

N/C + N/O

–

–

–

XB5 AK124B5

XB5 AK124G5

XB5 AK124M5

yellow

N/C + N/O

XB5 AW84B5

XB5 AW84G5

XB5 AW84M5

XB5 AK125B5

XB5 AK125G5

XB5 AK125M5

(1) Alternative connections: plug-in connector, Faston connectors (6.35 and 2 x 2.8).
Separate components and accessories: see previous page.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/12

Harmony

Control stations

XAL

For XB5 pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights
Ø 22 with plastic bezel

2
Complete stations with 1 pushbutton, selector switch or key switch
(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 cover)
Degree of protection
Dimensions (mm)

IP 65 / Nema 4X and 13 / Class II
WxHxD

68 x 68 x 113 max. (with key release Ø 40 mushroom head pushbutton)

Fixing (mm)

2 x Ø4.3 on 54 mm centres

Function
Marking

1 Start or Stop function

1 Start-Stop function

On spring return push

On legend holder and legend below head

Number and type of pushbutton/selector switch/key switch

1 flush green p/b 1 flush red p/b

1 projecting red p/b 1 2 position stay put selector switch or key switch

References

I

XAL D102

–

–

–

–

Start

XAL D103

–

–

–

–

O-I

–

–

–

XAL D134

XAL D144

O

–

XAL D112

XAL D115

–

–

Black handle
N/O

N/C

Function

Emergency stop (light grey RAL 7035 base with yellow RAL 1012 cover)

Number and type of mushroom head pushbutton

1 red Ø 40 head, turn to release

Latching mechanism

Trigger action

References

Key n° 455 (key withdrawal LH pos.)

1 red Ø 40 head, key release
Standard

Standard
XAL K184

N/C

–

XAL K174

N/C + N/C

XAL K178F

XAL K174F

XAL K184F

N/C + N/O

XAL K178E

XAL K174E

XAL K184E

N/C + N/C + N/O

XAL K178G

XAL K174G

XAL K184G

Complete stations with 2 and 3 pushbuttons or 2 pushbuttons + 1 pilot light
(light grey RAL 7035 base with dark grey RAL 7016 cover)
Dimensions (mm)

WxHxD

2-way control stations: 68 x 106 x 62; 3-way control stations: 68 x 136 x 87

Fixing (mm)

2-way control stations: 2 x Ø4.3 on 54 x 68 centres; 3-way control stations: 2 x Ø4.3 on 54 x 98 centres

Function

Start-Stop functions
Marking

Number and type of pushbutton/pilot light

2 functions

3 functions

On spring return push
1 flush green p/b

1 flush green pushbutton

1 flush white p/b

1 flush white p/b

1 flush red p/b

1 flush red pushbutton

1 flush black p/b

1 flush red p/b

1 Ø 30 red mush-

1 flush black p/b

room head p/b

1 pilot light with integral LED (1)

1 flush white p/b

1 flush black p/b
24 VAC/DC
References

N/O + N/C

230 VAC

I-O

XAL D213

XAL D363B

XAL D363M

–

–

Start - Stop

XAL D215

–

–

–

–

–
–

N/O + N/O

–

–

–

XAL D222

–

–

N/O + N/C + N/O

–

–

–

–

XAL D324

XAL D328

Accessories

Standard contact blocks

(1) Light blocks with integral LED, colour red

Description

N/O contact

N/C contact

24 VAC/DC

230 VAC

References

ZEN L1111

ZEN L1121

ZAL VB4

ZAL VM4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/13

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 22
with plastic bezel - Monolithic

Harmony
XB7

Contact functions

2
Pushbuttons
Type of head

Flush push
circular

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

IP 54, class II
panel cut-out

Ø 22.4 (0 +0.1)

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Ø x Depth (below head)

Type of push
References (10*)

Ø 29 x 41.5, (Ø 40 x 41.5 for Emergency stop)
Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 0.34 mm2 to 1 x 1.5 mm2

Connection (1)
black
green
red
yellow

Spring return

Push and push-to-release

N/O

XB7 EA21P

XB7 EH21P

C/O

XB7 EA25P

XB7 EH25P

N/O

XB7 EA31P

XB7 EH31P

C/O

XB7 EA35P

XB7 EH35P

N/C

XB7 EA42P

–

C/O

XB7 EA45P

–

N/O

XB7 EA51P

–

Selector switches and key switches
Ronis key, n° 455

Type of operator

Black handle

Number and

2 positions

3 positions

2 positions

type of positions

stay put

stay put

stay put

stay put

N/O

XB7 ED21P

–

XB7 EG21P

–

N/C + N/O

XB7 ED25P

–

–

–

2 N/O

–

XB7 ED33P

–

XB7 EG33P

References (10*)

3 positions

Ø 40 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons
Type of head

Trigger action

Type of push

Turn to release

Key release, Ronis 455

References (10)*

red

N/C

XB7 ES542P

XB7 ES142P

red

N/C + N/O

XB7 ES545P

XB7 ES145P

(1) Alternative connection: 1 x 6.35 and 2 x 2.8 mm Faston connectors.
* sold in lots of 10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/14

Contact functions and light functions

(1):
Voltage

Letter (p)

24 VDC

B

230 VAC

M

2

Illuminated pushbuttons
Type of head

Projecting push

Degree of protection

IP 54, class II

circular
Mounting (mm)
Dimensions (mm)

panel cut-out

Ø 22.4 (0 +0.1)

mounting centres

30 (horizontal) x 40 (vertical)

Ø x Depth (below head)

Ø 29 x 41.5, (Ø 40 x 41.5 for Emergency stop)

Connection (2)

Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 0.34 mm2 to 1 x 1.5 mm2

Type of push

Spring return

Light source

Integral LED

Incandescent bulb
direct supply (bulb not included)

Supply voltage
References (10*)

24 VDC or 230 VAC

6 or 24 VDC, or 130 VAC

green

N/O

p1P (1)
XB7 EW33p

XB7 EW3361P

red

N/O

XB7 EW34p1P (1)

XB7 EW3461P

N/C

XB7 EW34p2P (1)

_

N/O

XB7 EW35p1P (1)

XB7 EW3561P

yellow
Type of push

Push and push-to-release

Light source

Integral LED

Incandescent bulb
direct supply (bulb not included)

Supply voltage
References (10*)

24 VDC or 230 VAC

6 or 24 VDC, or 130 VAC

green

N/O

p1P (1)
XB7 EH03p

XB7 EH0361P

red

N/O

XB7 EH04p1P (1)

XB7 EH0461P

N/C

XB7 EH04p2P (1)

–

N/O

XB7 EH05p1P (1)

XB7 EH0561P

yellow

Pilot lights
Light source

Integral LED

Incandescent bulb
direct through resistor

(bulb not included)

(bulb included)

24 VDC or 230 VAC

6 or 24 VDC, or 130 VAC

230 VAC

white

XB7 EV01p1P (1)

XB7 EV61P

XB7 EV71P

green

p1P (1)
XB7 EV03p

XB7 EV63P

XB7 EV73P

red

p1P (1)
XB7 EV04p

XB7 EV64P

XB7 EV74P

yellow

XB7 EV05p1P (1)

XB7 EV65P

XB7 EV75P

Supply voltage
References (10)*

Incandescent bulb
direct supply

Incandescent bulbs, long life
BA 9s base fitting, Ø 11 mm max., length 28 mm max.
References

6 V (1.2 W)

24 V (2 W)

130 V (2.4 W)

DL1 CB006

DL1 CE024

DL1 CE130

(1) Basic reference, to be completed by the letter B or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.
(2) Alternative connection: 1 x 6.35 and 2 x 2.8 mm Faston connectors.
* sold in lots of 10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/15

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30
with metal bezel

Harmony
9001K/SK

Contact functions

2
Pushbuttons, spring return
Type of push

Flush

Colour of push

Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

Projecting

Projecting (high guard)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

C/O

9001KR1UH13

9001KR3UH13

9001KR2UH13

N/O

9001KR1UH5

9001KR3UH5

9001KR2UH5

Mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons
Type of push

Spring return

Push-pull

Ø 35 mushroom head
Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

Ø 57 mushroom head

Ø 41 mushroom head

Ø 35 mushroom head

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

mounting centres (Ø 57 head)

57.2 x 57.2 (with legend 9001KN2pp or 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

C/O

9001KR24RH13

9001KR25RH13

9001KR9R94H13

9001KR9R20H13

N/C

9001KR24RH6

9001KR25RH6

9001KR9RH6

9001KR9R20H6

Selector switches and key switches
Type of operator

Long black handle

Key, n° 455

positions (1)

3 - spring return

2 - stay put

2 - spring return

3 - stay put

panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

2 - stay put

Number and type
of positions
Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References
(1) The symbol

N/O

–

9001KS11FBH5

9001KS34FBH5

–

–

C/O

9001KS53FBH1

–

–

9001KS43FBH1

9001KS11K1RH1

indicates key withdrawal position.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/16

Light functions

2
Pilot lights
Type of head

Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block

With high luminosity LED (included)

Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)

24 VAC/DC
References

48 VAC/DC

120 VAC/DC

230 VAC

green

9001KP35LGG9

9001KP36LGG9

9001KP38LGG9

9001KP7G9

red

9001KP35LRR9

9001KP36LRR9

9001KP38LRR9

9001KP7R9

yellow

9001KP35LYA9

9001KP36LYA9

9001KP38LYA9

9001KP7A9

Illuminated pushbuttons, spring return
Type of head

Spring return flush push

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block

With high luminosity LED (included)

Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)

24 VAC/DC
References

48 VAC/DC

120 VAC/DC

230 VAC

green

C/O 9001K3L35LGGH13

9001K3L36LGGH13

9001K3L38LGGH13

9001K2L7RH13

red

C/O 9001K3L35LRRH13

9001K3L36LRRH13

9001K3L38LRRH13

9001K2L7GH13

yellow

C/O 9001K3L35LYAH13

9001K3L36LYAH13

9001K3L38LYAH13

9001K2L7AH13

Illuminated Ø 41 mushroom head pushbuttons, high luminosity LED
Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block

With high luminosity LED (included)

Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)

24 VAC/DC
Type of head
References

120 VAC/DC

230 VAC/DC

9001KR9P36RH13

9001KR9P38RH13

9001KR9P7RH13

2 position, push-pull
red

C/O 9001KR9P35RH13

Type of head
References

48 VAC/DC

3 position, push-pull (pull: spring return, centre: stay put, push: spring return)
red

N/C + N/C 9001KR8P35RH25

9001KR8P36RH25

9001KR8P38RH25

9001KR8P7RH25

late break

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/17

Pushbuttons, switches and pilot lights Ø 30
with plastic bezel

Harmony
9001K/SK

Contact functions and light functions

2
Pushbuttons, spring return
Type of push

Flush

Colour of push

Multi-colour (set of 7 clip-in coloured caps)

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

Projecting

Projecting (high guard)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

C/O

9001SKR1UH13

9001SKR3UH13

9001SKR2UH13

N/O

9001SKR1UH5

9001SKR3UH5

9001SKR2UH5

Selector switches
Type of operator

Long black handle
positions

3 - spring return

2 - stay put

2 - spring return

panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

3 - stay put

Number and type
of positions
Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

N/O

–

9001SKS11FBH5

9001SKS34FBH5

–

C/O

9001SKS53FBH1

–

–

9001SKS43FBH1

Pilot lights
Type of head

Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection
Mounting (mm)

IP 66 / Nema 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 / Class II
panel cut-out

Ø 31

mounting centres

57.2 x 44.5 (with legend 9001KN2pp), 57.2 x 50.8 (with legend 9001KN3pp)

Depth below head (mm)

42

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block

With high luminosity LED (included)

Incandescent BA 9s bulb
(included)

References

24 VAC/DC

48 VAC/DC

120 VAC/DC

230 VAC
9001SKP7G9

green

9001SKP35LGG9

9001SKP36LGG9

9001SKP38LGG9

red

9001SKP35LRR9

9001SKP36LRR9

9001SKP38LRR9

9001SKP7R9

yellow

9001SKP35LYA9

9001SKP36LYA9

9001SKP38LYA9

9001SKP7A9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/18

Accessories

2
Contact blocks with protected terminals
Type of contact

Single contact blocks

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

References

C/O

9001KA1

N/O

9001KA2

N/C

9001KA3

C/O, late break

9001KA4

N/C, late break

9001KA5

N/O, early make

9001KA6

Enclosures
Type

Number of Ø 30 mm cut-outs

NEMA ratings

Reference

Aluminium

1

1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

9001KY1

2

1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

9001KY2

3

1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

9001KY3

4

1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

9001KY4

1

1, 3, 4, 4X, 13

9001KYSS1

2

1, 3, 4, 4X, 13

9001KYSS2

3

1, 3, 4, 4X, 13

9001KYSS3

Stainless steel

Legends
Type
Marking

Aluminium, size 44 x 43 mm

Plastic, size 57 x 57 mm

Colour of legend

black background

white background

Blank

9001KN200

9001KN100WP

START

9001KN201

9001KN101WP

STOP (red background)

9001KN202

9001KN102RP

FORWARD

9001KN206

9001KN106WP

REVERSE

9001KN207

9001KN107WP

CLOSE

9001KN208

9001KN108WP

OPEN

9001KN209

9001KN109WP

DOWN

9001KN210

9001KN110WP

UP

9001KN211

9001KN111WP

HIGH

9001KN214

9001KN114WP

LOW

9001KN215

9001KN115WP

RESET

9001KN223

9001KN123WP

PULL TO START/

9001KN379

9001KN179WP

PUSH TO STOP

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/19

Harmony

Cam switches

K series

12 and 20 A ratings

positions (°)
0

2

0

0

45
1
2
3
4

1-pole
2-pole

45 90 135 180 225
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

90
1
2
3
4

2-pole

2-pole

Cam switches, K1 / K2 series
Function
Degree of protection

front face

Switches

ON-OFF switches

45° switching angle

90° switching angle

with “0” position

IP 65 (1)

IP 65 (1)

IP 65 (1)

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

12 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

690 V

20 A

12 A

20 A

690 V

Stepping switches

12 A

20 A

690 V

Number of positions

2

2

2 + “0” position

Number of poles

2

2

2

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

45 x 45

Front mounting method

K1B 002ALH

K2B 002ALH

K1B 1002HLH

K2B 1002HLH

K1D 012QLH

K2D 012QLH

Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1B 002ACH

K2B 002ACH

K1B 1002HCH

K2B 1002HCH

K1D 012QCH

K2D 012QCH

Multifixing plate, 45 x 45 mm

45 x 45

positions (°)

0

90 180 270

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

2-pole

225 270 315 0

45 90 135

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

315 0 45
1-pole

45 x 45

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Cam switches, K1 / K2 series
Function
Degree of protection

Changeover switches
front face

IP 65 (1)

IP 65 (1)

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

12 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

690 V

Number of positions

2 + “0” position

Number of poles

Ammeter switches

20 A

2

Voltmeter switches
IP 65 (1)

12 A

20 A

12 A

20 A

690 V

690 V

3 + “0” position

6 + “0” position (measurements

(3 circuits + “0” position)

between 3 phases & N + “0” pos.)

4

7

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

45 x 45

Front mounting method

K1D 002ULH

K2D 002ULH

K1F 003MLH

to be compiled * K1F 027MLH

to be compiled *

Plastic mounting plate for Ø 22 mm hole K1D 002UCH

K2D 002UCH

K1F 003MCH

to be compiled * K1F 027MCH

to be compiled *

Multifixing plate, 45 x 45 mm

45 x 45

45 x 45

(1) With seal KZ73 for switch with Multifixing plate, with seal KZ65 for Ø 22 mm hole mounting switches. Seal to be ordered separately.
(*) Please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

positions (°)
0

60 120 180
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

0 60 120
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

300 0 60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Cam switches with key operated lock, K1 series
Function
Degree of protection

front face

Stepping switches

Run switches

Changeover switches + “0” pos.

IP 65

IP 65

IP 65

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

12 A

12 A

12 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

690 V

690 V

690 V

Number of positions

2 + “0” position

3 + “0” position

2 + “0” position

Number of poles

3

2

2

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

55 x 100

Colour of handle

red

black

red

black

red

black

K1F 022QZ2

K1F 022QZ4

K1G 043RZ2

K1G 043RZ4

K1D 002UZ2

K1D 002UZ4

Front mounting method

Ø 22 mm hole + Ø 43.5 mm hole

55 x 100

55 x 100

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/20

10 to 150 A ratings

270 300 330 0

0 90 180 270

300 0 60

positions (°)
1-pole

0

60
1
2
3
4
5
6

1-pole
2-pole
3-pole

2-pole
3-pole

30 60 90
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Cam switches, K10 series
Function
Degree of protection

front face

Switches

Changeover switches

Ammeter

Voltmeter

60° switching angle

with “0” position

switches

switches
IP 65

IP 65

IP 65

IP 65

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

10 A

10 A

10 A

10 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

440 V

440 V

440 V

440 V

Number of positions

2

Number of poles

1

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

30 x 30

Front mounting method

K10 A001ACH K10 B002ACH K10 C003ACH K10 D002UCH K10F003UCH

By Ø 16 mm or 22 mm hole

2 + “0” position
2

3

2

3 + “0” pos. (1) 6 + “0” pos. (2)
3

30 x 30

3

3

30 x 30

30 x 30

K10 F003MCH K10 F027MCH

(1) (3 circuits + “0” position).
(2) (Measurements between 3 phases and N + “0” position).
300 0 60

positions (°)
1-pole

0

0

90

60

1-pole
2-pole
3-pole

1
2
3
4
5
6

1-pole
2-pole

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

2-pole
3-pole
4-pole

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

300 0 60

300 0 60

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

300 0 60

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Cam switches, K30 series
Function
Degree of protection

Switches
front face

Switches

Changeover Starting

Starting

ON-OFF

with “0” position star-delta

2-speed

Reversing

IP 40

IP 40

IP 40

IP 40

IP 40

Conventional thermal current (Ith)

32 A

32 A

32 A

32 A

32 A

32 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) conforming to IEC60947-1

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

Number of positions

2

2

3

3

3

3

Number of poles

3

3

4

3

3

3

Dimensions of front plate (mm)

64 x 64

64 x 64

64 x 64

64 x 64

64 x 64

64 x 64

Front mounting method

K30 C003AP (3) K30 C003HP (3) K30 D004HP (3) K30 H004UP (3) K30 H001YP (3) K30 H004PP (3) K30 E003WP(3)

Multifixing

4

IP 40

(3) To order switches with other thermal current ratings (50, 63, 115, 150 A): replace the number 30 in the reference by 50, 63, 115 or 150 respectively.
Example: a switch with a 32 A current rating, for example K30 C003AP, becomes K50 C003AP for a current rating of 50 A.

Accessories for cam switches K1/K2
Rubber seals
for IP 65 degree of protection
For use with heads

with 45 x 45 mm front plate

with 60 x 60 mm front plate

with 45 x 45 mm front plate

Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. Ø 22 mm hole or 4 hole front mtg. multifixing
References (5)*

KZ 65

KZ 66

KZ 73

* sold in lots of

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/21

2

Harmony

Beacons and indicator banks

XVB / XVP

2
Illuminated beacons XVB L, Ø 70 mm

Steady light signalling

Flashing light signalling

Light source

Incandescent BA 15d bulb, LED on BA 15d base

LED on BA 15d base

“Flash” discharge tube

7 W max. (not included)

(included)

(included)

5 J (1)

–

Degree of protection

IP 65

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
Beacon references (2)

250 V
12…230 VAC/DC

p
XVB L3p

–

–

24 VAC/DC

–

p
XVB L0Bp

p
XVB L1Bp

p
XVB L6Bp

120 VAC

–

p
XVB L0Gp

p
XVB L1Gp

p
XVB L6Gp

230 VAC

–

p
XVB L0Mp

p
XVB L1Mp

p
XVB L6Mp

Indicator banks XVB C, Ø 70 mm
2 to 5 units (3)

Base units

Light source

–

Degree of protection

Steady light signalling

Flashing light signalling

Audible
units
(90 db at 1 m)

Incandescent

Integral LED

–

Integral LED

“Flash”

BA 15d bulb, 10 W

discharge tube,

max. (not included)

5 J (1)

IP 65

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
Base unit references
Lens unit references (2)

250 V
with cover

XVB C21 (4)

–

–

–

–

without cover

XVB C07 (5)

–

–

–

–

–
–

12… 230 VAC/DC

–

p
XVB C3p

–

–

–

–

24 VAC/DC

–

–

p
XVB C2Bp

p
XVB C5Bp

p
XVB C6Bp

–

120 VAC

–

–

p
XVB C2Gp

p
XVB C5Gp

p
XVB C6Gp

–

230 VAC

–

–

p
XVB C2Mp

p
XVB C5Mp

p
XVB C6Mp

–

Audible unit references

12 to 48 VAC/DC

–

–

–

–

–

XVB C9B

unidirectional

120 to 230 VAC

–

–

–

–

–

XVB C9M

(4) For connection on AS-Interface, order a base unit XVB C21A (side cable entry) or XVB C21B (bottom cable entry).
(5) For indicator banks with “Flash” discharge unit.

Indicator banks XVP C, Ø 50 mm
2 to 5 units (3), black clamping ring (6)

Base unit

Steady or
flashing light
signalling

“Flash” signalling

Audible units
(55…85 dB
at 1 m)

Light source

–

Incandescent

“Flash” discharge

–

BA 15d bulb , 10 W tube, 0.3 J

“Flash” discharge
tube, 0.6 J

max. (not included)
Degree of protection

IP 65

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

250 V

Base unit

with cover

–

–

–

–

References (2)

250 V max.

XVP C21

p
XVP C3p

–

–

–

24 VDC

–

p
XVP C6Bp

–

XVP C09B

120 VAC

–

–

p
XVP C6Gp

XVP C09G

230 VAC

–

–

p
XVP C6Mp

XVP C09M

p becomes XVB L8Bp
p).
(1) To order a lens unit with a 10 J discharge tube, replace the number 6 by 8 (example: XVB L6Bp
(2) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 3 = green, 4 = red, 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.
(3) An indicator bank comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 illuminated units or 1 audible unit max.
(6) To order products with a cream clamping ring, add the letter W to the end of the reference (example: base unit + green lens unit: XVP C21W + XVP C33W, etc.).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/22

XVB

XVP

Miniature beacons
Rotating mirror beacon and Sirens

2
Miniature illuminated beacons XVD LS
Ø 45 mm

Steady light signalling

“Flash” signalling

Light source

Incandescent BA 15d bulb, 5 W max. (not included)

“Flash” discharge tube, 0.5 J

Degree of protection

IP 40

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
Beacon references (1)

250 V
24…230 VAC/DC

p
XVD LS3p

–

24 VAC/DC

–

p
XVD LS6Bp

120 VAC

–

p
XVD LS6Gp

230 VAC

–

p
XVD LS6Mp

(1) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 3 = green, 4 = red, 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

Rotating mirror beacon XVR and sirens XVS

Rotating mirror beacon

Sirens, 106 db

Description

Halogen bulb

Incandescent bulb

1 tone

70 W H1 (included)

25 W BA15d (included)

Diameter

Ø 165 mm

Ø 92 mm

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 40

Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
References (2)

2 tone

250 V
24 VAC/DC

p
XVR 1B9p

p
XVR 1B0p

XVS B1

XVS B2

120 VAC

–

p
XVR 1G0p

XVS G1

XVS G2

230 VAC

–

p
XVR 1M0p

XVS M1

XVS M2

(2) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 3 = green, 4 = red, 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 8 = yellow.

Accessories

Bulbs and LEDs

Indicator banks
XVB / XVP

Beacons
XVD LS

Rotating mirror beacon

Light source

Incandescent

LED,

bulb, BA 15d

BA 15d

Flashing LED,

Incandescent

Halogen

BA 15d

bulb, BA 15d

bulb, 70 W

base fitting

base fitting

bulb, 25 W

base fitting

base fitting

H1 base fitting

BA 15d

12 V

DL1 BEJ (7 W)

–

–

–

–

24 V

DL1 BEB (6.5 W) DL1 BDBp

DL1 BKBp

DL1 BEBS (4 W) DL1 BRBH

DL1 BRB

48 V

DL1 BEE (6 W)

–

–

–

–

120 V

DL1 BEG (7 W)

DL1 BDGp

DL1 BKGp

DL1 BEGS (5 W) –

DL1 BRG

230 V

DL1 BEM (7 W)

DL1 BDMp

DL1 BKMp

DL1 BEMS (5 W) –

DL1 BRM

Incandescent

base fitting
References (3)

–

–

(3) To obtain the complete reference, replace the p by the number designating the colour as follows: 1 = white, 3 = green, 4 = red, 6 = blue, 8 = orange.

Mounting accessories

For beacons and indicator banks
type XVB

Length

100 mm

400 mm

800 mm

112 mm

260 mm

410 mm

Black aluminium support tube

XVB C02

XVB C03

XVB C04

XVP C02 (4)

XVP C03 (4)

XVP C04 (4)

Black fixing plates

For beacons and indicator banks
type XVP

for horizontal support

XVB C11

–

for vertical support

XVB C12

XVP C12 (4)

(4) Aluminium support tube with integral fixing base. To order a cream XVP unit, add the letter W to the end of the reference (example: XVP C03W).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/23

Pendant control stations for control circuits

XAC

Ready to use

2
Type XAC A “Pistol grip”
Degree of protection

IP 65 / Nema 4, 4X / Class II

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15 (240 V 3 A), DC 13

Conventional thermal current

Ithe

10 A

Connection

Screw clamp terminals, 1 x 2.5 mm2 or 2 x 1.5 mm2

For control of

single-speed motors

2-speed motors

52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2 BS44)

Dimensions (mm)

WxHxD

52 x 295 x 71 (x 85 with ZA2 BS44)

Number of operators

mechanically interlocked

2

Emergency stop

without

ZA2 BS44

without

ZA2 BS44

XAC A201

XAC A2013

XAC A207

XAC A2073

References

2

Type XAC A
For control of single-speed motors

Dimensions (mm)

WxHxD

Number of operators

mechanically interlocked between pairs 2
Emergency stop

References

80 x 314 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS44)

80 x 440 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS54)
4

without

ZA2 BS44

without

ZA2 BS54

XAC A271

XAC A2713

XAC A471

XAC A4713

For control of single-speed motors

+I/O
Dimensions (mm)

WxHxD

Number of operators

mechanically interlocked between pairs 6
Emergency stop

References

80 x 500 x 70 (x 90 with ZA2 BS54)

80 x 560 x 70
8

without

ZA2 BS54

without

XAC A671

XAC A6713

XAC A871

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/24

Stations for user assembly

2
Empty enclosures type XAC A
Number of ways

2

3

4

5

6

8

12

References

XAC A02

XAC A03

XAC A04

XAC A05

XAC A06

XAC A08

XAC A12

Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XAC A)

Booted operators
XAC-B961

XAC-A941●

white

XAC A9411

black

XAC A9412

Mushroom head, latching
turn to release Ø 30

ZA2 BS44

Ø 40

ZA2 BS54

XEN-G1● 91

ZA2-BS54

Mushroom head, latching, trigger action
turn to release Ø 30

ZA2 BS834

Ø 40

ZA2 BS844

ZA2-BS834
ZB2-BE ● ● ●

Mushroom head, latching
key release

Ø 30

ZA2 BS74

Ø 40

ZA2 BS14

ZA2-BS14

Selector switch

ZB2-BV00 ●

2 pos. stay put ZA2 BD2
3 pos. stay put ZA2 BD3
ZA2-BD ●
XAC-S ● ● ●

Key switch

ZB2-BY● ● ● ●

key n° 455

2 pos. stay put ZA2 BG4
3 pos. stay put ZA2 BG5

XAC-A009
ZA2-BG ●

Blanking plug
Contact blocks

with seal and

Single-speed N/O

ZB2 BE101

Single-speed N/C

ZB2 BE102

ZB2-BY ● ● ● ●

XAC-A982

ZB2-SZ3

ZB2 SZ3

fixing nut
Pilot light heads

ZA2-BD ●

Contacts blocks for XAC A941p
Single-speed N/C + N/O

XEN G1491

2-speed N/C + N/O + N/O

XEN G1191

ZA2-BV0 ●
ZA2-BS●●

Contact blocks (for mounting in enclosure base)

ZA2 BV01
ZA2 BV03

red

ZA2 BV04

yellow

ZA2 BV05

Protective guard (for base mounted units)

Pilot light bodies
direct supply

ZB2 BV006

direct supply, through resistor

ZB2 BV007

N/O

XAC S101

For selector switch or

N/C + N/O

XAC S105

mushroom head pushbutton

Legends, 30 x 40 mm

With symbols conforming to NF E 52-124

References

ZB2 BY4901

ZB2 BY4903

white
green

ZB2 BY4907

XAC A982

With text

ZB2 BY4909

ZB2 BY4913

ZB2 BY4915

ZB2 BY4930

ZB2 BY2303

ZB2 BY2304

blank
white or yellow
background
References

ZB2 BY2904

ZB2 BY2906

ZB2 BY2910

ZB2 BY2912

ZB2 BY2916

ZB2 BY2918

ZB2 BY2931

ZB2 BY4101

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/25

Magelis

Display units
With matrix screen (1)

2
Type
Display

Compact display units
Capacity
Type

2 lines, 20 characters 4 lines, 20 characters
Back-lit LCD

Back-lit LCD

Back-lit LCD

green

3 colours

green

green, orange, red
Data entry

Via keypad with 8 keys (4 with changeable legends)

Functions

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric

Communication

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus

Modbus

Development software

XBTL1001 and XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

132 x 37 x 74 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Nano,

Twido, Nano,

TSX Micro, Premium,

TSX Micro, Premium, TSX Micro, Premium, Tesys Model U

Supply voltage

5 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

References

XBTN200

XBTN410

XBTN401

132 x 37 x 74 mm
Twido, Nano,

Motor starter

Quantum, Momentum Quantum, Momentum
XBTN400

XBTNU400

(1) Except XBTN200: alphanumeric screen.

With matrix screen

Type
Display

Multilingual display units
Capacity

8 lines, 40 characters

Type

Back-lit LCD, monochrome

Data entry

Function / service keys

–

Functions

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bargraph, gauge

Communication

Downloadable protocols

4/1

–/5

Multiple (Uni-TE, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs)

Development software

XBTL1001 and XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

202 x 64.8 x 111.3 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Without printer link, without log

XBTHM007010

XBTHM027010

XBTHM017010

With printer link, with log

–

–

XBTHM017110

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/26

Terminals
With matrix screen

2
Type
Display

Terminals
Capacity
Type

Data entry

4 lines, 20 characters
Back-lit LCD

Back-lit LCD, 3 colours

green

green, orange, red

20 keys (12 configurable)

Functions

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric

Communication

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus

Development software

XBTL1001 and XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

137 x 37 x 118 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Nano,

Twido, Nano, TSX Micro,

TSX Micro, Premium,

Premium, Quantum, Momentum

Supply voltage

5 VDC

24 VDC

References

XBTR400

XBTR410

XBTR411

With matrix screen

Type
Display
Data entry

8 line multilingual matrix screen terminals
Capacity

8 lines, 40 characters

Type

Back-lit LCD, monochrome

Function / service keys

12 / 10

Numeric / soft function keys

12 / 4

Functions

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bargraph, gauge

Communication

Downloadable protocols

Multiple (Uni-TE, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs)

Development software

XBTL1001 and XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

253 x 62.5 x 155 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Without printer link, without log

XBTPM027010

With printer link, with log

XBTPM027110

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/27

Magelis

Graphic terminals
With keypad

2
Type
Display

Terminals with keypad
Screen size

5.7"

10.4"

Type

Back-lit monochrome LCD, green

TFT, 256 colours

16 levels of grey
Data entry

Functions

Communication

Soft function keys with LED

8

10

Static function keys with LED

10 + legends

12 + legends

Service keys

12

12

Alphanumeric keys

12 + 3 alphanumeric access

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, potentiometer, selector

Recipes

125 records maximum with 5000 values maximum

Curves

16

16

Alarm logs

Yes

Yes

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs

Bus and networks

Fipway, Modbus Plus with PCMCIA card (except XBTF011110)

Development software

XBT L1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

220.3 x 88 x 265 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

RJ45 Ethernet 10 TCP/IP connector

no

no

Supply voltage

24 VDC

24 VDC

References

XBTF011110 / F011310

XBTF024510

296 x 91 x 332 mm
yes
XBTF024610

With touchscreen

Type
Display

Terminals with touchscreen
Screen size

5.7"

10.4"

Type

LCD STN, 256 colours

LCD TFT, 256 colours

Touchscreen

Touchscreen

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, potentiometer, selector

Recipes

125 records maximum with 5000 values maximum

Data entry
Functions

Communication

Curves

16

16

Alarm logs

Yes

Yes

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs

Bus and networks

Fipway, Modbus Plus with PCMCIA card (except XBTF032110)

Development software

XBT L1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

197 x 92.6 x 147 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

RJ45 Ethernet 10 TCP/IP connector

no

no

Supply voltage

24 VDC

24 VDC

References

XBTF032110 / F032310

XBTF034510

296 x 91 x 222 mm
yes
XBTF034610

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/28

Graphic terminals open to NTIC
(New Technology for Information and Communication)

With 5.7" touchscreen

2
Type
Display

Functions

Communication

Optimum

Multifunction

LCD screen size

5.7"

5.7"

5.7"

Type

Back-lit STN

Back-lit STN, monochrome

STN, colour

TFT, colour

monochrome, blue

black and white

64 colours

256 colours

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves

yes, with log

yes, with log

yes, with log

Alarm logs

yes, incorporated

yes, incorporated

yes, incorporated

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus

Uni-TE, Modbus

Bus and networks
Expansion 1
Third party protocols

–
–

–

Uni-TE, Modbus,

Uni-TE, Modbus

5.7"

Uni-TE, Modbus,

Modbus TCP/IP

Modbus TCP/IP

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 –

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10 BASE-T, RJ45

10 BASE-T, RJ45

For Modbus Plus network connection module

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGSV42M (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

207 x 58 x 157 mm 171 x 60 x 138 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

«Compact Flash» card slot

no

Character fonts

ASCII, Japanese (ANK, Kanji), Chinese (simplified Chinese), Taiwanese (traditional Chinese)

Built-in Ethernet 10 TCP/IP

no

no

yes

no

yes

Supply voltage

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

References

XBTG2110

XBTG2120

XBTG2130

XBTG2220

XBTG2330

yes

132 x 74 x 78 mm
yes

yes

yes

With 7.4", 10.4" or 12.1" touchscreen

Type
Display

Functions

Communication

Multifunction
LCD screen size

7.4"

10.4"

10.4"

12.1"

Type

TFT, colour

STN, colour

TFT, colour

TFT, colour

256 colours

64 colours

256 colours

256 colours

Representation of variables

Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves

yes, with log

yes, with log

yes, with log

Alarm logs

yes, incorporated

yes, incorporated

yes, incorporated

Downloadable protocols

Uni-TE, Modbus

Uni-TE, Modbus,

Uni-TE, Modbus,

Uni-TE, Modbus,

Modbus TCP/IP

Modbus TCP/IP

Modbus TCP/IP

Bus and networks

–

Expansion

For Modbus Plus network connection module

Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10 BASE-T, RJ 45

Third party protocols

Mitsubishi (Melsec), Omron (Sysmac), Rockwell Automation (Allen Bradley), Siemens (Simatic)

Development software

Vijeo Designer VJDpppTGSV42M (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H

215 x 60 x 170 mm

Compatibility with PLCs

Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

«Compact Flash» card slot

yes

Character fonts

ASCII, Japanese (ANK, Kanji), Chinese (simplified Chinese), Taiwanese (traditional Chinese)

Built-in Ethernet 10 TCP/IP

no

yes

yes

yes

yes

Supply voltage

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

References

XBTG4320

XBTG4330

XBTG5230

XBTG5330

XBTG6330

317 x 58 x 243 mm
yes

yes

yes

yes

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/29

Magelis

Accessories
For display units and terminals

2
Connection cables

PC to Magelis transfer cables
2.5 m
2.5 m

2m

Application

PC to all XBTN200,

PC to all XBT except

PC to XBTG

N400 and R400

XBTN200, N400,

2m

R400 and XBTG
Type of connector

RJ45 / MiniDin + SUB D 9 SUB D 9 / SUB D 25

SUB D 9 / MiniDin

USB / MiniDin

Physical link

RS 232C

RS 232C

TTL

TTL

References

XBTZ945 (1)

XBTZ915 (1)

XBTZG915

XBTZG925

(1) Adaptor SR2CBL06 for linking USB port of PC, to be used in conjunction with connecting cables XBTZ945 and XBTZ915 for connecting display units or terminals
XBTN/R/H/P/E/HM/PM/F.

Connection cables

Telemecanique PLC connection cables (2.5 m)

Application

XBTN200, N400,

All XBT except XBTN200, N400, R400, NU400 to:

R400, NU400 to:

Type of connector

Twido, Nano,

Twido, Nano,

TSX Micro, Premium

TSX Micro, Premium

RJ45 / MiniDin

MiniDin / SUB D 25

Quantum

Momentum

SUB D 9 / SUB D 25

RJ45 / SUB D 25

(port 1)

Physical link

RS 485

RS 485

RS 232

RS 232

References

XBTZ9780

XBTZ968

XBTZ9710

XBTZ9711

Network cards

PCMCIA type III card

Compatibility

XBTF

XBTF

XBTG

Protocol

Modbus Plus

Fipway

Modbus Plus

References

TSXMBP100

TSXFPP20

XBTZGMBP

Memory cards

PCMCIA type II
card

Compatibility

XBTF

XBTG (except XBTG2110)

Capacity

16 Mb

64 Mb

128 Mb

256 Mb

512 Mb

References

XBTMEM16

XBTZGM64

XBTZGM128

XBTZGM256

MPCYN00CFE00N

Module

«Compact Flash»
card

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/30

Magelis

Industrial PCs “all in one”
i PC Smart and i PC Compact ranges

2
Type

i PC Smart

Display

Size

15" active matrix XGA (1024 x 768)

Type

TFT colour LCD (262,144 colours)

Data entry

Via touchscreen

Processor

i PC Compact

Via touchscreen

Type

VIA

VIA

Intel Pentium 4 Mobile

Frequency

667 MHz

667 MHz

1.7 GHz

Internal hard disk

–

≥ 20 Gb IDE, 2"1/2

RAM memory

256 Mb expandable up to 512 Mb

256 Mb expandable up to 512 Mb (1 memory slot max.)

CD-ROM drive

–

Yes, 24 x

Expansion slots

2 PCMCIA slots

1 PCI bus slot, 2 PCMCIA slots,

–

1 Compact Flash slot

Ethernet TCP/IP network

1 x 10 BASE-T/100BASE-TX (RJ45)

Operating system

Windows XPe integrated

Windows 2000 pre-installed

Input/Output ports

2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM2,

2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM2, 1 x COM3

1 x LPT1 (parallel), 1 x PS/2 keyboard 1 x LPT1 (parallel), 1 x PS/2 keyboard and 1 x PS/2 mouse
on front panel

–

1 x USB

Fixing

Fixings included with each product for mounting on panel or enclosure door

Dimensions W x D x H

395 x 62 x 294 mm

395 x 100 x 294 mm

Supply voltage

24 VDC

115…230 VAC

References

MPCST52NDJ00T

MPCKT52NAA00N

MPCKT55NAA00N

Combined offers (bundle pack)
Magelis i PC Compact industrial PCs can be supplied with software packages.
Characteristics identical to standard industrial PCs shown above.

Type

i PC Compact

Processor

VIA

Intel Pentium 4M

Applications

Type

Vijeo Look

Vijeo Look

Pre-installed software

Vijeo Look 2.6 RT1024

Vijeo Look 2.6 RT1024

Vijeo Look 2.6 BT1024

References

MPCKT52NAA00A

MPCKT55NAA00A

MPCKT55NAA00B

Accessories
«Compact Flash» card
Capacity

512 Mb (empty) for i PC Smart or i PC Compact

Reference

MPCYN00CFE00N

RAM memory expansion
Capacity

512 Mb SO DIMM for VIA

512 Mb SO DIMM for Pentium 4 Mobile

References

MPCYK02RAM512

MPCYK05RAM512

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

i PC Smart

i PC Compact

2/31

Magelis

Modular industrial PCs
i PC Modular range

2
Type
Display

12" front panel screen
Size

12" active matrix SVGA (800 x 600)

Type

Back-lit active matrix TFT colour LCD (262,144 colours)

Keyboard

70 standard IBM keys + 2 x 10 user function keys

–

Dimensions W x D x H

410 x 52.7 x 330 mm

380 x 52.7 x 330 mm

Input/Output ports on front panel

1 x IrDA infrared and 1 x PS/2 keyboard/mouse

Associated product

1 central unit Control box or 1 central unit Control box pack (combined offer)

Fixing

Fixings included with each screen for mounting on panel or enclosure door

Supply voltage

From Control box unit

References

MPCNA20NNN00N

Type

15" front panel screen

Data entry

Display

Via keyboard

Via keyboard and touchscreen
410 x 52.7 x 330 mm

MPCNB20NNN00N

Via touchscreen

MPCNT20NNN00N

Size

15" active matrix XGA (1024 x 768)

Type

Back-lit active matrix TFT colour LCD (262,144 colours)

Keyboard

70 standard IBM keys + 2 x 10 user function keys

–

Dimensions W x D x H

480 x 52.7 x 370 mm

460 x 52.7 x 340 mm

Input/Output ports on front panel

1 x IrDA infrared and 1 x PS/2 keyboard/mouse

Associated product

1 central unit Control box or 1 central unit Control box pack (combined offer)

Fixing

Fixings included with each screen for mounting on panel or enclosure door

Supply voltage

From Control box unit

References

MPCNA50NNN00N

Data entry

Via keyboard

Via keyboard and touchscreen
480 x 52.7 x 370 mm

MPCNB50NNN00N

Via touchscreen

MPCNT50NNN00N

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/32

Modular industrial PCs
i PC Modular range

2
Central unit Control box type
Processor

Small

Medium

Large

Type

Intel Celeron

Intel Celeron

Intel Pentium III

Intel Celeron

Intel Pentium III

Frequency

566 MHz

566 MHz

850 MHz

566 MHz

850 MHz

Internal hard disk

≥ 20 Gb IDE, 2"1/2

RAM memory

256 Mb SDRAM expandable up to 512 Mb (2 memory slots max.)

CD-ROM drive

Optional

Yes, removable 24 x

Expansion slots

–

3 slots

6 slots

(1 ISA bus, 1 PCI bus and 1 ISA/PCI bus) (2 ISA bus, 3 PCI bus and 1 ISA/PCI bus)
Ethernet TCP/IP network

1 x 10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX (RJ45)

Bus and networks

–

With additional card on ISA or PCI bus: Modbus/Uni-TE/Fipio bus,
Modbus Plus/Fipway networks, INTERBUS-S/Profibus DP/CANopen Third party bus

Video card

built-in

PCI 64 bit controller, 2 Mb RAM

Operating system

Windows 2000 pre-installed

Input/Output ports

2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM4 and 1 x LTP1 (parallel)
1 x external VGA video screen, 1 x PS/2 keyboard (1) and 1 x PS/2 pointing device (1)

Associated product

1 front panel screen or as a stand-alone (2)

Fixing

Fixings included with each screen for mounting on panel or enclosure door

Dimensions W x D x H

310 x 310 x 94.2 mm 310 x 310 x 184.5 mm

310 x 310 x 258 mm

115…230 VAC supply voltage

MPCAN02NAA00N

MPCBN02NAA00N

MPCBN05NAA00N

MPCCN02NAA00N

MPCCN05NAA00N

24 VDC supply voltage

MPCAN02NDA00N

MPCBN02NDA00N

MPCBN05NDA00N

MPCCN02NDA00N

MPCCN05NDA00N

(1) Port not operational when the central unit Control box is used with the front panel screen.
(2) To use the Control box without a front panel screen, mounting panel MPCNP00NNN00N is required.

Combined offers (bundle pack)
Magelis i PC central unit Control boxes (115…230 VAC supply) can be supplied with software packages.
Characteristics identical to standard Control box units shown above.

Central unit Control box type

Small

Medium

Processor

Type

Intel Celeron, 566 MHz

Intel Celeron, 566 MHz

Pre-installed software

Pack A “Monitoring RT”

Vijeo Look supervision, 1024 I/O “Run Time”

Vijeo Look supervision, 1024 I/O “Run Time”

Pack B “Monitoring BT/RT”

–

Vijeo Look supervision, 1024 I/O “Build Time/Run Time”

Pack A, 115…230 VAC supply voltage

MPCAN02NAA00A

MPCBN02NAA00A

Pack B, 115…230 VAC supply voltage

–

MPCBN02NAA00B

Accessories

Separate components
External LCD flat screen, flush mounting

12" SVGA (800 x 600)

References

115…230 VAC supply voltage

MPCYS20NAN00N

MPCYS50NAN00N

24 VDC supply voltage

MPCYS20NDN00N

MPCYS50NDN00N

Swivel arm for external screen

MPCYN00ARM00N

Qwerty PS/2 keyboard, 101 keys

MPCYN00KBD00N

15" XGA (1024 x 768)

Remote mounting kit for front panel screen

5m

10 m

20 m

References

MPCYN00R05KIT

MPCYN00R10KIT

MPCYN00R20KIT

Separate components for Control box
SDRAM memory expansion

64 Mb

128 Mb

256 Mb

References

MPCYN00RAM064

MPCYN00RAM128

MPCYN00RAM256

CD-ROM reader for Small Control box MPCAN0

MPCYN00CDR00N

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/33

XBTL /
Vijeo Designer

Configuration software

2
Type

Configuration software

Compatibility

All XBT except XBTG

XBTG

Operating system

Windows 98, 2000 and XP

Windows 2000 and XP

Version (1)

Light (not for XBTF) Complete

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Team (10 stations)

References for PC CD-ROM

XBTL1001M

XBTL1003M (2)

–

–

–

Including PC cable

–

–

VJDSNDTGSV42M

VJDGNDTGSV42M VJDTNDTGSV42M

Serial

–

–

VJDSSDTGSV42M

VJDGSDTGSV42M

USB

–

–

VJDSUDTGSV42M

VJDGUDTGSV42M VJDTUDTGSV42M

VJDTSDTGSV42M

(1) Demonstration version available, XBTL1001M / L1003M demo: XBTL1003DEMO, Vijeo Designer demo: VJDSPULTUCDV10M.
(2) Update XBTLUP1004.

Application page
Page tree structure window
Field information window

XBTL1001 / L1003 for
Magelis display units and terminals
The XBTL1001/L1003 configuration software can be used to create operator dialogue applications designed
for controlling automation systems for:
all XBTN/R/H/HM display units, XBTP/PM/E terminals with software XBTL1001,
all XBTN/R/H/HM display units, XBTP/PM/E and F terminals with software XBTL1003.
Applications created using the XBTL1001/L1003 software are independent to the protocol used. The same
operator dialogue application can be used with PLCs available from the principal manufacturers.

Configuration
The XBTL1001/L1003 configuration software enables simple creation of various types of pages: application
pages (can be interlinked), alarm pages, help pages, recipe pages, etc.

Vijeo Designer for
Magelis touchscreen graphic terminals XBTG

Navigator
Information

The Vijeo Designer configuration software can be used to create operator dialogue applications designed for
Object properties

controlling automation systems for all the Magelis range of New Technology (NTIC) terminals: XBTG.

Configuration
The Vijeo Designer configuration software enables operator dialogue projects to be easily and quickly
performed due to advanced ergonomics using 6 configurable windows.
Vijeo Designer configuration software also offers complete application management tools:
. Project creation, a project being one or several applications.
. Recipe editor (32 groups of 64 recipes of 1024 ingredients max.).
. Cross-referencing of application variables.
. Application synoptics documentation.
. A simulation mode for easy testing of the application from the design office.
Powerful graphics editor for easy creation of synoptics.
8 types of object animation for animated synoptics.
Object listing
Report
Library of animated
graphic objects

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/34

XBTL1000

Vijeo Look

Control software

2
Type

Control software

Compatibility

All Telemecanique PLCs and Third party PLCs

Operating system

Windows 2000 and XP

Input/Output size
References

Small, 128 I/O

Medium, 512 I/O

Large, 1024 I/O

Development/execution (BT/RT)

VJLSMDBTSV26M

VJLSMDBTMV26M

VJLSMDBTLV26M

Extra Large, 2048 I/O
VJLSMDBTXV26M

Execution (RT)

VJLSMDRTSV26M

VJLSMDRTMV26M

VJLSMDRTLV26M

VJLSMDRTXV26M

Vijeo Look for industrial PCs
Presentation
Vijeo Look 2.6 is a SCADA (Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) software package designed for
stand-alone stations, that offers perfect synergy between the Web and HMI (Human Machine Interface).
It is based on standardised technologies.
Easy to implement, it offers all the standard functions of a graphic supervision tool.
Vijeo Look is supplied with a pre-configured OFS (OPC Factory Server) Data Server. It is compatible with
PCs running Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional and enables the creation of
applications based on all Telemecanique new and old generation PLCs.
The functions of Vijeo Look control software can be used for:
. Acquisition of PLC tags.
. Visualisation of these tags.
. Process supervision and control.
. Recording the values of the PLC tags or internal tags of the process in a database.
. Embedded software processing.
The Inputs/Outputs are tags from the OPC Server (or those of the Inputs/Outputs of TSX Micro/Premium
PLCs exchanged automatically). They are used for visualisation and embedded processing.
Simple and innovative, Vijeo Look offers optimal solutions.

Structure of the offer
2 types of software licence are available for Vijeo Look:
. “Build Time/Run Time” for application development and execution.
. “Run Time” for the execution of applications created with a “Build Time”/“Run Time” licence.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/35

Monitor Pro

Supervision software

2
Type

Supervision software

Compatibility

All Telemecanique PLCs and other PLCs on the market via communication drivers or using the standard
OPC

Operating system

Windows 2000 service Pack 3, Windows XP and Windows server 2003

Input/Output size

11 sizes comprising 300 I/Os to unlimited I/Os (4800 tags to unlimited)

Versions

Development (Build Time/Run Time) and Execution (Run Time)

References for PC CD-ROM

Please contact your Regional Sales Office

Multi-level architecture
Monitor Pro
Clients development and
execution stations

Monitor Pro
Development servers stations

Redundancy

Data/information

Description
Monitor Pro V7.2 is a SCADA (Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) software solution. Its real-time
high performance server offers excellent processing capability, mainly due to the application objects. In
addition, its client-server architecture enables it to easily adapt to the topology of your application: multiserver for sharing the processing, multi-user for a wide distribution of information or in redundancy mode
for your “high availability” applications.
- The graphic interface offers a library of graphic objects. Based on Windows technology, they can easily
be customised.
- The Configuration Explorer: an intuitive environment for configuration of the real-time data server that
also enables object orientated configuration.
- Relational databases access interface, supplied with SQL Server 2000. Monitor Pro V7.2 easily
enables recording of the production data or access to the stored information. Monitor Pro V7.2 also
operates with Oracle, Sybase, Dbase IV and databases supporting the ODBC standard.
- Improved availability: Monitor Pro incorporates redundancy services ensuring a high level of
architecture availability.
- Integrated traceability functions, for real-time monitoring of the quality of your production as well as
logging all the actions of the operators.
Monitor Pro V7.2 is the supervision software that adapts to your needs. It offers you real-time monitoring
of production and enables you to optimise the operation of your equipment.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/36

FactoryCast

Embedded Web servers and gateways

2
Implementation software

FactoryCast

FactoryCast HMI

Compatibility with Telemecanique PLCs

TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

Premium, Quantum

Operating system

Windows 2000 and XP

Application

Configuration of FactoryCast modules

Development and implementation of FactoryCast HMI application

References for multilingual PC CD-ROM

Included with FactoryCast modules

TLXCDFCHMIV1M

FactoryCast
Remote diagnostic functions using simple Internet browser
. Secure access to the diagnostics system and application
. Numerical or graphical display and adjustment of data
. E-mailing
. Open to customisation and creation of Web pages for diagnostics suited to your needs

FactoryCast HMI
Identical diagnostic functions as FactoryCast + new HMI functions embedded in a PLC module:
. Real-time database and acquisition of PLC data (1000 variables)
E-mail

. Calculations for pre-processing of data
. Advanced alarm management with E-mailing
. Archiving of data in relational databases (SQL, Oracle, MySQL)
. A user customisable Web server for an interface suited to your needs

FactoryCast Gateway
New offer comprising “all in one” Web intelligent gateways integrated in a stand-alone enclosure:
. Communications network interfaces and Modbus or Uni-Telway serial links
. Remote access function, RAS server
. Notification of alarms function by E-mail
. User customisable Web function

FactoryCast Web server modules

Automation platform
Data rate

TSX Micro Premium

Quantum

Modbus

10/100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s

10/100 Mbit/s

Services

Modbus TCP/IP Protocol

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Ethernet

Uni-TE TCP/IP Protocol

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

–

–

Yes

Ethway Protocol

–

Yes

–

–

–

–

–

–

Serial Protocol

Uni-TE

–

–

–

–

–

Modbus Master Uni-Telway slave

Modem Protocol

PPP, PAP

–

–

–

–

–

PPP, PAP

PPP, PAP

Global Data

–

–

Yes

–

Yes

–

–

–

I/O Scanning

–

–

Yes

–

Yes

–

Yes

Yes

Services gateway/RAS

Yes

–

–

–

–

–

Yes

Yes

Web

Standard Web services

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

server

FactoryCast services

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

FactoryCast HMI services

–

–

–

Yes

–

Yes

–

–

TSXETZ510

TSXETY110WS TSXETY5103

TSXWMY100

140NOE77111 140NWM10000 TSXETG1000 TSXETG1010

References

10/100 Mbit/s

Uni-TE

10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Yes

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

2/37

Automation

Ingenious solutions for all
your automation system
applications
Perfect suitability for all your applications thanks to a complete offer...
from simple relays to automation platforms.

Zelio

Relays and Zelio Logic smart relays

Zelio relay range
Zelio Relay plug-in relays, Zelio Control
control and measurement relays, Zelio Count
counters, Zelio Time timing relays: These
ranges offer compactness and simplicity.

Twido

Zelio Logic smart relays
Designed for management of simple
automation systems comprising 10 to 40 I/O.
Compact or modular, Zelio Logic offers
flexibility and simplicity.

Programmable controllers
Twido, ideal for simple installations and
small machines: standard applications
comprising 10 to 100 I/O (max. 252 I/O).
Compact or modular, Twido offers flexibility
and simplicity.

Modicon

Automation platforms and distributed I/Os

Modicon TSX Micro, ideal for machine
builders. At the heart of the machine, TSX
Micro offers compactness, modularity
and integration benefits.
b CANopen machine bus connection
b Low cost Ethernet connection
b Doubling of memory capacity

Modicon Premium, ideal for manufacturing
applications. Outstanding flexibility for
distributed architectures and integration of
advanced automation system functions.
b New high performance processors
b CANopen machine bus connection, from

Modicon Quantum, ideal for process
applications. High level of performance
for process control and architecture
availability.
b New high performance processors
b Onboard Ethernet
b Memory expansion option using PCMCIA
b USB connection

Modicon Momentum M1/M1E, ideal for
distributed architectures.
Compactness and flexibility for control
and I/O distribution on Ethernet.

entry level

The essential
guide
A simplified
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select all
the products
required to
develop an
automation
system... from a
small simple
machine
to a complex
installation.

3/0

Contents
Relays
b Zelio Relay - Plug-in relays .............................................. 3/2 to 3/3
b Zelio Control - Control and measurement relays ...................... 3/4
b Zelio Count - Counters .............................................................. 3/5
b Zelio Time - Timing relays ................................................ 3/6 to 3/7
b Zelio Logic - Smart relays ................................................ 3/8 to 3/9

3

Programmable controllers,
Automation platforms
b Twido - Programmable controllers ................................ 3/10 to 3/11
b Modicon TSX Micro - Automation platforms ................ 3/12 to 3/17
b Modicon Premium - Automation platforms .................. 3/18 to 3/25
b Modicon Quantum - Automation platforms ................. 3/26 to 3/33
b Unity - Software ............................................................ 3/34 to 3/35
b PL7, Concept, ProWORKS 32 - Software ................... 3/36 to 3/37

Distributed inputs/outputs

With Transparent Ready,
Schneider Electric has applied market
standards to its automation system
architectures, making data exchange
even easier. Smart and simple to use,
the Telemecanique software offer
ensures maximum efficiency in terms
of application development and
maintenance, while its high
performance Telemecanique PLCs
help to achieve optimum installation
availability and productivity. Committed
to maximising your investment over the
long-term, Schneider Electric makes it
easy for you to develop your
applications with complete peace of
mind.

b Distributed inputs/outputs with processor
Modicon Momentum ...................................................... 3/38 to 3/41
b Distributed inputs/outputs Advantys STB
(see Chapter 7 “Interfaces and I/Os”)

Unity
Taking you into a new world of
automation
At the heart of the
Telemecanique
offer, Unity is the
new generation
software and
hardware
automation
platform.

b Open, based on
universal Microsoft
Visio, VBA and XML
software standards,
Unity is designed to
allow your tools to
work together.

b Smart,
Unity provides a
common IEC
development
environment for
Modicon Premium,
Atrium and Quantum
platforms.
With Unity, you can
reduce development
cycles and improve
quality by reusing
standard
programmes.

b Flexible,
the new range of
Modicon Premium,
Atrium and Quantum
processors offers
extended memory
capabilities and
greater execution
performance.

3/1

Zelio Relay

Plug-in relays
Interface relays

Type of relay

3

Interface relays RSB

Contact characteristics
Thermal current Ith in A (temperature ≤ 40°C)

8

12

Number of contacts

2 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

Contact material

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

Switching voltage, min. / max.

5 / 250 VAC/DC

5 / 250 VAC/DC

5 / 250 VAC/DC

Switching capacity, min. / max.

5 mA / 2000 VA

5 mA / 3000 VA

5 mA / 4000 VA

16

Coil characteristics
Average consumption, inrush, VA / W

0.75 VA / 0.45 W

Permissible voltage variation

0.8 ….1.1 Un (50 / 60Hz or =)

References
Coil supply voltage
on DC

Coil supply voltage
on AC

6 VDC

(1)

(1)

(1)

RSB2A080RD

RSB1A120RD

RSB1A160RD

12 VDC

RSB2A080JD

RSB1A120JD

RSB1A160JD

24 VDC

RSB2A080BD

RSB1A120BD

RSB1A160BD

48 VDC

RSB2A080ED

RSB1A120ED

RSB1A160ED

60 VDC

RSB2A080ND

RSB1A120ND

RSB1A160ND

110 VDC

RSB2A080FD

RSB1A120FD

RSB1A160FD

24 VAC

RSB2A080B7

RSB1A120B7

RSB1A160B7

48 VAC

RSB1A160E7

RSB2A080E7

RSB1A120E7

110 VAC

–

–

–

120 VAC

RSB2A080F7

RSB1A120F7

RSB1A160F7

220 VAC

RSB2A080M7

RSB1A120M7

RSB1A160M7

230 VAC

RSB2A080P7

RSB1A120P7

RSB1A160P7

240 VAC

RSB2A080U7

RSB1A120U7

RSB1A160U7

(1) References for relays without socket. For relays with socket, add the letter S to the end of the selected reference. (Example: RSB2A080B7 becomes RSB2A080B7S).

Sockets for relays
Type of socket

For interface relays RSB

Mixed input/output type sockets
without location for protection module

–

–

–

with location for protection module

–

–

–

RSZE1S48M

RSZE1S35M

RSZE1S48M

Separate input/output type sockets
with location for protection module
Protection modules
Diode, 6…230 VDC

RZM040W

Diode + LED, 6…24 VDC

RZM031RB

Diode + LED, 24…60 VDC

RZM031BN

Diode + LED, 110…230 VDC

RZM031FPD

Varistor + LED, 6…24 VDC or AC

RZM021RB

Varistor + LED, 24…60 VDC or AC

RZM021BN

Varistor + LED, 110…230 VDC or AC

RZM021FP

RC circuit, 24…60 VAC

RZM041BN7

RC circuit, 110…240VAC

RZM041FU7

“Power on” indication, 110/230 VAC

–

“Power on” indication, 6/24 VDC with protection diode

–

Varistor, 24 VAC

–

Varistor, 230 VAC

–

Multifunction timer module, 24…230 VDC or AC

–

Accessories
Plastic extractor

RSZR215

Maintaining spring clamp

–

Legend for sockets

RSZL300

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/2

Miniature and universal relays

Miniature relays RXL

12

10

Universal relays RUN with contact position mechanical
indicator
6

6

10

10

2 C/O

3 C/O

4 C/O

4 C/O

2 C/O

3 C/O

3 C/O

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi/AU 5 u

AgNi

AgNi

AgNi/AU 10 u

5 / 250 VAC/DC

5 / 250 VAC/DC

5 / 250 VAC/DC

5 / 250 VAC/DC

20 / 250 VAC/DC

20 / 250 VAC/DC

10 / 250 VAC, 125 VDC

5 mA / 3000 VA

5 mA / 2500 VA

5 mA / 1500 VA

2 mA / 1500 VA

50 mA / 3000 VA

50 mA / 3000 VA

1 mA / 1000 VA

1.6 VA / 0.9 W

3

4

2.3 VA / 1.5 W

0.8 ….1.1 Un (50 / 60Hz or =)

0.8 ….1.1 Un (50Hz or =), 0.85…1.1Un (60Hz)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

RXL2A12B1JD

RXL3A10B1JD

RXL4A06B1JD

RXL4G06B1JD

RUN21D21JD

RUN31A21JD

–

RXL2A12B1BD

RXL3A10B1BD

RXL4A06B1BD

RXL4G06B1BD

RUN21D21BD

RUN31A21BD

RUN33A22BD

RXL2A12B1ED

RXL3A10B1ED

RXL4A06B1ED

RXL4G06B1ED

RUN21D21ED

RUN31A21ED

RUN33A22ED
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

RXL2A12B1FD

RXL3A10B1FD

RXL4A06B1FD

RXL4G06B1FD

RUN21D21FD

RUN31A21FD

–

RXL2A12B1B7

RXL3A10B1B7

RXL4A06B1B7

RXL4G06B1B7

RUN21D21B7

RUN31A21B7

RUN33A22B7

RXL2A12B1E7

RXL3A10B1E7

RXL4A06B1E7

RXL4G06B1E7

RUN21D21E7

RUN31A21E7

RUN33A22E7

–

–

–

–

RUN21D21F7

RUN31A21F7

RUN33A22E7

RXL2A12B1F7

RXL3A102B1F7

RXL4A062B1F7

RXL4G062B1F7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

RXL2A12B1P7

RXL3A10B1P7

RXL4A06B1P7

RXL4G06B1P7

RUN21D21P7

RUN31A21P7

RUN33A22P7

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(2) References for relays without status LED indicator. For relays with status LED indicator, replace the last number 1 in the reference by 2. (Example: RXL2A12B1JD becomes
RXL2A12B2JD).

For miniature relays RXL

For universal relays RUN with contact position mech. indicator

RXZE1M114 (3)

–

RXZE1M114

RXZE1M114

RUZ1D

RUZ1A

RUZ1A

RXZE1M114M

–

RXZE1M114M

RXZE1M114M

RUZ7D

RUZ7A

RUZ7A

RXZE1S108M

RXZE1S111M

RXZE1S114M

RXZE1S114M

–

RZM040W

RUW040BD

RZM031RB

–

RZM031BN

–

RZM031FPD

–

RZM021RB

–

RZM021BN

–

RZM021FP

–

RZM041BN7

–

RZM041FU7

RUW041P7

–

RUW010P7

–

RUW030BD

–

RUW042B7

–

RUW042P7

–

RUW101MW

RXZR235

–

RXZ200

RUZ200

RXZL320

–

(3) Limited to 7 A in operation.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/3

Zelio Control

Relays
Control relays for 3-phase supplies

3

Function

Rotational direction and presence of phases
+ Undervoltage + Over and undervoltage

Adjustable time delay

without

without

0.1…10 s

0.1…10 s

fixed, 0.5 s

0.1…10 s

Supply voltage

220…440V

380…440V

400V

380…440V

380…440V

380…440V

Output

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

1 C/O

2 C/O

References

RM4TG20

RM4TU02

RM4TR34 (1)

RM4TR32 (2)

RM4TA02

RM4TA32

+ Asymmetry

(1) Relay with fixed voltage thresholds.
(2) Relay with adjustable voltage thresholds.

Current and voltage measurement relays
(3) Basic reference. To be completed with the letters
indicating the required voltage, as shown below:
Voltage

VAC, 50/60 Hz

VDC

MW

MW

110…130 V

F

–

220…240 V

M

–

380…415 V

Q

–

24…240 V

Function

Detection of
over and undercurrent

over and undercurrent

Measuring range

3…30 mA

0.3…1.5 A

0.05 …0.5 V

1…10 V

30…300 V

10…100 mA

1…5 A

0.3 …3 V

5…50 V

50…500 V

180…270 V

0.1…1 A

3…15 A

0.5…5 V

10…100 V

Adjustable time delay

0.05…30 s

0.05…30 s

0.05 …30 s

0.05…30 s

0.05…30 s

0.1…10 s

Output

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

2 C/O

References

RM4JA31•• (3) RM4JA32•• (3) RM4UA31•• (3) RM4UA32•• (3) RM4UA33•• (3) RM4UB35

Liquid level control relays

(4) Basic reference. To be completed with the letters
indicating the required voltage, as shown below:

Voltage
24 V

RM4-LG01

RM4-LA32

VAC, 50/60 Hz

VAC, 50/60 Hz

VDC

B

B

–

24…240 V

–

MW

MW

110…130 V

F

F

–

220…240 V

M

M

–

380…415 V

Q

Q

–

Control relays

Empty or fill

Sensitivity scale

5 ... 100 kΩ

0.25 ... 5 kΩ
2.5 ... 50 kΩ
25 ... 500 kΩ

Time delay

without

adjustable, 0.1 to 10 s

Output

1 C/O

2 C/O

References

RM4LG01• (4)

RM4LA32•• (4)

Liquid level control probe type

Measuring electrode and
reference electrode

1 simple stainless steel electrode
in PVC protective casing

Mounting

suspended

suspended

Maximum operating temperature

100°C

100°C

References

LA9RM201

RM79696043

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/4

Zelio Count

Counters
Totalisers

Display

Mechanical

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Number of digits displayed

5

Counting frequency
Type of zero reset

LCD
Battery
6

6

20 Hz

10 Hz

Manual

Without

Front face dimensions, W x H

41.5 x 31 mm

References

XBKT50000U10M

3

8

8

25 Hz

25 Hz

7.5 kHz

Manual

Without

Manual (1)

30 x 20 mm

60 x 50 mm

60 x 50 mm

48 x 24 mm

XBKT60000U00M

XBKT60000U10M

XBKT80000U00M

XBKT81030U33E

(1) With electrical interlocking.

Hour counters

Display

Mechanical

LCD

Supply voltage

24 VAC

230 VAC

Battery

Number of digits / display

7 (99,999.99 h)

7 (99,999.99 h)

8 (999,999.99 h)

Supply frequency

50 Hz

50 Hz

Mode: 1/100 hour

Type of zero reset

Without

Without

Manual (1)

Front face dimensions, W x H

48 x 48 mm

48 x 48 mm

48 x 24 mm

References

XBKH70000004M

XBKH70000002M

XBKH81000033E

(1) With electrical interlocking.

Multifunction counters

Display

LCD

LED

Number of digits displayed

6

Counting frequency

5 kHz

Type of reset

Manual, electric and automatic

Front face dimensions, W x H

48 x 48 mm

Preselection number

1

2

1

2

24 VDC

XBKP61130G30E

XBKP61230G30E

XBKP62130G30E

XBKP62230G30E

115 VAC

XBKP61130G31E

XBKP61230G31E

–

–

230 VAC

XBKP61130G32E

XBKP61230G32E

XBKP62130G32E

XBKP62230G32E

References

Supply voltage

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/5

Zelio Time

Timing relays
Industrial timers

3

Type of single function relay
width 22.5 mm, relay output

On-delay

Off-delay

External control

no

yes

no

yes

yes

Supply voltage

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24...240 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC

42…48 VAC/DC

42…48 VAC/DC

42…48 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC

110…240 VAC

110…240 VAC

Timing range

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s...10 mn

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s…300 h

Output

1 C/O

2 C/O (1)

1 C/O

2 C/O (1)

1 C/O

References

RE7TL11BU

RE7TP13BU

RE7RB11MW

RE7RL13BU

RE7RM11BU

(1) 1 selectable in instantaneous mode.

Type of single function relay
width 22.5 mm, relay output

Asymmetrical flashing

Pulse on energisation

External control

yes

no

Supply voltage

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

42…48 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC

110…240 VAC
Timing range

0.05 s...300 h

0.05 s...300 h

Output

1 C/O

1 C/O

References

RE7CV11BU

RE7PE11BU

Type of multifunction relay

6 functions (2)

8 functions (3)

Supply voltage

24 VAC/DC

24 VAC/DC

42…48 VAC/DC

110…240 VAC

110…240 VAC
Timing range

0.05 s…300 h

0.05 s…300 h

Output

1 C/O

2 C/O (1 selectable in instantaneous mode)

References

RE7ML11BU

RE7MY13BU

(2) RE7ML11BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Pulse on energisation with start on energisation, Pulse on energisation with start on opening of remote control contact, Flashing with
start during the OFF period, Flashing with start during the ON period.
(3) REMY13BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Pulse on energisation with start on energisation, Pulse on energisation with start on opening of remote control contact, Flashing with
start during the OFF period, Flashing with start during the ON period, Star-delta starting with double On-delay timing, Star-delta starting with contact for switching to star connection.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/6

Modular timers

Type of modular timer
width 17.5 mm, relay output

On-delay

Multifunction

External control

no

–

–

Supply voltage

24 VDC - 24 ...240 VAC

24 VDC - 24 ...240 VAC

12 ... 240VAC/DC

Timing range

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…10 h

Output

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

References

RE11RAMU

RE11RMMU (1)

RE11RMEMU (2)

RE11RMMW (1)

3

0.1 s…100 h

(1) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical flashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation, Pulse output, Timing after closing/opening of control contact.
(2) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical flashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation.

Type of modular timer
width 17.5 mm, relay output

Asymmetrical
flashing

Pulse on
energisation

Off delay

External control

–

–

–

–

Supply voltage

24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

24 VDC - 24…240 VAC

Timing range

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

Output

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

1 C/O

References

RE11RLMU

RE11RHMU

RE11RCMU

RE11RBMU

Type of modular timer
width 17.5 mm, solid-state output

On-delay

Supply voltage

24…240 VAC/DC

24…240 VAC

24…240 VAC

Timing range

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

0.1 s…100 h

Output

solid-state

solid-state

solid-state

References

RE11LAMW

RE11LCBM

RE11LMBM

Off-delay

Chronometer

Multifunction (3)

(3) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totaliser, Symmetrical flashing, Chronometer, Pulse on energisation, Pulse output, Timing after closing/opening of control contact.

Panel-mounted relays

Timer on-delay

Power supply

24…240 VAC/DC

Time range

0,02 s…300 h

Output

2 relay 5 A

Reference

RE48ATM12MW

Asymmetrical
flasher

Multifunction (4)

Multifunction (5)

RE48ACV12MW

RE48AMH13MW (6)

RE48AML12MW

(4) Timer on-delay / pulse on energization
(5) Timer on-delay / calibrator / timer off-delay / symmetrical flasher
(6) 1 selectable in instantaneous
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/7

Zelio Logic

Smart relays
Compact SR2

Compact smart relays

3

With display, d.c. power supply

Supply voltage

12 VDC

Number of inputs/outputs

12

20

10

12

20

discrete inputs

8

12

6

8

12

12

of which 0-10 V analogue inputs

4

6

–

4

2

6

4 relay

4

8 relay

8

Number of inputs

24 VDC
20

Number of outputs

4 relay

8 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6

124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6

Clock

yes

yes

no

yes

no

yes

References

SR2B121JD

SR2B201JD

SR2A101BD (1)

SR2B12p
pBD (2)

SR2A201BD (1)

SR2B20p
pBD (2)

124.6x59.5x107.6

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only
(2) Replace p by the number «1» to order a smart relay with relay outputs and by «2» for a smart relay with transistor outputs (Example: SR2B121BD)

Compact smart relays

With display, a.c. power supply

Supply voltage

24 VAC

Number of inputs/outputs

12

20

10

100/240 VAC
12

20

20

Number of discrete inputs

8

12

6

8

12

12

4 relay

4 relay

8 relay

8 relay

Number of outputs

4 relay

8 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6

124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6

Clock

yes

yes

no

References

SR2B121B

SR2B201B

SR2A101FU (1) SR2B121FU

124.6x59.5x107.6
no

no

no

SR2A201FU (1) SR2B201FU

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only

Compact smart relays

Without display and without buttons

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Number of inputs/outputs

10

12

20

10

12

20

discrete inputs

6

8

12

6

8

12

of which 0-10 V analogue inputs

-

4

6

–

–

–

Number of outputs

4 relay

4 relay

8 relay

4 relay

4 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6

Clock

no

References

SR2D101BD (1) SR2E121BD (3) SR2E201BD (3) SR2D101FU (1) SR2E121FU

Number of inputs

100/240 VAC

124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6
yes

yes

no

8 relay
124.6x59.5x107.6

yes

yes
SR2E201FU

(1) Programming on smart relay in LADDER language only
(3) For version with 24 VAC supply (0 analogue inputs), delete the letter D from the end of the reference (SR2E121B and SR2E201B)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/8

Modular SR3

Modular smart relays*

With display

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Number of inputs/outputs

10

Number of inputs

24 VAC
26

100/240 VAC

10

26

10

discrete inputs

6

16

6

16

6

16

of which 0-10 V analogue inputs

4

6

–

–

–

–

4 relay

10 relay

4 relay

Number of outputs

4

10

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

71.2x59.5x107.6

124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6

Clock

yes

yes

References

SR3B10p
pBD (1) SR3B26p
pBD (1) SR3B101B

yes

3

26

10 relay

124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6

124.6x59.5x107.6

yes

yes

yes

SR3B261B

SR3B101FU

SR3B261FU

* Each modular base can be fitted with one communication module and one I/O expansion module.
(1) Replace p by the number «1» to order a smart relay with relay outputs and by «2» for a smart relay with transistor outputs (Example: SR3B101BD)

Expansion modules (2)

Inputs / Outpus

Usage

For modular smart relays SR3Bppppp

Number of inputs/outputs

6

Number of discrete inputs

4

6

8

–

Number of outputs

2 relay

4 relay

6 relay

–

35.5x59.5x107.6

72x59.5x107.6

72x59.5x107.6

35.5x59.5x107.6

SR3XT61BD

SR3XT101BD

SR3XT141BD

SR3MBU01BD

24 VAC

SR3XT61B

SR3XT101B

SR3XT141B

–

100…240 VAC

SR3XT61FU

SR3XT101FU

SR3XT141FU

–

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)
References

24 VDC

Communication
MODBUS network

10

14

–

(2) The power supply of the expansion modules is provided via the Zelio Logic modular relays

Zelio Soft software and back-up memory
Software and back-up memory

Multilingual programmming software

Back-up memory

Description

PC CD-ROM (Windows 95/98, NT, 2000, XP, ME) (3)

EEPROM

References

SR2SFT01

SR2MEM01

PC/Smart relay connecting cable

SR2CBL01

–

Interface for USB port

SR2CBL06

–

(3) CD-Rom containing «Zelio Soft» software, an application library, a self-training manual, installation instructions and a user’s manual.

Communication interface
Interface and software

Communication interface

Programming software

Supply voltage

12/24 VDC

–

Description

–

PC CD-ROM (Windows 95/98, NT, 2000, XP, ME)

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm)

72x59.5x107.6

–

References

SR2COM01

SR2SFT03

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/9

Twido

Programmable controllers
Bases

3

Type of base

Compact

Number of discrete I/O

10

16

24

40

Number of discrete inputs (24 VDC)

6 sink/source

9 sink/source

14 sink/source

24 sink/source

Number of discrete outputs

4 relay 2 A

7 relay 2 A

10 relay 2 A

14 relay 2 A, 2 N/C 1 A

Types of connection

Non-removable screw terminals

Possible I/O extension modules

–

Counting

3 x 5 kHz, 1 x 20 kHz

PWM position control

–

–

Serial ports

1 x RS 485

1 x RS 485; as an option: 1 x RS 232C or RS 485

Protocol

Modbus Master/slave, ASCII, remote I/O

Dimensions LxDxH
Reference

–

4

7
4 x 5 kHz, 2 x 20 kHz

–

2 x 7 kHz

80x70x90 mm

80x70x90 mm

95x70x90 mm

157x70x90 mm

TWDLCAA10DRF

TWDLCAA16DRF

TWDLCAA24DRF

TWDLCAA40DRF (1)

Supply voltage 19.2…30 VDC

TWDLCDA10DRF

TWDLCDA16DRF

TWDLCDA24DRF

–

Real-time clock (as an option)

TWDXCPRTC

Display unit (as an option)

TWDXCPODC

Supply voltage 100…240 VAC

(1) Also available in 40 I/O version with Ethernet : TWDLCAA40DRF becomes TWDLCAE40DRF

Type of base

Modular

Number of discrete I/O

20

Number of discrete inputs (24 VDC)

12 sink/source

12 sink/source

24 sink/source

Number of discrete outputs

8 source transistor 0.3 A

6 relay and 2 source transistor 0.3 A

16 source transistor 0.3 A

Types of connection

HE 10 connector

Removable screw terminals

HE 10 connector

Possible I/O extension modules

4

7

7

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Integrated Counting

2 x 5 kHz, 2 x 20 kHz

PLS/PWM position control

2x7 kHz

Serial ports

1 x RS 485; as an option: 1 x RS 232C or RS485

Protocol

Modbus Master/slave, ASCII, remote I/O

Dimensions LxDxH

35.4x70x90 mm

47.5x70x90 mm

47.5x70x90 mm

Reference

TWDLMDA20DTK (2)

TWDLMDA20DRT

TWDLMDA40DTK (2)

Real-time clock (as an option)

TWDXCPRTC

Display unit (as an option)

TWDXCPODM

Memory extension (as an option)

–

40

TWDXCPMFK64

(2) Also available in the following version: sink transistor outputs (TWDLMDA20DUK and TWDLMDA40DUK)

Accessories
Prewired system for modules with
HE10 connectors

For modular bases
TWDLMDA20DTK/40DTK

For inputs
TWDDI16DK/32DK

For outputs
TWDDO16TK/32TK

TwidoFast “preformed” cable

L=3m

TWDFCW30M

TWDFCW30K

TWDFCW30K

L=5m

TWDFCW50M

TWDFCW50K

TWDFCW50K

L=1m

TWDFST20DR10

TWDFST16D10

TWDFST16DR10

L=2m

TWDFST20DR20

TWDFST16D20

TWDFST16DR20

Telefast sub-bases

Memory cartridge and software

Memory cartridge

TwidoSoft software

Description

Application update

with cable

Reference

TWDXCPMFK32

TWDSPU1001V10M

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/10

I/O modules

Type of module

Analog

Number of I/O

2 inputs

Connection

Removable screw terminals

Inputs

Range

4 inputs

8 inputs

1 output

0…10 V (1)

2 outputs

2 inputs/1 output

–

0…10 V (1)

4…20 mA (2)
Outputs

Resolution

12 bits (4096 points)

–

–

0…10 V

Résolution

–

12 bits (4096 points)
± 10 V

0…10 V

4…20 mA
0.2 % FS

Supply voltage

24 VDC

Type K, J, T thermocouples

4…20 mA (2) 3-wire Pt 100 thermal probe

Range

Measuring accuracy

3

12 bits

4…20 mA
11 bits + sign

12 bits

–

Dimensions LxDxH

23.5 x 70 x 90 mm

Reference

TWDAMI2HT

TWDAMI4LT

TWDAMI8HT

TWDAMO1HT TWDAVO2HT

TWDAMM3HT TWDALM3LT

(1) Non differential
(2) Differential

Type of module

Discrete

AS-Interface
Master

Number of discrete I/O

8

4 inputs/4 outputs 16

Logical input

Sink

Sink/Source

Connections

Removable screw terminals

Reference

16

32

2 modules (4)
–

HE 10 connectors

Removable screw terminals

Inputs 24 VDC

TWDDDI8DT

TWDDMM8DRT TWDDDI16DT

TWDDDI16DK

TWDDDI32DK

–

Inputs 120 V

TWDDAI8DT

–

–

–

–

Relay outputs 2 A

TWDDRA8RT

TWDDMM8DRT TWDDRA16RT –

–

–

Source transistor outputs 0.1 A

TWDDDO8TT (3)

–

–
–

TWDDDO16TK (3) TWDDDO32TK (3) TWDNOI10M3

(3) Also available in the following version: sink transistor outputs, (TWDDDO8UT, TWDDDO16UK and TWDDDO32UK)
(4) 2 modules max. 62 discrete slaves max. 7 analog slaves max. AS-Interface/M3, V 2.11 (S.7.4 profile not supported)

Communication modules

Type of module

CANopen Serial interface module
Expansion

Serial interface adaptor

Ethernet
Interface

Physical layer (non isolated)

–

RS 232C

–

Connections

Screw terminals Mini-DIN connector

Protocol

–

Modbus Master/slave, ASCII, remote I/O

–

Compatibility with Twido base

Base

Modular base TWDLMDA

Compact base TWDLCAA16/24DRF

All

24 or

Modular base via the integrated

model

40 I/O

display module TWDXCPODM

Reference

TWDNCO1M

RS 232C

RS 485

RS 485

Screw terminals Mini-DIN connector

Screw terminals RJ45

TWDNOZ232D TWDNOZ485D(5) TWDNOZ485T TWDNAC232D TWDNAC485D TWDNAC485T 499TWD01100

(5) Screw terminals available : TWDNpZ485D becomes TWDNpZ485T
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/11

Modicon TSX Micro

Platform of automatism
Basic configurations

Type of processor

3

TSX 3705

Power supply
Number of slots

TSX 3708

TSX 3710

2 (1 available)

110…240 VAC

24 VDC

Standard

2 (1 available)

3 (1 available)

On extension

–

–

2

Number of integrated discrete I/O modules

1 (16 I, 12 Q)

2 (32 I, 24 Q)

1 (16 I, 12 Q)

1 (16 I, 12 Q)

Number of integrated analog I/O channels

–

–

–

–

Type of integrated I/O

I: 24 VDC, Q: relay

I: 24 VDC, Q: relay

I: 24 VDC, Q: sol.st. 0.5 A I: 24 VDC, Q: relay

Application-specific modules (counter, position control)

2 half-size

2 half-size

Bus

AS-Interface cabling system

–

1 half-size

CANopen machine bus

–

–

Fipio fieldbus

–

–

Modbus Plus, Fipway

–

–

Ethernet TCP/IP

–

1 external module

Integrated

11 K words

14 K words

With PCMCIA extension

–

–

Boolean

0.25 µs

0.25 µs

Networks
Memory capacity
Execution time
for one instruction

Numerical

Rack dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

4.81 µs

4.81 µs

170,3 x 132,5 x 151 mm

230 x 132,5 x 151 mm

170,3 x 132,5 x 151 mm

With screw terminals

TSX3705028DR1

TSX3708056DR1

TSX3710128DT1

TSX3710128DR1

With HE 10 connector (1)

–

–

TSX3710128DTK1

–

(1) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system
(2) Basic configuration provided without I/O modules

Memory extension

Type of PCMCIA card for TSX 3721/22

Application

Technology
Memory size (3)

SRAM

Flash EPROM

Backup

32 K words

TSXMRPP128K

TSXMFPP128K

TSXMFPB096K

32 K words/128 K words

TSXMRPP348K

TSXMCPC224K

–

64 K words

TSXMRPP224K

TSXMFPP224K

–

64 K words/128 K words

TSXMRPP384K

TSXMCPC224K

–

128 K words

TSXMRPC448K

TSXMFPP384K

–

128 K words/128 K words

TSXMRPC768K

–

–

(3) The 1st value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the area for data storage (recipes, production data, etc).

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/12

TSX 3710
24 VDC

TSX 3721
110…240 VAC

24 VDC

2 (1 available)

TSX 3722
110…240 VAC

3 (3 available)

2

24 VDC

110…240 VAC

2

2

–

–

2 (32 I, 32 Q)

1 (16 I, 12 Q)

1 (16 I, 12 Q)

–

–

–

–

1 (8 I, 1 Q)

I: 24 VDC, Q: relay

–

I: 0…10 V or 0/4…20 mA, Q: 0…10 V

2 half-size

4 half-size

4 half-size (2 integrated channels)

1 half-size

1 half-size

1 half-size

–

1 PCMCIA card

1 PCMCIA card

–

1 PCMCIA card

1 PCMCIA card

–

1 PCMCIA card

1 PCMCIA card

1 external module

1 external module

1 external module

I: 24 VDC, Q: sol. st. 0.1 A I: 115 VAC, Q: relay

14 K words

20 K words

20 K words

–

128 K words + 128 K words for file storage

128 K words + 128 K words for file storage

0.25 µs

0.13 µs (0.19 µs with PCMCIA)

0.13 µs (0.19 µs with PCMCIA)

4.81 µs

4.50 µs

4.50 µs

170,3 x 132,5 x 151 mm

230 x 132,5 x 151 mm

–

TSX3710028AR1

TSX3710028DR1

TSX3710164DTK1

–

–

TSX3721101 (2)

3

3 (3 available)

TSX3721001 (2)

TSX3722101 (2)

TSX3722001 (2)

Mini extension rack

Type of rack

2 slots

For use with

TSX3710/21/22

Rack dimensions (WxDxH)

112,5 x 132,5 x 151 mm

Reference

4 positions

TSXRKZ2

Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/13

Modicon TSX Micro

Platform of automatism
Discrete I/O modules

Type of module

3

Discrete inputs

Connection

By HE 10 connector (1)

Module format

Half

Standard

Half

Number of channels

12

32

8

Input voltage

By screw terminals supplied

24 VDC positive logic

TSXDEZ12D2K

–

TSXDEZ32D2

–

24 VDC positive/negative logic

–

TSXDEZ12D2

–

–

100…120 VAC

–

–

–

TSXDEZ08A4

200…240 VAC

–

–

–

TSXDEZ08A5

(1) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system

Type of module

Discrete outputs
Solid state

Connection

By HE 10 conn. (1) By screw terms. supplied

Module format

Half

Standard

Half

Number of protected channels

8

32

4

8

Protection of outputs

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

24 VDC/0.5 A

TSXDSZ08T2K TSXDSZ08T2

TSXDSZ32T2

–

–

–

24 VDC/2 A

–

–

–

TSXDSZ04T22

–

–

24 VDC/1 A per channel

–

–

–

–

TSXDSZ08R5

–

24…240 VAC/1 A per channel

–

–

–

–

–

TSXDSZ32R5

Output voltage/current

Relay

32

(1) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system

Type of module

Discrete I/O

Connection

By HE 10 connector (1)

Module format

Half

Number of inputs

8

16

32

16

16

16

Number of outputs

8 solid state

12 solid state

32 solid state

12 solid state

12 solid state

12 solid state

TSXDMZ28DT

–

–

Protection of outputs

By screw terminals supplied

Standard

Yes

No

Voltage/current

24 VDC/0.5 A

TSXDMZ16DTK TSXDMZ28DTK –

output

24 VDC/0.1 A

–

–

TSXDMZ64DTK –

–

–

100…120 VAC/50 VA

–

–

–

TSXDMZ28DR

TSXDMZ28AR

–

(1) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/14

Analog I/O modules

Type of module

Analog inputs
High level with common point

High level isolated

Connection

By screw terminals supplied

By screw terminals supplied

Number of channels

8

4

Resolution

11 bits + sign

12 bits

16 bits

Input signal

± 10 V, 0…10 V

0…20 mA, 4…20 mA

(1)

Reference

TSXAEZ801

TSXAEZ802

TSXAEZ414

3

(1) ± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA, B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U, Pt 100, Ni 1000 (2 or 4-wire), thermal probe, thermocouple

Type de module

Analog outputs
With common point

Connection

By screw terminals supplied

Number of channels

4

2

Resolution

11 bits + sign

11 bits + sign or 12 bits

Input signal

± 10 V, 0…10 V

± 10 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA

Reference

TSXASZ401

TSXASZ200

Type of module

Analog I/O
Integrated

Analog I/O
High level with common point

Connection

By 15-way SUB-D connector not supplied

By screw terminals supplied

Number of inputs

8

4

Number of outputs

1

2

Resolution

8 bits

11 bits + sign or 12 bits

I/O signal

0…10 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA

± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA

Reference

TSX3722 (2)

TSXAMZ600

By screw terminals supplied

(2) References: see pages 3/16 and 3/17, TSX3722 basic configuration

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/15

Modicon TSX Micro

Platform of automatism
Integrated counter modules

3

Type of module

Counting on
discrete I/O module

Integrated counting on
TSX 3722

Type of inputs for

Sensors, limit switches

Sensors, limit switches

Totem Pole incremental encoders

Totem Pole incremental encoders

Frequency

500 Hz

10 kHz

Response time

8 ms

8 ms

Number of channels

2 (1)

2 (2)

Reference

TSX37 (3)

TSX3722 (3)

(1) On the first 4 inputs of the 28, 32 or 64 discrete I/O modules
(2) Plus 2 channels on the discrete I/O
(3) References: see pages 3/12 and 3/13, TSX37 basic configuration

Counter/position control modules

Type of module

Counter

Positioning

Type of inputs for

2-wire PNP sensors 24 VDC

SSI or parallel absolute encoder

Totem Pole incremental encoders 5 VDC RS 422, 10…30 VDC

5 VDC, 10…30 VDC

Frequency

40 kHz

40 kHz

200 or 1000 kHz

Response time

5 ms

5 ms

Number of channels

1

2

Reference

TSXCTZ1A

TSXCTZ2A

500 kHz

5 ms
1
TSXCTZ2AA

TSXCTZ1B

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/16

Communication modules

Type of module

Ethernet TCP/IP network
For TSX 3710/21/22 PLCs

Speed

10/100 Mbps

10/100 Mbps

Standard services

TCP/IP(Uni-TE, Modbus)

TCP/IP(Uni-TE, Modbus)

Transparent Ready

3

Class

B20

C20

I/O Scanning

Yes

Yes

Standard services

Yes

Yes

FactoryCast services

–

Yes with 8 Mb of user Web pages and graphics editor

Reference

TSXETZ410

TSXETZ510

Type of module

AS-Interface
cabling system

CANopen
machine bus

Fipio
fieldbus

Name and description

Half size in-rack

PCMCIA card

PCMCIA card

Speed

167 Kbps

20 Kbps…1 Mbps dep. on distance 1 Mbps

Reference

TSXSAZ10

TSXCPP110

Type of module

Serial links
Uni-Telway, Modbus

Name and description

Integrated port

Speed

19.2 Kbps

1.2...19.2 Kbps

TSX37 (1)

TSXSCP114

RS 232D

–

TSXSCP111

20 mA CL

–

TSXSCP112

Web server

Reference

With interface RS 485

TSXFPP10

Multiprotocol PCMCIA card

(1) References: see pages 3/12 and 3/13, TSX3705/08/10 PLCs with link integrated on TER terminal port, or TSX3721/22 PLCs with link integrated on AUX terminal port.

Type of module

Networks
Modbus Plus

Fipway

Name and description

PCMCIA card

PCMCIA card

Speed

1 Mbps

1 Mbps

Reference

TSXMBP100

TSXFPP20

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/17

Modicon Premium

Platform of automatism
Processors under Unity Pro software

Type of processor

3

TSX 57C configuration TSX 5700
1 rack
1 rack

TSX 5710
4 racks max.

TSX 5720
16 racks max.
1024

Number of I/O

Discrete

192

256

512

in racks

Analog

12

12

24

80

No

No

No

Yes

Application-specific channels (counter, position control, weighing)

4

4

8

24

Bus

AS-Interface cabling system

1

1

2

4

CANopen machine bus

1 (integrated)

1 (integrated)

1

1

Integrated process control

INTERBUS, Profibus DP fieldbus

–

–

1

1

Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway)

1

1

1

1

Memory capacity

Integrated

96 Kb (+ space) data/prog

96 Kb (+ space) data/prog

96 Kb data/prog.

160/192 Kb data/prog. (1)

With PCMCIA extension

96 Kb data/128 Kb prog.

96 Kb data/128 Kb prog.

96 Kb data/224 Kb prog.

160/192 Kb data (1)/768 Kb prog.

Execution time

Boolean

0.19 µs

0.19 µs

0.19 µs

0.19 µs

for one instruction

On word or arithmetic

0.25 µs

0.25 µs

0.25 µs

0.25 µs

Reference

Without integrated port

–

–

TSXP57104M

TSXP57204M

Integrated Ethernet

–

–

TSXP571634M

TSXP572634M

Integrated CANopen

TSXP57Cp
p 0244M (2)

TSXP570244M

–

–

Integrated Fipio

–

–

TSXP57154M

TSXP57254M

(1) The second value corresponds to the integrated memory capacity when the processor is equipped with a Fipio manager integrated link
(2) 24 VDC version : TSXP57CD0244M, 100...240 VAC version : TSXP57CA0244M
(3) Processor with double format
(4) PC format card on PCI bus

Processors under PL7 software

Type of processor

TSX 5710
4 racks max.

TSX 5720
16 racks max.
1024

Number of I/O

Discrete

512

in racks

Analog

24

80

No

Yes

Integrated process control
Application-specific channels (counter, position control, weighing)

8

24

Bus

AS-Interface cabling system

2

4

CANopen machine bus

1 (with TSXP57103M)

1

INTERBUS, Profibus DP fieldbus

–

1

1

1

Integrated

32 K words data/prog.

48 K words data/prog. (5)

With PCMCIA extension

32 K words data/64 K words prog.

32 K words data (5)/160 K words prog.

Boolean

0.50 µs

0.19 µs

Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway)
Memory capacity
Execution time
for one instruction

On word or arithmetic

0.62 µs

0.25 µs

Reference

Without integrated port

TSXP57103M

TSXP57203M

Integrated Ethernet

–

TSXP572623M

Integrated Fipio

TSXP57153M

TSXP57253M

Integrated Ethernet and Fipio

–

TSXP572823M

(5) The second value corresponds to the processor with integrated Fipio bus manager link.
(6) PC format card for ISA bus.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/18

Atrium slot-PLCs
under Unity Pro software

TSX 5730
16 racks max.

TSX 5740
16 racks max.

TSX 5750
16 racks max.

PCI 5720
16 racks max.

PCI 5730
16 racks max.

1024

2040

2040

1024

1024

128

256

512

80

128

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

32

64

64

24

32

8

8

8

4

8

1

1

1

1

1

3

4

5

1

3

3

4

5

2

4

192/208 Kb data/prog. (1)

320 Kb data/prog.

640 Kb data/prog.

160/192 Kb data/prog. (1)

192/208 Kb data/prog. (1)

3

192/208 Kb data (1)/1,75 Mb prog. 440 Kb data/2 Mb prog.

896 Kb data/7 Mb prog.

160 Kb data/768 Kb prog.

192/208 Kb data (1)/1,75 Mb prog.

0.12 µs

0.037 µs

0.19 µs

0.12 µs

0.06 µs

0.17 µs

0.08 µs

0.045 µs

0.25 µs

0.17 µs

TSXP57304M

–

–

TSXPCI57204M (4)

–

TSXP573634M

TSXP574634M

TSXP575634M

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

TSXP57354M

TSXP57454M

TSXP57554M

–

TSXPCI57354M (4)

Atrium slot-PLCs
under PL7 software

TSX 5730
16 racks max.

TSX 5740
16 racks max.

PCX 5720
16 racks max.

PCX 5730
16 racks max.
1024

1024

2040

1024

128

256

80

128

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

32

64

24

32

8

8

4

8

1

1

1

1

2

2

1

2

3

4

1

3

64/80 K words data/prog. (5)

96 K words data/prog.

48/64 K words data/prog.

64/80 K words data/prog.

80/96 K words data (5)/384 K words prog. 170 K words data/992 K words prog.

48/64 K words data (5)/160 K words prog. 80/96 K words data (5)/384 K words prog.

0.12 µs

0.06 µs

0.19 µs

0.12 µs

0.17 µs

0.08 µs

0.25 µs

0.17 µs

TSXP57303M

–

TPCX57203M (6)

–

TSXP573623M

–

–

–

TSXP57353M

TSXP57453M

–

TPCX57353M (6)

–

TSXP574823M

–

–

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Atrium

3/19

Modicon Premium

Platform of automatism
Memory extensions for Unity Pro processors

Type of PCMCIA card

3

Application

Technology
Memory size

Additional data

SRAM

Flash EPROM

SRAM

128 Kb

TSXMRPP128K

TSXMFPP128K

TSXMFPB096K (3)

224 Kb

TSXMRPP224K

TSXMFPP224K

–

384 Kb

TSXMRPP384K

TSXMFPP384K

–

448 Kb

TSXMRPC448K (1)

–

–

768 Kb

TSXMRPC768K (1)

TSXMFPP512K (512 Ko)

–

1 Mb

TSXMRPC001M (1)

TSXMFPP001M

–

2 Mb

TSXMRPC002M (1)

TSXMCPC002M (2)

–

3 Mb

TSXMRPC003M (1)

TSXMFPP004M (4 Mo)

TSXMRPF004M (4 Mo)

7 Mb

TSXMRPC007M (1)

–

–

8 Mb

–

–

TSXMRPF008M

(1) By configuration, the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (recipes, production data) on request.
(2) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing data (recipes, production data).
(3) Backup cartridge of the program when this one reside entirely in PLC internal memory.

Memory extensions for PL7 processors

Type of PCMCIA card

Application

Technology
Memory size (4)

Additional data

SRAM

Flash EPROM

SRAM

32 K words

TSXMRPP128K

TSXMFPP128K

–

64 K words

TSXMRPP224K

TSXMFPP224K

–

64 K words/128 K words

TSXMRPP384K

TSXMCPC224K

–

128 K words

TSXMRPC448K

TSXMFPP384K

–

128 K words/128 K words

TSXMRPC768K (5)

–

–

256 K words

TSXMRPC001M

–

–

256 K words/640 K words

TSXMRPC01M7 (5)

–

–

384 K words/640 K words

TSXMRPC002M

–

–

512 K words

TSXMRPC003M (5)

–

–

2048 K words

–

–

TSXMRPF004M

(4) The 1st value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (recipes, production data, etc).
(5) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing application object symbols.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/20

Power supply modules (1)

Type of power supply module for

Premium

Atrium (2)

Input voltage

24 VDC

Output voltage

5 VDC/24 VDC

Total useful power

30 W

50 W

26 W

50 W

77 W

26 W

Format

Standard

Double

Standard

Double

Double

–

Reference

TSXPSY1610M TSXPSY3610M TSXPSY2600M TSXPSY5500M TSXPSY8500M TSXPSI2010

110…240 VAC

100…120/200…240 VAC

24 VDC

3

5 VDC

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”
(2) Only for Atrium slot-PLCs under Unity

Racks

Type of rack
For configuration

Non extendable

Extendable

Mono-rack

Multi-rack (16 max.)

Dimensions WxDxP
Reference

4 positions

188 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3)

–

TSXRKY4EX

6 positions

261,6 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3)

TSXRKY6

TSXRKY6EX

8 positions

335,3 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3)

TSXRKY8

TSXRKY8EX

12 positions

482,6 x 160 x 151,5 mm (3)

TSXRKY12

TSXRKY12EX

(3) Hight of I/O modules : 151,5 mm with HE 10 or SUB-D connectors, 165 mm with screw terminals

Connection accessories
Type

Bus X daisy chaining cable for
extendable racks

Line terminators

–

Set of 2

Reference

–

TSXTLYEX

L=1m

TSXCBY010K

–

L=3m

TSXCBY030K

–

L=5m

TSXCBY050K

–

L = 12 m

TSXCBY120K

–

L = 18 m

TSXCBY180K

–

L = 28 m

TSXCBY280K

–

L = 38 m

TSXCBY380K

–

L = 50 m

TSXCBY500K

–

L = 72 m

TSXCBY720K

–

L = 100 m

TSXCBY1000K

–

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/21

Modicon Premium

Platform of automatism
Discrete I/O modules

3

Type of module

Discrete inputs

Connection

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)

By HE 10 connector (2)

Number of isolated channels

8

16

16 (3)

32

24 VDC

TSXDEY08D2

TSXDEY16D2

TSXDEY16FK

TSXDEY32D2K

TSXDEY64D2K

48 VDC

–

TSXDEY16D3

–

TSXDEY32D3K

–

24 VAC

–

TSXDEY16A2 (4)

–

–

–

48 VAC

–

TSXDEY16A3

–

–

–

100…120 VAC

–

TSXDEY16A4

–

–

–

200…240 VAC

–

TSXDEY16A5

–

–

–

Input voltage

64

(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately
(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system
(3) Module with high-speed isolated inputs (filtering from 0.1 to 7.5 ms) able to activate the event-triggered task
(4) Module also compatible with 24 VDC negative logic

Type of module

Discrete outputs
Solid state

Relay

Connection

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1) By HE10 conn. (2)

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)

Number of protected channels
Output voltage/current

Triac

8

16

32

64

8

8

24 VDC/0.5 A

TSXDSY08T2

TSXDSY16T2

–

–

–

–

–

24 VDC/2 A

TSXDSY08T22 –

–

–

–

–

–

–

16

24 VDC/0.1 A

–

TSXDSY32T2K TSXDSY64T2K –

–

–

48 VDC/1 A

TSXDSY08T31 –

–

–

–

–

–

48 VDC/0.25 A

–

TSXDSY16T3

–

–

–

–

–

24…48 VDC-24…240 VAC/5A

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY08R5A –

–

24…120 VDC/5 A

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY08R4D –

–

48…240 VAC/1 A per channel

–

–

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY16S5

48…40 VAC/2 A per channel

–

–

–

–

–

TSXDSY08S5

–

(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately
(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system

Type of module

Discrete I/O

Connection

By HE 10 connector (2)

Number of inputs

16 high-speed

Number of protected outputs
Output voltage/current

24 VDC/0.5 A

12 solid state

12 reflex or timed

TSXDMY28FK

TSXDMY28RFK

(2) For use with Advantys Telefast ABE7 wiring system
Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/22

Analog I/O modules

Type of module

Analog input
High level with common point

Connection

By 25-way SUB-D connector

Number of channels

4 high-speed

Resolution
Reference

8

High level isolated Low level isolated
By terminal block (1)
16

8

16

4

16 bits

12 bits

16 bits

16 bits

16 bits

High level input (2)

TSXAEY420

TSXAEY800

TSYAEY1600

TSXAEY810

–

–

Multi-range

–

–

–

–

TSXAEY1614 (3) TSXAEY414 (4)

(1) Screw terminals TSXBLY01 to be ordered separately
(2) ± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA
(3) ± 63 mV thermocouple (B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U)
(4) ± 10 V, ± 5 V, 0…10 V, 0…5 V, 1…5 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA, -13…+63 mV, 0…400 W, 0…3850 W, thermal probe, thermocouple

Type of module

Analog output
Isolated

With common point

Connection

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (5)

By 25-way SUB-D connector

Number of channels

4

8

Resolution

11 bits + sign

13 bits + sign

TSXASY410

TSXASY800

Reference

Input signal (6)

(5) Terminal block to be ordered separately
(6) ± 10 V, 0…10 V, 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA.

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/23

3

Modicon Premium

Platform of automatism
Counter modules

3

Type of module

Counter

Counter/measurement Electronic cam

Type of inputs for

Sensors (1)

Sensors (1)

Incremental encoders (2)

Incremental encoders (2)

Encoders (2)(3)

Absolute encoders (4)

Counting

40 kHz

500 kHz/200 kHz (4)

Cycle time

5 ms

10 ms

1 ms

–

Number of channels

2

4

2

128 cams

Number of axes

–

–

–

1

Reference

TSXCTY2A

TSXCTY4A

TSXCTY2C

TSXCCY1128

(1) For 2/3-wire PNP/NPN 24 VDC sensors
(2) For 5 VDC RS422, 10…30 VDC Totem Pole incremental encoders

Motion control modules

(3) For SSI serial or parallel output absolute encoders
(4) For RS485 serial or parallel output absolute encoders

Module type

For translators

Control outputs
Compatible with drives
Functions

For analog control servomotors

(amplifier for stepper motor)

(for asynchronous and brushless motors)

RS 422

+/- 10 V

Lexium 05, Twin Line

Lexium 05/17D, Twin Line

Linear axes

–

Limited

Limited or infinite

Limited or infinite(5)

Slave axes

–

With static ratio

With dynamic ratio

–

Frequency for each axis

187 kHz

Number of axes

1

2

500 kHz with incremental encoder, 200 kHz with absolute encoder (6)
2

4

2

4

Reference

TSXCFY11

TSXCFY21

TSXCAY21

TSXCAY41

TSXCAY22

TSXCAY42 TSXCAY33

3

(5) With linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes
(6) SSI serial or with parallel outputs

Module type

Servomotors with SERCOS® digital ring
(for brushless motors)

Control outputs

SERCOS® network ring

Compatible with ranges

Lexium 17D

Functions

Linear or infinite independent axes, slave axes with cam profile or ratio

Processing
Frequency for each axis

4 sets of axes with linear

4 sets of axes with linear and circular 4 sets of axes with linear

interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

interpolation from 2 to 3 axes (7)

interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

4 Mb SERCOS® network ring

Number of axes

8 (8)

8 (8)

16 (9)

Reference

TSXCSY84

TSXCSY85

TSXCSY164

(7) TSXCSY85 module supplied with TJE trajectory editor: linear trajectories with links between segments according to polynomial or circular interpolation and circular trajectories.
(8) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes and 4 remote axes
(9) 16 axes (real axes, imaginary and remote axes)

Weighing modules

Type of module

ISP Plus
supplied uncalibrated

Load cell inputs / outputs

50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells) / 2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display unit

Reference

supplied calibrated and

offer

Without display unit

TSXISPY101

Please consult your Schneider-electric agency

With display unit TSXXBTH100

TSXISPY111

Please consult your Schneider-electric agency

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/24

Communication modules

Type of module

Ethernet TCP/IP

Speed

10 Mbps

Standard services

Ethway, TCP/IP (Uni-TE, Modbus) TCP/IP (Uni-TE, Modbus)

Transparent Ready

Web server

10/100 Mbps

3

Classe

C10

B30

B30

C30

Global Data

–

Yes

Yes

Yes

D10
–

I/O Scanning

–

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

TCP Open

Yes

–

–

Yes

–

Standard services

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

FactoryCast services

Yes

–

–

Yes

–

FactoryCast HMI services

–

–

–

–

Yes

TSXETY110WS

TSXP57 (1)

TSXETY4103

TSXETY5103

TSXWMY100

Reference

(1) References: see pages 3/18 and 3/19, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port

Type of module

AS-Interface
CANopen
cabling system machine bus

Fipio manager INTERBUS
fieldbus
fieldbus

Profibus DP
fieldbus

Name and description

In-rack

PCMCIA

Integrated port

In-rack

In-rack

Speed

167 Kbps

20 K…1 Mbps

1 Mbps

0.5 Mbps

9.6 K…12 Mbps

Reference

TSXSAY1000

TSXCPP110

TSXP57 (2)

TSXIBY100

TSXPBY100

(2) References: see pages 3/18 and 3/19, Premium processors with integrated Fipio port

Type of module

Serial links
Uni-Telway

Name and description

Integrated port

In-rack

PCMCIA

In-rack

Speed
Reference

With interface

Modbus

ASCII
PCMCIA

PCMCIA

19.2 Kbps

19.2 Kbps

1.2...19.2 Kbps

19.2 Kbps

1.2...19.2 Kbps

1.2...19.2 Kbps

RS 485

TSXP57 (1)

TSXSCY21601

TSXSCP114

TSXSCY11601

TSXSCP114

TSXSCP114

RS 232D

–

–

TSXSCP111

–

TSXSCP111

TSXSCP111

20mA CL

–

–

TSXSCP112

–

TSXSCP112

TSXSCP112

(1) References: see pages 3/18 and 3/19, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port

Type of module

Other networks
Modbus Plus

Fipway

Fipio (agent function)

Name and description

PCMCIA card

PCMCIA card

PCMCIA card

Speed

1 Mbps

1 Mbps

1 Mbps

Reference

TSXMBP100

TSXFPP20

TSXFPP10

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/25

Modicon Quantum

Platform of automatism
Processors under Unity Pro software

Type of processor

3

Simple applications

Simple and medium
complexity applications

Max. number of

Local

discrete I/O (1)

Decentralized/distributed

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Max. number of

Local

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

analog I/O (1)

Decentralized/distributed

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

Type of application-specific I/O

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,
time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

Communication ports (2)

Memory capacity

Integrated Modbus

2 RS 232/RS 485

Modbus Plus

1 integrated, 2 in local rack

2 RS 232
1 integrated, 6 in local rack

Ethernet TCP/IP

2 in local rack

6 in local rack
INTERBUS/Profibus DP: 6 in local rack

Fieldbus

Profibus DP: 2 in local rack

Integrated

2 Mb

2 Mb

With PCMCIA extension

_

_

Data storage

_

_

140CPU31110

140CPU43412U

Reference

(1) The maximum values for the number of discrete or analog I/O are not cumulative
(2) The numbers of communication modules are not cumulative, 2 or 6 in local rack, depending on model
(3) Processor compatible with Unity Pro software after updating its firmware (via OS-Loader included in Unity Pro)

Processors under Concept/ProWORK software

Type of processor

Simple applications

Max. number of

Local

discrete I/O (1)

Decentralized/distributed

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Max. number of

Local

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

analog I/O (1)

Decentralized/distributed

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

Type of application-specific I/O

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,
time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

Communication ports (2)

Integrated Modbus

1 RS 232

Modbus Plus

1 integrated, 2 in local rack

Ethernet TCP/IP

2 in local rack

Fieldbus

INTERBUS/Profibus DP: 2 in local rack

Memory capacity

Integrated

256 Kb

512 Kb

Reference

Concept/ProWORX

140CPU11302

140CPU11303

(1) The maximum values for the number of discrete or analog I/O are not cumulative
(2) The numbers of communication modules are not cumulative, 2 or 6 in local rack, depending on model
(3) Processor compatible with Unity Pro software after updating its firmware (via OS-Loader included in Unity Pro)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/26

Complex applications
Unlimited (27 slots max.)

Hot Standby
redundant applications
Unlimited (26 slots max.)

3

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)
Unlimited (27 slots max.)
1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus
2 RS 232

1 RS 232/485

1 integrated, 6 in local rack
6 in local rack

1 integrated, 6 in local rack

INTERBUS/Profibus DP: 6 in local rack

Profibus DP: 6 in local rack

4 Mb

2 Mb

_

7 Mb

_

8 Mb

140CPU53414U

140CPU65150

Simple and medium
complexity applications

6 in local rack

140CPU65160

140CPU67160

Complex applications

Unlimited (27 slots max.)
31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)
Unlimited (27 slots max.)
1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)
Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus
2 RS 232
1 integrated, 6 in local rack
6 in local rack
INTERBUS/Profibus DP: 6 in local rack
2 Mb

4 Mb

140CPU43412A (3)

140CPU53414A (3)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/27

Modicon Quantum

Platform of automatism
Power supply modules (1)

3

ype of power supply module for

Quantum

Input voltage

24 VDC

48…60 VDC

100…150 VDC

120…230 VAC

115/230 VAC

Output current

8 A/3 A (4)

8A

8 A/3 A

8 A/3 A (1)

11 A
–

Reference

Type

Standalone (2)

140CPS21100

–

140CPS51100

140CPS11100

Summable

140CPS21400

140CPS41400

–

–

140CPS11420

Redundant

140CPS22400

140CPS42400

140CPS52400

140CPS12400

140CPS12420

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”
(2) The output current for the standalone power supply modules is 3 A

PCMCIA memory extensions

Type of PCMCIA card
for Unity processors 140CPU65/67

Application

Technology
Memory size

Additional data

SRAM

Flash EPROM

SRAM

512 Kb/512 Kb (3)

–

TSXMCPC512K

–

1 Mb (4)

TSXMRPC001M

TSXMFPP001M

–

2 Mb (4)

TSXMRPC002M

TSXMFPP002M

–

2 Mb/1 Mb (3)

–

TSXMCPC002M

–

3 Mb (4)

TSXMRPC003M

–

–

4 Mb

–

TSXMFPP004M

TSXMRPF004M

7 Mb (4)

TSXMRPC007M

–

–

8 Mb

–

–

TSXMRPF008M

(3) The 1st value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (recipes, production data, etc)
(4) By configuration the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (recipes, production data, etc)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/28

Racks

Type

Racks

Rack extension module (1)

Dimensions WxDxH
References

2 slots

104x104x290 mm

140XBP00200

–

3 slots

143x104x290 mm

140XBP00300

–

4 slots

184x104x290 mm

140XBP00400

–

6 slots

265x104x290 mm

140XBP00600

–

10 slots

428x104x290 mm

140XBP01000

–

16 slots

671x104x290 mm

140XBP01600

–

–

140XBE10000

Rack extension

3

(1) Local extension module, to be placed in main rack and secondary rack.

Connection accessories (2)

Type
References

Cable for extension racks (main and secondary)
L=1m

140XCA71703

L=2m

140XCA71706

L=3m

140XCA71709

(2) Other accessories: See www.telemecanique.com

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/29

Modicon Quantum

Platform of automatism
Discrete I/O modules

3

Type of module

Discrete inputs

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of isolated channels
Input voltage

16

4 groups of 8

3 groups of 8

2 groups of 8

6 groups of 16

8 groups of 2

–

140DDI15310

–

–

–

–

24 VDC

–

140DDI35300(1) –

–

140DDI36400

–

10…60 VDC

–

140DDI85300

–

–

–

140DDI84100

20…30 VDC

–

140DSI35300(1) –

–

–

–

125 VDC

–

–

140DDI67300

–

–

–

24 VAC

140DAI34000

140DAI35300

–

–

–

–

48 VAC

140DAI44000

140DAI45300

–

–

–

–

115 VAC

140DAI54000

140DAI55300

–

140DAI54300

–

–

230 VAC

140DAI74000

140DAI75300

–

–

–

–

5 VDC TTL (negative logic)

(1) For negative logic, replace 00 at the end of the reference with 10, for example 140DDI35300 becomes 140DDI35310.

Type of module

Discrete outputs
Solid state

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of protected channels
Output voltage/current

16

4 groups of 8

2 groups of 8

6 groups of 16

2 groups of 6

–

140DDO15310 –

–

–

–

24 VDC/0.5 A

–

140DDO35301(1) –

–

–

–

10…30 VDC/0.5 A (3)

–

140DVO85300

–

–

–

–

19.2…30 VDC/0.5 A

–

–

–

–

140DDO36400

–

10…60 VDC/2 A

–

–

–

140DDO84300

–

–

24...125 VDC/0.75 A

–

–

–

–

–

140DDO88500

24…48 VAC/4 A

–

–

140DAO84220

–

–

–

24…115 VAC/4 A

140DAO84010

–

–

–

–

–

5 VDC TTL/0.075 A (2)

4 groups of 4

24…230 VAC/ 4-3 A

140DAO84000

140DAO85300

–

–

–

–

100...230 VAC/4-3 A

–

–

140DAO84210

–

–

–

(1) For negative logic, replace 01 at the end of the reference with 10, for example 140DDO35301 becomes 140DDO35310.
(2) Negative logic
(3) Controlled outputs

Type of module

Discrete I/O
Solid state

Discrete outputs
Relay

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of I/O

2 groups of 8/2 groups of 4

1 group of 4/

–
–/16 NO

–/8 NO/NC

4 isolated
Input voltage

24 VDC

125 VAC

125 VDC

–

–

Output voltage/current

30 VDC/15 A

125 VAC/4 A

125 VDC/4 A

150 VDC or 250 VAC/2 A

150 VDC or 250 VAC/5 A

Reference

140DDM39000

140DAM59000

140DDM69000

140DRA84000

140DRC83000

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/30

Analog I/O modules

Type of module

Analog inputs

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels

8

16

8
(1)

Input signal

4…20 mA

0…25/20 mA

1…5 V

4…20 mA

Resolution

12 bits

0…25000 points

Reference

140ACI03000

140ACI04000

3
Thermal probe

Thermocouple

Pt, Ni

(2)

16 bits

12 bits + sign

16 bits

140AVI03000

140ARI03010

140ATI03000

(1) 0…25 mA, ± 20 mA, 4…20 mA, 0…10 V, ± 10 V, 0…5 V, ± 5 V, 1…5 V.
(2) Type B, E, J, K, R, S, T, mV

Type of module

Analog output

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels

4

8

4

Input signal

4…20 mA

0…25/20 mA

0…10 V, ± 10 V

4…20 mA

0…5 V, ± 5 V

Resolution

12 bits

0…25000 points

12 bits

Reference

140ACO02000

140ACO13000

140AVO02000

Type of module

Analog I/O

Connection

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs

4

Number of outputs

2

Input signal

0…20 mA, ± 20 mA, 4…20 mA, 0…10 V, ± 10 V, 0…5 V, ± 5 V, 1…5 V.

Resolution

Inputs 16 bits, outputs 12 bits

Reference

140AMM09000

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/31

Modicon Quantum

Platform of automatism
Intrinsically safe I/O modules

3

Type of module

I/O
Discrete

Connection

By screw terminal 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs

8

–

8

Number of outputs

–

8

–

Input signal

–

–

Thermal probe

0…25/20 mA

Thermocouple (1)

4…25 mA

Resolution

–

–

12 bits + sign

0…25000 points

15 bits

Reference

140DII33000

140DIO33000

140AII33000

140AII33010

140AIO33000

Analog
–
8

(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV

Counter and special purpose modules

Type of module

High-speed counter

High-speed inputs Time-stamp system
with interrupt

Type of inputs for

Incremental encoders

Discrete 24 VDC (2) DCF 77
24 VDC (3)

500 kHz

–

Discrete
24…125 VDC

Counting frequency

100 kHz

–

Number of channels

5

2

16

1

32

Reference

140EHC10500

140EHC20200

140HLI34000

140DCF07700

140ERT85410

(2) 3 operating modes: Interrupt, latch, high-speed inputs, on rising or falling edge.
(3) For GPS or DCF time receiver

Motion control modules

Type of module

For analog control servomotors Servomotors with SERCOS® digital ring
Single axis
(for brushless motors)

Control outputs

RS 422 incremental encoder

SERCOS® network ring

Compatible with the ranges

Lexium 17D

Lexium 17D

Functions

Master/slave position capture

Linear or infinite independent axes, slave axes with cam profile or ratio

Synchronization of a master/slave, 4 sets of axes with linear interpolation from 2 to 8 axes
torque control
Frequency for each axis

200 kHz nominal, 500 kHz max.

4 Mb SERCOS® network ring

with incremental encoder
Number of axes

1 real axis, 1 remote axis

With MMF Start programming kit (4)

Processor

–

66 MHz

133 MHz

Reference

140MSB10100

140MMS42501

140MMS53502

(4) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes, 4 remote axes, 4 coordinate sets, 4 follower sets, cam profiles
Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/32

Communication modules

Type of module

Ethernet TCP/IP network

Speed

10/100 Mbps

Standard services

TCP/IP(Modbus)

Transparent Ready

Web server

3

Class

B30

B30

C30

Global Data

Yes

Yes

Yes

D10
–

I/O Scanning

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

FDR server

Yes

Yes

Yes

–

SNMP protocol

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Standard services

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

FactoryCast services

–

–

Yes

Yes

FactoryCast HMI services

–

–

–

Yes

140CPU651 (1)

140NOE77101

140NOE77111

140NWM10000

AS-Interface
cabling system

INTERBUS
fieldbus (2)

Profibus DP V0
fieldbus (3)

Reference

(1) References: see pages 3/26 and 3/27, Quantum processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP

Type of module

Modbus Plus
network

Name and description

Integrated link

In-rack

In-rack

In-rack

Speed

1 Mbps

167 Kbps

1 Mbps

9,6 K…12 Mbps

Reference

140CPU (4)

140EIA92100

140NOA61100

140CRP81100

(2) Compatible with concept and ProWORK32 software
(3) Available in Profibus DP V1 version, please consult your Schneider Electric agency
(4) References: see pages 3/26 and 3/27, Quantum processors with integrated Modbus Plus

Type of module

Serial link
Modbus

Name and description

Integrated link

In-rack

Speed

19.2 Kbps

19.2 Kbps

Reference

140CPU (5) (6)

140ESI06210

ASCII

(5) References: see pages 3/26 and 3/27, Quantum processors with integrated Modbus
pp and 140CPU67160 processors and RS 232 on 140CPU31110, 140CPU43412A, 140CPU53414A processors.
(6) RS 232/RS 485 on 140CPU651pp

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/33

Automation

Unity software
For Modicon Premium, Quantum and Atrium slot PLCs

Type of software

3

Unity Pro Medium version 2.0

Type of license version 2.0
References

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Open Team (10 stations) Site (> 10 stations)

Software package

UNYSPUMFUCD20

UNYSPUMFGCD20

–

–

Update (1)

UNYSPUMZUCD20

UNYSPUMZGCD20

–

–

Type of software

Unity Pro Large version 2.0

Type of license version 4.4
References

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Open Team (10 stations) Site (> 10 stations)

Software package

UNYSPULFUCD20

UNYSPULFGCD20

UNYSPULFTCD20

UNYSPULFFCD20

Update (1)

UNYSPULZUCD20

UNYSPULZGCD20

UNYSPULZTCD20

UNYSPULZFCD20

Type of software

Unity Pro Extra large version 2.0

Type of license version 4.4
References

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Open Team (10 stations) Site (> 10 stations)

Software package

UNYSPUEFUCD20

UNYSPUEFGCD20

UNYSPUEFTCD20

UNYSPUEFFCD20

Update (2)

UNYSPUEZUCD20

UNYSPUEZGCD20

UNYSPUEZTCD20

UNYSPUEZFCD20

(1) From Concept M et PL7 junior
(2) From Concept M, PL7 junior, ProWORX NxT and ProWORX 32

Unity Pro is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the Premium,
Atrium and Quantum ranges of PLCs. It is based on the standards set by PL7 and Concept
software and provides a comprehensive set of new functions for greater productivity and
openness to other software.
The five IEC61131-3 languages are supported as standard in Unity Pro with all the
debugging functions, on the simulator or directly online with the PLC.
Thanks to independent symbolic memory variables, structured data and user function blocks,
the application objects directly reflect the application-specific components of the automated
process.
Using graphic libraries, the Unity Pro operator screens are configured in the application by
the user. Operator access is simple and direct.
Debugging and maintenance are made simple by animated graphic objects.
For diagnostics, a display window provides a clear display in chronological order (timestamped at source) of all system and application faults. The navigation function for finding
the causes of faults traces missing conditions back to the source.
The standard XML Web format for exchanging data has been adopted as the source format
for Unity applications. All or part of the application can be exchanged with other software in
the project simply using the Import/Export function.
The converters integrated in Unity Pro automatically convert IEC 61131-3 PL7 and Concept
standards and applications.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/34

Unity software
Specialist tools

“Collaborative Control” distributed project development software

Type of software

Unity Studio

Type of license version 2.0

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Open Team (10 stations) Site (> 10 stations)

French

UNYSEWXFUCD20F

–

–

–

English

UNYSEWXFUCD20E

–

–

–

German

UNYSEWXFUCD20D

–

–

–

Spanish

UNYSEWXFUCD20S

–

–

–

Italian

UNYSEWXFUCD20T

–

–

–

Multi-language

UNYSEWLFUCD20

UNYSEWLFGCD20

UNYSEWLFTCD20

UNYSEWLFFCD20

UNYSEWLYUCD20

–

–

–

References

Update Unity Pro to Unity studio

3

SFC View application diagnostic and monitoring software

Type of software

Unity SFC View

Type of license version 2.0

Single (1 station)

Group (10 stations)

Site (100 stations)

UNYSDUMFUCD20

UNYSDUMFTCD20

UNYSDUMFFCD20

References

Software package

EF/EFB function development software in C language

Type of software

Unity EFB Toolkit

Type of license

Single (1 station), english version (software and manual)

References

Software package

UNYSPUZFUCD20E

Renewal

UNYCSPSPUZBU

Software for designing and generating batch/process applications

Type of software

Unity UAG (Unity application generator)

Type of license version 2.1

Single (1 station)

Site

Medium Software package

UAGSEWMFUCD21

UAGSEWMFFCD21

Large Software package

UAGSEWLFUCD21

UAGSEWLFFCD21

References

Pack for developing specific solutions

Type of software

Unity UDE
Please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/35

Automation

Programming software
For Modicon TSX Micro, Premium and Atrium slot-PLCs

PL7 is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the TSX Micro and Premium
ranges of PLCs as well as Atrium coprocessors (see pages 3/12, 3/18 and 3/26).
PL7 offers 4 IEC languages: Instruction List (IL), Ladder Diagram (LD), Structured Text (ST) and
Sequential Function Chart (SFC). You can use the most suitable language for each function in your
application, making use of the multi-tasking structure of the processors.
For using application-specific functions, PL7 directly integrates the application-specific screens
required for configuration and adjustment as well as supervisory and diagnostics activities.

Type of software

3

PL7 Micro for TSX Micro platform

Type of license version 4.4
Reference

Software package (1)
Update (2)

Single (1 station)

Single with SyCon V2.8

Group (3 stations)

Open Team (10 stations)

TLXCDPL7MPPU44M

TLXCDPL7MPPC44M

TLXCD3PL7MPPU44M

TLXOTPL7MP44M

TLXRCDPL7MP44M

TLXRCDPL7MPC44M

TLXRCD3PL7MP44M

–

PL7 Junior for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms
Type of license version 4.4
Reference

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Software package (1)

TLXCDPL7JPU44M

TLXCD3PL7JPU44M

Update (2)

TLXRCDPL7JP44M

TLXRC3DPL7JP44M

Upgrade (3)

TLXUCDPL7JP44M

TLXUCD3PL7JP44M

PL7 Pro for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms
Type of license version 4.4
Reference

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Open Team (10 stations) Open Site

Software package (1)

TLXCDPL7PPU44M

TLXCD3PL7PPU44M

TLXOTPL7PP44M

TLXOSPL7PP44M

Update (2)

TLXRCDPL7PP44M

TLXRCD3PL7PP44M

–

–

Upgrade (3)

TLXUCDPL7PP44M

TLXUCD3PL7PP44M

–

–

(1) PU at the end of the reference: software package supplied with cable for USB port on PC, replace with P for cable for RS 232C port on PC.
(2) From the previous software version.

(3) From lower level, earlier version software.

Specialist tools
EF function development software in C language

Type of software

PL7 SDKC for EF function development software in C language

PL7 SDKC software extension

For PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro

Reference

TLXLSDKCPL741M

Development of applications in C language

Type of software

PL7 FUZ for processing process applications using fuzzy logic

PL7 FUZ software extension

For PL7 Micro/Junior/Pro, TSX Micro/Premium

Reference

TLXLPL7FUZ34M

Comparison of PL7 applications

Type of software

PL7 DIF for comparison of applications

PL7 DIF software extension

For PL7 Pro, TSX Micro/Premium

Type of license

Single (1 station)

Site (> 10 stations)

Reference

TLXCDPL7DIF42

TLXOSPL7DIF42

Availability of control systems based on Premium platforms

Type of software

Warm Standby redundant

Warm Standby software extension

For PL7 Junior/Pro

Type of license

Single (1 station)

Reference

TLXCDWSBYP40F

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/36

Programming software
For Modicon Quantum, Momentum
Concept is the IEC programming software for the Momentum and Quantum range of PLCs. It provides
advanced Microsoft Windows based tools that deliver a multi-language development environment for
control system programming.
Uses familiar, standardized editors, bundled in a single application to create and integrate PLC control,
communication and diagnostic logic.
Five IEC editors give users the freedom to choose the programming language that fits their application
requirements: Function Block Diagram (FBD), Ladder Diagram (LD), Sequential Function Chart (SFC),
Structured Text (ST) and Instruction List (IL).

Type of software

Concept for Quantum/Momentum platforms

Type of license version 2.6
Software references

Update references

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

10 users (10 stations)

Site

Concept S

372SPU47101V26

–

–

–

Concept M

372SPU47201V26

–

–

–

Concept XL

372SPU47401V26

372SPU47411V26

372SPU47421V26

372SPU47431V26

Concept S (3)

372ESS47101

–

–

–

Concept M (3)

372ESS47201

–

–

–

Concept XL (3)

372ESS47401

372ESS47403

372ESS47410

372ESS47400

3

(3) From an earlier software version.

Specialist tools
EF/EFB function development software in C language
Type de logiciel
Type of software

Concept EFB Toolkit

Type of license

Version 2.6

Upgrade version 2.6

332SPU47001V26

372ESS47001

Reference

Software package

Exploitation and service Concept software version
Type of software

Concept Application Loader

Type of license

Version 2.6

Reference

Software package

372SPU47701V26

Software for designing and generating batch/process applications
Type of software

Unity UAG (Unity application generator)

Type of license version 2.1

Single (1 station)

Site

Medium Software package

UAGSEWMFUCD21

UAGSEWMFFCD21

Large Software package

UAGSEWLFUCD21

UAGSEWLFFCD21

Reference

SFC View application diagnostic and monitoring software
Type of software

Concept SFC View

Type of license version 3.0

Single (1 station)

Group (10 stations)

Site (100 stations)

Reference

372SFV16000V30

372SFV16020V30

372SFV16030V30

ProWORX for Modicon Quantum, Momentum
ProWORX 32 is the flexible, easy-to-use cross-platform LL984-programming software for Modicon range
PLCs. It gives you the power to program your Modicon controllers online or offline, manage your I/O
subsystems, and analyze your plant’s activity in real-time, all in a familiar Windows environment.

ProWORX 32 provides client/server capabilities to organize user-groups and -rights, store projects at a
central location and realize office-plant floor bridging.
The project emulator provides the ability to test projects prior to running them in the PLC run-time
environment to ensure your system will run at peak efficiency.

ProWORX for Quantum/Momentum platforms

Type of software
Type of license version 1.1
Software references

Single (1 station)

Group (3 stations)

Multi-user (10 stations)

Site

ProWORX 32 Server

372SPU78001PSEV

–

–

–

ProWORX 32 Suite

372SPU78001PSSV

–

–

–

ProWORX 32 Client, Full Dev.

372SPU78001PDEV

372SPU78001PSTH

372SPU78001PSTE

372SPU78001SITE

ProWORX 32 Online

372SPU78101PONL

–

–

–

ProWORX 32 Lite

372SPU71001PLDV

372SPU71001PLTH

372SPU71001PLTE

–

372SPU78401LPUP

372SPU78401LPTH

372SPU78401LPTE

–

Upgrade to ProWORX 32 references (4)

(4) Only possible for customers, who are “up-to-date” with CSP (continuing support program)
Accessoires de raccordement : Consulter www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Concept

ProWORX

3/37

Modicon Momentum

Distributed I/O and processors
Discrete I/O modules

3

Type of module

Multibus discrete inputs

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Input voltage

24 VDC

Number of channels

16 (1 common point)

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

Reference

170ADI34000

120 VAC
32 (2 common points)

230 VAC

16 (2 common points)

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
170ADI35000

170ADI54050

170ADI74050

Type of module

Multibus discrete outputs
Solid state

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Output voltage

5…24 VAC, 24…230 VAC 24 VDC

Number of protected channels

6

16

(1 common pt)

(2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts)

5A

Output current

Per channel

Triac
120 VAC
32

230 VAC

8

16

8

16

0,5 A

0,5 A

2A

0,5 A

2A

0,5 A

Per group of channels –

4A

8A

4A

4A

4A

4A

Per module

8A

16 A

8A

8A

8A

8A

170ADO54050

170ADO73050

170ADO74050

Dimensions (WxDxH)

21A

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)
144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference

170ADO83030

Type of module

Multibus discrete I/O
Solid state

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels

170ADO34000

16 (1 common pt) 16 (4 com. pts) 16 (1 com. pt)

Input logic

Positive

Outputs

16 (1 common pt) 16 (2 common pts)

Positive (1)

12…48 VDC

24 VDC

Output voltage

12…48 VDC

24 VDC

0,5 A

Per output

170ADO53050

Relay

Inputs

Input voltage
Output current

170ADO35000

Negative

Triac

10 (1 common pt)
Positive

–

8/4 (1 com. pt) 12

8 (2 common pts)

8 (1 com. pt)

24…230 VAC/20…115 VDC

120 VAC

120 VAC

0,5 A

2A

0,5 A

2A

0,5 A

Per group of channels –

4A

4A

4/2 A

8A

4A

Per module

8A

8A

6A

16 A

4A

8A

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

Reference

170ADM85010

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
170ADM35010 170ADM35015 170ADM37010 170ADM39010 170ADM39030 170ARM37030 170ADM69051

(1) For a version with high-speed positive logic, replace 0 at the end of the reference with 1. E.g. 170ADM35010 becomes 170ADM35011
Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/38

Analog I/O modules

Type of module

Multibus analog inputs

Connection

By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels

8 isolated

16 with common point

Input signal

± 5 V, ± 10 V, ± 20 mA,

± 5 V, ± 10 V, 4...20 mA

3

4 isolated
Multi-range ± 25 mV, ± 10 mV

1…5 V, 4…20 mA

(1)

Resolution

14 bits + sign, 15 bits unipolar

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

12 bits + sign

15 bits + sign

Reference

170AAI03000

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
170AAI14000

170AAI52040

(1) Temperature probe: Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, Thermocouple: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T.

Type of module

Multibus analog outputs

Connection
Number of channels
Input signal

Analog I/O and
multibus discrete I/O

By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)
Inputs

–

Outputs

4
± 10 V, 0...20 mA

4 differential + 4 discrete 6 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 VDC)
2 + 2 discrete (24VDC) 4 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 VDC)
± 10 V, 4...20 mA

± 5 V, ± 10 V, ± 20 mA, 0…10 V

± 10 V

1…5 V, 4…20 mA
Output signal

–

± 10 V, 4...20 mA

Resolution

12 bits + sign

12...14 bits dep. on signal 14 bits

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or processors)

Reference

170AAO12000

0…10 V

± 10 V
14 bits

144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)
170AAO92100

170AMM09000

170ANR12090

170ANR12091

Application-specific I/O modules

Type of module

High-speed counter

Discrete I/O
with Modbus port

Type of inputs for

Incremental or absolute encoders

RS 485 Modbus port

Operating voltage

24 VDC

120 VAC

Counting frequency

200 kHz

–

Number of channels

2 independent

–

Number of discrete I/O

2 x 3 inputs/2 x 2 outputs

6 inputs/3 outputs

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 47.5 x 141.5 mm (with communication modules or M1/M1E processors)
144 x 70 x 141.5 mm (with M1/M1E processors and optional modules)

Reference

170AEC92000

170ADM54080

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/39

Modicon Momentum

Distributed I/O and processors
Communication modules

3

Type of module

Ethernet
TCP/IP network

Fipio
fieldbus

Speed

10 Mbps

Manager PLC

–

Redundancy

No

No

No

No

Standard services

Modbus TCP/IP

–

–

–

Reference

170ENT11002

170FNT11001

170INT11000 (1)

170DNT11000

10/100 Mbps

170ENT11001

INTERBUS (1)
fieldbus

Profibus DP
fieldbus

1 Mbps

0.5 Mbps

9.6 K…12 Mbps

Premium

-

-

(1) Generation 4, twisted pair medium: 170INT11003, with optical fiber medium: 170INT12000

Type of module

Other networks
Modbus Plus

Speed

1 Mbps

Manager PLC

Premium or Quantum

Quantum

–

Redundancy

No

Yes

No

Standard services

–

–

–

Reference

170PNT11020

170PNT16020

170LNT71000

DeviceNet
0.5 Mbps

Optional modules for M1/M1E processors

Type of module (1)

Modbus Plus

Communication ports

1 Modbus Plus

Real-time clock

Integrated, ± 13 sec/day accuracy

Connection

By 9-way SUB-D connector

Reference

172PNN21022

Asynchronous serial link
2 redundant Modbus Plus

1 RS 232/RS 485 Modbus

172PNN26022

172JNN21032

(1) Include save battery of the M1/M1E processors application and data memories.

Connection accessories
Type

RS 232C communication cable

Length

1m

3m

6m

Reference

110XCA28201

110XCA28202

110XCA28203

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/40

M1/M1E processors

Type of processor
Number of I/O

M1
Discrete

2048 I/O

2048 I/2048 Q

8192 I/O

Registers

2048 words

4096 words

26048 words

1 RS 232C

1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485 1 RS 232C

Integrated communication ports Modbus
Ethernet TCP/IP

3

1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485

–

I/O bus (1)

–

Transparent Ready

Embedded Web server

–

1 I/O port

–

Memory capacity

RAM
Flash

64 Kb

256 Kb

512 Kb

256 Kb

256 Kb

User, 984 LL language (2)

512 Kb

2.4 K

12 K

18 K

User, IEC language (3)

–

160 K

240 K

Data

2K

4K

24 K

Cycle time

1 ms/K

0.63 ms/K

1 ms/K

0.63 ms/K

1 ms/K

Reference

171CCS70000

171CCS70010

171CCS78000

171CCS76000

171CCC78010

M1

M1E

(1) I/O bus derived from INTERBUS bus.
(2) ProWORX 32 or Concept programming software.
(3) Concept programming software.

Type of processor
Number of I/O

Discrete

8192 I/O

Registers

26048 words

Integrated communication ports Modbus
Ethernet TCP/IP

1 RS 232C

1 RS 485

–

1 integrated Ethernet port

–

I/O bus (1)

1 I/O port

–

Transparent Ready

Embedded Web server

–

Standard services (class A10)

Memory capacity

RAM

512 Kb

544 Kb

Flash

512 Kb

User, 984 LL language (2)

18 K

User, IEC language (3)

240 K

Data

24 K

–

Cycle time

1 ms/K

0.3 ms/K

Reference

171CCC76010

171CCC98020

1 I/O port

1 Mb

512 Kb

1 Mb

200 K

–

200 K

171CCC98030

171CCC96020

171CCC96030

Power supply module (4)

Type of power supply module for

Momentum processors

Input voltage

120 or 230 VAC (selected by jumper)

Output voltage

24 VDC

Output current

0.7 A

Dimensions (WxDxH)

73 x 44.5 x 146 mm

Reference

170CPS11100

(4) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

3/41

Motion control

The controller motor/drive
response to all your
motion control requirements

Lexium
Lexium has added to
its Telemecanique
motion control offer
by offering Lexium
05 drives for
brushless motors,
available in three
sizes. Combined with
motors in the SER
series, this new
range provides
compact drive
solutions ranging in
power from 0.4 to
3.2 kW.

High-performance motion control
Highly ingenious “all in one” drive concept. Functions integrated
in the Schneider languages. Sercos®: Top-of-the-range SERCOS®
digital ring, and… very easy to wire up.

Lexium 05 drives
from 3.2 A to 9 A
b Lexium 05 operates in
either torque or speed
control mode by means
of its ±10 V analog
interface. Its encoder
interface also performs
the function of an
electronic gearbox.
b The speed and position
references can be
controlled via the fieldbus
interface.

Lexium 17D drives
from 1.5 A to 20 A
and 40 A to 70 A
b High-technology digital
drives for brushless
motors.
b “All in one” concept
integrating: EMC filters,
braking resistors
(reduction in system cost
and dimensions), simple
indexer and built-in
transmission for simple
applications.

Motors
3 ranges:
BPL from 1.1 to 5.4 Nm
BPH from 0.4 to 100 Nm
SER from 1.1 to 13.4 Nm

Software
PowerSuite 2
commissioning software,
Unilink and software for
determining the size of
the motor.

Twin Line

Fully programmable intelligent drives

Open to standard
fieldbuses: CanOpen,
Modbus, DeviceNet,
INTERBUS, Profibus.
Simple, user-friendly
operation, parameter
setting and control.

The essentials
A simplified
selection guide to
help you quickly
select your
motion control
products.

4/0

TLD and TLC Twin
Line drives
(750 W to 8 kW)
Highly suitable range for
independent machines
yet also capable of
operating on PC/PLC
architectures.

SER
motors from 0.3 to
13.4 Nm
Highly suitable range for
dynamic applications
requiring the utmost
precision, covering a
continuous torque range
from 0.3 to 13.4 Nm.

Software
Windows TLCT settings
utility.

Contents

b Application-specific motion control modules
for Modicon Premium and Quantum platform ............................... 4/2
b Lexium 05 drives
for SER brushless motors ................................................... 4/4 to 4/9
Wide variety of control architectures:
b Fieldbus: FIPIO, CanOpen (native), Modbus Plus,
Profibus DP
b SERCOS®: high-technology fully digital motion with
Premium or Quantum processing

b Lexium 17D drives
for SER, BPH and BPL brushless motors ...................... 4/10 to 4/17

4

b Twin Line drives
for SER brushless motors ............................................... 4/18 to 4/21

3 motor ranges are associated
with the drives:
b BPL and BPH motors from 0.4 to
100 Nm:
> Brushless motors with high torque-inertia ratio
> Extensive power range: 0.4 to 100 Nm
continuous operation, 1 to 230 Nm peak operation
> IP67 protection, brake, high-resolution SinCos
feedback

b SER motors from 0.3 to 13.4 Nm:
> Specially adapted to the needs of OEMs
> Wide power range: 1.1 to 13.4 Nm continuous
operation, 2.5 to 38 Nm peak operation. Highresolution SinCos feedback as standard
> IP 56 protection, brake, etc

4/1
1/1

Lexium
Twin Line

Motion control
Modules for Modicon Premium platform

Module type

For translators

Control outputs
Compatible with drives

For analog control servomotors

(amplifier for stepper motor)

(for asynchronous and brushless motors)

RS 422

+/- 10 V

Lexium 05, Twin Line

Lexium 05/17D, Twin Line

Linear axes

–

Limited

Limited or infinite

Limited or

Slave axes

–

With static ratio

With dynamic ratio

–

Frequency for each axis

187 kHz

500 kHz with incremental encoder, 200 kHz with absolute encoder

Number of axes

1

2

2

4

2

4

3

Reference

TSXCFY11

TSXCFY21

TSXCAY21

TSXCAY41

TSXCAY22

TSXCAY42

TSXCAY33

Functions

infinite (1)

4

(SSI serial or parallel output)

(1) With linear interpolation on 2 or 3 axes

Module type

Servomotors with SERCOS® digital ring
(for brushless motors)

Control outputs

SERCOS® network ring

Compatible with ranges

Lexium 17D

Functions

Linear or infinite independent axes, slave axes with cam profile or ratio

Processing
Frequency for each axis

4 sets of axes with linear

4 sets of axes with linear and circular 4 sets of axes with linear

interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

interpolation from 2 to 3 axes (2)

interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

4 Mb SERCOS® network ring

Number of axes

8 (3)

8 (3)

16 (4)

Reference

TSXCSY84

TSXCSY85

TSXCSY164

(2) TSXCSY85 module supplied with TJE trajectory editor: linear trajectories with links between segments according to polynomial or circular interpolation and circular trajectories.
(3) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes and 4 remote axes
(4) 16 axes (real axes, imaginary and remote axes)

Connection accessories for Modicon Premium
and Quantum modules
Type

Fiber optic cables
For Lexium 17D MDHA1…N00/A00 drives

Connection
Reference

Pre-equipped cable with SMA connectors
L = 0.3 m

990MCO00001

L = 0.9 m

990MCO00003

L = 1.5 m

990MCO00005

L = 4.5 m

990MCO00015

L = 16.5 m

990MCO00055

L = 22.5 m

990MCO00075

L = 37.5 m

990MCO00125

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/2

Motion control
Modules for Modicon Quantum platform

Module type

For analog control servomotors
Single axis

Control outputs

RS 422

Compatible with drives

Lexium 17D

Functions

Master/slave position capture
Synchronization of a master/slave, torque control

Frequency for each axis

200 kHz nominal, 500 kHz max. with incremental encoder

Number of axes

1 real axis, 1 remote axis

Reference

140MSB10100

Module type

Servomotors with SERCOS® digital ring

Control outputs

SERCOS® network ring

Compatible with ranges

Lexium 17D

Functions

Linear or infinite independent axes, slave axes with cam profile or ratio

Processing

4 sets of axes with linear interpolation from 2 to 8 axes

Frequency for each axis

4 Mb SERCOS® network ring

Number of axes

With MMF Start programming kit (1)

Reference

140MMS42501 (2)

4

(for brushless motors)

140MMS53502 (3)

(1) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes, 4 remote axes, 4 coordinate sets, 4 follower sets, cam profiles
(2) Maximum 22 axes including 16 real axes with assistance from our application services
(3) Maximum 32 axes including 22 real axes with assistance from our application services

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/3

Lexium 05

Motion control
Drives for SER brushless motors

Launch 1st quarter 2005

Drive type

Digital for brushless motors
Size 1
Size 2

Supply voltage

115 VAC single phase

Output current

4

Size 3

Continuous

3.2 A

7A

9A

Maximum (discontinuous)

6A

11 A

20 A

DCX1701F17S2

DCX1701F28S3

Safety function

Integrated “safety stop”

Braking resistor

Integrated

EMC filter

Integrated

Reference

DCX1701F10S1

Drive type

Digital for brushless motors
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3

Size 1

Supply voltage

230 VAC single phase

230 VAC 3-phase

Output current

Size 2

Size 3

Continuous

3.2 A

7A

9A

3.2 A

7A

9A

Maximum (discontinuous)

6A

11 A

20 A

6A

11 A

20 A

Safety function

Integrated “safety stop”

Braking resistor

Integrated

EMC filter

Integrated

Reference

DCX1702F10S1 DCX1702F17S2 DCX1702F28S3 DCX1703N10S1 DCX1703N17S2 DCX1703N42S3

Drive type

Digital for brushless motors
Size 2

Size 3

Supply voltage

400/480 VAC 3-phase

400/480 VAC 3-phase

Continuous

5A

8A

Maximum (discontinuous)

7.5 A

18 A

Output current
Safety function

Integrated “safety stop”

Braking resistor

Integrated

EMC filter

Integrated

Reference

DCX1704F14S2

Not integrated

DCX1704F34S3

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/4

Motion control
Additional EMC input filters
Launch 1st quarter 2005

Supply voltage
Maximum cable length
Reference

Drives

Single phase
200…240 V

3-phase
200…240 V

Class A

50 m

5m

Class B

20 m

–

Size 1

DCX1701F10S1, DCX1702F10S1

DCX1703N10S1

Filters
Drives

VW3A31401

VW3A31402

Size 2

DCX1701F17S2, DCX1702F17S2

DCX1703N17S1, DCX1704F14S2

VW3A31403

VW3A31404

Size 3

DCX1701F28S3, DCX1702F28S3

DCX1703N42S3, DCX1704F34S3

VW3A31405

VW3A31406

Filters
Drives
Filters

4

Line reactors

Supply voltage
Reference

Single phase
200…240 V

3-phase
200…240 V

Drives

Size 1

Size 1

Reactors

VZL0007UM50

VW3A66502

Drives

Size 2

Size 2

Reactors

VZL018UM20

VW3A66503

Drives

Size 3

Reactors

–

VW3A366504

Drives

Size 4

Reactors

–

VW3A366505

Holding brake controller
Controller type

Holding brake

Power supply

24 VDC

Maximum current

2.1 A

Maximum power

50 W

Degree of protection

IP20

Reference

GEA3EB001

External braking resistors
Resistor type

External braking for Lexium 05 drives

Resistance

10 Ω

27 Ω

Power

400 W

100 W

Reference (1)

GEA

72 Ω
200 W

400 W

100 W

200 W

400 W

3ERA010C5A 3ERA027A5A 3ERA027B5A 3ERA027C5A 3ERA072A5A 3ERA072B5A 3ERA072C5A

(1) In order to select the braking resistor, you need to calculate the continuous and peak power to be dissipated in it. Please consult our Lexium 05 catalog

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/5

Lexium 05

Motion control
PowerSuite software workshop

Launch 1st quarter 2005

Multilingual configuration software

For PC

Configuration of drives and starters

Lexium 05/Altivar 71

Environment

Microsoft Windows ®

Languages
Reference

4

English - French - German - Italian - Spanish
PowerSuite CD-ROM (1)

VW3A8104

PowerSuite update CD-ROM

VW3A8105

Connection kit

VW3A8106

(1) Contents: Software, technical documentation and the ABC configurator software

CANopen machine bus:
connection accessories

Drives

Lexium 05

Junction box
Cables
Reference

VW3CANTAP2
Description

2 RJ 45 connectors

Cable length

0.3 m

1m

VW3CANCARR03

VW3CANCARR1

1 PLC
2 CANopen trunk cable

1

3 CANopen junction box VW3 CAN TAP2
4 CANopen drop cable VW3 CAN CA RRpp

2
3
4

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/6

Motion control
Modbus serial link
connection accessories

Launch 1st quarter 2005

Drives

Lexium 05

Connection type

Description

Line terminators

T-junction boxes

Splitter box with

Junction box

Subscriber socket

10 RJ45 connectors

for drop cable

for drop cable

and 1 screw terminal block

VW3A8306D30

VW3A8306

Reference

LU9GC3

TSXSCA50

TSXSCA62

For RJ 45 connector

R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nf

Reference

VW3A8306RC

VW3A8306R

For screw terminals

R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nf

R = 150 Ω, C = 1 nf

Reference

VW3A8306DRC

VW3A8306DR

With integrated cable

Cables

0.3 m

VW3A8306TF10

Description

2 RJ 45 connectors
0.3 m

VW3A8306R03

1m

VW3A8306R10

3m
RS 485 shielded twisted

Description

double pair cables

Reference

VW3A8306R30
1 RJ45 connector and one stripped end

3m

Description

VW3A8306D30
Supplied without connector

Reference

100 m

TSXCSA100

200 m

TSXCSA200

500 m

TSXCSA500

Connection with RJ45 splitter box and screw terminals

Connection with junction box or subscriber sockets

1
2

3

4

1
6

4

6 5
2

5
4

4

VW3A8306TF03

With integrated cable 1 m
Reference

R = 150 Ω, C = 1 nf

5

4

3

6

4

7

1 PLC (1)

1 PLC (1)

2 Modbus cable depending on the controller or PLC type

2 Modbus cable depending on the controller or PLC type

3 Modbus splitter box LU9 GC3

3 Modbus cables TSX CSAp00

4 Modbus drop cables VW3 A8 306Rpp

4 T-junction box TSX SCA 50

5 Line terminators VW3 A8 306RC

5 Subscriber socket TSX SCA 62

6 Modbus T-junction boxes VW3 A8 306TFpp (with cable)

6 Modbus drop cables VW3 A8 306
7 Modbus drop cables VW3 A8 306 D30

Connection via screw terminals
In this case, a Modbus drop cable (VW3 A8 306D30) and line terminators (VW3 A8 306DRC) are used.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/7

Lexium 05

Motion control
SER brushless motors for Lexium 05

Motor type

SER brushless type

Compatible single phase Lexium 05 drives

DCX1701F10S1

DCX1702F10S1

DCX1701F17S2

DCX1702F17S2

DCX1701F28S3

DCX1702F28S3

Torque at standstill Mechanical
continuous/peak
Reference (1)

4

speed

0.29/0.85 Nm

12000 rpm

SER3643L3Spppp
pppp

0.48/1.3 Nm

12000 rpm

pppp
SER3663L3Spppp

0.7/1.62 Nm

12000 rpm

SER3683L3Spppp
pppp

0.7/2.22 Nm

12000 rpm

0.7/2.5 Nm

12000 rpm

0.9/2.85 Nm

12000 rpm

1.1/2.7 Nm

6000 rpm

0.82/3.4 Nm

6000 rpm

2.2/4.84 Nm

6000 rpm

2.2/6.68 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39B4L3Spppp
pppp

2.9/8.35 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39C4L3Spppp
pppp

4.2/8.1 Nm

6000 rpm

SER3BA4L3Spppp
pppp

4.2/11 Nm

6000 rpm

SER3BA4L3Spppp
pppp

6.6/17.9 Nm

6000 rpm

SER3BB4L3Spppp
pppp

10/25.2 Nm

4500 rpm

Compatible 3-phase Lexium 05 drives

SER3683L5Spppp
pppp
SER3683L3Spppp
pppp
SER36A3L3Spppp
pppp
SER39A4L3Spppp
pppp
SER39A4L3Spppp
pppp
SER39B4L3Spppp
pppp

SER3BC4L5Spppp
pppp

DCX1703N10S1

DCX1703N17S2

DCX1703N42S3

DCX1704F14S2

DCX1704F34S3

Torque at standstill Mechanical

Reference (1)

continuous/peak

speed

0.48/1.3 Nm

12000 rpm

SER3663L3Spppp

0.7/2.22 Nm

12000 rpm

SER3683L5Spppp

0.7/2.5 Nm

12000 rpm

0.9/2.84 Nm

12000 rpm

1.1/2.73 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39A4L3Spppp

2.2/4.84 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39B4L3Spppp

2.2/6.2 Nm

6000 rpm

2.9/7.3 Nm

6000 rpm

2.9/7.5 Nm

6000 rpm

2.9/8.35 Nm

6000 rpm

2.9/9.5 Nm

6000 rpm

4.2/8.1 Nm

6000 rpm

4.2/10.16 Nm

6000 rpm

4.2/11.7 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/11.8 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/12.8 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/20 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/20.8 Nm

6000 rpm

10/28 Nm

4500 rpm

10/30 Nm

4500 rpm

13.4/31.5 Nm

4500 rpm

13.4/36 Nm

4500 rpm

SER3683L3Spppp
SER36A3L3Spppp

SER39B4L3Spppp
SER39C4L3Spppp
SER39C4L5Spppp
SER39C4L3Spppp
SER39C4L5Spppp
SER3BA4L3Spppp
SER3BA4L5Spppp
SER3BA4L3Spppp
SER3BB4L3Spppp
SER3BB4L5Spppp
SER3BB4L3Spppp
SER3BB4L3Spppp
SER3BC4L5Spppp
SER3BC4L5Spppp
SER3BD4L5Dpppp
SER3BD4L5Dpppp

(1) Complete the references using the table below

To order an SER motor, complete the above references
Reference to be completed:

SER36/39/3B

Sensor integrated in the motor

SinCos single-turn absolute encoder

Shaft seal

IP41

4/6/8A/B/C/D

3L/4L

3/5

pp

p

p

p

SO

without holding brake

A

with holding brake

1

Without speed reduction gear
With speed reduction gear

S/D

O
Shaft extension

Untapped

Type

PLE60, PLE80, PLE120, PLE160

Reduction ratio

3:1, 5:1, 8:1

1
(2)
(2)

(2) For reference of SER motor with speed reduction gear: see the “Lexium 05 motion control” catalog.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/8

Motion control
Selection of power connection cables
and SinCos Hiperface single-turn encoder

Lexium 05 drive
Power cable type

Cable length
L=3m
Size 1

1F10S1/2F10S1/

Size 2

1F17S2/2F17S2/

Size 3

1F28S3/2F28S3/

3N10S1/4F14S2

L=5m

L = 10 m

L = 15 m

L = 20 m (1)

GEA2MOAAAA0pp
pp

3N17S2/4F34S3
pp
GEA2MOABAA0pp

3N42S3/4F34S
Cable type

Sincos Hiperface encoder

GEA2EAAAAA0pp
pp

(1) For cable lengths > 20 m, please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4

Connection cables between Lexium 05
drives and SER brushless motors
Cable type

Power

SinCos Hiperface
single-turn encoder

Composition

4x1.5 mm2 + 2x1 mm2

Cables equipped with connectors

1 connector at the motor end (flying leads at the drive end)

1 connector at each end

Reference

L=3m

GEA2M0AAAA003

GEA2M0ABAA003

GEA2EAAAAA003

L=5m

GEA2M0AAAA005

GEA2M0ABAA005

GEA2EAAAAA005

L = 10 m

GEA2M0AAAA010

GEA2M0ABAA010

GEA2EAAAAA010

L = 15 m

GEA2M0AAAA015

GEA2M0ABAA015

GEA2EAAAAA015

L = 20 m

GEA2M0AAAA020

GEA2M0ABAA020

GEA2EAAAAA020

4x2.5 mm2 + 2x1 mm2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/9

Lexium 17D

Motion control
Drives for SER and BPH/BPL brushless motors

Drive type

Digital for SER and BPH/BPL brushless motors
Lexium 17D

Supply voltage
Output current

4

208…480 VAC 3-phase 50/60 Hz (230 VAC single phase authorized with derating)
Continuous

1.5 A

3A

6A

10 A

20 A

Maximum (discontinuous, 5 s)

3A

6A

10 A

20 A

40 A

MDHA1008p
p00

MDHA1017p
p00

MDHA1028p
p00

MDHA1056p
p00

Anti-start

With or without

Braking resistor

Integrated

EMC filter

Integrated

Reference (1)

MDHA1004p
p00

(1) For a drive without anti-start function, replace the p at the end of the reference with N, or for one with integrated anti-start function, with A

Drive type

Digital for BPH brushless motors
Lexium 17D HP

Supply voltage
Output current

208…480 VAC 3-phase
Continuous

40 A

70 A

Maximum (discontinuous, 5 s)

80 A

140 A

Anti-start

Integrated

Braking resistor

Not integrated

EMC filter

Not integrated

Reference

MDHA1112A00

MDHA1198A00

Control and connectivity of Lexium 17D drives
Drive connectivity

Connectivity type

Integrated

+/- 10 V, Pulse/direction, CANopen

Via an optional card (1 slot available)

High-speed SERCOS® digital ring

Reference
AM0SER001V000

Fipio fieldbus

AM0FIP001V000

Modbus Plus network

AM0MBP001V000

Profibus DP fieldbus

AM0PBS001V000

CANopen machine bus (standard medium)

AM02CA001V000

Card with 14 I/8O for controlling the integrated position indexer

AM0INE001V000

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/10

Motion control
Additional EMC input filters

Supply voltage

3-phase
208…480 VAC

Type of Lexium 17D HP drive

MDHA1112

Input rms current

42 A

75 A

Reference

AM0EMC118

AM0EMC212

MDHA1198

4
Line reactors

Supply voltage

3-phase
208…480 VAC

Type of Lexium 17D HP drive

MDHA1112

MDHA1198

Input current

60 A

75 A

Reference (1)

AM0CHK170

AM0CHK212

(1) Must be ordered with the drive, unless an isolation transformer is being used with IT connection

External braking resistors
Resistor type

External braking for Lexium 17D/17 D HP drives

Drive type

MDHA1004/1008

MDHA1017/1028/1056 MDHA1112

Resistance

33 Ω

33 Ω

15 Ω

10 Ω

Power

250 W

500W

1500W

860 W

500 W

Standard

AM0RFE001V025

AM0RFE001V050

AM0RFE001V150

AM0RFE002V086

AM0RFE002V160

UL (Recognized)

AM0RFE003V025

AM0RFE003V050

AM0RFE003V150

–

–

Reference (1)

MDHA1198

(1) In order to select the braking resistor, you need to calculate the continuous and peak power to be dissipated in it. Please consult our Lexium 17 catalog

Motor reactor
Supply voltage

3-phase
208…480 VAC

Type of Lexium 17D drive

MDHA1004/1008/1017/1028/1056

Use

Reactor for drive-motor cable length > 25 m

Reference

AM0FIL001V056

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/11

Lexium 17D

Motion control
Unilink software for Lexium 17D drives

Unilink software is used to configure, set parameters and make adjustments on Lexium MHDA drives
according to the associated SER/BPH brushless motor and the requirements of the application. During
these debugging phases,
the PC-compatible terminal, supporting the Unilink software in Windows 95/98, 2000, NT 4.0 or XP, is
connected to the MHDA drives via a serial link (9-way SUB-D connector marked X6).
There are three possible configurable operating modes:
b +/- 10 V analog control mode controlled by Premium or Quantum motion
control module.
b Off line mode with integrated position indexer controlled by:

4

– 5 I/2 O integrated in the Lexium 17D drive (or by 14 I/8 O option card)
– CANopen, Fipio, Modbus Plus or Profibus DP bus
b SERCOS® mode, high-speed digital ring on optical fiber.

The initial screen providing access to the Unilink software services and functions is divided into
three zones:
1 Banner at the top of the screen for accessing the main functions.
2 Mimic diagram for accessing configuration/parameter setting and realtime display of the
various drive values.
3 Zone at the bottom of the screen indicating the drive status.

Configuration and adjustment software

“Lexium motion tools” for PC

Drive configuration

Lexium 17D

Environment

Microsoft Windows ®

Language
Reference

English, French, German, Italian and Spanish
CD-ROM (1)

AM0CSW001V350

(1) Contents: Unilink software + documentation

Accessories
Type of accessory

Backup key

Use

Saving and instant retrieval of drive parameters (without a PC)

Reference

AM0PCM001V000

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/12

Motion control
SER brushless motors for Lexium 17D

Motor type

SER brushless type

Compatible Lexium 17 drive type

MDHA1004p
p00
Torque at standstill

Mechanical

MDHA1008p
p00

MDHA1017p
p00

MDHA1028p
p00

continuous/peak

speed

Reference

1.1/2.5 Nm

6000 rpm

(1)

1.1/4 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39A4L7Sppppp
ppppp

2.2/2.4 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39B4L3Sppppp
ppppp

2.2/8 Nm

6000 rpm

2.9/4.7 Nm

6000 rpm

2.9/9.4 Nm

6000 rpm

4.2/8.2 Nm

5500 rpm

4.5/15 Nm

5500 rpm

SER3BA4L5Sppppp
ppppp

4.6/9.2 Nm

6000 rpm

SER3BA4L3Sppppp
ppppp

4.6/15.3 Nm

6000 rpm

6/12 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/20 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/15.8 Nm

5800 rpm

6.6/25 Nm

5800 rpm

8.3/16 Nm

2500 rpm

SER39A4L7Sppppp
ppppp

SER39B4L3Sppppp
ppppp

4

SER39C4L3Sppppp
ppppp
ppppp
SER39C4L3Sppppp
SER3BA4L5Sppppp
ppppp

SER3BA4L3Sppppp
ppppp
SER3BB4L3Sppppp
ppppp
SER3BB4L3Sppppp
ppppp
SER3BB4L5Sppppp
ppppp
SER3BB4L5Sppppp
ppppp
SER3BC4L7Sppppp
ppppp

8.6/17 Nm

4800 rpm

10/28 Nm

4800 rpm

SER3BC4L5Sppppp
ppppp

10/32 Nm

2500 rpm

SER3BC4L7Sppppp
ppppp

13.4/24 Nm

2750 rpm

SER3BD4L7Sppppp
ppppp

13.4/29 Nm

5000 rpm

SER3BD4L5Dppppp
ppppp

13.4/38 Nm

2750 rpm

SER3BD4L7Sppppp
ppppp

SER3BC4L5Sppppp
ppppp

(1) Complete the references using the table below

To order an SER motor, complete the above references
Reference to be completed:

SER39/3B

A/B/C/D

4L

3/5/7

S/D

pp

Sensor integrated

Resolver with 1 pair of poles

RA

in the motor

SinCos multi-turn absolute encoder

MO

Shaft seal

IP41
IP56

without holding brake

p

p

A

with holding brake

1

without holding brake

B

with holding brake

2

Without speed reduction gear
With speed reduction gear

p

O
Shaft extension

Untapped

Type

PLE80, PLE120, PLE160

Reduction ratio

3:1, 5:1, 8:1

1
(2)
(2)

(2) For an SER motor with speed reduction gear: see the “Lexium 17D motion control” catalog.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/13

Lexium 17D

Motion control
Connection cables between
Lexium 17D drive and SER motor

Lexium 17

MHDA drive

Cable type (1)

Power

Cable length
L=3m

L = 10 m

L = 20 m/30 m (3)

MDHA1004A00
MDHA1008A00

30 m < L < 75 m
(4)

LXACPAAAppp
ppp1
ppp

MDHA1017A00

LXACPAABppp
ppp1
ppp

MDHA1028A00
Cable type (2)

4

Resolver

LXACFACAppp
ppp1
ppp

(4)

Sincos Hiperface encoder

LXACFABAppp
ppp1
ppp

(4)

(1) Cables equipped with 1 connector (motor end) and 1 connector to be fitted (drive end)
(2) Cables equipped with connectors at both ends
(3) For cable lengths between drive and motor > 25 m, use of a motor reactor is compulsory, placed as close to the drive as possible
(4) For cable lengths > 30 m, please consult your Schneider Electric agency

Connection cables between
Lexium 17D drive and SER motor
Cable type

Power

Resolver

Composition

4x1.5 mm2 + 2x1 mm2

Cables equipped with

1 connector at the motor end

4x2.5 mm2 + 2x1 mm2

SinCos Hiperface
encoder

—

1 connector at each end

(1 connector to be fitted at the drive end)
Reference

L=3m

LXACPAAA0031

LXACPAAB0031

LXACFACA0031

LXACFACA0031

L=5m

LXACPAAA0051

LXACPAAB0051

LXACFACA0051

LXACFABA0051

L = 10 m

LXACPAAA0101

LXACPAAB0101

LXACFACA0101

LXACFABA0101

L = 20 m

LXACPAAA0201

LXACPAAB0201

LXACFACA0201

LXACFABA0201

L = 30 m

–

–

LXACFACA0301

LXACFABA0301

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/14

Motion control
BPH brushless motors for Lexium 17D

Motor type

BPH brushless type

Compatible Lexium 17 drive type

MDHA

1004A00

1008A00

1017A00

1028A00

1056A00

1112A

1198A

Torque at standstill Mechanical
continuous/peak
Reference (1)

speed
BPH

0.4/1.1 Nm

8000 rpm

0552S5pppp0p

0.9/1.7 Nm

6000 rpm

0751N5ppppAp

1.3/3.4 Nm

6000 rpm

1.3/2.5 Nm

6000 rpm

2.3/4.8 Nm

6000 rpm

0752N5ppppAp

3.7/7.2 Nm

6000 rpm

0952N5ppppAp

4.3/13.4 Nm

6000 rpm

0952N5ppppAp

6/13.4 Nm

6000 rpm

0953N5ppppAp

6/20.3 Nm

6000 rpm

7.4/13.6 Nm

6000 rpm

7.4/19.3 Nm

6000 rpm

6.8/13.5 Nm

6000 rpm

0751N5ppppAp

4

0752N5ppppAp

0953N5ppppAp
1152N5ppppAp
1152N5pppp0p
1153N5ppppAp

10.5/19.4 Nm

6000 rpm

1153N5ppppAp

11.4/18 Nm

4000 rpm

1442N5ppppAp

12/30 Nm

4000 rpm

1442N5ppppAp

14.5/24.2 Nm

4000 rpm

1423N5ppppAp

17/42 Nm

4000 rpm

1902N5ppppAp

25/37.5 Nm

4000 rpm

1903K5ppppAp

36/57 Nm

4000 rpm

1904K5ppppAp

46/76.2 Nm

4000 rpm

1907K5ppppAp

75/157 Nm

4000 rpm

1907K5ppppAp

90/163 Nm

4000 rpm

190AK5ppppAp

100/230 Nm

4000 rpm

1423N5ppppAp

0190AK5ppppAp

(1) Complete the references using the tables below

To order a BPH motor, complete the above references
Reference to be completed:

BPH0552S5

p

pp

Sensor integrated in the motor

Resolver with 1 pair of poles

Holding brake

Without

A2

With

F2

Shaft extension
Degree of protection

p

0

p

U

Key

C

Untapped

L

IP65 (casing) IP54 (shaft extension)

0

To order a BPH motor, complete the above references
Reference to be completed:
Sensor integrated in the motor

Holding brake
Shaft extension
Degree of protection

BPH0751N5….BPH190AK5

p

Resolver with 1 pair of poles

M

Multi-turn high-resolution absolute encoder, Sincos Hiperface (4096 revolutions)

A

Single-turn high-resolution absolute encoder, Sincos Hiperface (4096 revolutions)

B

pp

Without

A2

With

F2

p

Key

C

Untapped

L

A

p

IP65 (casing and shaft extension)

1

IP67 (casing and shaft extension)

2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/15

Lexium 17D

Motion control
BPL compact brushless motors for Lexium 17D

Motor type

BPL brushless type

Compatible Lexium 17 drive type

Reference (1)

4

MDHA1008A00
Torque at standstill

Mechanical

MDHA101700

continuous/peak

speed

1.1/2.4 Nm

6000 rpm

p Ap
p
BPL0751V5p
p A2p

1.7/3.5 Nm

6000 rpm

p Ap
p
BPL0951V5p
p A2p

2.8/7.3 Nm

6000 rpm

p Ap
p
BPL0753N5p
p A2p

2/5.5 Nm

6000 rpm

p Ap
p
BPL0951V5p
p A2p

5.4/13.4 Nm

6000 rpm

p Ap
p
BPL0953N5p
p A2p

(1) Complete the references using the tables below

To order a BPL motor, complete the above references
Reference to be completed:
Sensor integrated in the motor

BPL0751V5...953N5

p

Resolver with 1 pair of poles

M

Multi-turn high-resolution absolute encoder, Sincos Hiperface (4096 revolutions)

A

Single-turn high-resolution absolute encoder, Sincos Hiperface

B

A2

p

Holding brake

Without

Shaft extension

Key

C

Untapped

L

A

p

A2

Degree of protection

IP65

1

(casing and shaft extension)

IP67

2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/16

Motion control
Connection cables between Lexium 17D drives
and BPH/BPL motor
Equipped with a connector at the motor end and a connector to be fitted at the drive end

Cable type

Power

Composition

4x1.5 mm2 + 2x1 mm2

Drive type

MDHA1004

4x2.5 mm2 + 2x1 mm2
MDHA1004/1008/

MDHA1028/1056

MDHA1112/1198

10017/1028
Motor type

BPH0552

(1)

BPH0751...1153

BPH1422…1904

BPH1907…190A

BPL0751…953
Reference

L=5m

AGOKIT001M005

AGOKIT018M005

AGOKIT019M005

AGOKIT020M005

L = 10 m

–

–

–

AGOKIT020M010

L = 15 m

AGOKIT001M015

AGOKIT018M015

AGOKIT019M015

AGOKIT020M015

L = 25 m (2)

AGOKIT001M025

AGOKIT018M025

AGOKIT019M025

AGOKIT020M025

L = 50 m (2)

–

AGOKIT018M050

AGOKIT019M050

AGOKIT020M050

L = 75 m (2)

–

AGOKIT018M075

AGOKIT019M075

AGOKIT020M075

4

(1) Cable supplied without connector to be fitted at the drive end, connection is made to the drive via screw terminals
(2) For cable lengths between drive (MDHA1004…1056) and motor > 25 m, use of an AM0FIL001V056 motor reactor is compulsor y, placed as close to the drive as possible

Cable type

Resolver

Composition

4x2.5 mm2 + 2x1 mm2

Drive type

MDHA1004

MDHApppp

MDHApppp

Motor type

BPH0552

BPH0751...190A

BPH0751...190A

Reference

SinCos Hiperface
encoder

BPL0751…953

BPL0751…953

L=5m

AGOKIT025M005

AGOKIT024M005

AGOKIT023M005

L = 15 m

AGOKIT025M015

AGOKIT024M015

AGOKIT023M015

L = 25 m (2)

AGOKIT025M025

AGOKIT024M025

AGOKIT023M025

L = 50 m (2)

–

AGOKIT024M050

AGOKIT023M050

L = 75 m (2)

–

AGOKIT024M075

AGOKIT023M075

(2) For cable lengths between drive (MDHA1004…1056) and motor > 25 m, use of an AM0FIL001V056 motor reactor is compulsor y, placed as close to the drive as possible

Connection cables between Lexium 17 D drives
and BPH/BPL motor
Equipped with 2 connectors at the motor end and drive end
Cable type

Power

Drive type
Motor type

MDHA1004/1008/

MDHA1004/1008/

10017/1028

10017/1028

BPH0751...1153

BPH1422…1904K

BPL0751…953
Reference

L = 10 m

AGOFRU015M010

AGOFRU016M010

Resolver

SinCos Hiperface
encoder

MDHApppp

MDHApppp

BPH0751…190AK

BPH0751…190AK

BPL0751…953

BPL0751…953

AGOFRU014M010

AGOFRU013M010

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/17

Twin Line

Motion control
Drives for SER brushless motors

Drive type

Digital for brushless motors
Control integrated in the PLC

Power supply

Voltage

230 VAC single phase

230…480 VAC 3-phase

Motor

Power

0.75 kW rms

1.5 kW rms

3 kW rms

8 kW rms

Output current

Continuous

3 A rms

3 A rms

6 A rms

16 A rms

6 A rms

6 A rms

20 A rms

32 A rms

p1
42F3pp
pp1p
pp

p1
62F3pp
pp1p
pp

p1
82F3pp
pp1p
pp

Discontinuous (5 s)
Degree of protection

IP20

Reference (1)

4

TLD13

p1
22F2pp
pp1p
pp

(1) Complete the references using the table below

Drive type

Digital for brushless motors
Command via discrete control, fieldbus or integrated programmable motion controller

Power supply

Voltage

230 VAC single phase

230…480 VAC 3-phase

Motor

Power

0.75 kW rms

1.5 kW rms

3 kW rms

8 kW rms

Output current

Continuous

3 A rms

3 A rms

6 A rms

16 A rms

20 A rms

32 A rms

Discontinuous (5 s)

6 A rms

Degree of protection
Command via (1)

6 A rms

IP 20

IP 54

IP 20

IP 54

IP 20

Discrete control

TLC43

22F21pppp
pppp

25F21pppp
pppp

42F31pppp
pppp

45F31pppp
pppp

62F31pppp
pppp

82F31pppp
pppp

Fieldbus

TLC53

22F2ppppp
ppppp

25F2ppppp
ppppp

42F3ppppp
ppppp

45F3ppppp
ppppp

62F3ppppp
ppppp

82F3ppppp
ppppp

TLC63

22F2ppppp
ppppp

25F2ppp
ppp pp

42F3ppppp
ppppp

45F3ppppp
ppppp

62F3ppppp
ppppp

82F3ppppp
ppppp

Programmable motion controller (1)
(1) Complete the references using the table below

To order a TLD and TLC drives, complete the above references
Reference to be completed:
TLD13 / TLC43/53/63…

p

Slot M1

Without module

1

RS 422C encoder module

2

PULSE-C module

3

Slot M2
Slot M3

p

Sincos Hiperface

2

Resolver

3

p

Without module (TLD13)

1

Without encoder simulation (TLD43/53/63)

1

ESIM3-C encoder simulation

2

p

Slot M4

Without module

1

communication

RS 485C (TLC43/53/63), ESIM1-C module (TLD13)

2

INTERBUS (TLC43/53/63), ESIM2-C module (TLD13)

3

CANopen/DeviceNet (TLC43/53/63), SSI-C module (TLD13)

4

Profibus DP (TLC43/53/63)

5

p

Integrated holding

Without (TLC43/53/63)

1

brake controller

With (TLC43/53/63)

2

Controller and braking resistor accessories
Type of accessory

Controller

Braking resistors
Equipped with a cable L = 0.75 m, supplied with mounting bracket

Use

TLD/TLC

TLABBO controller

Resistance/power value

–

72 Ω/100 W

150 Ω/100 W

72 Ω/200 W

150 Ω/200 W

Reference

TLABBO

TLABRA

TLABRB

TLABRC

TLABRD

Holding brake controller accessories
Type of accessory

Holding brake controller

Use

TLD/TLC

Reference

TLABHO

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/18

Motion control
Software for Twin Line drives

TLA PS CA configuration and adjustment software runs on a Windows 98/NT/XP operating system,
connected to Twin Line TLD/TLC drives. The configuration and adjustment software is used to enable
quick startup and set up diagnostics. It is ready to operate without any prior configuration.
TLA PS CA software functions:
b Entering and displaying drive parameters
b Archiving and reproducing drive parameters
b Manual position control of the motor with a PC
b Oscilloscope with recording, displaying and archiving of movements

4

b Offline/online management of parameters and positioning data
b Optimization of servo loops
b Displaying the mechanism frequency response (F.F.T).
b Diagnosing malfunctions
b Wizard to assist setup of Twin Line drives
TLA PS PB programming software runs on a Windows 98/NT operating system,
in conjunction with Twin Line TLC 63 drives, and is compliant with standard IEC 61131-3.
The available programming languages are:
LD

: Ladder Diagram

FBD

: Function Block Diagram

IL

: Instruction List

ST

: Structured Text

SFC

: Sequential Function Chart, Grafcet language

CFC

: Continuous Function Chart

Software type

Configuration and adjustment

Programming

Use for Twin Line drives

TLD/TLC

TLC63

Operating system

Windows 98/NT/XP

Reference

TLAPSCA

TLAPSPB

Operator interface

The TLA PH OO operator interface is designed to control Twin Line TLD/TLC drives, and to set up the
relevant diagnostics.
It offers a display of 3 x 16 characters in 4 languages (English, French, German and Italian). It is connected
to the RS 232 communication interface either by plugging directly into the IP20 Twin Line drives, or using the
TLA CDC B G ppp cable (to be ordered separately), length 10 meters max.
The interface can be used to:
b View data concerning the motor status, and the drive mode and operating status.
b Check and modify internal parameters.
b Diagnose errors.
b Control movements in manual mode.
b Copy the configuration from one drive to another.

Type

Operator interface
Clips onto TLD/TLC (IP20), can be connected to TLC (IP54) (1)

Reference

TLAPHOO

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/19

Twin Line

Motion control
SER brushless motors for Twin Line drives

Motor type

SER brushless type

Compatible Twin Line drive type

TLpp32

TLpp34

TLpp36

TLpp38

SER39D4L5Spppp
pppp

SER39D4L5Spppp
pppp

Torque at standstill Mechanical
continuous/peak
Reference (1)

4

speed

0.32/1.3 Nm

12000 rpm

SER3643L7Spppp
pppp

0.54/2.15 Nm

12000 rpm

SER3663L7Spppp
pppp

0.75/3 Nm

12000 rpm

SER3683L7Spppp
pppp

0.9/3.6 Nm

12000 rpm

SER36A3L7Spppp
pppp

1.1/4 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39A4L7Spppp
pppp

SER39A4L7Spppp
pppp

2.2/8 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39B4L7Spppp
pppp

SER39B4L7Spppp
pppp

2.9/11.5 Nm

6000 rpm

pppp
SER39C4L7Spppp

pppp
SER39C4L7Spppp

3.1/8 Nm

6000 rpm

SER39D4L5Spppp
pppp

SER39D4L5Spppp
pppp

3.6/14.5 Nm

6000 rpm

4.2/15.8 Nm

6000 rpm

SER3BA4L7pppp
pppp

SER3BA4L7pppp
pppp

6.6/20 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/25 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/18.4 Nm

6000 rpm

6.6/25 Nm

6000 rpm

8.3/21.5 Nm

4500 rpm

10/38 Nm

4500 rpm

7.9/20.6 Nm

4500 rpm

13.4/45 Nm

4500 rpm

13.4/48 Nm

4500 rpm

SER3BB4L5Spppp
pppp
SER3BB4L7Spppp
pppp
SER3BB4L7Spppp
pppp

SER3BB4L7Spppp
pppp

SER3BC4L7Spppp
pppp

SER3BC4L7Spppp
pppp

SER3BD4L7Spppp
pppp

SER3BD4L7Spppp
pppp

SER3BB4L5Spppp
pppp

SER3BB4L7Spppp
pppp
SER3BC4L7Spppp
pppp

SER3BC4L5Spppp
pppp

SER3BD4L7Spppp
pppp
SER3BD4L7Spppp
pppp

(1) Complete references with the table below, for other SER motor references: see the “Twin Line motion control” catalog

To order an SER motor, complete the above references
SinCos multi-turn absolute encoder

MO

SinCos single-turn absolute encoder

SO

IP41
IP56

3L/4L

3/5/7

without holding brake

S

p

SER36/39/3B

Sensor integrated in the motor
Shaft seal

4/6/8/A/B/C/D

p

Reference to be completed:

1

without holding brake

B

with holding brake

2
O

Shaft extension

Untapped

O

Key
With speed reduction gear

p

A

with holding brake

Without speed reduction gear

p

Type

PLE60, PLE80, PLE120 or PLE 160

Reductionratio

3:1, 5/1 or 8:1

1
(2)
(2)

(2) For reference of SER motors with speed reduction gear: see our “Twin Line motion control” catalog.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/20

Motion control
Selection of power connection cables and
SinCos Hiperface encoder

Cable type

TLD/TLC drive

Power (2)

TLpp32

Cable length
L=3m

TLpp34

L=5m

L = 10 m

L = 15 m

TLACPAAA0pp
pp1
pp

TLpp36

TLACPAAB0pp
pp1
pp

TLpp38
Encoder (3)

SinCos Hiperface

L = 20 m (1)

TLACPAAC0pp
pp1
pp
TLACFABAppp
ppp1
ppp

(1) For cable lengths > 20 m, please consult your Schneider Electric agency.
(2) Cables equipped with 1 connector (motor end) with flying leads at 1 end (dr ive end).

4

(3) Cables equipped with connectors at both ends.

Connection cables between Twin Line
drives and SER brushless motors
Cable type

Power

Composition
Cables equipped with

SinCos Hiperface
encoder

4 x 1.5 mm˝ +

4 x 2.5 mm˝ +

4 x 4 mm˝ +

5 x (2 x 0.25 mm˝) +

2 x 1 mm˝

2 x 1 mm˝

2 x 1 mm˝

1 x (2 x 0.5 mm˝)

1 connector at the motor end (flying leads at the drive end)

1 connector at
each end

Reference

L=3m

TLACPAAA0031

TLACPAAB0031

TLACPAAC0031

TLACFABA0031

L=5m

TLACPAAA0051

TLACPAAB0051

TLACPAAC0051

TLACFABA0051

L = 10 m

TLACPAAA0101

TLACPAAB0101

TLACPAAC0101

TLACFABA0101

L = 15 m

TLACPAAA0151

TLACPAAB0151

TLACPAAC0151

TLACFABA0151

L = 20 m

TLACPAAA0201

TLACPAAB0201

TLACPAAC0201

TLACFABA0201

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

4/21

Motor Control

Accurate and reliable control of
motors and electrical circuits
TeSys, Altistart and Altivar ranges provide you more simplicity,
compactness, openness and flexibility: ready to use versions,
PowerSuite software workshop, large choice of communication
networks...
... so many evolutions and new items to aid your productivity.

TeSys

For a new start!

New horizons are
opening up to you.
Increase your
productivity - adopt
our solutions
which help
to simplify
setting-up.

Motor starters

A range
of simple,
compact and
advanced
components
for power control
and protection.

b A wide range of components.

Altistart,
Altivar

b Ready-to-use component combinations,
designed to work together in perfect harmony.
b Safe operation and level of coordination
guaranteed by a major manufacturer.
Power circuit control
b Solutions for a variety of power control
applications: lighting, capacitor switching,
heating, changeover contactor pairs, resistive
loads, upstream protection.

The simplicity of a complete offer
For each application, a solution in soft starting and variable speed

Simple machines
>>> compact

Starters
Altistart 01
b 0.37 to 75 kW

Drives
Altivar 11
b 0.18 to 2,2 kW

Starters
Altistart 48
b 4 to 1200 kW

Drives
Altivar 38
b 0.75 to 315 kW

Drives
Altivar 31
b 0.18 to 15 kW

Pumping and
ventilation machines
>>> tailor-made

The essential
guide
A simplified
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select
motor starters.

5/0

Complex machines,
high power
>>> high performance
Drives
Altivar 71
b 0,37 to 500 kW

Contents
Motor control components
TeSys contactors .............................................................. 5/2 to 5/11
b Contactors, models k, d, F, b
b Variable composition contactors, model CV
TeSys protection components ...................................... 5/12 to 5/31
b Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers
b Magnetic circuit-breakers
b Fuse carriers, switch-disconnector-fuses
b Thermal overload relays
b Electronic thermal overload relays
b Electronic overload relays
b Multifunction protection relays
b Switch disconnectors Mini Vario and Vario
TeSys starters ................................................................ 5/32 to 5/39
b Combination motor starters
b Starter-controller, Model U
b Controller, Model U
b Enclosed motor starters

5

Installation system ......................................................... 5/40 to 5/41
b For motor starter components with spring
terminals, Quickfit technology

Components for power
control applications .................................. 5/42 to 5/48
b Lighting, capacitor switching, heating,
changeover contactor pairs

PowerSuite:
With a single software programme,
you can configure all Altistart and
TeSys® model U starters and all
Altivar drives.
Customise your settings with the
minimum of effort!
b Simplified definition of the
parameters
b Preparation and printing
out of the configurations
b Comparison of files
b Quick reproduction of
settings on all similar
applications
b Remote
monitoring, etc.

Soft starters and
variable speed drives
Altistart / Altivar selection guide .................................. 5/49 to 5/51
b Soft starters Altistart 01 ............................................... 5/52 to 5/53
b Soft starters Altistart 48 ............................................... 5/54 to 5/55
b Variable speed drives Altivar 11 ................................... 5/56 to 5/57
b Variable speed drives Altivar 31 ................................... 5/58 to 5/59
b Variable speed drives Altivar 38 ................................... 5/60 to 5/61
b Variable speed drives Altivar 71 ................................... 5/62 to 5/67
b Dialogue and communication ........................................ 5/68 to 5/71

5/1

TeSys

Contactors

model k

0.06…5.5 kW

Connections
■ screw clamp terminals
Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440V)

6A

9A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C)

-

20 A

-

Rated operational power

220/240 V

1.5 kW

2.2 kW

3 kW

in category AC3

380/400 V…415/440 V

2.2 kW

4 kW

5.5 kW

660/690 V…500 V

3 kW

4 kW

4 kW

c

LC1-K06••

LC1-K09••

LC1-K12••

a

LP1-K06•• or LP4-K06••

LP1-K09 or LP4-K09••

LP1-K12 or LP4-K12••

Reversing contactor type *

c

LC2-K06

LC2-K09

LC2-K12

with mechanical interlock

a

LP2-K06 or LP5-K06

LP2-K09 or LP5-K09

LP2-K12 or LP5-K12

Rated operational current

Contactor type (1)*

12 A

■ spring terminals
Add the figure 3 before the voltage code. Example LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06103••
■ Faston connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

5

Add the figure 7 before the voltage code. Example LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06107••
■ solder pins for printed circuit boards
Add the figure 5 before the voltage code. Example LC1-K0610•• becomes LC1-K06105••
(1) Basic reference, to be completed by adding 01 for N/C auxiliary contact, or 10 for N/O auxiliary contact.
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage

Standard control circuit voltages
c supply
Contactors LC1-K (0.8…1.15 Uc) (0.85…1.1UC)
Volts

12

20

24

36

42

48

110

115

120

127

200/208

220/230

230

230/240

50/60 Hz

J7

Z7

B7

C7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

G7

FC7

L7

M7

P7

U7

Volts

256

277

380/400

400

400/415

440

480

500

575

600

660/690

50/60 Hz

W7

UE7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

T7

S7

SC7

X7

Y7

Example of complete reference LC1-K0910P7
a supply
Contactors LP1-K (0.8…1.15 Uc)
Volts

12

20

24

36

48

60

72

100

110

125

155

174

200

220

230

240

250

Code

JD

ZD

BD

CD

ED

ND

SD

KD

FD

GD

PD

QD

LD

MD

MPD

MUD

UD

Coil with integral suppression device available, add 3 to the code required. Example JD3
Low consumption
Contactors LP4-K (0.7…1.30 Uc), coil suppression as standard
Volts

12

20

24

48

72

110

120

Code

JW3

ZW3

BW3

EW3

SW3

FW3

GW3

Example of complete reference LC1-K0910BD

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/2

Auxiliary contact blocks
■ instantaneous, screw clamp connections
■ for LC1, LP1-K, LP4

Composition

2N/O

-

2N/C

Reference

LA1-KN20

LA1-KN02

■ for LC1, LP1-K

1N/O 1N/C

4N/O

3N/O 1N/C

2N/C 2N/C

1N/O 3N/C

-

LA1-KN11

LA1-KN40

LA1-KN31

LA1-KN22

LA1-KN13

LA1-KN04

4N/C

■ electronic time delay

Relay outputs, with common point changeover contact, c or a 24…48, 2 A maximum
Control voltage 0.85…1.1Uc
Maximum switching capacity 250 VA or 150 W
Operating temperature -10…+ 60°C
Reset time: 1.5 s for 0.5 s after the time delay period
Type

On-delay

Timing range

1…30 s

Composition

1

Voltage

c or a 24…48 V

c 110…240

Reference

LA2-KT2E

LA2-KT2U

5

Suppressor modules
For LC1, LP1-K
Type

Varistor (c and a)

Voltage

12…24 V

32…48 V

50…129 V

130…250 V

12…24 V

32…48 V

220…250 V

Reference

LA4-KE1B

LA4-KE1E

LA4-KE1FC

LA4-KE1UG

LA4-KC1B

LA4-KC1E

LA4-KA1U

Diode (a) + zener

RC (c)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/3

TeSys

Contactors

model d

0.06…75 kW

Connections
■ screw clamp terminals or connectors

Rated operational voltage

690 V
Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440V)

9A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 60° C)

25 A

Rated operational power

220/240 V

2.2 kW

in category AC3

380/400 V

Rated operational current

18 A

25 A

32 A

32 A

40 A

50 A

3 kW

4 kW

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

4 kW

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

11 kW

15 kW

415/440 V

4 kW

5.5 kW

9 kW

11 kW

15 kW

500 V

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

660/690 V

5.5 kW

7.5 kW

10 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

1000 V

-

-

-

-

-

LC1-D09

LC1-D12

LC1-D18

LC1-D25

LC1-D32

LC2-D09

LC2-D12

LC2-D18

LC2-D25

LC2-D32

Contactor type *
Reversing contactor type * with mechanical interlock
■ spring terminals

5

12 A

(1)

Add the figure 3 before the voltage code. Example LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-093P7
■ lug-clamps

(2)

Add the figure 6 before the voltage code. Example LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-096P7
■ Faston connectors

(3)

2 x 6.35 (power) and 1 x 6.35 (control) up to D12 only

Add the figure 9 before the voltage code. Example LC1-D09P7 becomes LC1-099P7
* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage

(1)

(2)

(3)

Standard control circuit voltages
c supply
Volts

24

42

48

110

115

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

500

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

-

Contactors LC1-D09…D50 (coils D115 and D150 with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
50/60 Hz

B7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

M7

Contactors LC1-D40…D115
50 Hz

B5

D5

E5

F5

FE5

M5

P5

U5

Q5

V5

N5

R5

S5

60 Hz

B6

-

E6

F6

-

M6

-

U6

Q6

-

-

R6

-

12

24

36

48

60

72

110

125

220

250

440

FD

GD

MD

UD

RD

a supply
Volts

Contactors LC1-D09…D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.7…1.25 Uc

JD

BD

CD

ED

ND

SD

U 0.85…1.1 Uc

JD

BD

CD

ED

ND

SD

FD

GD

MD

UD

RD

U 0.75…1.2 Uc

JW

BW

CW

EW

-

SW

FW

-

MW

-

-

SD

FD

GD

MD

UD

RD

Contactors LC1-D40…D95

Contactors LC1-D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U 0.75…1.2 Uc

-

BD

-

ED

ND

Low consumption
Contactors LC1-D09…D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
Volts a

5

12

20

24

48

110

120

250

U 0.7…1.25 Uc

AL

JL

ZL

BL

EL

FL

ML

UL

Example of complete reference LC1-D09P7
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/4

1 000 V on c supply, 690 V on a supply
38 A

40 A

50 A

60 A

80 A

65 A

80 A

95 A

125 A

115 A

150 A

200 A

9 kW

11 kW

15 kW

18.5 kW

22 kW

25 kW

30 kW

40 kW

18.5 kW

18.5 kW

22 kW

30 kW

37 kW

45 kW

55 kW

75 kW

18.5 kW

22 kW

25/30 kW

37 kW

45 kW

45 kW

59 kW

80 kW

18.5 kW

22 kW

30 kW

37 kW

55 kW

55 kW

75 kW

90 kW

18.5 kW

30 kW

33 kW

37 kW

45 kW

45 kW

80 kW

100 kW

-

22 kW

30 kW

37 kW

45 kW

45 kW

75 kW

90 kW

LC1-D38

LC1-D40

LC1-D50

LC1-D65

LC1-D80

LC1-D95

LC1-D115

LC1-D150

LC2-D38

LC2-D40

LC2-D50

LC2-D65

LC2-D80

LC2-D95

LC2-D115

LC2-D150

5

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors
2 identical contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors, horizontally mounted
Mechanical interlock

Set of connections

Mechanical interlock

LAD-9R1V

included

■ with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

LC1-D09…D38
■ with integral electrical interlocking

LC1-D40…D65

LA9-D6569

LA9-D4002

LC1-D80 and D95 (c)

LA9-D8069

LA9-D4002

LC1-D80 and D95 (a)

LA9-D8069

LA9-D8002

LC1-D115 and D150

LA9-D11569

LA9-D11502

■ without electrical interlocking

LC1-D09…D38

LA9-9R1

included

LC1-D40…D65

LA9-D6569

LA9-D50978

LC1-D80 and D95 (c)

LA9-D8069

LA9-D50978

LC1-D80 and D95 (a)

LA9-D8069

LA9-D80978

For use on contactor

Reference

Standard control circuit voltages

LC1-D40…D65 3P c or a, LC1-D65 4P c, LC1-D65 4P a

LA6-DK10•

BEFMQ

LC1-D80…D150 3P c, LC1-D80 and D115 3P c, LC1-D115 4P a

LA6-DK20•

BEFMQ

LC1-D09…D38 c or a, LC1-DT20…DT40 c or a

LA6-6K10•

BEFMQ

Mechanical latch blocks
Clip-on front mounting, manual or electrical unlatching control

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/5

TeSys

Contactors

model d

0.06…75 kW

Auxiliary contact blocks
■ instantaneous, for connection by screw clamp terminals

■ time delay

■ front mounting

Composition

Reference

N/O N/C

Composition

Reference

N/O N/C

Composition

Reference

N/O N/C

■ side mounting

■ front mounting

Composition

Reference

Type

Range

On-delay

0.1…3 s

LAD-T0

0.1…30 s

LAD-T2

Reference

N/O N/C

1

-

LAD-N10

1

1

LAD-N11

2

2

LAD-N22

1

1

LAD-8N11

-

1

LAD-N01

2

-

LAD-N20

1

3

LAD-N13

2

-

LAD-8N20

-

2

LAD-N02

4

-

LAD-N40

-

2

LAD-8N02

-

4

LAD-N04

3

1

LAD-N31

Off-delay

10…180 s

LAD-T4

0.1…3 s

LAD-R0

0.1…30 s

LAD-R2

10…180 s

LAD-R4

5
Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be fitted
Contactors
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
Type

Number of poles and size

Side mounting

Time delay
Front mounting
1 contact

c

3P LC1-D09…D38

1 on LH side and

-

1

or 1

or 1

1 on each side or

2

and 1

or 1

or 1

LC1-D40…D95 (50 or 60 Hz)

1 on each side and

2

and 1

or 1

or 1

LC1-D115 and D150

1 on LH side

-

and 1

or 1

or 1

1 on LH side

-

1

or 1

or 1

LC1-D65 and D80

1 on each side or

1

or 1

or 1

or 1

LC1-D115

or 1

1 on each side and

1

or 1

or 1

3P LC1-D09…D38

-

-

1

or 1

or 1

LC1-D40…D95

-

1

or 1

or 1

or 1
or 1

LC1-D115 and D150

Low Consumption

4 contacts

LC1-D40…D95 (50/60 Hz)

4P LC1-DT20…DT40

a

Front mounting
2 contacts

1 on LH side and

-

1

or 1

4P LC1-DT20…DT40

-

-

1

or 1

or 1

LP1-D65 and D80

-

2

and 1

or 1

or 1

LC1-D115

1 on each side

-

and 1

or 1

or 1

3P LC1-D09…D38

-

-

1

-

-

4P LC1-DT20…DT40

-

-

1

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/6

Suppressor modules
Varistors (peak limiting)
Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time)
Mounting
Clip-on

Screw fixing

For use with contactor

Type

Rating

V c

V a

Reference

D09…D38 (3P)

12…24 V

-

LAD-4VE

DT20…DT40

50…127 V

-

LAD-4VG

110…240 V

-

LAD-4VU

D40…D115 (3P)

24…48 V

-

LA4-DE2E

and

50…127 V

-

LA4-DE2G

D65…D115 (4P)

110…250 V

-

LA4-DE2U

D40…D115 (3P)

-

24…48 V

LA4-DE3E

and

-

50…127 V

LA4-DE3G

D65…D115 (4P)

-

110…250 V

LA4-DE3U

-

24…250 V

LA4-DC3U

D09…D38 (3P)

24 V

-

LAD-4TB

DT20…DT40

72 V

-

LAD-4TS

D40…D95 (3P)

24 V

-

LA4-DB2B

D65 and D80 (4P)

72 V

-

LA4-DB2S

D40…D95 (3P)

-

24 V

LA4-DB3B

D65 and D80 (4P)

-

72 V

LA4-DB3S

LAD-4RCE

5

Diodes
No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.
Increase in drop-out time (6 to 10 times the normal time).
Polarised component.
Screw fixing

D40…D95 (3P)
D65 and D80 (4P)

Bidirectional peak limiting diode
Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Clip-on
Screw fixing

RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)
Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to "high frequency" interference.
For use only in cases where the voltage is virtually sinusoidal, i.e. less than - 5% total harmonic distortion.
Voltage limited to 3 Uc max and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time)
Clip-on
Screw fixing

D09…D38 (3P)

12…24 V

-

DT20…DT40

110…240 V

-

LAD-4RCU

D40…D150 (3P)

24…48 V

-

LA4-DA2E

and

50…127 V

-

LA4-DA2G

D65…D115 (4P)

110…240 V

-

LA4-DA2U

380…415 V

-

LA4-DA2N

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/7

TeSys

Contactors

model F

90…450 kW

Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440V)

185 A

225 A

265 A

330 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C)

275 A

315 V

350 A

400 A

Rated operational voltage

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

Number of poles

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

3 or 4

Rated operational current

5

Rated operational power

220/240 V

55 kW

63 kW

75 kW

100 kW

in category AC3

380/400 V

90 kW

110 kW

132 kW

160 kW

415 V

100 kW

110 kW

140 kW

180 kW

440 V

100 kW

110 kW

140 kW

200 kW

500 V

110 kW

129 kW

160 kW

200 kW

660/690 V

110 kW

129 kW

160 kW

220 kW

1000 V

100 kW

100 kW

147 kW

160 kW

Contactor type*

LC1-F185

LC1-F225

LC1-F265

LC1-F330

Reversing contactor type*

LC2-F185

LC2-F225

LC2-F265

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage

Standard control circuit voltages
c supply
Volts

24

48

110

115

120

208

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

Contactors LC1-F115…F225(0.85…1.1UC)
50 Hz (coil LX1)

B5

E5

F5

FE5

-

-

M5

P5

U5

Q5

V5

N5

-

60 Hz (coil LX1)

-

E6

F6

-

G6

L6

M6

-

U6

Q6

-

-

R6U7

40…400 Hz (coil LX9)

-

E7

F7

FE7

G7

L7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

B7

E7

F7

FE7

G7

L7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

-

E7

F7

FE7

G7 (1)

L7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

-

-

F7

FE7

F7

L7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

-

-

FE7

FE7

FE7

-

P7

P7

P7

V7

V7

V7

V7Y7

24

48

110

125

220

230

250

400

440

BD

ED

FD

GD

MD

MD

UD

-

RD

-

ED

FD

GD

MD

-

UD

-

RD

-

-

FD

GD

MD

-

UD

-

RD

-

-

FW

FW

MW

MW

-

QW

-

Contactors LC1-F265…F330 U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1)
Contactors LC1-F400…F630 U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1)
Contactor LC1-F780U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1)
Contactor LC1-F800U7
40…400 Hz (coil LX1)
a supply
Volts
Contactors LC1-F115…F330(0.85…1.1UC)
(coil LX4-F)
Contactors LC1-F400…F630 (0.85…1.1UC)
(coil LX4-F)
Contactor LC1-F780 (0.85…1.1UC)
(coil LX4-F)
Contactor LC1-F800 (0.85…1.1UC)
(coil LX4-F)

Example: For a 630 A contactor with a 110 V c coil, order LC1-F630F7
(1) F7 for LC1-F630

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/8

400 A

500 A

630 A

780 A

800 A

500 A

700 A

1 000 A

1 600 A

1 000 A

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

2, 3 or 4

2, 3 or 4

2, 3 or 4

3 or 4

3

110 kW

147 kW

200 kW

220 kW

250 kW

200 kW

250 kW

335 kW

400 kW

450 kW

220 kW

280 kW

375 kW

425 kW

450 kW

250 kW

295 kW

400 kW

425 kW

450 kW

257 kW

355 kW

400 kW

450 kW

450 kW

280 kW

335 kW

450 kW

475 kW

475 kW

185 kW

335 kW

450 kW

450 kW

450 kW

LC1-F400

LC1-F500

LC1-F630

LC1-F780

LC1-F800

For customer assembly

5

Auxiliary contact blocks
■ instantaneous

Composition

Reference

N/O N/C

dust & damp protected contacts ■ time delay 1N/O + 1 N/C
Composition

Reference

N/O N/C

Composition

Reference

N/O N/C

Composition

Reference

Type

Range

Reference

On-delay

N/O N/C

1

-

LAD-N10

1

1

LAD-N11

2

2

LAD-N22

2

-

-

-

LA1-DX20

0.1…3 s

LAD-T0

-

1

LAD-N01

2

-

LAD-N20

1

3

LAD-N13

2

2

-

-

LA1-DY20

0.1…30 s

LAD-T2

-

2

LAD-N02

4

-

LAD-N40

2

-

2

-

LA1-DZ40

10…180 s

LAD-T4

-

4

LAD-N04

2

-

1

1

LA1-DZ31

1…30 s

LAD-S2

3

1

LAD-N31

2

2

LAD-C22

Off-delay

0.1…3 s

LAD-R0

0.1…30 s

LAD-R2

10…180 s

LAD-R4

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control
2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted
Mechanical interlock with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors
Contactor type

Set of connections

LC1-F115

LA9-FF976

Mechanical interlock
LA9-FF970

LC1-F150

LA9-F15076

LA9-FF970

LC1-F185

LA9-FG976

LA9-FG970

LC1-F225

LA9-F22576

LA9-FG970

LC1-F265

LA9-FH976

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F330

LA9-FJ976

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F400

LA9-FJ976

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F500

LA9-FK976

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F630 or LC1-F800

LA9-FL976

LA9-FL970

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/9

TeSys

Contactors

model b

400…900 kW

Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440V)

750 A

1000 A

1500 A

1800 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C)

800 A

1250 V

2000 A

2750A

Rated operational voltage

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

1 000 V

Number of poles

1 to 4

1 to 4

1 to 4

1 to 4

220 kW

280 kW

425 kW

500 kW

Rated operational current

Rated operational power

220/240 V

in category AC3

380/400 V

400 kW

500 kW

750 kW

900 kW

415 V

425 kW

530 kW

800 kW

900 kW

440 V

450 kW

560 kW

800 kW

900 kW

500 V

500 kW

600 kW

700 kW

900 kW

660/690 V

560 kW

670 kW

750 kW

900 kW

1000 V

530 kW

530 kW

670 kW

750 kW

LC1-BL

LC1-BM

LC1-BP

LC1-BR

4 instantaneous contact configurations

5

2 N/C + 2 N/O, 3 N/O + 1 N/C, 1 N/O + 3 N/C or 4 N/O
Contactor type*

* Basic reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage, followed by the instantaneous contact configuration.

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Volts

48

110

125

127

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

c 50…400 Hz

-

F

-

G

M

P

U

Q

V

N

R

500
S

a

ED

FD

GD

-

MD

-

-

-

-

-

RD

-

Example: To order a 1500 A contactor with 127 V c coil with 3 N/O + 1 N/C, select LC1-BP33G31

Mounting accessories
Description

For contactor

Reference

Bar support bracket

LC1-BL to BR

LA9-B103

LC1-B

EZ2-LB0601

for mounting on 120 or 150 mm centres
Mechanical interlock and locking device components

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/10

TeSys

Contactors variable composition

models CV1-B, CV3-B

CV1-B : 80…1000 A, CV3-B : 80…500 A

Reference to compiled by the customer
Contactor type, according to required use
c supply 690 V, a supply 220 V/pole

CV1-B

c supply 1000 V, a supply 440 V/pole
Contactor rating

CV3-B

CV1: 80 A

CV3: 80 A

F

CV1: 200 A

CV3: 170 A

G

CV1: 300 A

CV3: 250 A

H

CV1: 470 A

CV3: 320 A

J

CV1: 630 A

CV3: 500 A

K

CV1: 1000 A

L

Number of poles (PN1 main poles for CV1 and PA3 main poles for CV3)
Normally Open main poles

Normally Closed main poles

1 N/O

1

2 N/O

2

3 N/O

3

4 N/O

4

5 N/O

5

1 N/C

1

2 N/C

2

3 N/C
No main poles
Operational current

Control circuit voltage

Operating frequency

3
0

Z

0

Z

10 A

E

E

20 A

N

N

40 A

P

P

80 A

F

F

125 A

R

R

170 A

W

W

200 A

G

G

250 A

S

S

300 A

H

H

320 A

T

T

470 A

J

J

500 A

V

V

630 A

K

K

1000 A

L

L

5

48 V

E

110 V

F

120 V

K

208 V

L

220 V

M

230 V

P

240 V

U

380 V

Q

400 V

V

440 V

R

50 Hz

5

60 Hz

6

50/60 Hz

7

a

D

a + economy resistor

R

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Normally Open

Normally Closed

1 N/O

1

2 N/O

2

3 N/O

3

4 N/O

4

1 N/C

1

2 N/C

2

3 N/C

3

4 N/C
Without instantaneous contact

4
0

0

On-delay

1 C/O

J

Off-delay

1 C/O

N

Example 1/ for single-phase capacitor switching: 400 V - 80 A - 1 N/O pole - Control circuit 220 V / 50 Hz, 1 N/O and 1 1N/C auxiliary contacts: CV1-BF1F0ZM511.
2/ for heating circuits, d.c. supply 800 V - 150 A - 2 N/O poles - Control circuit 48 V a , 1 N/O + 1 N/O On-delay auxiliary contacts: CV3-BG2W0ZED10J
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/11

TeSys

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

models GV2-ME, GV2-P

0.06…15 kW

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME and GV2-P for connection by screw clamp terminals
GV2-ME with pushbutton control, GV2-P control by rotary knob

5

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3

Setting range

Magnetic

400/415 V

of thermal

tripping

trips

current

P

Icu

kW

kA

-

-

0.06

500 V
Ics (1)

690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

-

-

-

★

★

-

0.09

★

★

0.12

★

0.18

Ics (1)

P

Icu

kW

kA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

★

-

-

★

★

-

0.25

★

★

0.37

★

0.55

Ics (1)

Reference

A

A (d ± 20%)

-

0.1…0.16

1.5

GV2-ME01

GV2-P01

-

-

0.16…0.25

2.4

GV2-ME02

GV2-P02

-

-

-

0.25…0.40

5

GV2-ME03

GV2-P03

-

0.37

★

★

0.40…0.63

8

GV2-ME04

GV2-P04

-

-

-

-

-

0.40…0.63

8

GV2-ME04

GV2-P04

-

-

-

0.55

★

★-

0.63…1

13

GV2-ME05

GV2-P05

★

0.37

★

★

-

-

-

1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

GV2-P06

★

★

0.55

★

★

0.75

★

★

1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

GV2-P06

-

-

-

0.75

★

★

1.1

★

★

1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

GV2-P06

0.75

★

★

1.1

★

★

1.5

3

75

1.6…2.5

33.5

GV2-ME07

0.75

★

★

1.1

★

★

1.5

8

100

1.6…2.5

33.5

1.1

★

★

1.5

★

★

2.2

3

75

2.5…4

51

1.1

★

★

1.5

★

★

2.2

8

100

2.5…4

51

1.5

★

★

2.2

★

★

3

3

75

2.5…4

51

1.5

★

★

2.2

★

★

3

3

100

2.5…4

51

2.2

★

★

3

50

100

4

3

75

4…6.3

78

2.2

★

★

3

★

★

4

6

100

4…6.3

78

3

★

★

4

10

100

5.5

3

75

6…10

138

3

★

★

4

50

100

5.5

6

100

6…10

138

4

★

★

5.5

10

100

7.5

3

75

6…10

138

4

★

★

5.5

50

100

7.5

6

100

6…10

138

5.5

15

50

7.5

6

75

9

3

75

9…14

170

5.5

★

★

7.5

42

75

9

6

100

9…14

170

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

3

75

9…14

170

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

6

100

9…14

170

7.5

15

50

9

6

75

15

3

75

13…18

223

7.5

50

50

9

10

75

15

4

100

13…18

223

9

15

40

11

4

75

18.5

3

75

17…23

327

9

50

50

11

10

75

18.5

4

100

17…23

327

11

15

40

15

4

75

-

-

-

20…25

327

11

50

50

15

10

75

-

-

-

20…25

327

15

10

50

18.5

4

75

22

3

75

24…32

416

15

50

50

18.5

10

75

22

4

100

24…32

416

GV2-P07
GV2-ME08
GV2-P08
GV2-ME08
GV2-P08
GV2-ME10
GV2-P10
GV2-ME14
GV2-P14
GV2-ME14
GV2-P14
GV2-ME16
GV2-P16
GV2-ME16
GV2-P16
GV2-ME20
GV2-P20
GV2-ME21
GV2-P21
GV2-ME22 (2)
GV2-P22
GV2-ME32
GV2-P32

★ > 100 kA
(1) as % of Icu
(2) combined with a recommended contactor

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by spring terminals
Add the figure 3 to the end of the reference. Example GV2-ME223 (available up to GV2-ME22)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/12

Accessories
Combination block
For mounting on

LC1-K or LP1-K

LC1-D09…D38

LAD-31 and LC1-D09…D38

GV2-AF01

GV2-AF3

GV2-AF4

Sets of 3-pole busbars
63 A

Pitch

45 mm

54 mm

72 mm

Number of tap-offs

2

GV2-G245

GV2-G254

GV2-G272

3

GV2-G345

GV2-G354

4

GV2-G445

GV2-G454

5

GV2-G472

GV2-G554

Protective end cover
For unused busbar outlets

GV1-G10

Terminal blocks
For supply to one or more GV2-G busbar sets

connection from the top

can be fitted with current limiter GV1-L3 (GV2-ME and GV2-P)

GV1-G09

GV1-G05

Padlocking

In “On” and “Off” position

In “Off” position

Handle

black

red

Legend plate

blue

yellow

GV2-AP01

GV2-AP02

5

Padlockable external operator for GV2-P (150 to 290 mm)

IP 54
Padlocking device
For all GV2 devices

For use with up to 6 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) Ø 6 mm shank max
GV2-V03

Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
Contact types

N/O or N/C

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

(fault) + N/C

N/C + N/O

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Mounting

C/O common
point

front

GV-AE1

LH side

GV-AE11

GV-AE20

GV-AN11

GV-AN20

Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact
LH side

GV-AD1010

GV-AD1001

GV-AD0110

GV-AD0101
Short-circuit signalling contact
LH side

GV-AM11

Electric trips
Undervoltage or shunt trips (1)
Side mounting (1 block on RH side of circuit-breaker)

50 Hz

60 Hz

Voltage

24 V

GV-A•025

GV-A•026

48 V

GV-A•055

GV-A•056

100 V

GV-A•107
GV-A•107

100…110 V
110…115 V

GV-A•115

120…127 V

GV-A•125
GV-A•115

127 V
200 V

GV-A•116

GV-A•207
GV-A•207

200…220 V
220…240 V

GV-A•225

GV-A•226

380…400 V

GV-A•385

GV-A•386

415…440 V

GV-A•415

415 V

GV-A•416

(1) Undervoltage trips: replace the • with U, shunt trips: replace the • with S

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/13

TeSys

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

model GV3-ME

0.37…37 kW

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV3-ME for connection by screw clamp terminals
Pushbutton control

5

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3

Setting range

400/415 V

of thermal

500 V
Ics (1)

P

Icu

kW

kA

0.37

100

0.55

100

0.75

100

100

1.1

100

1.5

100

660/690 V
Ics (1)

P

Icu

kW

kA

Ics (1)

P

Icu

kW

kA

100

0.37

100

100

0.75

100

100

100

0.55

100

100

1.1

100

100

0.75

100

100

1.1

100

100

1.5

100

100

1.5

100

100

2.2

4

100

2.2

100

100

3

4

100

Reference

trips
A
1…1.6

GV3-ME06

100

1.6…2.5

GV3-ME07

100

2.5…4

GV3-ME08

2.2

100

100

3

100

100

4

4

100

4…6

GV3-ME10

3

100

100

4

8

100

5.5

4

100

6…10

GV3-ME14

4

100

100

5.5

8

100

7.5

4

100

7.5

100

50

9

8

100

10…16

GV3-ME20

16…25

GV3-ME25

25…40

GV3-ME40 (2)

40…63

GV3-ME63 (2)

56…80

GV3-ME80 (2)

9

4

100

11

4

100

9

100

50

11

8

100

15

4

100

11

100

50

15

8

100

18.5

4

100

15

35

50

18.5

8

75

22

4

75

18.5

35

50

22

8

75

30

4

75

22

35

50

30

8

75

37

4

75

30

35

50

37

8

75

45

4

75

37

15

50

45

4

100

55

2

100

(1) as % of Icu
(2) combined with a recommended contactor

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/14

Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (1 per breaker)
Normal early break type contacts

N/C + N/O

N/O + N/O

N/C + N/O + N/O N/O + N/O + N/O N/O + N/O (1)

N/C + N/O (1)

GV3-A01

GV3-A02

GV3-A03

GV3-A07

GV3-A05

GV3-A06

Fault signalling contact
Normal early break type contacts

N/C

N/O

GV3-A08

GV3-A09

Electric trips
Voltage

50 Hz

110, 120, 127 V

220, 240 V

380, 415 V

60 Hz

120, 127 V

277 V

440, 480 V

Undervoltage trip

GV3-B11

GV3-B22

GV3-B38

Shunt trip

GV3-D11

GV3-D22

GV3-D38

Padlocking device
Start button (for bare device)

GV1-V02

5

(1) + 2 volt free terminals

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/15

TeSys

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers

model GV7-R

0.75 to 90 kW

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV7-R for connection by screw clamp terminals
Control by rocker lever

5

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3

Setting range

400/415 V

of thermal

P

Icu

kW

kA

500 V
Ics (1)

660/690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

Ics (1)

P

Icu

kW

kA

Ics (1)

25

100

9

18

100

11

8

100

9

25

100

11

18

100

15

8

100

7.5

70

100

9

50

100

11

10

100

9

70

100

11

50

100

15

10

100

9

25

100

11

18

100

15

8

100

11

25

100

15

18

100

18.5

8

100

9

70

100

11

50

100

15

10

100

11

70

50

15

50

100

18.5

10

100

18.5

25

100

22

8

100

18.5

18

100

18

100

trips
A

7.5

22

Reference

12…20

GV7-RE20

12…20

GV7-RS20

15…25

GV7-RE25

15…25

GV7-RS25

25…40

GV7-RE40

18.5

70

100

18.5

50

100

22

10

100

25…40

GV7-RS40

22

25

100

30

18

100

30

8

100

30…50

GV7-RE50

37

25

100

45

18

100

55

8

100

48…80

GV7-RE80

55

18

100
55

10

100

48…80

GV7-RS80

37

70

100

45

50

100

55

50

100

45

25

100

-

18

100

75

8

100

60…100

GV7-RE100

45

70

100

-

50

100

75

10

100

60…100

GV7-RS100

55

35

100

75

30

100

90

8

100

90…150

GV7-RE150

75

70

100

90

30

100

110

8

100

55

70

100

75

50

100

90

10

100

90…150

GV7-RS150

75

70

100

90

50

100

110

10

100

90

35

100

110

30

100

160

8

100

132…220

GV7-RE220

110

35

100

132

30

100

200

8

100

160

30

100

90

70

100

110

50

100

160

10

100

132…220

GV7-RS220

(1) as % of Icu

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/16

Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
Auxiliary contacts
Contact type

C/O
GV7-AE11

Thermal or magnetic fault discrimination
z 24…48 V or a 24…72 V

z 110…240 V

GV7-AD111

GV7-AD112

Electric trips
Voltage

50/60 Hz

48 V

110… 130 V

200… 240 V

380…440 V

Undervoltage trip (1)

GV7-AU055

GV7-AU107

GV7-AU207

GV7-AU387

GV7-AU525

Shunt trip (1)

GV7-AS055

GV7-AS107

GV7-AS207

GV7-AS387

GV7-AS525

50 Hz

525 V

(1) For mounting of a GV7-AD or a GV7-AU or AS

5
Accessories
Terminal shields IP 405
Supplied with the sealing accessory

GV7-AC01

Phase barriers
Safety accessories

GV7-AC04

used when fitting of shields is impossible
Insulating screens
Ensure insulation between

GV7-AC05

the connections and the backplate
Kit for combination with contactor
Allowing link between the circuit-breaker and the contactor

LC1-F115 to F185

LC1-F225 and F26

LC1-D115 and D150

GV7-AC06

GV7-AC07

GV7-AC08

Rotary handles
Handle

black

red

Legend plate

black

yellow

■ direct

IP 40

GV7-AP03

GV7-AP04

■ extended

IP 55

GV7-AP01

GV7-AP02

IP 43

GV7-AP05

Conversion accessory
for mounting on enclosure door
Locking device
For circuit-breaker not fitted with a rotary handle

GV7-V01

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/17

TeSys

Magnetic circuit-breakers

models GV2-L, GV2-LE

0.06 to 15 kW

Magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-LE and GV2-L for connection by screw clamp terminals
GV2-LE control by rocker lever, GV2-L control by rotary knob
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3

Magnetic

Tripping

Use in association

400/415 V

protection

current

with thermal
overload relay

P

Icu

kW

kA

0.06

★

0.09

★

0.12
0.18
-

5

0.25
-

★
★
★
-

500 V
Ics (1)

690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

★

-

-

★

-

-

★
★
★
-

-

-

Ics (1)

P

Icu

kW

kA

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.37
0.55
0.75

★
★
★

Reference

rating

d ± 20%

A

A

-

0.4

5

LR2-K0302

GV2-LE03

-

0.4

5

LR2-K0304

GV2-LE03

or LRD-03

GV2-L03

LR2-K0304

GV2-LE04

or LRD-04

GV2-L04

LR2-K0305

GV2-LE04

or LRD-04

GV2-L04

LR2-K0305

GV2-LE05

or LRD-05

GV2-L05

LR2-K0306

GV2-LE05

or LRD-05

GV2-L05

LR2-K0306

GV2-LE05

Ics (1)

★
★
★

0.63
0.63
1
1
1

8
8
13
13
13

or LRD-06

GV2-L05

LR2-K0306

GV2-LE05

0.37

★

★

0.37

★

★

-

-

-

1

13

0.55

★

★

0.55

★

★

1.1

★

★

1.6

22.5

-

-

-

0.75

★

★

-

-

-

1.6

22.5

or LRD-06

GV2-L06

0.75

★

★

1.1

★

★

1.5

3

75

2.5

33.5

LR2-K0308

GV2-LE07

or LRD-05

GV2-L05

LR2-K0307

GV2-LE06

or LRD-06

GV2-L06

LR2-K0307

GV2-LE06

0.75

★

★

1.1

★

★

1.5

4

100

2.5

33.5

LRD-07

GV2-L07

1.1

★

★

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.5

33.5

LR2-K0308

GV2-LE08

1.5

★

★

1.5

★

★

3

3

75

4

51

or LRD-08

GV2-L08

LR2-K0310

GV2-LE08

1.5

★

★

1.5

★

★

3

4

100

4

51

LRD-08

GV2-L08

-

-

-

2.2

★

★

-

-

-

4

51

LR2-K0312

GV2-LE08

or LRD-08

GV2-L08

2.2

★

★

3

50

100

4

3

75

6.3

78

LR2-K0312

GV2-LE10

2.2

★

★

3

★

★

4

4

100

6.3

78

LRD-10

GV2-L10

3

★

★

4

10

100

5.5

3

75

10

138

LR2-K0314

GV2-LE14

3

★

★

4

10

100

5.5

4

100

10

138

LRD-12

GV2-L14

4

★

★

5.5

10

100

-

-

-

10

138

LR2-K0316

GV2-LE14

or LRD-14

GV2-L14

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.5

3

75

10

138

LRD-14

GV2-LE14

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.5

4

100

10

138

LRD-14

GV2-L14

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

3

75

14

170

LRD-16

GV2-LE16

-

-

-

-

-

-

9

4

100

14

170

LRD-16

GV2-L16

5.5

15

50

7.5

6

75

11

3

75

14

170

LR2-K0321

GV2-LE16

5.5

50

50

7.5

10

75

11

4

100

14

170

LRD-16

GV2-L16

7.5

15

50

9

6

75

15

3

75

18

223

LRD-21

GV2-LE20

7.5

50

50

9

10

75

15

4

100

18

223

LRD-21

GV2-L20

9

15

40

11

4

75

18.5

3

75

25

327

LRD-22

GV2-LE22

9

50

50

11

10

75

18.5

4

100

25

327

LRD-22

GV2-L22

11

15

40

15

4

75

-

-

-

25

327

LRD-22

GV2-LE22

11

50

50

15

10

75

-

-

-

25

327

LRD-22

GV2-L22

15

10

50

18.5

4

75

22

3

75

32

416

LRD-32

GV2-LE32

15

50

50

18.5

10

75

22

4

100

32

416

LRD-32

GV2-L32

★ > 100 kA
(1) as % of Icu
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/18

Accessories
Combination block
For mounting on

LC1-K or LP1-K

LC1-D09…D38

LAD-311 and LC1-D09…D38

GV2-AF01

GV2-AF3

GV2-AF4

Sets of 3-pole busbars
63 A

Pitch

45 mm

54 mm

72 mm

Number of tap-offs

2

GV2-G245

GV2-G254

GV2-G272

3

GV2-G345

GV2-G354

4

GV2-G445

GV2-G454

5

GV2-G472

GV2-G554

Protective end cover
For unused busbar outlets

GV1-G10

Terminal blocks
For supply to one or more GV2-G busbar sets

connection from the top

can be fitted with current limiter GV1-L3 (GV2-ME and GV2-P)
GV1-G09

GV1-G05

5

Padlockable external operator
Padlocking

In “On” and “Off” position

Handle

black

red

Legend plate

blue

yellow
GV2-AP02

for GV2-L (50 to 290 mm)

IP 54

GV2-AP01

for GV2-LE

IP 54

GV2-AP03

In “Off” position

Padlocking device
Up to 6 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) Ø 6 mm shank max.

GV2-V03

Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
Contact type

N/O or N/C

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

GV-AE1

GV-AE11

GV-AE20

GV-AN11

GV-AN20

(fault) + N/C

N/C + N/O

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Mounting

C/O common
point

front
LH side

Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact
LH side

GV-AD1010

GV-AD1001

GV-AD0110

GV-AD0101
Short-circuit signalling contact
LH side

GV-AM11

Electric trips
Undervoltage or shunt trips (1)
Side mounting (1 block on RH side of circuit-breaker)

50 Hz

60 Hz

Voltage

24 V

GV-A•025

GV-A•026

48 V

GV-A•055

GV-A•056

100 V

GV-A•107
GV-A•107

100…110 V
110…115 V

GV-A•115

120…127 V

GV-A•125
GV-A•115

127 V
200 V

GV-A•116

GV-A•207
GV-A•207

200…220 V
220…240 V

GV-A•225

GV-A•226

380…400 V

GV-A•385

GV-A•386

415…440 V

GV-A•415

415 V

GV-A•416

(1) Undervoltage trips: replace the • with U, shunt trips: replace the • with S

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/19

TeSys

Magnetic circuit-breakers

model GK3-EF

15…37 kW

Magnetic circuit-breakers GK3-EF for connection by screw clamp terminals
Control by rotary knob

5

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3

Associated equipment

Circuit-breaker

400/415 V

Contactor

Thermal

Short-circuit

min. size

overload

protection

relay

Rating A

Reference

LC1-D32

LRD-32

40

GK3-EF40

P

Icu

kW

kA

15

50

18.5

500 V
Ics

690 V

P

Icu

kW

kA

Ics

30

18.5

20

-

-

-

-

-

22

6

60

LC1-D40

LRD-3353

40

GK3-EF40

50

30

22

20

30

30

6

60

LC1-D40

LRD-3355

40

GK3-EF40

22

35

25

30

15

30

-

-

-

LC1-D50

LRD-3357

65

GK3-EF65

-

-

-

-

-

-

37

6

50

LC1-D65

LRD-3357

65

GK3-EF65

30

35

25

37

15

30

-

-

-

LC1-D65

LRD-3359

65

GK3-EF65

30

35

25

37

15

30

-

-

-

LC1-D65

LRD-3361

65

GK3-EF65

-

-

-

-

-

-

45

6

50

LC1-D80

LRD-3359

65

GK3-EF65

37

35

25

45

15

30

-

-

-

LC1-D80

LRD-3361

80

GK3-EF80

37

35

25

55

15

30

-

-

-

LC1-D80

LRD-3363

80

GK3-EF80

30

P

Icu

kW

kA

-

-

Ics
-

Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
Contact types

N/O

N/O + N/O

N/C + N/O

On-Off signalling contacts

GK2-AX10

GK2-AX20

GK2-AX50

GK2-AX12

GK2-AX22

GK2-AX52

N/C

N/O

GV3-A08

GV3-A09

and “Control circuit test” function (1 or 2 blocks per device)
mounted on RH side of GK3-EF
Instantaneous fault signalling contacts
(1 or 2 blocks per device) mounted on LH side of GK3-EF
Fault signalling contact

(1)

(1) 1 trip OR 1 fault signalling contact to be fitted inside the circuit-breaker.

Accessories
Padlocking device
for padlocking the operator, with up to 3 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) GK3-AV01
External operator
for mounting on enclosure door.

GK3-AP03

Red Ø 40 pushbutton on yellow plate, can be locked in
position O by means of up to 3 padlocks with door locked in
position I, and door locked in position O when padlocked

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/20

TeSys

Fuse carrier

models DF6, GK1

0…125 A

Fuse carrier
Rated operational voltage with links, a.c. supply

480 V

480 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

with links

20

20

32

32

50

125

with aM cartridge fuses

10

10

25

25

50

125

with gG cartridge fuses

20

20

30

30

40

100

NF C 61-201

●

-

●

-

-

-

IEC 947-3

●

●

●

●

●

●

DF6-AB08

GK1-C

DF6-AB10

GK1-D

GK1-E

GK1-F

Maximum continuous current for ambient temperature ≤ 40° C (1)

Conforming to standards
Fuse carrier type

5

Fuse carrier
Composition
Size of cartridge fuse

1P

1N

3P+N

2P

3P

3P+N

GK1-CH

Rated thermal current

or link
8.5 x 31.5

20 A

DF6-AB08

DF6-N10

GK1-CC

GK1-CD

GK1-CF

10 x 38

32 A

DF6-AB10

DF6-N10

GK1-DC

GK1-DD

GK1-DF

GK1-DH

14 x 51

50 A

GK1-EB

GK1-EN

GK1-EC

GK1-ED

GK1-EF

GK1-EH

22 x 58

125 A

GK1-FB

GK1-FN

GK1-FC

GK1-FD

GK1-FF

GK1-FH

Fuse carrier assembly strips
Number of fuse carriers to be assembled

2

3

4

Type

DF6

GK1-AP2

GK1-AP3

GK1-AP4

GK1-E

GK1-AP3

GK1-AP5

GK1-AP6

GK1-F

GK1-AP4

GK1-AP6

GK1-AP9

Blown fuse indicators (neon)
For use on fuse carriers

DF6, GK1-C, D and E

Operational voltage

80…400 V

GK1-AS

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/21

TeSys

Fuse carriers

models LS1, GK1

0…125 A

-Fuse

carriers

Rated operational voltage with links, a.c. supply

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

Maximum continuous current for ambient temperature ≤ 40° C
with links

min cable Ø/le (mm2/A)

with aM fuses (mm 2/A)
with gG fuses (mm2/A)

6/32 or 4/25 or 2.5/16

4/25 or 2.5/16

10/50 or 6/40

32/125 or 25/100

6/32 or 4/22 or 2.5/20

4/22 or 2.5/20

10/50 or 6/35

32/125 or 25/100

6/32 or 2.5/20 or 1.5/16

2.5/20 or 1.5/16

10/40 or 6/32

25/100 or 16/80

NF EN 60947-3

●

●

●

IEC 947-3

●

●

●

Product certifications

BV, UR

-

-

Fuse carrier type

LS1-D32

GK1-E•

GK1-F•

Conforming to standards

LS1-D323

5

Basic blocks
Connection
Rating

25 A

32 A

50 A

125 A

Cartridge fuse size

10 x 38

10 x 38

14 x 51

22 x 58

Single-phase protection device

Without

Without

Without

3-pole

LS1-D323

■ by spring terminals

Number of early break contacts

With

Without

With

■ by screw clamp terminals or connectors

Number of early break contacts

-

1

3-pole

-

LS1-D32

GK1-EK

GK1-EV

GK1-FK

1
GK1-FV

4-pole

LS1-D32 + LA8-D324

GK1-EM

GK1-EY

GK1-FM

GK1-FY

Number of early break contacts

2

3-pole

GK1-ES

GK1-EW

GK1-FS

2
GK1-FW

4-pole

GK1-ET

GK1-EX

GK1-FT

GK1-FX

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/22

Operators
■ side

Handles

■ front

Number of poles, 3 or 4
For fuse carrier rating

125 A

For mounting on

RH side

LH side

32, 50, 125 A

GK1-AP07

GK1-AP08

Fitted as standard

■ external

For fuse carrier rating

32 A

50 A

For mounting on

RH or LH side

RH side

LH side

RH side

125 A
LH side

DK1-FB005

GK1-AP05

GK1-AP06

GK1-AP07

GK1-AP08

5

Padlocking devices
For fuse carrier rating

32 A

50 A

Number of poles

3 or 4

3

Single-phase protection device

Without

Without

With

Without

With

Integral

GK1-AV07

GK1-AV08

GK1-AV08

GK1-AV09

4

Links
Tubular links
Number of poles, 3 or 4
For fuse carrier rating

32 A

50 A

125 A

Reference

DK1-CB92 (1)

DK1-EB92 (2)

DK1-FA92 (2)

(1) For use on a neutral circuit, the tubular link can be interlocked with special device LA8-D25906.
(2) 4-pole fuse carriers GK1-50 and 125 A 4 are fitted with an interlocked neutral tubular link as standard.

Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
For use on

LS1-D32

Contact type

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

LS1-D323
N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

GV-AE11

GV-AE20

GV-AE113

GV-AE203

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
Mounting

front

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/23

TeSys

Switch-disconnector-fuses

model GS1

0…1250 A

Switch-disconnector-fuse switch bodies
■ for use with NF C or DIN fuses

3 + N (1)

Number of poles

3

Switch rating

32 A

50 A

63 A

100 A

125 A

Fuse size

10 x 38

14 x 51

00C (2)

22 x 58

22 x 58

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

Type of operator:
■ internal or external
■ external
■ internal and external

RH or LH side and front

GS1-DD3

GS1-DD4

RH side

GS1-FD3

GS1-FD4

GS1-GD3

GS1-GD4

GS1-JD3

GS1-JD4

LH side

GS1-FG3

GS1-FG4

GS1-GG3

GS1-GG4

GS1-JG3

GS1-JG4

GS1-KD3
GS1-KG3

front

GS1-F3

GS1-F4

GS1-G3

GS1-G4

GS1-J3

GS1-J4

GS1-K3

front

■ for use with BS fuses

5

Switch rating

32 A

63 A

100 A

160 A

Fuse size

A1

A2-A3

A4 Ø ≤ 31 mm

A4

B1-B2

Type of operator:
■ internal or external

RH or LH side and front

GS1-DDB3

GS1-DDB4

■ RH side
■ external

front

■ internal and external

front

GS1-DB3

GS1-DB4

GS1-GBR3

GS1-GBR4 GS1-JBR3

GS1-JBR4

GS1-LLBR3 GS1-LLBR4 GS1-LBR3

GS1-GB3

GS1-GB4

GS1-JB4

GS1-LLB3

GS1-JB3

GS1-LLB4

GS1-LB3

(1) N = Switched Neutral
(2) Fuses for German market

Auxiliary “blown fuse” signalling contacts for use with NF C or DIN fuses
Contact type

1st C/O

Switch rating

50 A

100 and 125 A

160 A

Fuse size

14 x 51

22 x 58

T0

Number of poles

3

4

3

4

3

4

GS1-AF13

GS1-AF14

GS1-AF23

GS1-AF24

GS1-AF33

GS1-AF34

Auxiliary early break and/or signalling contacts
Switch rating

32 A

Contact type

1 N/O

Standard contacts

GS1-AM110 GS1-AM101 GS1-AM111 GS1-AM211 GS1-AM1

Contacts with test facility

50…400 A
1 N/C

1 C/O

2 C/O

1 C/O

630…1250 A

50…400 V

2 C/O

1 C/O

2 C/O

1 N/C + 1 N/O 2 N/C + 2 N/O

GS1-AM2

GS1-AM3

GS1-AM4

GS1-AN11

GS1-AN22

GS1-ANT11

GS1-ANT22

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/24

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

160 A
Size 00

Size 0

Size 00

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

250 A

400 A

630 A

1250 A

Size 1

Size 2

Size 3

Size 4

GS1-KD4

GS1-KKD3

GS1-KKD4

GS1-LD3

GS1-LD4

GS1-LLD3

GS1-LLD4

GS1-ND3

GS1-ND4

GS1-QQD3 GS1-QQD4 GS1-SD3

GS1-KG4

GS1-KKG3

GS1-KKG4

GS1-LG3

GS1-LG4

GS1-LLG3

GS1-LLG4

GS1-NG3

GS1-NG4

GS1-QQG3 GS1-QQG4

GS1-K4

GS1-KK3

GS1-KK4

GS1-L3

GS1-L4

GS1-LL3

GS1-LL4

GS1-N3

GS1-N4

GS1-QQ3

GS1-SD4

GS1-VD3

GS1-VD4

GS1-S4

GS1-V3

GS1-V4

GS1-QQ4
GS1-S3

200 A

250 A

315 A

400 V

630 A

800 A

1250 A

B1-B2

B1…B3

B1…B3

B1…B4

C1-C2

C1…C3

D1

5
GS1-LBR4 GS1-MMBR3 GS1-MMBR4 GS1-NBR3

GS1-NBR4

GS1-PPBR3 GS1-PPBR4 GS1-QQBR3 GS1-QQBR4 GS1-SBR3

GS1-LB4

GS1-NB4

GS1-PPB3

GS1-MMB3 GS1-MMB4 GS1-NB3

GS1-PPB4

GS1-SBR4

GS1-TBR3

GS1-TRB4

GS1-VRB3

GS1-VRB4

GS1-SB4

GS1-TB3

GS1-TB4

GS1-VB3

GS1-VB4

GS1-QQB3 GS1-QQB4
GS1-SB3

2nd C/O
250 and 400 A

630 A

1250 A

50…400 A

630…1250 A

T1 and T2

T3

T4

-

-

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

3

4

GS1-AF43

GS1-AF44

GS1-AF63

GS1-AF64

GS1-AF73

GS1-AF74

GS1-AF

GS1-AF

GS1-AFF

GS1-AFF

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/25

TeSys

Thermal overload relays

model d

0.1…140 A

Thermal overload relays, model d
adjustable from 0.1 to 140 A
Compensated relays with manual or automatic reset, with relay trip indicator, for a.c. or d.c.
Relay setting range

Fuses to be used with selected relay
aM

Class 10 A

5

Class 20 A

gG

With contactor

Reference

BS88

0.10…0.16 A

0.25 A

2A

-

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-01

0.16…0.25 A

0.5 A

2A

-

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-02

0.25…0.40A

1A

2A

-

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-03

0.40…0.63 A

1A

1.6 A

-

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-04

0.63…1 A

2A

4A

-

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-05

1…1.7 A

2A

4A

6A

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-06

1.6…2.5 A

4A

6A

10 A

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-07

2.5…4 A

6A

10 A

16 A

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-08

4…6 A

8A

16 A

16 A

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-10

5.5…8 A

12 A

20 A

20 A

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-12

7…10 A

12 A

20 A

20 A

LC1-D09…D38

LRD-14

9…13 A

16 A

25 A

25 A

LC1-D12…D38

LRD-16

12…18 A

20 A

35 A

32 A

LC1-D18…D38

LRD-21

16…24 A

25 A

50 A

50 A

LC1-D25…D38

LRD-22

23…32 A

40 A

63 A

63 A

LC1-D25…D38

LRD-32

30…38 A

50 A

80 A

80 A

LC1-D32 and D38

LRD-35

17…25 A

25 A

50 A

50 A

LC1-D40…D95

LRD-3322

23…32 A

40 A

63 A

63 A

LC1-D40…D95

LRD-3353

30…40 A

40 A

100 A

80 A

LC1-D40…D95

LRD-3355

37…50 A

63 A

100 A

100 A

LC1-D40…D95

LRD-3357

48…65 A

63 A

100 A

100 A

LC1-D50…D95

LRD-3359

55…70 A

80 A

125 A

125 A

LC1-D50…D95

LRD-3361

63…80 A

80 A

125 A

125 A

LC1-D65 and D95

LRD-3363

80…104 A

100 A

160 A

160 A

LC1-D80 and D95

LRD-3365

80…104 A

125 A

200 A

160 A

LC1-D115 and D150 LRD-4365

95…120 A

125 A

200 A

200 A

LC1-D115 and D150 LRD-4367

110…140 A

160 A

250 A

200 A

LC1-D150

LRD-4369

80…104 A

100 A

160 A

160 A

(1)

LRD-33656

95…120 A

125 A

200 A

200 A

(1)

LRD-33676

110…140 A

160 A

250 A

200 A

(1)

LRD-33696

6A

10 A

16 A

LC1-D09…D32

LRD-1508

4…6 A

8A

16 A

16 A

LC1-D09…D32

LRD-1510

5.5…8 A

12 A

20 A

20 A

LC1-D09…D32

LRD-1512

7…10 A

16 A

20 A

25 A

LC1-D09…D32

LRD-1514

9…13 A

16 A

25 A

25 A

LC1-D12…D32

LRD-1516

12…18 A

25 A

35 A

40 A

LC1-D18…D32

LRD-1521

17…25 A

32 A

50 A

50 A

LC1-D25 and D32

LRD-1522

23…28 A

40 A

63 A

63 A

LC1-D25 and D32

LRD-1530

25…32 A

40 A

63 A

63 A

LC1-D25 and D32

LRD-1532

17…25 A

32 A

50 A

50 A

LC1-D40…D95

LR2-D3522

23…32 A

40 A

63 A

63 A

LC1-D40…D95

LR2-D3553

30…40 A

50 A

100 A

80 A

LC1-D40…D95

LR2-D3555

37…50 A

63 A

100 A

100 A

LC1-D50…D95

LR2-D3557

48…65 A

80 A

125 A

100 A

LC1-D50…D95

LR2-D3559

55…70 A

100 A

125 A

125 A

LC1-D65…D95

LR2-D3561

63…80 A

100 A

160 A

125 A

LC1-D80 and D95

LR2-D3563

(1) Independent mounting
Screw clamp terminal connections or connectors. For spring terminal connections on LRD-01 to LRD-22, add 3 to the end of the reference. Example: LRD-01 becomes LRD-013.
For lug-clamp connections, add 6 to the end of the reference. Example: LRD-01 becomes LRD-016.
For thermal overload relays for use with class 10 A unbalanced loads, with connection by screw clamp terminals, change the prefix in the references above from LRD (except
LRD-4•••) to LR3-D. Example LRD-01 becomes LR3-D01.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/26

TeSys

Thermal overload relays

model k

0.11…11.5 A

Thermal overload relays, model k
adjustable from 0.11 to 12 A
Connection by screw clamp terminals, direct mounting on contactors LC1-K, manual or automatic reset
Relay setting range

Fuses to be used with selected relay

Class 10 A

aM

gG

Reference

0.11…0.16 A

0.25 A

0.5 A

-

LR2-K0301

0.16…0.23 A

0.25 A

0.5 A

-

LR2-K0302

0.23…0.36 A

0.5 A

1A

-

LR2-K0303

0.36…0.54 A

1A

1.6 A

-

LR2-K0304

0.54…0.8 A

1A

2A

-

LR2-K0305

0.8…1.2 A

2A

4A

6A

LR2-K0306

1.2…1.8 A

2A

6A

6A

LR2-K0307

1.8…2.6 A

2A

6A

10 A

LR2-K0308

2.6…3.7 A

4A

10 A

16 A

LR2-K0310

3.7…5.5 A

6A

16 A

16 A

LR2-K0312

5.5…8 A

8A

20 A

20 A

LR2-K0314

8…11.5 A

10 A

25 A

20 A

LR2-K0316

BS88

5

Thermal overload relays for use on class 10 A unbalanced loads: for above references LR2-K0305 to LR2-K0316 only, replace the prefix LR2 with LR7.
Example LR7-K0310.

Accessories
Prewiring kit
Allowing direct connection of the N/C contact

For use on

of relay LRD-01…35 or LR3-D01… D35 to the contactor

LC1-D09…D18

LAD-7C1

LC1-D25…D38

LAD-7C2

For clip-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rail (AM1-DP200)

LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35

LAD-7B10

or screw fixing

LRD-3•••, LR3-D3•••, LRD-35••

LA7-D3064 (2)

For independent mounting of the relay

LR2-K••••

LA7-K0064

LRD-3•••, LR3-D3•••, LRD-35••

LA7-D3058

LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35

LAD-703• (4)

All relays except LRD-01…35 and LR3-D01…D35

LA7-D03• (4)

Terminal blocks (1)

Terminal block adapter
For mounting a relay beneath an LC1-D115 or D150 contactor
Stop or electrical reset
Remote (3)
Tripping or electrical reset device
Remote (3)

(1) Terminal blocks are supplied with terminals protected against direct finger contact and screws in the open “ready-to-tighten” position.
(2) To order a terminal block for connection by lug-clamps, the reference becomes LA7-D30646.
(3) The time for which the coil of remote tripping or electrical resetting device LA7-D03 or LAD-703 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse duration with 9 s rest
time; maximum pulse duration of 20 s with a rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time 200 ms.
(4) Reference to be completed by adding the code indicating the control circuit voltage.

Standard control circuit voltages
c supply
Volts

12

24

48

96

110

220/230

380/400

415/440

50/60 Hz. Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 VA

-

B

E

-

F

M

Q

N

J

B

E

DD

F

M

-

-

a supply
Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 W

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/27

TeSys

Electronic thermal overload relays

model LR9

60…630 A

For use with contactor

LC1-D

LC1-F

Motor current

60…150 A

30…630 A

Basic reference, to be completed

LR9-D

LR9-F

5

Relay setting range

Fuse to be used with selected relay For mounting

Compensated and differential

beneath contactor LC1aM

gG

60…100

100

160

90…150

160

250

30…50

50

48…80

or not with alarm
Class 10

Class 20

Class 10 or 20

D115 and D150

LR9-D5367

LR9-D5567

D115 and D150

LR9-D5369

LR9-F5569

80

F115…F185

LR9-F5357

LR9-F5557

LR9-F57

80

125

F115…F185

LR9-F5363

LR9-F5563

LR9-F63

60…100

100

200

F115…F185

LR9-F5367

LR9-F5567

LR9-F67

90…150

160

250

F115…F185

LR9-F5369

LR9-F5569

LR9-F69

132…220

250

315

F185…F400

LR9-F5371

LR9-F5571

LR9-F71

200…330

400

500

F225…F500

LR9-F7375

LR9-F7575

LR9-F75

300…500

500

800

F225…F500

LR9-F7379

LR9-F7579

LR9-F79

380…630

630

800

F400…F630 and F800

LR9-F7381

LR9-F7581

LR9-F81

Accessories
Remote control
Function

Reset

Electrical reset (1)

LA7-D03• (2)

Reset by flexible cable (length 0.5 m)

LA7-D305

Adapter for door interlock mechanism

Stop and/or Reset

LA7-D1020

Operating head for pushbutton
Spring return

ZA2-BL639

ZA2-BL432

Rod with snap-off end
Adjustable from 17 to 120 mm

ZA2-BZ13

Insulated terminal blocks
For relays LR9-F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69, F57, F63, F67 and F69

Set of 2 blocks
LA9-F103

(1) The time for which the coil of remote electrical reset device LA7-D03 can remain energised depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse duration with 30 s
rest time; 10 s pulse duration with 90 s rest time: maximum pulse duration 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time: 200 ms.
(2) Reference to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, see page 5/27

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/28

TeSys

Electronic over current relays

model LR/LT

0,3…38 A

Relay type

Electronic over current relays
model LR97D

Relay setting range

0,3…1,5 A

For use with contactor

LC1D09…D38

References

1,2…7 A

5…25 A

20…38 A
LC1D25…D38

200… 240 VAC

LR97D015M7

LR97D07M7

LR97D025M7

LR97D038M7

100… 120 VAC

LR97D015F7

LR97D07F7

LR97D025F7

LR97D038F7

24 VAC/DC

LR97D015B

LR97D07B

LR97D025B

LR97D038B

48 VAC/DC

LR97D015E

LR97D07E

LR97D025E

LR97D038E

0,5…60 A

5
Relay type

Electronic over current relays
model LT47 with manual reset

Relay setting range
References

0,5…6 A

3…30 A

5…60 A

200… 240 VAC

LT4706M7S

LT47D30M7S

LT4760M7S

100… 120 VAC

LT47D06F7S

LT47D30F7S

LT4760F7S

24 VAC/DC

LT47D06BS

LT47D30BS

LT4760BS

48 VAC/DC

LT47D06ES

LT47D30ES

LT4760ES

Relay type

Electronic over current relays
model LT47 with automatic reset

Relay setting range
References

0,5…6 A

3…30 A

200… 240 VAC

LT4706M7A

LT47D30M7A

5…60 A
LT4760M7A

100… 120 VAC

LT47D06F7A

LT47D30F7A

LT4760F7A

24 VAC/DC

LT47D06BA

LT47D30BA

LT4760BA

48 VAC/DC

LT47D06EA

LT47D30EA

LT4760EA

Accessories : please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/29

TeSys

Electronic protection relays for use
with PTC thermistor probes

models LT3, LT6

0…800 A

For use with contactor

LC1-D or LC1-F

LC1-D or LC1-F

Motor current

No limit

1…5 A

Basic reference, to be completed

LT3-S

LT6-P0M0•5FM

3-pole multifunction protection relays

5

Operational current

A

0.2…1. 1…5

5…25

LT6-P0M005FM

LT6-P0M025FM

Protection units with automatic reset with thermistor short-circuit detection
■ without fault memory

Connection
c 50/60 Hz

by cage connectors

a

Voltage

Output contact

Reference

115 V

N/C

LT3-SE00F

230 V

N/C

LT3-SE00M

24 V

N/C

LT3-SE00F

On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator
c 50/60 Hz

115/230 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SA00M

a

24/48 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SA00ED

c 50/60 Hz or a

24…230 V

2 C/O

LT3-SA00MW

■ with fault memory

On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator, Test and Reset button
c 50/60 Hz

400 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SM00V

24/48 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SM00E

115/230 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SM00M

a

24/48 V

N/C + N/O

LT3-SM00ED

c 50/60 Hz or a

24…230 V

2 C/O

LT3-SM00MW

Accessories
PTC thermistor probes for LT3 and LT6 relays
Normal operating temperature (NOT)

90 °C

Integrated triple probes

DA1-TT090 DA1-TT110 DA1-TT120 DA1-TT130 DA1-TT140 DA1-TT150 DA1-TT160 DA1-TT170
60 °C

Normal operating temperature (NOT)
Surface probes

110 °C

120 °C

130 °C

70 °C

140 °C

80 °C

90 °C

150 °C

160 °C

170 °C

100 °C

DA1-TS060 DA1-TS070 DA1-TS080 DA1-TS090 DA1-TS100

Configuration software for LT6 relays
Languages: English, French, German, Italian, Spanish

Kit (1)

For use with all relay sizes

LA9-P621

LA9-P620

Diskette

Current transformers for LT6 relays
Operational current

primary

100 A

400 A

800 A

secondary

1A

1A

1A

LT6-CT1001

LT6-CT4001

LT6-CT8001

(1) Comprising 2 x 3” 1/2 diskettes, 1 x 2 m connection cable with 2 SUB-D 9-pin connectors (female-female)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/30

LT3

LT6

Vario

Protection components 12…175 A

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

Switch disconnectors

Type

Mini-Vario for standard applications
Mounting door

Backplate mounting in enclosure

Colour handle / Front plate

Red / Yellow

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm

Ø 22.5 mm

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

690 V

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

Thermal current in open air (Ith)

Black / Black

Red / Yellow

690 V

12 A

VCDN12

VBDN12

VCCDN12

20 A

VCDN20

VBDN20

VCCDN20

5

Type

Vario for high performance applications
Mounting door

Backplate mounting in enclosure

Colour handle / Front plate

Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow Black / Black Red / Yellow

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

90 x 90

60 x 60

Fixing

Ø 22,5 mm

4 screws

4 screws

Ø 22,5 mm 4 screws

4 screws

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

Rated operational voltage (Ue)
Thermal current in open air (Ith)

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

12 A

VCD02

VBD02

VCF02

VBF02

–

VCCD02

VCCF02

–

20 A

VCD01

VBD01

VCF01

VBF01

–

VCCD01

VCCF01

–

25 A

VCD0

VBD0

VCF0

VBF0

–

VCCD0

VCCF0

–

32 A

VCD1

VBD1

VCF1

VBF1

–

VCCD1

VCCF1

–

40 A

VCD2

VBD2

VCF2

VBF2

–

VCCD2

VCCF2

–

63 A

–

–

VCF3

VBF3

–

–

VCCF3

–

80 A

–

–

VCF4

VBF4

–

–

VCCF4

–

125 A

–

–

–

–

VCF5

–

–

VCCF5

175 A

–

–

–

–

VCF6

–

–

VCCF6

Add-on modules

690 V

90 x 90

For mini-Vario

For Vario

Main pole modules
Rating

12 A

20 A

12 A

20 A

25 A

32 A

40 A

63 A

80 A

References

VZN12

VZN20

VZ02

VZ01

VZ0

VZ1

VZ2

VZ3

VZ4

Neutral pole module with early make and late break contacts
Rating

12…20 A

12…40 A

63 and 80 A

125 and 175 A

References

VZN11

VZ11

VZ12

VZ13

VZN14

VZ14

VZ15

VZ16

Earthing module
References
Auxiliary contact block modules
Contact types

N/O

N/C

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/O

References

VZN05

VZN06

VZ7

VZ20

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/31

TeSys

Combination motor starters

models GV2, LC

0.06…15 kW

D.O.L. starters
Level of service

Coordination:

Power at 400 V

Up to:

with circuit-breaker

with fuse protection

Type 1

Type 2

5.5 kW

Type of components
Basic reference, to be completed

15 kW

37 kW

Combination automatic motor starter with overload protection

Fuse carrier +

incorporated in the circuit-breaker

plate-mounted contactor

GV2-ME

GV2-DM

GV2-DP

LC4-D

5

Starters GV2-ME
Non-reversing

Reversing

Standard power ratings

Setting

Fixed

For customer assembly

of 3-phase motors

range of

magnetic

Motor

50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW)

thermal trips

tripping current

circuit-breaker

1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

LC1-K06

GV2-ME06K1••

GV2-ME06K2••

1.6…2.5

33.5

GV2-ME07

LC1-K06

GV2-ME07K1••

GV2-ME07K2••

2.5…4

51

GV2-ME08

LC1-K06

GV2-ME08K1••

GV2-ME08K2••

4…6.3

78

GV2-ME10

LC1-K06

GV2-ME10K1••

GV2-ME10K2••

6…10

138

GV2-ME14

LC1-K09

GV2-ME14K1••

GV2-ME14K2••

9…14

170

GV2-ME16

LC1-K12

GV2-ME16K1••

GV2-ME16K2••

400/415 V

440 V

500 V

0.37

0.37

0.37

0.55

0.55

0.55

-

-

0.75

0.75

0.75

-

-

1.1

1.1

1.1

-

1.5

1.5

1.5

2.2

2.2

2.2

-

-

-

3

3

-

4

4

4

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

Factory assembled

Contactor

Basic reference, to be completed with
code indicating control circuit voltage

13 Irth

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Volts

24

110

220/230

230

230/240

c 50…400 Hz

B7

F7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

BW3

-

-

-

-

-

a

(1)

380/400

(1) Low consumption coil (1.5 W), wide range (0.7…1.3 Uc) and with integral suppression device as standard.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/32

D.O.L. starters GV2-DM and GV2-DP
Non-reversing
Standard power ratings

Setting

Fixed

For customer assembly

of 3-phase motors

range of

magnetic

Motor

50/60 Hz in category AC-3 (kW)

thermal trips

tripping current

circuit-breaker

400/415 V

440 V

500 V

0.06

0.06

-

0.09

0.09

-

-

0.12

-

0.12

-

-

0.18

0.18

-

0.25

0.25

-

0.37

0.37

-

-

-

0.37

0.55

0.55

0.55

-

-

0.75

0.75

0.75

-

-

1.1

1.1

1.1

-

1.5

1.5

1.5

2.2

2.2

2.2

-

-

3

3

3

-

4

4

4

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

Reversing

Factory assembled

Contactor

Basic reference, to be completed with
code indicating control circuit voltage

13 Irth
0.16…0.25

2.4

GV2-ME02

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM102••

GV2-P02

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP102••

GV2-DM202••
GV2-DP202••

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM103••

GV2-DM203••

0.25…0.40

5

GV2-ME03
GV2-P03

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP103••

GV2-DP203••

0.40…0.63

8

GV2-ME04

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM104••

GV2-DM204••

GV2-P04

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP104••

GV2-DP204••

0.63…1

13

GV2-ME05

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM105••

GV2-DM205••

GV2-P05

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP105••

GV2-DP205••

1…1.6

22.5

GV2-ME06

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM106••

GV2-DM206••

GV2-P06

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP106••

GV2-DP206••
GV2-DM207••

1.6…2.5

33.5

GV2-ME07

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM107••

GV2-P07

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP107••

GV2-DP207••

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM108••

GV2-DM208••

2.5…4

51

GV2-ME08
GV2-P08

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP108••

GV2-DP208••

4…6.3

78

GV2-ME10

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM110••

GV2-DM210••

GV2-P10

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP110••

GV2-DP210••

LC1-D09••

GV2-DM114••

GV2-DM214••

6…10

138

GV2-ME14
GV2-P14

LC1-D09••

GV2-DP114••

GV2-DP214••

9…14

170

GV2-ME16

LC1-D12••

GV2-DM116••

GV2-DM216••

-

7.5

9

GV2-P16

LC1-D25••

GV2-DP116••

GV2-DP216••

7.5

9

-

13…18

223

GV2-ME20

LC1-D18••

GV2-DM120••

GV2-DM220••

GV2-P20

LC1-D25••

GV2-DP120••

GV2-DP220••

9

11

11

17…23

327

GV2-ME21

LC1-D25••

GV2-DM121••

GV2-DM221••

GV2-P21

LC1-D25••

GV2-DP121••

GV2-DP221••

11

-

15

20…25

327

GV2-ME22

LC1-D25••

GV2-DM122••

GV2-DM222••

GV2-P22

LC1-D25••

GV2-DP122••

GV2-DP222••

15

15

18.5

24…32

416

GV2-ME32

LC1-D32••

GV2-DM132••

GV2-DM232••

GV2-P32

LC1-D32••

GV2-DP132••

GV2-DP232•

5

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Volts

24

220

c 50…400 Hz

B7

M7

P7

BD

-

-

a

(1)

230

(1) Low consumption coil (1.5 W), wide range (0.7…1.3 Uc) with integral suppression device as standard.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/33

TeSys

Starter-controller

model U

0…32 A

Power base
■ Non reversing

for D.O.L. starter

■ Reversing

Connection by screw clamp terminals
Rated operational voltage

≤ 440 V

≤ 500 V

≤ 690 V

≤ 440 V

≤ 500 V

≤ 690 V

Power

12 A

12 A

9A

12 A

12 A

9A

23 A

21 A

LUB-12
Power

32 A

LU2B-12••
23 A

21 A

32 A

LUB-32

LU2B-32••

5
Add-on blocks
Contact blocks
Signalling

Contact

■ status of starter-controller power poles

N/O (53-54)

■ fault

N/C (95-96)

■ control handle in position O

N/C (95-96)
N/O (17-18)

1

1

N/O (97-98)
N/O (17-18)

Connection

Item

1

■ screw clamp terminals

1+2

LUA1-D11

LUA1-C11

1

1
LUA1-C20

■ without connections

1

LUA1-D110

LUA1-C110

LUA1-C200

1

Auxiliary contact blocks

■ screw clamp terminals

3

N/O

N/C

N/O

N/C

N/O

N/C

2

-

1

1

-

2

LUF-N20

LUF-N11

LUF-N02

Modules
■ parallel wiring

LUF-C00

■ alarm

LUF-W10

■ communication

As-i

Modbus

ASILUF-C5

LUL-C033

■ indication of motor load

4…20 mA
LUF-V2

■ fault differentiation and reset

manual reset

automatic reset

LUF-DH11

LUF-DA10

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/34

Control units
■ standard

Class 10

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in AC-3

Setting range

Clip-in mounting

400/415 V

500 V

690 V

0.09

-

-

0.15…0.6

on power base
12 and 32

0.25

-

-

0.35…1.4

12 and 32

LUCA-1X••

1.5

2.2

3

1.25…5

12 and 32

LUCA-05••

LUCA-X6••

5.5

5.5

9

3…12

12 and 32

LUCA-12••

7.5

9

15

4.5…18

32

LUCA-18••

15

15

18.5

8…32

32

LUCA-32••

■ advanced

Class 10

For motor type

■ 3-phase

■ single-phase

3-phase

LUCB-X6••

LUCC-X6••

LUCD-X6••
LUCD-1X••

0.09

-

-

0.15…0.6

12 and 32

Class 20

0.25

-

-

0.35…1.4

12 and 32

LUCB-1X••

LUCC-1X••

1.5

2.2

3

1.25…5

12 and 32

LUCB-05••

LUCC-05••

LUCD-05••

5.5

5.5

9

3…12

12 and 32

LUCB-12••

LUCC-12••

LUCD-12••

7.5

9

15

4.5…18

32

LUCB-18••

LUCC-18••

LUCD-18••

15

15

18.5

8…32

32

LUCB-32••

LUCC-32••

LUCD-32••

0.09

-

-

0.15…0.6

12 and 32

0.25

-

-

0.35…1.4

12 and 32

LUCM-1XBL

1.5

2.2

3

1.25…5

12 and 32

LUCM-05BL

■ multifunction

5

Class 5 to 35
LUCM-X6BL

5.5

5.5

9

3…12

12 and 32

LUCM-12BL

7.5

9

15

4.5…18

32

LUCM-18BL

15

15

18.5

8…32

32

LUCM-32BL

Basic reference, to be completed by adding the voltage code

(1)

Parameter entry, monitoring of
parameter values and
consultation of logs are carried
out:

 either on the front panel, using

the built-in display window/
keypad,

 or via an operator terminal,

 or via a PC or a PDA with

PowerSuite software,

 or remotely, via a Modbus

communication bus.
Programming of the product via
the keypad requires a a 24 V
auxiliary power supply.

Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office)
Volts

24

48…72

110…240

a

BL

-

-

c

B

-

-

a or c

-

ES (1)

FU (2)

(1) a: 48…72 V, c: 48 V. (2) a: 110…220 V, c: 110…240 V.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/35

TeSys

Controller

model U

0…800 A

Above 32 A, the model U controller provides a motor starter management solution identical to that
provided by TeSys model U starter-controller.
Used in conjunction with a short-circuit protection device and a contactor, it provides a motor starter
whose functions are the same as those of a TeSys model U starter-controller and, in particular, provides
motor starter overload protection and control functions.
It consists of a control unit whose adjustment range is compatible with the secondary of current transformers, plus a control base which also allows fitment of a function module or a communication module.
It requires a a 24 V external power supply.

Control bases

For use with contactors

Current transformers (auxiliary supply voltage 24 VDC)

5

Connection

screw

Control

screw

LUT-M10BL TeSys model d
LUT-M20BL TeSys model F

Control units
For 3-phase motors
Setting range
■ advanced
■ multifunction

Class 10

Class 20

Class 5 to 30

LUCB-T1BL

LUCD-T1BL

0.35…1.05
LUCM-T1BL

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/36

Accessories
Module
■ alarm

LUF-W10

■ communication

5

Modbus
LUL-C033

■ indication of motor load

4…20 mA
LUF-V2

Current transformers
Operational current
■ primary
■ secondary

1

30

50

100

200

400

800

LUT-C0301

LUT-C0501

LUT-C1001

LUT-C2001

LUT-C4001

LUT-C8001

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/37

TeSys

Enclosed motor starters
0.06…132 kW

Starters
■

D.O.L.

■ standard

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors in category AC3 400/415 V

4…37 kW

0.06…45 kW

0.55…30 kW

0.37…5.5 kW

0.25…45 kW

Starters

manual

●

●

●

-

-

auto

-

-

-

●

●

switch-disconnector-fuse

●

-

-

-

-

circuit-breaker

-

●

●

●

-

fuse carrier

-

-

-

-

-

short-circuit

-

●

●

●

-

overload

-

●

●

●

●

-

-

-

-

-

V•F

GV2-ME

GV2-LC

LE1-GVME

VCFN

GV3-CE

GV-NGC

Isolating device

Protection
Communication
Basic reference

Non reversing

LE1-M
LE1-D

V•FX

5

Reversing

LE2-K
LE2-D

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/38

■
■ safety applications

2 stage

■ AS-i bus

standard star-delta

2.2…45 kW

0.06…11 kW

0.06…9 kW

0.06…9 kW

0.06…5.5 kW

5.5…132 kW

7.5…75 kW

-

●

-

-

-

-

-

●

-

●

●

●

●

●

-

-

●

-

-

-

-

-

●

●

●

●

-

-

●

-

-

-

-

-

●

●

●

●

●

●

-

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

-

-

-

-

●

-

-

LE4-K

GV2-ME

LG1-K

LG7-K

LF1-M

LE3-K

LE6-D

LG1-D

LG7-D

LF1-P

LE3-D

LE3-D

LE3-F

LE4-D

LJ7-K

LF7-P

LE8-K

LG8-K

LF2-M

LE8-D

LJ8-K

LE2-D

5

LF2-P
LF8-P

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/39

Quickfit

Installation system
9…25 A

Tego Power is a modular system which standardises and simplifies the implementation of motor star ters
with its prewired control and power circuits.
Installation of a motor starter is therefore quick, simple, safe and flexible, with no wires needed for
connection. In addition, this system enables the motor starter to be customised at a later date, reduces
maintenance time and optimises panel space by reducing the number of terminals and intermediate
interfaces and the amount of ducting.
Quickfit technology for TeSys motor starter components with spring terminals is designed for use with
model d contactors (9 to 32 A) and with GV2-ME motor circuit-breakers.

Communication modules
■ with terminal block

Number of HE10 connectors

5

-

Type of connection or bus:

screw terminals

APP-1CV

spring terminals

APP-1CE

2

■ with connector

HE10

APP-1CH

AS-Interface

APP-1CA32

Fipio

APP-1CFI0

APP-1CFI2

INTERBUS

APP-1CIB0

APP-1CIB2

■ via bus

INTERBUS optical

APP-1CIB5

Profibus DP

APP-1CPF0

APP-1CPF2

CANopen

APP-1CCO0

APP-1CCO2

DeviceNet

APP-1CDN0

APP-1CDN2

System using Quickfit technology, for TeSys motor starters with spring terminals.
1

3

6

The motor starters concerned are those formed by combining:
- GV2-ME circuit-breakers,
- with 9 to 25 A model d contactors (LC1).
Consisting of simple parts, Tego Power with Quickfit technology can be used to build motor starter
assemblies up to 11.5 kW/400 V.
The main components which make up this range are:
■ For the power circuit
 a power kit comprising, for each starter, a plate 1 for mounting the contactor and the circuit-breaker
5

and two power connection modules 2,

4

 a power splitter box 5 for 2 or 4 starters,
2

 an upstream terminal block 6 for a power supply up to 63 A (16 mm ),
2

 a downstream terminal block 7 for connection of the motor power supply cables and of the protection
2

or earth cables (6 mm ).
■ For the control circuit
2

 a control splitter box 3 for 2 or 4 starters, with control-command data on HE10 connector. The data on
4 or 8 starters can be fed back directly to the PLC via an 8I/8O or 16I/8O Advantys Telefast ABE7 cable,
or to a fieldbus module (AS-Interface, Fipio, CANopen, DeviceNet, INTERBUS, Profibus),

7

 a control circuit connection module 4 which plugs directly into the contactor and the circuit-breaker on
each starter. This module concentrates the motor starter control-command data. It incorporates the
circuit-breaker status data in the prewiring of the contactor control circuit.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/40

Basic components
Assembly and power connection kit comprising:
■ 1 mounting plate LAD-311 for GV2-ME
■ 2 power connection modules LAD-341

LAD-352

Reversing kit:
■ 1 busbar set and 1 mechanical interlock

(5)

Upstream terminal blocks
Application

Max. connection c.s.a.

Power supply to 1 or 2 power splitter boxes
or a power control splitter box

16 mm2 (6)

LAD-3B

6 mm2

LAD-331

Downstream terminal blocks
Connection of motor cables

5

Prewired power connections
(control connection factory wired)
Type of control-command

No. of I/O per starter

Extension by

No. of starters

-

LAD-32•

2

connection on control system side
Power splitter box, 60 A
Power (60 A) and control
splitter box

Control connection module

1 x HE 10 8I/8O

1I/1O (1)

APP 2R•E
up to 8 starters

1 x HE 10 16I and 1 x HE 10 8O

2I/10 (1)

Via module APP-1C••• (2)

-

Model d coil voltage

Type of coil control relay

c 12…240 V or a 24…125 V

Electromechanical
Without relay

LAD-324

4

APP-2R4H1

4

APP-2R4H2

2

APP-2R2E

4

APP-2R4E

Type of starter

(3)

(incorporating contact block GV-AE20)
a 24 V

LAD-322

4

(4)

D.O.L.

APP-2D1

Reversing

APP-2D2

D.O.L.

APP-2D1D

Reversing

APP-2D2D

Spare or replacement parts
Type of control-command

No. of I/O per starter

No. of starters

connection on control system side
Plate for mounting a
GV2-M circuit-breaker

-

-

1

LAD-311

Power connection module

-

-

1

LAD-341

Control-command

1 x HE 10 8I/8O

1I/1O

4

APP-2R4H3

splitter boxes

1 x HE 10 16I and 1 x HE 10 8O

2I/1O

4

APP-2R4H4

(single, for mounting on

Via module APP-1C••• (2)

-

2

APP-2R2C

a power splitter box)
Replacement electromechanical relay

-

4

APP-2R4C

1

ABR-7S23

(for control connection module)
(1) Cables with 20-way Advantys Telefast ABE7 HE 10 connector. (2) Connection to an APP-1C••• module via adapter APP-2CX. (3) Relay supplied mounted in the front
panel of the control connection. (4) The use of model d low consumption contactors is recommended.
(5) The following are needed to build a model d reversing starter: 2 contactors LC1 D, 2 mounting plates LAD-311, 1 mechanical interlock LAD-9V2, 1 upstream power
connection kit and 1 downstream connection kit: - upstream power connection kit LAD-9V10: installed in the Quickfit system with power connection module LAD-341 –
downstream connection kit LAD-9V11: installed in the Quickfit system with outgoing terminal block LAD-331 (if LAD-331 is not used, replace LAD-9V11 with LAD-9V13).
2

(6) Cables with one end pre-crimped are available to allow fast connection. References: 1 set of 3 x 6 mm cables (length 1 m LAD-3B061, length 2 m LAD-3B062 and
2

2

length 3 m LAD-3B063), 1 set of 3 x 10 mm cables (length 1 m LAD-3B101, length 2 m LAD-3B102 and length 3 m LAD-3B103), 1 set of 3 x 16 mm cables (length 1 m
LAD-3B161, length 2 m LAD-3B162 and length 3 m LAD-3B163.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/41

Components

Lighting applications (AC5)

Sodium vapour lamps
■ low pressure

Non corrected

5

With parallel compensation

P (W)

3-

55

90

135

150

180

200

35

55

90

135

150

180

200

IB (A)

1.2

1.6

2.4

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

0.3

0.4

0.6

0.9

1

1.2

1.3

C (µF)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

17

17

25

36

36

36

36

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

6

5

3

2

2

2

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

K09

accordint to P (W), per contactor

10

7

5

3

3

3

3

40

30

-

-

-

-

-

D09, D12

12

9

6

4

4

4

4

50

37

25

-

-

-

-

D18

15

11

7

6

5

5

5

63

47

31

21

19

15

14

D25

21

16

10

8

8

7

7

86

65

43

28

26

21

20

D32, D38

27

20

13

10

10

10

9

110

82

55

36

33

27

25

D40

35

26

17

13

13

12

12

140

105

70

46

42

35

32

D50, D65

50

37

25

19

18

18

17

200

150

100

66

60

50

46

D80, D95

100

75

50

38

36

36

34

400

300

200

132

120

100

92

D115, D150

140

104

70

54

52

50

48

560

420

280

186

168

140

128

F185

152

114

76

58

56

54

54

606

454

302

202

182

152

140

F225

174

130

88

68

66

64

62

700

524

350

232

210

174

162

F265

198

148

98

76

74

72

70

792

594

396

264

238

198

182

F330

250

188

124

96

94

90

88

1002

752

502

334

300

250

252

F400

338

254

168

130

126

122

118

1352

1014

676

450

406

338

312

F500

496

372

248

192

186

180

174

1982

1488

992

660

594

496

458

F600, F800

1000

■ high pressure

P (W)

150

250

400

700

1000

150

250

400

700

IB (A)

1.9

3.2

5

8.8

12.4

0.84

1.4

2.2

3.9

5.5

C (µF)

-

-

-

-

-

20

32

48

96

120

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

4

2

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

K09

accordint to P (W), per contactor

6

3

2

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

D09, D12

7

4

3

1

1

17

-

-

-

-

D18

10

5

3

2

1

22

13

8

-

-

D25

13

8

5

2

2

30

18

11

6

-

D32, D38

17

10

6

3

2

39

23

15

8

6

D40

22

13

8

4

3

50

30

19

10

7

D50, D65

31

18

12

6

4

71

42

27

15

10

D80, D95

62

36

24

12

8

142

84

54

30

20

D115, D150

88

52

34

18

14

200

120

76

42

30

F185

96

56

36

20

16

216

130

82

46

32

F225

110

66

42

24

18

250

150

94

54

38

F265

124

74

48

26

20

282

170

108

60

42

F330

158

94

60

34

24

358

214

136

76

54

F400

214

126

80

46

32

482

290

184

104

74

F500

312

186

118

68

48

708

424

270

152

108

F630, F800

P (W)

250

400

1000

2000

250

400

1000

2000

IB (A)

2.5

3.6

9.5

20

1.4

2

5.3

11.2

C (µF)

-

-

-

-

32

32

64

140

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

3

2

-

-

-

-

-

-

K09

accordint to P (W), per contactor

4

3

1

-

-

-

-

-

D09, D12

6

4

1

-

-

-

-

-

D18

7

5

2

-

13

9

-

-

D25

10

7

2

1

18

13

4

-

D32, D38

13

9

3

1

23

16

6

-

D40

16

11

4

2

30

21

7

-

D50, D65

24

16

6

3

42

30

11

5

D80, D95

48

32

12

6

84

60

22

10

D115, D150

66

46

18

8

120

84

32

14

F185

72

50

20

10

130

90

34

16

F225

84

58

22

12

150

104

40

18

F265

94

66

24

14

170

118

44

20

F330

120

84

32

16

214

150

56

26

F400

162

112

42

20

290

202

76

36

F500

238

164

62

30

424

298

112

52

F630, F800

Metal iodine vapour lamps

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/42

Incandescent and halogen lamps
P (W)

60

75

100

150

200

300

500

750

1000

IB (A)

0.27

0.34

0.45

0.68

0.91

1.40

2.30

3.40

4.60

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

35

28

21

14

10

6

4

2

2

K09

accordint to P (W), per contactor

59

47

35

23

17

11

7

4

3

D09, D12

77

61

46

30

23

15

9

6

4

D18

92

73

55

36

27

18

11

7

5

D25

129

103

77

51

38

25

15

10

7

D32, D38

163

129

97

64

48

31

19

13

9

D40

207

164

124

82

62

40

24

16

12

D50, D65

296

235

177

117

88

57

34

23

17

D80, D95

430

340

256

170

126

82

50

34

24

D115

466

370

280

184

138

90

54

36

26

D150

710

564

426

282

210

136

82

56

40

F185

770

610

462

304

228

148

90

60

44

F225

888

704

532

352

262

170

104

70

52

F265

1006

800

604

400

298

194

118

80

58

F330

1274

1010

764

504

378

244

148

100

74

F400

1718

1364

1030

682

508

330

200

136

100

F500

2328

1850

1396

924

690

448

272

184

136

F600

2776

2204

1666

1102

824

534

326

220

162

F800

Fluorescent lamps with starter
■ single fitting

5

Non-corrected

With parallel correction

P (W)

20

40

65

80

110

20

40

65

80

110

IB (A)

0.39

0.45

0.70

0.80

1.2

0.17

0.26

0.42

0.52

0.72

C (µF)

-

-

-

-

-

5

5

7

7

16

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

24

21

13

12

8

56

36

22

18

-

K09

accordint to P (W), per contactor

41

35

22

20

13

94

61

38

30

22

D09, D12

53

46

30

26

17

123

80

50

40

29

D18

66

57

37

32

21

152

100

61

50

36

D25

89

77

50

43

29

205

134

83

67

48

D32, D38

112

97

62

55

36

258

169

104

84

61

D40

143

124

80

70

46

329

215

133

107

77

D50, D65

205

177

114

100

66

470

367

190

153

111

D80, D95

410

354

228

200

132

940

614

380

306

222

D115, D150

492

426

274

240

160

1128

738

456

368

266

F185

532

462

296

260

172

1224

800

490

400

288

F225

614

532

342

300

200

1412

922

570

462

332

F265

696

604

388

340

226

1600

1046

648

522

378

F330

882

764

490

430

286

2024

1322

818

662

478

F400

1190

1030

662

580

386

2728

1724

1104

892

644

F500

1612

1398

698

786

524

3700

2418

1498

1210

874

F630, F800

2x40

2x65

2x80

2x110

2x20

2x40

2x65

2x80

2x110

■ twin fitting

P (W)

2x20

IB (A)

2x0.22 2x0.41 2x0.67 2x0.82 2x1.1

2x0.13 2x0.24 2x0.39 2x0.48 2x0.65

LC1-

Max. number of lamps

2x21

2x36

accordint to P (W), per contactor

2x11

2x7

2x5

2x4

2x20

2x12

2x10

2x7

K09

2x36

2x18

2x10

2x8

2x6

2x60

2x32

2x20

2x16

2x12

D09, D12

2x46

2x24

2x14

2x12

2x8

2x80

2x42

2x26

2x20

2x16

D18

2x58

2x30

2x18

2x14

2x10

2x100

2x54

2x32

2x26

2x20

D25

2x78

2x42

2x26

2x20

2x14

2x134

2x72

2x44

2x36

2x26

D32, D38

2x100

2x52

2x32

2x26

2x18

2x168

2x90

2x56

2x44

2x32

D40

2x126

2x68

2x40

2x34

2x24

2x214

2x116

2x70

2x58

2x42

D50, D65
D80, D95

2x180

2x96

2x58

2x48

2x36

2x306

2x166

2x102

2x82

2x60

2x360

2x194

2x118

2x96

2x72

2x614

2x332

2x204

2x166

2x122

D115, D150

2x436

2x234

2x142

2x116

2x86

2x738

2x400

2x246

2x200

2x148

F185

2x472

2x254

2x154

2x126

2x94

2x800

2x432

2x266

2x216

2x160

F225

2x544

2x292

2x178

2x146

2x108

2x922

2x500

2x308

2x250

2x184

F265

2x618

2x332

2x202

2x166

2x124

2x1046 2x566

2x348

2x282

2x208

F330

2x782

2x420

2x256

2x210

2x156

2x1322 2x716

2x440

2x358

2x264

F400

2x1054 2x566

2x346

2x282

2x210

2x1784 2x966

2x594

2x482

2x356

F500

2x1430 2x766

2x468

2x384

2x286

2x2418 2x1310 2x806

2x654

2x484

F630, F800

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/43

Components

Capacitor switching
0…1000 kVAR

On-load capacitor switching
for bar-mounted contactors, a.c. control circuit
Without damping resistor
Rated operational voltage (V)

1300

Number of poles

1

2000
3000

current (A)

to be completed

50 Hz

180 Hz

80

60

CE5-FB11•11

160

125

Max. operational

Basic reference,

current (A)

to be completed

50 Hz

180 Hz
60

CE6-FB12•11

CE5-GB11•11

160

125

CE6-GB12•11

240

190

CE6-HB12•11

240x2

190x2

CE6-HB22•11

190

CE5-HB11•11

60x2

CE5-FB21•11

160x2

125x2

CE5-GB21•11

240x2

190x2

CE5-HB21•11

80x3

60x3

CE5-FB31•11

160x3

125x3

CE5-GB31•11

240x3

190x3

CE5-HB31•11

160

125

CE5-GB12•11

280

220

CE5-HB12•11

2 x 2 poles in series

280x2

220x2

CE5-HB22•11

2 poles in series

240

190

CS5-HB12•11

2 x 2 poles in series

240x2

190x2

CS5-HB22•11

3 poles in series

280

220

CS5-HB13•11

2 poles in series

Number of poles

80

240

3

1500

Basic reference,

80x2

2

5

With damping resistor
Max. operational

1 + 1 staggered pole

2 + 2 staggered poles

1 + 2 staggered poles

160

125

CE6-GB13•11

280

220

CE6-HB13•11

1 + 2 staggered poles

240

190

CS6-HB13•11

1 + 3 staggered poles

280

220

CS6-HB14•11

Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Volts

110

125

127

200

220

240

250

380

415

440

500

50 Hz (coil LX1)

F

-

G

L

M

U

-

Q

N

R

S

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/44

Maximum operational power of contactors
■ standard contactors

Operational power at 50/60 Hz
θ ≥ 40 °C

θ ≥ 55 °C

Peak current

Contactor

220 V

400 V

600 V

220 V

400 V

600 V

size

240 V

440 V

690 V

240 V

440 V

690 V

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

A

6

11

15

6

11

15

560

LC1-D09, D12

9

15

20

9

15

20

850

LC1-D18

11

20

25

11

20

25

1600

LC1-D25

14

25

30

14

25

30

1900

LC1-D32, D38

17

30

37

17

30

37

2160

LC1-D40

22

40

50

22

40

50

2160

LC1-D50

22

40

50

22

40

50

3040

LC1-D65

35

60

75

35

60

75

3040

LC1-D80, D95

50

90

125

38

75

80

3100

LC1-D115

60

110

135

40

85

90

3300

LC1-D150

70

125

160

50

100

100

3500

LC1-F185

80

140

190

60

110

110

4000

LC1-F225

90

160

225

75

125

125

5000

LC1-F265

100

190

275

85

140

165

6500

LC1-F330

125

220

300

100

160

200

8000

LC1-F400

180

300

400

125

220

300

10000

LC1-F500

250

400

600

190

350

500

12000

LC1-F630

250

400

600

190

350

500

14200

LC1-F800

200

350

500

180

350

500

25000

LC1-BL

300

550

650

250

500

600

25000

LC1-BM

500

8350

950

400

750

750

25000

LC1-BP

600

1100

1300

500

1000

1000

25000

LC1-BR

220 V

400 V

660 V

240 V

440 V

690 V

kVAR

kVAR

kVAR

N/O

N/C

6.7

12.5

18

1

1

1.2

LC1-DFK11••

-

2

1.2

LC1-DFK02••

1

1

1.7

LC1-DGK11••

-

2

1.7

LC1-DGK02••

1

1

1.9

LC1-DLK11••

-

2

1.9

LC1-DLK02••

1

1

2.5

LC1-DMK11••

-

2

2.5

LC1-DMK02••

■ special contactors

Operational power at 50/60 Hz
θ ≥ 55 °C

8.5
10
15

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts

16.7

30

25

Basic reference,
to be completed

24

20

Tightening torque on cable end

36

N.m

20

33.3

48

1

2

5

LC1-DPK12••

25

40

58

1

2

5

LC1-DTK12••

40

60

92

1

2

9

LC1-DWK12••

Standard control circuit voltages
a supply
Volts

24

42

48

110

115

220

230

240

380

400

415

440

50/60 Hz (coil LX1)

B7

D7

E7

F7

FE7

M7

P7

U7

Q7

V7

N7

R7

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/45

5

Components

Heating applications and changeover
contactor pairs
0…2750 A

Maximum operational current (device in open air)
Contactors

LC1-/LP1- LC1-/LP1- LC1-

■ 3-pole

K09

K12

D09

K09004

K12004

■ 4-pole

LC1DT20

LC2- changeover contactor pairs, factory assembled

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D12

D18

D25

D32

D38

D40

DT25

DT32

DT40

DT20

DT25

DT32

DT40

Operational current in AC-1, in A, ≥ 40° C

A

20

20

25

20

25

32

40

50

50

60

D40004

according to ambient temperature ≥ 60° C

A

20

20

25

20

25

32

40

50

50

60

≥ 70° C
Maximum operational

220/230 V

kW

8

8

9

8

9

11

14

18

18

21

power ≤ 60° C

240 V

kW

8

8

9

8

9

12

15

19

19

23

380/400 V

kW

14

14

15

14

15

20

25

31

31

37

415 V

kW

14

14

17

14

17

21

27

34

34

41

440 V

kW

15

15

18

15

18

23

29

36

36

43

500 V

kW

17

17

20

17

20

23

33

41

41

49

660/690 V

kW

22

22

27

22

27

34

43

54

54

65

5

Increase in operational current
by parallel connection of poles
Apply the following coefficients to the currents or powers above;
these coefficients take into account an often unbalanced distribution
of current between the poles:
■ 2 poles in parallel K = 1.6
■ 3 poles in parallel K = 2.25
■ 4 poles in parallel K = 2.8

Connection accessories for heating applications
Paralleling links for:
■ model k
■ model d

■ model F

Reference
2 poles

with screw clamp terminals

LA9-E01

4 poles

with screw clamp terminals

LA9-E02

2 poles

D09…D38

LA9-D2561

DT20 and DT25 (4P)

LA9-D1261

DT32…DT40 (4P)

LAD-D96061

D40…D65

LA9-D40961

D80

LA9-D80961

3 poles

D09…D38

LAD-9P3 (1)

D80

LA9-D80962

4 poles

DT20…DT25

LA9-D1263

D40…D65

LA9-D40963

D80

LA9-D80963

2 to 2

LC1-F1154

LA9-FF602

LC1-F1504, F1854

LA9-FG602

LC1-F2254, F2654, F3304, F4004

LA9-FH602

LC1-F5004

LA9-FK602

LC1-F6304

LA9-FL602

(1) Link that can be split, allowing parallel connection of 2 poles

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/46

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

LC1-

D50

D65

D80

D115

F185

F225

F265

F330

F400

F500

F630

F780

F800

BL

BM

BP

BR

D65004

D80004

D115004 F1854

F2254

F2654

80

80

125

250

275

315

350

400

500

700

1000

1600

1000

800

1250

2000

2750

80

80

125

200

275

280

300

360

430

580

850

1350

850

700

1100

1750

2400

180

200

250

290

340

500

700

1100

700

600

900

1500

2000

29

29

45

80

90

100

120

145

170

240

350

550

350

300

425

700

1000

31

31

49

83

100

110

125

160

180

255

370

570

370

330

450

800

1100

50

50

78

135

165

175

210

250

300

430

600

950

600

500

800

1200

1600

54

54

85

140

170

185

220

260

310

445

630

1000

630

525

825

1250

1700

58

58

90

150

180

200

230

290

330

370

670

1050

670

550

850

1400

2000

65

65

102

170

200

220

270

320

380

660

750

1200

750

600

900

1500

2100

86

86

135

235

280

300

370

400

530

740

1000

1650

1000

800

1100

1900

2700

5

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/47

Components

Accessories for changeover contactor pairs
0…2750 A

Mounting accessories for changeover contactor pairs
(for customer assembly)
Contactor type

Set of power connections

Mechanical

Contactor type

Set of power connections

interlock

Mechanical
interlock

2 contactors, vertically mounted
■ 4-pole changeover pairs with locking device components

LC1-B

EZ2-LB0601

2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted
■ with electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

LC1-DT20…DT40

LAD-T9R1V (1)

■ mechanical interlock with integral electrical interlocking

LC1-D65004

LA9-D6570

LA9-D4002

LC1-D80004

LA9-D8070

LA9-D4002

LP1-D80004

LA9-D8070

LA9-D8002

LC1-D115004

LA9-D11570

LA9-D11502

LC1-DT40 and DT60

LAD-T9R2 (2)

LC1-D80004

LA9-D8070

■ without electrical interlocking (2)

5

LC1-DT20…DT32

LAD-T9R1 (2)

LC1 or LP1-D65004

LA9-D6570

LA9-D50978

LP1-D80004

LA9-D8070

LA9-D80978

LA9-D50978

2 contactors of identical rating, horizontally mounted
■ 4-pole changeover pairs

LC1-F1154

LA9-FF977

LA9-FF970

LC1-F1504

LA9-F15077

LA9-FF970

LC1-F1854

LA9-FG977

LA9-FG970

LC1-F2254

LA9-F22577

LA9-FG970

LC1-F2654

LA9-FH977

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F3304

LA9-FJ977

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F4004

LA9-FJ977

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F5004

LA9-FK977

LA9-FJ970

LC1-F6304

LA9-FL977

LA9-FL970

■ 3-pole changeover pairs with electrical interlocking

LC1-D115 and D150

LA9-D11571

LA9-D11502

reversers assembled using 2 contactors, vertically mounted
■ 4-pole changeover pairs using contactors of identical rating

■ 3 or 4-pole changeover pairs using contactors of different rating

(3)

At bottom

At top

LC1-F1154 or F1505

(3)

LA9-FF4F

LC1-F115 or F1154

LC1-F185 or F1854

LC1-F1854

(3)

LA9-FG4G

or LC1-F150 or F1504

LC1-F225 or F2254

LA9-FG4F

LC1-F2254

(3)

LA9-FG4G

LC1-F265 or F2654

LA9-FH4F

LC1-F2654 or F3304

(3)

LA9-FH4H

LC1-F300 or F3304

LA9-FH4F

LC1-F4004

(3)

LA9-FJ4J

LC1-F400 or F4004

LA9-FJ4F

LC1-F5004

(3)

LA9-FK4K

LC1-F500 or F5004

LA9-FK4F

LC1-F6304

(3)

LA9-FL4L

LC1-F7804

(4)

LA9-FX971 (4)

LA9-FG4F

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4F

LC1-F185 or F1854

LC1-F265 or F2654

LA9-FH4G

or LC1-F225 or F2254

LC1-F330 or F3304

LA9-FH4G

LC1-F400 or F4004

LA9-FJ4G

LC1-F500 or F5004

LA9-FK4G

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4G

LC1-F265 or F2654

LC1-F400 or F4004

LA9-FJ4H

or LC1-F330 or F3304

LC1-F500 or F5004

LA9-FK4H

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4H

LC1-F500 or F5004

LA9-FK4J

LC1-F400 or F4004
LC1-F500 or F5004

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4J

LC1-F630, F6304 or F800

LA9-FL4K

(1) Including mechanical interlock, (2) Order separately 2 auxiliary contact blocks LAD-N•1 to obtain electrical interlocking between the two contactors, (3) Power connections to
be made by the customer. (4) Double mechanical interlock mechanism with 2 interlock connecting rods and 4 power connecting links.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

5/48

Soft starters and
variable speed drives
For each application, a
solution in soft starting
and variable speed
Altistart/Altivar selection guide ...................... pages 5/50-5/51
Soft starters

Simple machines

b 0.37 to 75 kW
Altistart 01 - pages 5/52-5/53

b 4 to 1200 kW
Altistart 48 - pages 5/54-5/55

Pumping and ventilation
machines

5

Variable speed drives

Simple machines

b 0.18 to 2.2 kW
Altistart 11 - pages 5/56-5/57

Pumping and ventilation
machines

b 0.75 to 315 kW
Altivar 38 - pages 5/60-5/61

Complex, high-power
machines

b 0.37 to 500 kW
Altivar 71 - pages 5/62-5/67

b 0.18 to 15 kW
Altistart 31 - pages 5/58-5/59

Dialogue and communication ........................ pages 5/68-5/71
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/49

Selection guide

Type of machine

Simple machines

Starters/drives

Soft starters and soft
start/soft stop units

Variable speed drives

Altistart 01

Altivar 11

Altivar 31

Single phase 110…480 V

Single phase 100…120 V

Single phase 200…240 V

Three phase 110…690 V

Single phase 200…240 V

Three phase 200…240 V

Three phase 200…230 V

Three phase 380…500 V

5
Supply voltage ranges for 50/60 Hz
line supply

Three phase 525…600 V

Motor power
Drive

Output frequency
Type of control

0.37…75 kW

0.18…2.2 kW

0.18…15 kW

–

0.5…200 Hz

0.5…500 Hz

Asynchronous motor –

Sensorless flux vector control

Synchronous motor –

–

–

150..0.170% of the nominal

170...200% of the nominal

motor torque

motor torque
50

Transient overtorque

–

Functions
Number of functions

1

26

Number of preset speeds

–

4

16

–

1

3

Number of I/O

Communication

Analog inputs
Logic inputs

3

4

6

Analog outputs

–

–

1

Logic outputs

1

1

–

Relay outputs

1

1

2

Integrated

–

–

Modbus and CANopen

Available as an option

Combined with TeSys model U

–

DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP,

starter-controller

Fipio, Profibus DP

Cards (available as an option)

–

Standards and certifications

IEC/EN 60947-4/2

EN 50178, EN 61800-3

EN 50178, EN 61800-3

C-TICK - CSA - UL

EN 55011 - EN 55022

EN 55011 - EN 55022:

CE - CCC

class B and class A gr.1

class A, class B

NOM 117 - C-TICK - CSA

with option

UL - N998 - CE

C-TICK - UL - N998 - CE - CSA

–

–

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/50

Pumping and
ventilation machines

Complex, high-power
machines

Soft start/soft stop units

Variable speed drives

Altistart 48

Altivar 38

Altivar 71

5
Three phase 230…415 V

Three phase 380…460 V

Three phase 208…690 V

Single phase 200…240 V
Three phase 200…240 V
Three phase 380…480 V

4…1200 kW

0.75…315 kW

0.37…500 kW

–

0.1…500 Hz

0.1…1000 Hz

TCS

Sensorless flux vector control

Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/

–

–

Vector control without speed feedback

–

110% of the nominal motor torque for 60 seconds

200% of the nominal motor torque for 2 seconds,

frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

(Torque Control System)

170% for 60 seconds
36

44

–

8

> 150
16

1 PTC probe

2…3

2…4

4

4…6

6…20

1

1…2

1…3

2

0…1

0…8

3

2

2…4

Modbus

Modbus

Modbus and CANopen

DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP,

Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Lonworks,

Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio,

Fipio, Profibus DP

METASYS N2, CANopen, AS-Interface, Profibus DP,

Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, DeviceNet, INTERBUS

–

Pump switching

DeviceNet, Fipio, Modbus Plus, INTERBUS
Encoder interface card

“Controller Inside” programmable card

I/O extension card

I/O extension card

“Controller Inside” programmable card

IEC/EN 60947-4-2

EN 50178

IEC/EN 61800-5-1,

EMC class A and B

IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, C1 to C3)

IEC/EN 61800-3 (environments 1 and 2, C1 to C3)

DNV - C-TICK - GOST

EN 55011 class A

EN 55011, EN 55022,

CCIB - NOM - UL - CE

EN 55022 class B

IEC/EN 61000-4-2/4-3/4-4/4-5/4-6/4-11

CCC - CSA

UL - N998 - CE

CE, UL, CSA, DNV, C-Tick, NOM 117, GOST

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/51

Altistart 01

Simple machines

0.37 to 75 kW

Starters

Dimensions (in mm)
ATS01

width x height x depth

N103FT / N106 FT

22.5 x 100 x 100

N109FT / N112 FT / N125 FT

45 x 124 x 130

N206pp / N209pp / N212pp
N222pp / N232pp

45 x 154 x 130

Type of starter
Motor power

Soft starters
0.37 to 11 kW

Soft start/soft stop units
0.75 to 15 kW

Degree of protection

IP 20

Peak current reduction

No (1 controlled phase)

Yes (2 controlled phases)

Adjustable starting time

1…5 s

1…10 s

Adjustable stopping time

No: freewheel stop

Yes: 1... 10 s

Adjustable starting torque

30…80% of DOL motor starting torque

Logic inputs

–

3 logic inputs (run, stop and startup boost)

Logic outputs

–

1 logic output

Relay outputs

–

1 relay output

Control supply voltage

110... 240 VAC ± 10%, 24 VDC ± 10% Built into the starter

Supply voltage

Single phase 110…230 V

Motor power

5

230 V

Nominal current

kW

(IcL)

0.37

3A

ATS01N103FT

0.75

6A

ATS01N106FT

1.1

9A

ATS01N109FT

1.5

12 A

ATS01N112FT

2.2

25 A

Supply voltage

ATS01N125FT
Three phase 110…230 V

Three phase 200…240 V Three phase 380…415 V Three phase 440…480 V

Motor power
210 V

230 V

400 V

460 V

Nominal current

HP

kW

HP

kW

HP

(IcL)

–

0.37-0.55

0.5/–

1.1

0.5-1.5

3A

ATS01N103FT

–

–

0.5

0.75-1.1

1-1.5

2.2-3

2-3

6A

ATS01N106FT

ATS01N206LU

ATS01N206QN

ATS01N206RT

1

1.5

2

4

5

9A

ATS01N109FT

ATS01N209LU

ATS01N209QN

ATS01N209RT

1.5

2.2

3

5.5

7.5

12 A

ATS01N112FT

ATS01N212LU

ATS01N212QN

ATS01N212RT

–

4-5.5

5-7.5

7.5-11

10-15

22 A

–

ATS01N222LU

ATS01N222QN

ATS01N222RT

2-3

3-4-5.5

5-7.5

7.5-9-11 10-15

25A

ATS01N125FT

–

–

–

–

7.5

10

15

32 A

–

ATS01N232LU

ATS01N232QN

ATS01N232RT

20

–

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/52

Starters

Dimensions (in mm)
ATS01

width x height x depth

N230pp / N244pp

180 x 146 x 126

N272pp / N285pp

180 x 254.5 x 126

Type of starter
Motor power

Soft start/soft stop units
15 to 75 kW

Degree of protection

IP 20 on front panel

Peak current reduction

Yes

Adjustable starting and stopping times

1... 25 s

Adjustable starting torque

30.... 80% of DOL motor starting torque

Logic inputs

2 logic inputs (run and stop)

Relay outputs

1 relay output

Control supply voltage

110 VDC ± 10%

Built into the starter

Supply voltage

Three phase 230…690 V

Three phase 400 V

Motor power
230 V

460 V

690 V

kW

HP

400 V
kW

HP

HP

kW

Nominal current
(IcL)

7.5

10

15

15

20

30

32 A

ATS01N230LY

–

11

15

22

25

30

37

44 A

ATS01N244LY

ATS01N244Q

18.5

25

37

40

50

55

72 A

ATS01N272LY

ATS01N272Q

22

30

45

50

60

75

85 A

ATS01N285LY

ATS01N285Q

5

Starters with TeSys model U

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

ATSU01 N206LT / N209LT / N212LT

45 x 124 x 130

N222LT / N232LT

45 x 154 x 130

Type of starter
Motor power

Soft start/soft stop units
0.75 to 15 kW

Degree of protection

IP 20

Peak current reduction

Yes

Adjustable starting and stopping times

1…10 s

Adjustable starting torque

30.... 80% of DOL motor starting torque

Logic inputs

3 logic inputs (start, stop and startup boost)

Logic outputs

1 logic output

Relay outputs

1 relay output

Control supply voltage

Built into the starter

References

Soft start/soft stop units TeSys model U starter-controller
Power base

Supply voltage

Power connector

Control unit

between ATSU and

(1)

TeSys model U

VW3G4104

Three phase 200…480 V

Motor power
230 V

Nominal

400 V

460 V

kW

HP

kW

HP

current (IcL)

0.75

1

1.5

2

6A

ATSU01N206LT

LUB12

LUCp
p05BL

1.1

1.5

2.2

3

6A

ATSU01N206LT

LUB12

LUCp
p12BL

1.5

2

–

3

–

9A

ATSU01N209LT

LUB12

LUCp
p12BL

4

5

9A

ATSU01N209LT

LUB12

LUCp
p12BL

2.2

3

–

–

12

ATSU01N212LT

LUB12

LUCp
p12BL

3

–

5.5

7.5

12 A

ATSU01N212LT

LUB32

LUCp
p18BL

4

5

7.5

10

22 A

ATSU01N222LT

LUB32

p18BL
LUCp

5.5

7.5

11

15

22 A

ATSU01N222LT

LUB32

LUCp
p32BL

7.5

10

15

20

32 A

ATSU01N232LT

LUB32

LUCp
p32BL

VW3G4104
VW3G4104
VW3G4104
VW3G4104

(1) To compose your reference, replace p in the reference with: “A” for a standard control unit, “M” for a multifunction unit and “B” for an advanced unit.
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/53

Altistart 48

Pumping and ventilation machines

4 to 1200 kW

Soft start/soft stop units

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

ATS48 D17Q to D47Q

Size A:

160 x 275 x 190

D62Q to C11Q

Size B:

190 x 290 x 235

C14Q to C17Q

Size C:

200 x 340 x 265

C21Q to C32Q

Size D:

320 x 380 x 265

C41Q to C66Q

Size E:

400 x 670 x 300

C79Q to M12Q

Size F:

770 x 890 x 315

Supply voltage
Type of application

Three phase 230…415 V (1)
Standard

Starter control supply voltage

220…415 V

Protection

Degree of protection

Severe (2)

IP 20: ATS48D17p to ATS48C11p starters
IP 00: ATS48C14p to ATS48M12p starters

EMC

Motor thermal protection

Class 10

Class A

On all starters

Class B

On all starters up to 170 A

Starting mode

Torque control (patented TCS: Torque Control System)

I/O

5

Class 20

Analog inputs

1 PTC probe

Logic inputs

4 logic inputs, 2 of which are configurable

Logic outputs

2 configurable logic outputs

Analog outputs

1 analog output

Relay outputs

3 relay outputs, 2 of which are configurable

Dialogue

Integrated or remote display terminal, or PowerSuite software workshop (3)

Communication (4)

Integrated

Modbus

Available as an option

DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Profibus DP

Motor power
230 V

400 V

Nominal current

kW

kW

(IcL)

3

5.5

12 A

–

ATS48D17Q

Size A

4

7.5

17 A

ATS48D17Q

Size A

ATS48D22Q

Size A

5.5

11

22 A

ATS48D22Q

Size A

ATS48D32Q

Size A

7.5

15

32 A

ATS48D32Q

Size A

ATS48D38Q

Size A

9

18.5

38 A

ATS48D38Q

Size A

ATS48D47Q

Size A

11

22

47 A

ATS48D47Q

Size A

ATS48D62Q

Size B

15

30

62 A

ATS48D62Q

Size B

ATS48D75Q

Size B

18.5

37

75 A

ATS48D75Q

Size B

ATS48D88Q

Size B

22

45

88 A

ATS48D88Q

Size B

ATS48C11Q

Size B

30

55

110 A

ATS48C11Q

Size B

ATS48C14Q

Size C

37

75

140 A

ATS48C14Q

Size C

ATS48C17Q

Size C

45

90

170 A

ATS48C17Q

Size C

ATS48C21Q

Size D

55

110

210 A

ATS48C21Q

Size D

ATS48C25Q

Size D

75

132

250 A

ATS48C25Q

Size D

ATS48C32Q

Size D

90

160

320 A

ATS48C32Q

Size D

ATS48C41Q

Size E

110

220

410 A

ATS48C41Q

Size E

ATS48C48Q

Size E

132

250

480 A

ATS48C48Q

Size E

ATS48C59Q

Size E

160

315

590 A

ATS48C59Q

Size E

ATS48C66Q

Size E

–

355

660 A

ATS48C66Q

Size E

ATS48C79Q

Size F

220

400

790 A

ATS48C79Q

Size F

ATS48M10Q

Size F

250

500

1000 A

ATS48M10Q

Size F

ATS48M12Q

Size F

355

630

1200 A

ATS48M12Q

Size F

–

(1) Possible to connect the starter in the motor delta connection
(2) Starting time greater than 30 seconds (fans, high inertia machines and compressors)
(3) (4) PowerSuite software and communication protocols, see page 5/68

Accessory

Accessory

Remote display terminal

Reference

VW3G48101

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/54

Soft start/soft stop units

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

ATS48 D17Y to D47Y

Size A:

160 x 275 x 190

D62Y to C11Y

Size B:

190 x 290 x 235

C14Y to C17Y

Size C:

200 x 340 x 265

C21Y to C32Y

Size D:

320 x 380 x 265

C41Y to C66Y

Size E:

400 x 670 x 300

C79Y to M12Y

Size F:

770 x 890 x 315

Supply voltage
Type of application

Three phase 208…690 V (1)
Standard
Severe (2)

Starter control supply voltage

110…230 V

Characteristics

Identical to 230…415 V starters

Motor power
208 V

230 V

Nominal
460 V

575 V

HP

230 V

400 V

440 V

500 V

525 V

660 V

690 V

kW

current
(IcL)

2

3

7.5

10

3

5.5

5.5

7.5

7.5

9

11

12 A

–

ATS48D17Y

Size A

3

5

10

15

4

7.5

7.5

9

9

11

15

17 A

ATS48D17Y

Size A

ATS48D22Y

Size A

5

7.5

15

20

5.5

11

11

11

11

15

18.5

22 A

ATS48D22Y

Size A

ATS48D32Y

Size A

7.5

10

20

25

7.5

15

15

18.5

18.5

22

22

32 A

ATS48D32Y

Size A

ATS48D38Y

Size A

10

–

25

30

9

18.5

18.5

22

22

30

30

38 A

ATS48D38Y

Size A

ATS48D47Y

Size A

–

15

30

40

11

22

22

30

30

37

37

47 A

ATS48D47Y

Size A

ATS48D62Y

Size B

15

20

40

50

15

30

30

37

37

45

45

62 A

ATS48D62Y

Size B

ATS48D75Y

Size B

20

25

50

60

18.5

37

37

45

45

55

55

75 A

ATS48D75Y

Size B

ATS48D88Y

Size B

25

30

60

75

22

45

45

55

55

75

75

88 A

ATS48D88Y

Size B

ATS48C11Y

Size B

30

40

75

100

30

55

55

75

75

90

90

110 A

ATS48C11Y

Size B

ATS48C14Y

Size C

40

50

100

125

37

75

75

90

90

110

110

140 A

ATS48C14Y

Size C

ATS48C17Y

Size C

50

60

125

150

45

90

90

110

110

132

160

170 A

ATS48C17Y

Size C

ATS48C21Y

Size D

60

75

150

200

55

110

110

132

132

160

200

210 A

ATS48C21Y

Size D

ATS48C25Y

Size D

75

100

200

250

75

132

132

160

160

220

250

250 A

ATS48C25Y

Size D

ATS48C32Y

Size D

100

125

250

300

90

160

160

220

220

250

315

320 A

ATS48C32Y

Size D

ATS48C41Y

Size E

125

150

300

350

110

220

220

250

250

355

400

410 A

ATS48C41Y

Size E

ATS48C48Y

Size E

150

–

350

400

132

250

250

315

315

400

500

480 A

ATS48C48Y

Size E

ATS48C59Y

Size E

–

200

400

500

160

315

355

400

400

560

560

590 A

ATS48C59Y

Size E

ATS48C66Y

Size E

200

250

500

600

–

355

400

–

–

630

630

660 A

ATS48C66Y

Size E

ATS48C79Y

Size F

250

300

600

800

220

400

500

500

500

710

710

790 A

ATS48C79Y

Size F

ATS48M10Y

Size F

350

350

800

1000

250

500

630

630

630

900

900

1000 A

ATS48M10Y

Size F

ATS48M12Y

Size F

400

455

1000

1200

355

630

710

800

800

–

–

1200 A

ATS48M12Y

Size F

–

5

(1) Starter connection in the motor delta connection: add “S316” at the end of the reference

Line chokes

Degree of protection
References

IP 20
Starter
Choke
Starter

ATS48 D17p
VZ1L015UM17T
ATS48 D22p

Choke

VZ1L030U800T

Starter

ATS48 D32p and D38p

Choke

VZ1L040U600T

Starter

ATS48 D47p and D62p

Choke

VZ1L070U350T

IP 00
D75p to C14p

C41p to C48p

VZ1L150U170T

VZ1L530U045T

C17p to C25p

C59p to M10p

VZ1L0250U100T

VZ1LM10U024T

AC32p

M12p

VZ1L325U075T

VZ1LM14U016T

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/55

Altivar 11

Simple machines

0.18 to 2.2 kW

Drives on heatsinks

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth (1)

Size 1: 72 x 142 x 101 / Size 2: 72 x 142 x 125
Size 3: 72 x 142 x 138 / Size 4: 117 x 142 x 156

Range

Europe

Output frequency

0.5...200 Hz

Type of control

Sensorless flux vector control

Speed range

1 to 20

Degree of protection
I/O

Asia

IP 20
Analog inputs

1 configurable analog input

Logic inputs

4 assignable logic inputs

Outputs

1 PWM open collector output or assignable as logic output

Relay outputs

1 protected relay logic output

Dialogue

5

America

Integrated display terminal or PowerSuite software workshop (2)

EMC

Integrated class B filter

External filter available as an option External filter available as an option

Local controls (3) / Negative logic

No

No

Yes

Standard NEC 208 V 1999

No

Yes

No

Supply voltage

Single phase 100…120 V

Motor power

kW/HP

0.18/0.25

–

ATV11HU05F1U

Size 1

ATV11HU05F1A

Size 1

0.37/0.5

–

ATV11HU09F1U

Size 2

ATV11HU09F1A

Size 2

–

ATV11HU18F1U

Size 4

ATV11HU18F1A

Size 4

0.75/1
Supply voltage
Motor power

Single phase 200…240 V
kW/HP

0.18/0.25

ATV11HU05M2E

Size 1

ATV11HU05M2U

Size 1

ATV11HU05M2A

Size 1

0.37/0.5

ATV11HU09M2E

Size 2

ATV11HU09M2U

Size 2

ATV11HU09M2A

Size 2

0.55

ATV11HU12M2E

Size 3

–

0.75/1

ATV11HU18M2E

Size 3

ATV11HU18M2U

Size 3

ATV11HU18M2A

Size 3

1.5/2

ATV11HU29M2E

Size 4

ATV11HU29M2U

Size 4

ATV11HU29M2A

Size 4

2.2/3

ATV11HU41M2E

Size 4

ATV11HU41M2U

Size 4

ATV11HU41M2A

Size 4

Supply voltage
Motor power

–

Three phase 200…230 V
kW/HP

0.18/0.25

–

ATV11HU05M3U

Size 1

ATV11HU05M3A

Size 1

0.37/0.5

–

ATV11HU09M3U

Size 2

ATV11HU09M3A

Size 2

0.75/1

–

ATV11HU18M3U

Size 3

ATV11HU18M3A

Size 3

1.5/2

–

ATV11HU29M3U

Size 4

ATV11HU29M3A

Size 4

2.2/3

–

ATV11HU41M3U

Size 4

ATV11HU41M3A

Size 4

(1) Asia range: Add 7 mm to depth (height of the potentiometer)
(2) PowerSuite software, see page 5/68
(3) Local controls: Run/Stop keys and potentiometer

Drives on base plates

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth (1)

1 size: 72 x 142 x 101

Range

Europe

Supply voltage
Motor power

0.37/0.5

–

ATV11PU09F1U

ATV11PU09F1A
ATV11PU09M2A

Single phase 200…240 V
kW/HP

0.37/0.5

ATV11PU09M2E

ATV11PU09M2U

0.55

ATV11PU12M2E

–

–

0.75/1

ATV11PU18M2E

ATV11PU18M2U

ATV11PU18M2A

Supply voltage
Motor power

Asia

Single phase 100…120 V
kW/HP

Supply voltage
Motor power

America

Three phase 200…230 V
kW/HP

0.37/0.5

–

ATV11PU09M3U

ATV11PU09M3A

0.75/1

–

ATV11PU18M3U

ATV11PU18M3A

(1) Asia range: Add 7 mm to depth (height of the potentiometer)

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/56

Additional EMC input filters

Supply voltage
Europe range
America range

Asia range

Single phase
100…120 V

Three phase
200…230 V

200…240 V

Drive

ATV11 –

HU05M2E to HU41M2E

–

References

Filters –

Integrated

–

Drive

ATV11 HU05F1U, HU09F1U

HU05M2U to HU18M2U

HU05M3U to HU18M3U

References

Filters VW3A11401

VW3A11401

VW3A11403

Drive

ATV11 HU18F1U

HU29M2U - HU41M2U

HU29M3U to HU41M3U

References

Filters VW3A11402

VW3A11402

VW3A11404

Drive

ATV11 HU05F1A - HU09F1A

HU05M2A to HU18M2A

HU05M3A to HU18M3A

References

Filters VW3A11401

VW3A11401

VW3A11403

Drive

ATV11 HU18F1A - HU18F1A

HU29M2A - HU41M2A

HU29M3A to HU41M3A

References

Filters VW3A11402

VW3A11402

VW3A11404

Accessories

5

Accessory

Mounting plates

Substitution

Speed reference EMC grounding

plate

potentiometer
2.2 kΩ

plate

Description

for Omega rail
Width 35 mm

All ATV11 models

All ATV11 models

SZ1RV1202

VW3A11831

For replacing
ATV08

References

Drive

Accessories

ATV11 HU05ppp

HU18F1p

HU05M2p

HU09ppp

HU29ppp

pHU09M2pp

HU12M2p

HU41ppp

pU12M2E

HU18pp

–

pU18M2p

VW3A11851

VW3A11852

VW3A11811

Braking resistors and modules...other accessories: Please consult www.Telemecanique.com.

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/57

Altivar 31

Simple machines

0.18 to 15 kW

Drives on heatsinks

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

Size 1: 72 x 145 x 120

/ Size 2: 72 x 145 x 130

Size 3: 72 x 145 x 140

/ Size 4: 72 x 145 x 145

Size 5: 105 x 143 x 130

/ Size 6: 105 x 143 x 150

Size 7: 140 x 184 x 150

/ Size 8: 180 x 232 x 170

Size 9: 245 x 330 x 190

Supply voltage

Single phase
200…240 V

Output frequency

0.5…500 Hz

Type of control

Sensorless flux vector control

Speed range

1 to 50

Degree of protection
I/O

380…500 V

IP 31 and IP 41 on upper part and IP 21 on connection terminals
Analog inputs

3 configurable analog inputs

Logic inputs

6 programmable logic inputs

Analog outputs

1 current analog output (assignable as logic output) and 1 voltage analog output

Relay outputs

2 relay logic outputs

Communication

Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

(see page 5/68)

Available as an option

DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Profibus DP

EMC

Class A

Integrated class A filter

Class B

External filter available as an option

Dialogue

5

Three phase
200…240 V

Motor power

Integrated display terminal with or without local controls (1) or PowerSuite software workshop (see page 5/68)

kW/HP

External filter available as an option

Integrated class A filter

0.18/0.25

ATV31H018M2

Size 3

ATV31H018M3X

Size 1

–

0.37/0.5

ATV31H037M2

Size 3

ATV31H037M3X

Size 1

ATV31H037N4

Size 5

0.55/0.75

ATV31H055M2

Size 4

ATV31H055M3X

Size 2

ATV31H055N4

Size 5

0.75/1

ATV31H075M2

Size 4

ATV31H075M3X

Size 2

ATV31H075N4

Size 6

1.1/1.5

ATV31HU11M2

Size 6

ATV31HU11M3X

Size 5

ATV31HU11N4

Size 6

1.5/2

ATV31HU15M2

Size 6

ATV31HU15M3X

Size 5

ATV31HU15N4

Size 6

2.2/3

ATV31HU22M2

Size 7

ATV31HU22M3X

Size 6

ATV31HU22N4

Size 7

3/–

–

ATV31HU30M3X

Size 7

ATV31HU30N4

Size 7

4/5

–

ATV31HU40M3X

Size 7

ATV31HU40N4

Size 7

5.5/7.5

–

ATV31HU55M3X

Size 8

ATV31HU55N4

Size 8

7.5/10

–

ATV31HU75M3X

Size 8

ATV31HU75N4

Size 8

11/15

–

ATV31HD11M3X

Size 9

ATV31HD11N4

Size 9

15/20

–

ATV31HD15M3X

Size 9

ATV31HD15N4

Size 9

(1) For drive with local controls (Run/Stop keys and potentiometer) add an “A” at the end of the reference.
To order a drive intended for spooling applications, add a “T” at the end of the reference.

Enclosed drives
Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

Size 1: 210 x 240 x 163 / Size 2: 215 x 297 x 192
Size 3: 230 x 340 x 208 / Size 4: 320 x 512 x 276
Size 5: 440 x 625 x 276

Supply voltage

Single phase 200…240 V

Degree of protection

IP 55

Description

Enclosure equipped with an ATV31 drive with external heatsink. Removable covers for adding 1 switch-

Motor power

kW/HP

Three phase 380…500 V

0.18/0.25

disconnector or 1 circuit-breaker, 3 buttons and/or LEDs, 1 potentiometer
ATV31C018M2
Size 1
–

0.37/0.5

ATV31C037M2

Size 1

ATV31C037N4

Size 2

0.55/0.75

ATV31C055M2

Size 1

ATV31C055N4

Size 2

0.75/1

ATV31C075M2

Size 1

ATV31C075N4

Size 2

1.1/1.5

ATV31CU11M2

Size 2

ATV31CU11N4

Size 2

1.5/2

ATV31CU15M2

Size 2

ATV31CU15N4

Size 2

2.2/3

ATV31CU22M2

Size 3

ATV31CU22N4

Size 3

3/–

–

ATV31CU30N4

Size 3

4/5

–

ATV31CU40N4

Size 3

5.5/7.5

–

ATV31CU55N4 (5)

Size 4

7.5/10

–

ATV31CU75N4 (5)

Size 4

11/15

–

ATV31CD11N4 (5)

Size 5

15/20

–

ATV31CD15N4 (5)

Size 5

Drive kit (Altivar 31 drive on metal support plate with EMC filter): Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office. (5) Drive in metal enclosure without cover.
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/58

Additional EMC input filters

Supply voltage

Single phase
200…240 V

Maximum length of shielded cable (1)
References

Three phase
200…240 V
50 m

5m

5m

50 m

Class B

20 m

–

–

20 m

–

Drive

ATV31 H018M2 to H075M2

Filter

Integrated

Drive

ATV31 HU11M2 to HU15M2

Filter
Drive
Filter
Drive

Integrated

VW3A31401
VW3A31403

ATV31 HU22M2
Integrated

VW3A31405

H018M3X to H075M3X

H037N4 to HU15N4

VW3A31402

Integrated

HU11M3X to HU22M3X

HU22N4 to HU40N4

VW3A31404

VW3A31404

Integrated

HU30M3X - HU40M3X

HU55N4 - HU75 N4

VW3A31406

VW3A31406

Integrated

ATV31 –

HU55M3X - HU75M3X

HD11N4 - HD15N4

VW3A31407

Integrated

ATV31 –

HD11M3X - HD15M3X

–

Filter
Drive

380…500 V

Class A 5 m

Filter

VW3A31407
VW3A31409

VW3A31408

(1) Maximum lengths for shielded cables connecting motors to drives for a switching frequency of 2 to 16 kHz

5

Line chokes

Supply voltage
References

Single phase
200…240 V
Drive
Choke
Drive
Choke
Drive
Choke
Drive

ATV31 H018M2 to H037M2
VZ1 L004M010
ATV31 H055M2 to H075M2
VZ1 L007UM50
ATV31 HU11M2 to HU22M2
VZ1 L018UM20
ATV31 –

Choke
Drive

ATV31 –

Choke

Three phase
200…240 V

380…500 V

H018M3X to H075M3X

H037N4 to HU15N4

VW3A4551

VW3A4551

HU11M3X and HU15M3X

HU22N4 to HU40N4

VW3A4552

VW3A4552

HU22M3X and HU30M3X

HU55N4 and HU75N4

VW3A4553

VW3A4553

HU40M3X to HU75M3X

HD11N4 and HD15N4

VW3A4554

VW3A4554

HD11M3X and HD15M3X

–

VW3A4555

Braking resistors... accessories: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/59

Altivar 38

Pumping and ventilation machines

0.75 to 315 kW

Drives on heatsinks and enclosed drives

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

Size 2: 150 x 230 x 184

/ Size 3

: 175 x 286 x 184

Size 4: 230 x 325 x 210

/ Size 5

: 230 x 415 x 210

Size 6: 240 x 550 x 283

/ Size 7

: 350 x 650 x 304

Size 8: 370 x 630 x 360

/ Size 9

: 480 x 680 x 400

Size 10: 660 x 950 x 440

/ Size 11 : 500 x 700 x 300.5

Size 12: 460 x 850 x 365.5 / Size 13 : 570 x 1050 x 405.5

Type of drive
Supply voltage

Drives on heatsinks
Three phase 380…460 V

Description

Altivar 38 on heatsink

Ready-assembled “Energy” enclosures
Three phase 380…460 V
Ready-assembled enclosure equipped with an Altivar 38
drive, a line choke, an EMC filter, a Vario switchdisconnector, a potentiometer, a switch for selecting the
direction of operation and an operator terminal.

Output frequency

0.1...500 Hz

Type of flux vector control

Sensorless flux vector control

Speed range

1 to 10

Degree of protection

IP 21 and IP 41 on the upper part for drives up to

IP 55

75 kW.
IP 00 on lower part and IP 20 on other sides for
drives above 75 kW.
I/O

5

Analog inputs

1 voltage analog input and 1 current analog input

Logic inputs

4 assignable logic inputs

Analog outputs

1 assignable analog output

Logic outputs

2 relay logic outputs

Dialogue
Communication (2)

Integrated or remote display terminal, or PowerSuite software workshop (1)
Integrated

Modbus (3)

Available as an option

Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Lonworks, METASYS N2, CANopen, AS-Interface, Profibus DP,

Class A

Integrated class A filter up to 75 kW

Class B

External filter available as an option

DeviceNet, Fipio, Modbus Plus, INTERBUS
EMC
Motor power

kW/HP

Integrated class A filter

0.75/1

ATV38HU18N4

Size 2

–

1.5/2

ATV38HU29N4

Size 2

–

2.2/3

ATV38HU41N4

Size 2

–

3/–

ATV38HU54N4

Size 3

ATV38ED05N4

Size 11

4/5

ATV38HU72N4

Size 3

ATV38ED07N4

Size 11

5.5/7.5

ATV38HU90N4

Size 3

ATV38ED09N4

Size 11

7.5/10

ATV38HD12N4

Size 4

ATV38ED12N4

Size 11

11/15

ATV38HD16N4

Size 4

ATV38ED16N4

Size 11

15/20

ATV38HD23N4

Size 5

ATV38ED23N4

Size 11

18.5/25

ATV38HD25N4 (4)

Size 6

ATV38ED25N4

Size 12

22/30

ATV38HD28N4 (4)

Size 6

ATV38ED28N4

Size 12

30/40

ATV38HD33N4 (4)

Size 6

ATV38ED33N4

Size 12

37/50

ATV38HD46N4 (4)

Size 6

ATV38ED46N4

Size 12

45/60

ATV38HD54N4 (4)

Size 7

ATV38ED54N4

Size 13

55/75

ATV38HD64N4 (4)

Size 7

ATV38ED64N4

Size 13

75/100

ATV38HD79N4 (4)

Size 7

ATV38ED79N4

Size 13

90/125

ATV38HC10N4X

Size 8

–

110/150

ATV38HC13N4X

Size 9

–

132/200

ATV38HC15N4X

Size 9

–

160/250

ATV38HC19N4X

Size 9

–

200/300

ATV38HC23N4X

Size 10

–

220/350

ATV38HC25N4X

Size 10

–

250/400

ATV38HC28N4X

Size 10

–

280/450

ATV38HC31N4X

Size 10

–

315/500

ATV38HC33N4X

Size 10

–

(1) (2) PowerSuite software and communication protocols, see page 5/68
(3) For simultaneous use with the operator terminal, choose the Modbus communication card, see page 5/71
(4) Without EMC filter, add an “X” at the end of the reference

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/60

Additional EMC input filters

Supply voltage

Three phase 380…460 V

Maximum length of shielded cable (1)
References (2)

Drive
Filter
Drive
Filter
Drive
Filter
Drive

Class A 50 m

200 m

Class B 20 m

100 m

ATV38 HU18N4, HU29N4, HU41N4
VW3A58402
VW3A58403
VW3A58404

–

ATV38 HD23N4
VW3A58405

Drive

ATV38 HD25N4X, HD28N4X

Filter

VW3A58406

Drive

ATV38 HD33N4X, HD46N4X

Filter

VW3A58407

Filter

–

ATV38 HD12N4, HD16N4

Filter

Drive

–

ATV38 HU54N4, HU72N4, HU90N4

ATV38 HD54N4, HD64N4, HD79N4
VW3A58408

–
HD25N4, HD28N4
VW3A58406
HD33N4, HD46N4

5

VW3A58407
HD54N4, HD64N4, HD79N4
VW3A58408

(1) Maximum lengths for shielded cables connecting motors to drives for a switching frequency of 0.5 to 12 kHz
(2) Above 75 kW, please consult www.Telemecanique.com

Line chokes

Supply voltage
Motor power
References

Three phase 380…460 V
0.75 to 75 kW
Drive
Choke
Drive
Choke
Drive
Choke
Drive
Choke
Drive
Choke

ATV38 HU18N4, HU29N4
VW3A4551
ATV38 HU41N4, HU54N4, HU72N4
VW3A4552
ATV38 HU90N4, HD12N4
VW3A4553
ATV38 HD16N4, HD23N4
VW3A4554
ATV38 HD25N4p to HD79N4p
Integrated

90 to 315 kW (1)
HC10N4X

HC13N4X

VW3A68501

VW3A68502

HC15N4X

HC19N4X

VW3A68503

VW3A68504

HC23N4X
VW3A68505
HC25N4X, HC28N4X
VW3A68506
HC31N4X, HC33N4X
VW3A68507

(1) The addition of a line choke is highly recommended

I/O extension and specific cards

Type of card (1)

I/O extension

Pump switching

Description

2 logic inputs 24 VDC

Control of an entire pumping or compression station

1 open collector logic output 24 VDC
1 analog output 0/20 mA
1 bipolar analog input ± 10 V
Reference

VW3A58201

VW3A58210

(1) “Controller Inside” programmable card: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/61

Altivar 71

Complex, high-power machines

0.37 to 500 kW

Drives on heatsinks

Dimensions (in mm)

width x height x depth

Size 2

: 130 x 230 x 175

/

Size 3

Size 4

: 175 x 295 x 187

/

Size 5A : 210 x 295 x 213

: 155 x 260 x 187

Size 5B

: 230 x 400 x 213

/

Size 6

Size 7A

: 240 x 550 x 266

/

Size 7B : 320 x 550 x 266

Size 8

: 320 x 630 x 290

/

Size 9

: 320 x 920 x 377

Size 10

: 360 x 1022 x 377 /

Size 11

: 340 x 1190 x 377

Size 12

: 440 x 1190 x 377

/

Size 13

: 595 x 1190 x 377

Size 14

: 890 x 1390 x 377 /

Size 15

: 1120 x 1390 x 377

: 240 x 420 x 236

Type of drive
Supply voltage
Drive

Single phase
200…240 V (6)
Output frequency
Type of control

0…1000 Hz
Flux vector control with or without sensor, voltage/frequency ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA System

Synchronous motor

Vector control without speed feedback

Transient overtorque

220% of nominal motor torque for 2 seconds, 170% for 60 seconds
1…1000 in closed loop mode with encoder feedback, 1…100 in open loop mode

Degree of protection

IP 21 for unprotected drives and IP 41 on the upper part
Number of functions

> 150

Number of preset speeds

16

Number of I/O

Analog inputs

2…4

Logic inputs

6…20

5

Analog outputs

1…3

Logic outputs

0…8

Relay outputs

2…4

Safety input

1

Dialogue
Communication (2)

Three phase
380…480 V

Asynchronous motor

Speed range
Functions

Three phase
200…240 V (6)

Remote graphic display terminal or PowerSuite software workshop (1)
Integrated

Modbus and CANopen

Available as an option

Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus/Uni-Telway, Fipio, Modbus Plus, Profibus DP, DeviceNet, INTERBUS

Cards (available as an option)

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, “Controller Inside” programmable card

Reduction of current harmonics

Integrated DC choke (3)

EMC

Class A

Integrated filter

Class B

External filter available as an option

Motor power

kW/HP

0.37/0.5

ATV71H075M3

S2

ATV71H037M3

S2

–

0.75/1

ATV71HU15M3

S2

ATV71H075M3

S2

ATV71H075N4 (6)

S2

–

1.5/2

ATV71HU22M3

S3

ATV71HU15M3

S2

ATV71HU15N4 (6)

S2

2.2/3

ATV71HU30M3

S3

ATV71HU22M3

S3

ATV71HU22N4 (6)

S2

3/–

ATV71HU40M3 (4)

S3

ATV71HU30M3

S3

ATV71HU30N4 (6)

S3

4/5

ATV71HU55M3 (4)

S4

ATV71HU40M3

S3

ATV71HU40N4 (6)

S3

5.5/7.5

ATV71HU75M3 (4)

S5A

ATV71HU55M3

S4

ATV71HU55N4 (6)

S4

7.5/10

–

ATV71HU75M3

S5A

ATV71HU75N4 (6)

S4

11/15

–

ATV71HD11M3X (5)

S5B

ATV71HD11N4 (6)

S5A

15/20

–

ATV71HD15M3X (5)

S5B

ATV71HD15N4 (6)

S5B

18.5/25

–

ATV71HD18M3X (5)

S6

ATV71HD18N4 (6)

S5B

22/30

–

ATV71HD22M3X (5)

S6

ATV71HD22N4 (6)

S6

30/40

–

ATV71HD30M3X (5)

S7B

ATV71HD30N4 (6)

S7A

37/50

–

ASV71HD37M3X (5)

S7B

ATV71HD37N4 (6)

S7A

45/60

–

ASV71HD45M3X (5)

S7B

ATV71HD45N4 (6)

S8

55/75

–

ATV71HD55M3X (5)

S9

ATV71HD55N4 (6)

S8

75/100

–

ATV71HD75M3X (5)

S10

ATV71HD75N4 (6)

S8

90/125

–

–

ATV71HD90N4

S9

110/150

–

–

ATV71HC11N4

S10

132/200

–

–

ATV71HC13N4

S11

160/250

–

–

ATV71HC16N4

S12

200/300

–

–

ATV71HC20N4

S13

220/350

–

–

ATV71HC25N4

S13

280/450

–

–

ATV71HC28N4

S13

315/500

–

–

ATV71HC31N4

S14

355/–

–

–

ATV71HC40N4

S14

500/700

–

–

ATV71HC50N4

S15

(1) (2) PowerSuite software and communication protocols, see page 5/68
(3) For any additional requirements, optional chokes and passive filters, see page 5/64
(4) Must be used with a line choke, see page 5/65
(5) Drive supplied without EMC filter
(6) To order a reinforced version of the drive for specific environmental conditions, conforming to IEC 60721-3-3 class 3c2, add S337 at the end of the reference.
Example: ATV71H075N4S337
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/62

I/O extension and specific cards

Type of card

I/O extension
Logic

Extended

Description

1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)

1 differential current analog input 0…20 mA

4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic input

1 software-configurable voltage (0…10 VDC) or

2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative

current (0…20 mA) analog input

logic outputs

2 software-configurable voltage (±10V, 0…10 VDC)

1 input for PTC probes

or current (0…20 mA) analog inputs
1 relay logic output (“C/O” contact)
4 x 24 VDC positive or negative logic inputs
2 x 24 VDC open collector positive or negative logic
outputs
1 input for PTC probes
1 frequency control input

Reference

VW3A3201

VW3A3202

5
Encoder interface cards

Type of card

Encoder interface with
Differential outputs (RS422)

Operating frequency
References

Open collector outputs (NPN) Push-pull outputs

300 kHz
5V

VW3A3401

–

–

12 V

–

VW3A3403

VW3A3405

15 V

VW3A3402

VW3A3404

VW3A3406

24 V

–

–

VW3A3407

“Controller Inside” programmable card

Type of card

Programmable “Controller Inside”

Description

10 logic inputs, 2 of which can be used for 2 counters or
4 of which can be used for 2 incremental encoders
2 analog inputs
6 logic outputs
2 analog outputs
A master port for the CANopen bus
A PC port for programming with the PS 1131 software workshop

Reference

VW3A3501

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/63

Altivar 71

Complex, high-power machines

0.37 to 500 kW

Dialogue accessories

Accessory

Remote graphic display terminal

Remote mounting kit (1)

Description

This display terminal is attached to the front of

A remote mounting kit for mounting on an

the drive.

enclosure door with IP 54 degree of protection.

It includes the integrated 7-segment display

It includes:

terminal for drives supplied without a graphic

b All the mechanical fittings

References

display terminal.

b Fixing accessories

VW3A1101

VW3A1102

(1) Use a VW3A1104Rpp remote-mounting connection cable, to be ordered separately (please consult the “Soft starters and variable speed drives” catalogue)

5
Reduction of current harmonics
Optional DC chokes (1)

DC chokes are used to reduce current harmonics in order to comply
with standard 61000-3-2 for drives in which the line current is more
than 16 A and less than 75 A.

Type of drive
Supply voltage

Three phase
200…240 V 50/60 Hz

380…480 V 50/60 Hz

ATV71H037M3 / ATV71H075N4

VW3A4501

VW3A4501

ATV71HU15N4

–

VW3A4502

ATV71H075M3 / ATV71HU22N4, HU30N4

VW3A4503

VW3A4503

ATV71HU40N4

–

VW3A4504

ATV71HU15M3 / ATV71HU55N4

VW3A4505

VW3A4505

ATV71HU22M3 / ATV71HU75N4

VW3A4506

VW3A4506

ATV71HU30M3 / ATV71HD11N4

VW3A4507

VW3A4507

ATV71HU40M3, HU55M3 / ATV71HD15N4, HD18N4

VW3A4508

VW3A4508

ATV71HU75M3

VW3A4509

–

ATV71HD11M3X, HD15M3X / ATV71HD22N4…HD37N4

VW3A4510

VW3A4510

ATV71HD18M3X, HD22M3X / ATV71HD45N4…HD75N4

VW3A4511

VW3A4511

ATV71HD30M3X… HD45M3X

VW3A4512

–

(1) For ATV 71HD55M3X, HD75M3X and ATV 71HD90N4… HC50N4 drives, the choke is supplied as standard with the drive.

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/64

Reduction of current harmonics
AC line chokes

A line choke can be used to provide improved protection against
overvoltages on the line supply and to reduce harmonic distortion of
the current produced by the drive.

Type of drive
Supply voltage

Three phase
200…240 V 50/60 Hz

380…480 V 50/60 Hz

ATV71H037M3...H075M3 / ATV71H075N4, HU15N4

VW3A4551

VW3A4551

ATV71HU15M3...HU22M3 / ATV71HU22N4…HU40N4

VW3A4552

VW3A4552

ATV71HU30M3 / ATV71HU55N4, HU75N4

VW3A4553

VW3A4553

ATV71HU40M3 / ATV71HD11N4, HD15N4

VW3A4554

VW3A4554

ATV71HU75M3, HD11M3X / ATV71HD18N4, HD22N4

VW3A4555

VW3A4555

ATV71HD15M3X / ATV71HD30N4…HD55N4

VW3A4556

VW3A4556

ATV71HD18M3X…HD45M3X / ATV71HD75N4

VW3A4557

VW3A4557

ATV71HD90N4

–

VW3A4558

ATV71HC11N4

–

VW3A4559

ATV71HC13N4

–

VW3A4560

ATV71HC16N4

–

VW3A4561

ATV71HD55M3X / ATV71HC20N4

VW3A4562

VW3A4562

ATV71HD75M3X
ATV71HC25N4

VW3A4563

–

Motor P 220 kW

–

VW3A4562

Motor P 250 kW

–

VW3A4563

ATV71HC28N4 / ATV71HC31N4
ATV71HC40N4

–

VW3A4564

Motor P 355 kW

–

VW3A4565

Motor P 400 kW

–

VW3A4566

–

VW3A4567

ATV71HC50N4

5

Passive filters
A passive filter is used to reduce current harmonics with total
harmonic distortion factors of less than 16% or 10%. These factors
may be less than 10% or 5% if used with a DC choke.

Type of drive

Three phase 400 V 50/60 Hz
THDI 10% (2)
THDI 16% (1)

Three phase 460 V 50/60 Hz
THDI 16% (1)
THDI 10% (2)

ATV71H075N4 / ATV71HU15N4 / ATV71HU22N4

VW3A4601

VW3A4621

VW3A4 641

VW3A4 661

ATV71HU30N4

VW3A4602

VW3A4622

VW3A4 641

VW3A4 661

ATV71HU40N4

VW3A4602

VW3A4622

VW3A4 642

VW3A4 662

ATV71HU55N4

VW3A4603

VW3A4623

VW3A4 642

VW3A4 662

ATV71HU75N4

VW3A4603

VW3A4623

VW3A4 643

VW3A4 663

ATV71HD11N4

VW3A4604

VW3A4624

VW3A4 643

VW3A4 663

ATV71HD15N4

VW3A4605

VW3A4625

VW3A4 644

VW3A4 664

ATV71HD18N4 / ATV71HD22N4

VW3A4606

VW3A4626

VW3A4 645

VW3A4 665

ATV71HD30N4

VW3A4607

VW3A4627

VW3A4 646

VW3A4 666

ATV71HD37N4

VW3A4607

VW3A4627

VW3A4 647

VW3A4 667

ATV71HD45N4

VW3A4608

VW3A4628

VW3A4 647

VW3A4 668

ATV71HD55N4

VW3A4608

VW3A4628

VW3A4 648

VW3A4 668

ATV71 HD75N4

VW3A4609

VW3A4629

VW3A4 648

VW3A4 668

ATV71HD90N4

VW3A4609

VW3A4629

VW3A4 649

VW3A4 669

ATV71HC11N4

VW3A4610

VW3A4630

VW3A4 649

VW3A4 669

ATV71HC13N4

VW3A4611

VW3A4631

VW3A4 650

VW3A4 670

ATV71HC16N4

VW3A4612

VW3A4632

VW3A4 650

VW3A4 670

ATV71HC20N4 / ATV71HC25N4

VW3A4613

VW3A4633

VW3A4 651

VW3A4 671

ATV71HC25N4

VW3A4614

VW3A4634

VW3A4 652

VW3A4 672

ATV71HC28N4 / ATV71HC31N4 / ATV71HC40N4

VW3A4615

VW3A4635

VW3A4 653

VW3A4 673

ATV71HC40N4

VW3A4616

VW3A4636

VW3A4 654

VW3A4 674

ATV71HC50N4

VW3A4617

VW3A4637

VW3A4 655

VW3A4 675

(1) By adding a DC choke, we get: THD ≤ 10%
(2) By adding a DC choke, we get: THD ≤ 15%
These reduced current harmonics are obtained on condition that the THDu is < 20% and the RSCE > 66%.
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/65

Altivar 71

Complex, high-power machines

0.37 to 500 kW

Output filter options
Motor chokes

Above a certain motor cable length, it is advisable to insert a motor
choke between the drive and the motor. This maximum length depends
on the drive rating and the type of motor cable.

Type of drive

Max. motor cable length
Shielded
Unshielded

Three phase
200…240 V 50/60 Hz

380…480 V 50/60 Hz

ATV71H037M3…HU22M3

150

300

VW3A5101

–

ATV71HU30M3…HU75M3

200

260

VW3A5102

–

300

300

VW3A5103

–

ATV71HD11M3X…HD22M3X

150

300

VW3A5103

–

ATV71HD30M3X… HD45M3X

150

300

VW3A5 04

–

ATV71HD55M3X, HD75M3X

150

300

VW3A5105

–

ATV71H075N4…HU40N4

75

90

–

VW3A5101

85

95

–

VW3A5102

160

200

–

VW3A5103

85

95

–

VW3A5102

160

200

–

VW3A5103
VW3A5104

ATV71HU55N4…HD18N4

5

ATV71HD22N4…HD30N4
ATV71HD37N4

200

300

–

140

170

–

VW3A5103

150

300

–

VW3A5104 (1)

97

166

–

VW3A5103

200

300

–

VW3A5104 (1)

ATV71HD45N4…HD75N4

150

300

–

VW3A5104 (1)

ATV71HD90N4

200

300

–

VW3A5104 (1)

ATV71HC11N4, HC13N4

150

250

–

VW3A5105 (1)

ATV71HC16N4…HC20N4

250

300

–

VW3A5106 (1)

Motor P 220 kW

250

300

–

VW3A5106 (1)

Motor P 250 kW

200

250

–

VW3A5107 (1)

200

250

–

VW3A5107 (1)

Motor P 355 kW

200

250

–

VW3A5107 (1)

Motor P 400 kW

250

300

–

VW3A5108 (1)

250

300

–

VW3A5108 (1)

ATV71HC25N4
ATV71HC28N4, HC31N4
ATV71HC40N4
ATV71HC50N4

(1) 3 single-phase chokes are included with the drive.
Sinus filters allow Altivar 71 drives to operate with longer motor
cables (up to 1000 m).

Sinus filters

Type of drive
Supply voltage

Three phase
200…240 V 50/60 Hz

380…480 V 50/60 Hz

ATV71H037M3...HU15M3 (1)

VW3A5201

–

ATV71HU22M3, HU30M3

VW3A5202

–

ATV71HU40M3... HU75M3

VW3A5203

–

ATV71HD11M3X, HD15M3X

VW3A5204

–

ATV71HD18M3X, HD22M3X

VW3A5205

–

ATV71HD30M3X... HD45M3X

VW3A5206

–

ATV71HD55M3X, HD75M3X

VW3A5208

–

ATV71H075N4...HU40N4 (1)

–

VW3A5201

ATV71HU55N4

–

VW3A5202

ATV71HU75N4...HD15N4

–

VW3A5203

ATV71HD18N4... HD30N4

–

VW3A5204

ATV71HD37N4, HD45N4

–

VW3A5205

ATV71HD55N4, HD75N4

–

VW3A5206

ATV71 HD90N4, HC11N4

–

VW3A5207

ATV71 HC13N4, HC16N4

–

VW3A5208

ATV71 HC20N4

–

VW3A5209

Motor P 220 kW

–

VW3A5209

Motor P 250 kW

–

VW3A5210

–

VW3A5210

Motor P 355 kW

–

VW3A5210

Motor P 400 kW

–

VW3A5211

–

VW3A5211

ATV71 HC25N4
ATV71 HC28N4, HC31N4
ATV71 HC40N4
ATV71 HC50N4

(1) For ATV71H037M3…HU15M3 and ATV71H075N4…HU22N4 drives, it is advisable to use a lower category of motor with a sinus filter.
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/66

Resistance braking units
(integrated in ATV71 drives up to 160 kW)

ATV 71HpppM3, ATV 71HpppM3X and ATV71H075N4…HC16N4
drives have a built-in dynamic brake transistor.
The braking resistor enables the Altivar 71 drive to operate while
braking to a standstill or during slowdown braking, by dissipating the
braking energy.

Supply voltage

Three phase
380…480 V

Type of drive
Continuous power/Max

(kw)

Reference

ATV71HC20N4…HC28N4

ATV71HC31N4…HC50N4

200/420

400/750

VW3A7101

VW3A7102

Braking resistors
Drives

Braking resistor
40 s cycle

Braking resistor
200 s cycle

Supply voltage: 200…240 V 50/60 Hz
References

ATV71H037M3, H075M3

VW3A7701

VW3A7801

ATV71HU15M3, HU22M3

VW3A7702

VW3A7802

ATV71HU30M3, HU40M3

VW3A7703

VW3A7803

ATV71HU55M3, HU75M3

VW3A7704

VW3A7804

ATV71HD11M3X

VW3A7705

VW3A7805

ATV71HD15M3X

VW3A7706

VW3A7806

ATV71HD18M3X, HD22M3X

VW3A7707

VW3A7807

ATV71HD30M3X

VW3A7708

VW3A7808

ATV71HD37M3X, HD45M3X

VW3A7709

VW3A7809

ATV71HD55M3X

VW3A7713

VW3A7810

ATV71HD75M3X

VW3A7714

–

ATV71H075N4…HU40N4

VW3A7701

VW3A7801

ATV71HU55N4, HU75N4

VW3A7702

VW3A7802

ATV71HD11N4, HD15N4

VW3A7703

VW3A7803

ATV71HD18N4…HD30N

VW3A7704

VW3A7804

ATV71HD37N4

VW3A7705

VW3A7805

ATV71HD45N4…HD75N4

VW3A7707

VW3A7806

ATV71HD90N4

VW3A7710

VW3A7811

ATV71HC11N4, HC13N4

VW3A7711

VW3A7812

ATV71HC16N4

VW3A7712

VW3A7813

ATV71HC20N4

VW3A7715

VW3A7814

ATV71HC25N4, HC28N4

VW3A7716

VW3A7815

ATV71HC31N4, HC40N4

VW3A7717

VW3A7816

ATV71HC50N4

VW3A7701

VW3A7817

5

Supply voltage: 380…480 V 50/60 Hz

The network braking unit can be used to restore the following to the
line supply:
p The energy from the motor
p The energy from the motors controlled by several drives
connected on the same DC bus

Network braking units

Line voltage
Continuous braking
power (kW)

400 VAC

460 VAC

7

VW3A7 201

–

13

VW3A7 202

–

11

VW3A7 203

–

–

–

VW3A7 231

21.5

VW3A7 204

VW3A7 232

26

VW3A7 205

VW3A7 233

32

VW3A7 206

VW3A7 234

38

VW3A7 207 / VW3A7 208

VW3A7 235 / VW3A7 236 / VW3A7 237 / VW3A7 238

86

VW3A7 209

VW3A7 239

120

VW3A7 210

VW3A7 240

135

VW3A7 211

–

200

VW3A7 212

–

240

–

VW3A7 241

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/67

Altivar/Altistart

Dialogue and communication
PowerSuite software workshop

Multilingual configuration software

For PC

For Pocket PC

Configuration of drives and starters

Altistart 48, Altivar and TeSys model U

Environment

Microsoft Windows ®

Languages
References

English - French - German - Italian - Spanish
PowerSuite CD-ROM (1)

VW3A8104

PowerSuite update CD-ROM

VW3A8105

Connection kit for serial port

VW3A8106

VW3A8111

(1) Contents: Software, technical documentation and the ABC configurator program

Accessories

5

Bluetooth® adaptor

Multilingual configuration software
Description

Modbus - Bluetooth®

USB - Bluetooth® for PC

References

VW3A8114 (1)

VW3A8115

(1) Can also be used to communicate between a Twido PLC and the TwidoSoft software workshop

CANopen communication bus:
connection accessories

Drives
Tap junction
Cables
References

Description

Altivar 31

Altivar 71

VW3CANTAP2

–

2 RJ45 connectors

Cable length

0.3 m

1m

50 m

100 m

300 m

CANopen

VW3CANCARR03

VW3CANCARR1

–

–

–

CANopen LSZH

–

–

TSXCANCA50

TSXCANCA100

TSXCANCA300

CANopen UL/IEC332-2

–

–

TSXCANCB50

TSXCANCB100

TSXCANCB300

LSZH HD flexible CANopen

–

–

TSXCANCD50

TSXCANCD100

TSXCANCD300

1 PLC

1

2 CANopen trunk cable TSXCANCpp

2

2

3 CANopen tap junction VW3CANTAP2
4 CANopen drop cable VW3CANCARRpp

2

5 CANopen connector VW3CANKCDF180T

3

6 CANopen adaptor VW3CANA71

4

ATV31

4

ATV31

5
6
ATV71

ATV71
Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/68

Modbus communication bus:
connection accessories

Starters/drives
Splitter box
Line terminators

T-junction boxes
Cables

Altistart 48

Altivar 31

Altivar 71

Description

10 RJ45 connectors and 1 screw terminal block

Reference

LU9GC3

For RJ 45 connector

R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nF

Reference

VW3A8306RC

For screw terminals

R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nF

Reference

VW3A8306DRC

With integrated cable

0.3 m

VW3A8306TF03

1m

VW3A8306TF10

Description

Altivar 38

1 SUB-D9 connector and

2 RJ45 connectors

1 RJ 45 connector
References

0.3 m

VW3A8306R03

–

1m

VW3A8306R10

VW3A58306R10

VW3A8306R30

VW3A58306R30

3m
RS 485 double

Description

shielded twisted

Reference

pair cables

Description

5

1 RJ45 connector and one stripped end
3m

VW3A8306D30
Supplied without connector

References

100 m

TSXCSA100

200 m

TSXCSA200

500 m

TSXCSA500

1
2

3

4

6

4

6 5

Connection via splitter boxes
and RJ 45 connectors
1 PLC

5
4

2 Modbus cable depending on the type of PLC

4

3 Modbus splitter box LU9GC3

7

4 Modbus drop cables VW3A8306Rpp
5 Line terminators VW3A8306RC
6 Modbus T-junction boxes VW3A8306TFpp (with cable)

ATV71

ATV71

ATV38

ATV48

ATV31

7 Modbus drop cable VW3A58306Rpp

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/69

Altivar/Altistart

Dialogue and communication
Communication modules

Starters/drives
Ethernet/Modbus
DeviceNet/Modbus

Fipio/Modbus

Profibus DP/Modbus

Altistart 48/Altivar 31
References
References

References

174CEV30020

Cable

VW3A8306D30

Gateway

LUFP9

0.3 m cable

VW3A8306R03

1 m cable

VW3A8306R10

3 m cable

VW3A8306R30

Gateway

LUFP1

0.3 m cable

VW3A8306R03

1 m cable

VW3A8306R10

3 m cable

VW3A8306R30

Gateway

LA9P307

1 m cable

VW3P07306R10

Gateway

LUFP7

Parameter setting
References

5

Bridge

Standard configurator

Parameter setting
References

ABC configurator program
0.3 m cable

VW3A8306R03

1 m cable

VW3A8306R10

3 m cable

VW3A8306R30

1

1

2

1 To network

2

2 Communication modules
3 PLC cables VW3A8 306 Rpp,

3

VW3 P07 306 R10

3

4

4 Modbus splitter box LU9 GC3
5 Modbus drop cables VW3A8 306 Rpp
6 Line terminator VW3A8 306 RC

6
5

5

5

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/70

Communication cards and modules

Drives
AS-Interface

CANopen

DeviceNet

Ethernet

Fipio

INTERBUS

METASYS N2

Modbus

Modbus Plus

Profibus DP

Modbus/Uni-Telway

Altivar 38

Altivar 71

Max. no. of drives controlled

31

–

Transmission speed

166 Kbps

Reference

VW3A58305

Max. no. of drives controlled

63

Transmission speed

125/250/500/1000 Kbps

Reference

VW3A58308

Integrated in ATV71 drive

Max. no. of drives controlled

63

63

Transmission speed

125/250/500 Kbps

125/250/500 Kbps

Reference

VW3A58309

VW3A3309

Max. no. of drives controlled

–

–

Transmission speed

10/100 Mbps

10/100 Mbps

Reference

VW3A58310

VW3A3310

Max. no. of drives controlled

62

62

Transmission speed

1 Mbps

1 Mbps

Reference

VW3A58311 or VW3A58301

VW3A3311

Max. no. of drives controlled

64

64

Transmission speed

1 Mbps

1 Mbps

Reference

VW3A58304E

VW3A3304

Max. no. of drives controlled

255

–

Transmission speed

–

Reference

VW3A58354U

Max. no. of drives controlled

27

31

Transmission speed

9600...19200 Kbps

4800...9600 - 19 200 - 38 400 bps

Reference

Integrated in drive

Integrated in drive

Max. no. of drives controlled

64

64

Transmission speed

1 Mbps

1 Mbps

Reference

VW3A58302

VW3A3302

Max. no. of drives controlled

126

126

Transmission speed

9600 bps...12 Mbps

9600 bps...12 Mbps

Reference

VW3A58307

VW3A3307

Max. no. of drives controlled

Uni-Telway: 27

Uni-Telway: 27

Modbus: 31

Modbus: 31

Transmission speed

4800...19200 Kbps

4800...19200 Kbps

Reference

VW3A58303

VW3A3303

5

For connection accessories, please consult the “Soft starters and variable speed drives” catalogue.

Other versions: Please consult your Schneider Electric sales office.

5/71

Power Supplies

Power supplies to keep you
running

Phaseo
Regulated
switch mode
power supplies
ABL1 / ABL7

A simplified
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select
power supplies.

6/0

With its dual upstream/downstream display for quick diagnostics, an
output voltage that can be adjusted to compensate for voltage drops
on the line, protection against overloads and short-circuits, the range
of Phaseo power supplies is quite simply efficient.

Designed to supply
the voltage required
for control and
power circuits of
automation system
equipment from
0.3 to 40 A.

Rectified and
filtered power
supplies ABL6

The essential
guide

Creator of energy

For applications
which accept
fluctuations in the
power supply of
+ or - 10%, and
transformers, for
converting a 400 V
voltage to an AC
voltage between
24 V and 230 V.

Compact
power supplies
ABL7CEM

Modular
power supplies
ABL7RM

Universal
power supplies
ABL7RE/RP

AS-Interface
dedicated
power supplies
ASiABL

Process
power supplies
ABL7U/REQ

Switch mode
power supplies
ABL1REM/RPM

Its wide range of input voltages ensures simplicity of choice
due to fewer product references.

Single-phase
power supplies
ABL6RF

3-phase
power supplies
ABL6RT

Transformers with double or single winding
ABL6TD / ABL6TS

Contents

b Power supplies for control circuits
Phaseo ABL7, ABL1, ABL6 ............................................... 6/2 to 6/4
b Transformers
Phaseo ABL6 ................................................................................ 6/5
> Switch mode power supplies
Phaseo ABL1
b Power supplies for single-phase 110…230 V
dedicated automation systems
b Regulated single-phase 12 and 24 V DC
b Wide offer: power 60 to 240 W
b Anti harmonic filter
b Certification: UL and CSA

> Switch mode power supplies
Phaseo ABL7
b Compact, modular and universal power
supplies for single-phase 100 - 240 V applications
b 2-phase/3-phase 380 - 520 V process power
supplies
b Dual LED display
b Guaranteed output voltage
b Wide voltage range
b Book format
b Conformity to UL/CSA standards

6

> Rectified and filtered power supplies
Phaseo ABL6R
b Fixed upstream and downstream voltage,
power supplies for connection to single-phase
and 3-phase mains supplies.
Used to supply all machines and processes
where a precise 24 V DC is not necessary.
b Single-phase power supply:
1 > 40 A - 24 > 960 W
b 3-phase power supply:
1 > 40 A - 24 > 960 W

> Transformers: Phaseo ABL6T
b Primary voltage: single-phase a 230 - 400 V AC
+/– 15 V
b Safety and circuit isolation transformers with
nominal power ratings between 25 and 2500 VA

6/1

Phaseo

Power supplies
For control circuits

Type of power supply

Compact, 1-phase regulated switch mode, wide range
AUTO reset of automatic protection

Input voltage

100…240 V AC, 110…220 V DC (compatible)

Output voltage

24 V DC

Nominal Power / Current

7 W / 0.3 A

Certifications

cULus, TÜV

Conformity to standards
Emission

Safety

UL508, IEC/EN 60950

EMC

EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2

Conducted and radiated

15 W / 0.6 A

30 W / 1.2 A

EN 55011, EN 55022 class B

EN 55011, EN 55022 class A

EN 55011, EN 55022 class A

Dimensions (WxDxH)

45 x 70 x 75 mm

45 x 95 x 75 mm

References

ABL7CEM24003

ABL7CEM24006

Type of power supply

Modular, 1-phase regulated switch mode
AUTO reset of automatic protection

Input voltage

100…240 V AC

Output voltage

12 V DC

24 V DC

Nominal Power / Current

22 W / 1.9 A

30 W / 1.3 A

ABL7CEM24012

6

Certifications
Conformity to standards
Emission

UL, CSA, TÜV
Safety

IEC/EN 60950, IEC/EN 61131-2/A11

EMC

EN 50081-2, IEC 61000-6-2 (EN 50082-2)

Conducted and radiated

EN 55011, EN 55022 class B

Dimensions (WxDxH)

72 x 70 x 110 mm

References

ABL7RM1202

Type of power supply

Universal, 1-phase regulated switch mode, wide range
AUTO reset of automatic protection

Input voltage

100…240 V AC, 110…230 V DC (version ABL7RP••)

Output voltage

24 V DC

Nominal Power / Current

48 W / 2 A

Certifications

UL, CSA, TÜV, Ctick

Conformity to standards

Emission

ABL7RM2401

72 W / 3 A

120 W / 5 A

Safety

IEC/EN 60950

EMC

EN 50081-2, IEC 61000-6-2 (EN 50082-2)

Low frequency harmonic currents

–

Conducted and radiated

EN 55011, EN 55022 class B

240 W / 10 A

EN 61000-3-2

Dimensions (WxDxH)

27 x 120 x 120 mm

54 x 120 x 120 mm

References

ABL7RE2402

ABL7RE2405

ABL7RE2403

–

EN 61000-3-2

135 x 120 x 120 mm

ABL7RP2405(1) ABL7RE2410

ABL7RP2410(1)

(1) AUTO/MAN reset of automatic protection
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/2

For control circuits

Type of power supply

Industrial, 2-phase regulated switch mode
AUTO/MAN reset of automatic protection

Input voltage

2 x 380…415 V AC

Output voltage

24 V DC

Nominal Power / Current
Conformity to standards

Emission

120 W / 5 A

240 W / 10 A

Safety

IEC/EN 60950

EMC

EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2

Low frequency harmonic currents

–

Conducted and radiated

EN 55011, EN 55022 class B

Dimensions (WxDxH)

68 x 130 x 127 mm

68 x 154 x1 27 mm

References

ABL7REQ24050

ABL7REQ24100

6
Type of power supply

Industrial, 3-phase regulated switch mode, wide range
AUTO/MAN reset of automatic protection

Input voltage

3 x 400…520 V AC

Output voltage

24 V DC

Nominal Power / Current

120 W / 5 A

Certifications

cULus, c

Conformity to standards

Emission

240 W / 10 A

480 W / 20 A

960 W / 40 A

84 x 240 x 209 mm

106 x 275 x 242 mm

ABL7UPS24200

ABL7UPS24400

us

Safety

IEC/EN 60950

EMC

EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2

Low frequency harmonic currents

–

Conducted and radiated

EN 55011, EN 55022 class B

Dimensions (WxDxH)

68 x 171 x 127 mm

References

ABL7UES24050

EN 61000-3-2

ABL7UPS24100

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/3

Phaseo

Power supplies
For control circuits

Type of power supply

Industrial, regulated switch mode

Input voltage

85 V…264 V AC

Output voltage

12 V DC

Nominal Power / Current

60 W / 5 A

Certifications

UL, c CSA us, CE, Ctick

Conformity to standards

100 W / 8.3 A

24 V DC

60 W / 2.5 A

100 W / 4.2 A

150 W / 6.2 A

Safety

IEC/EN 60950-1, SELV

EMC

EN 55011/55022 cIB, IEC/EN 61000-6-2/3, IEC/EN 61000--4-2, 43, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12

Without filter

ABL1REM12050 –

With filter (1)

–

Dimensions (WxDxH)
References

85 V…132 V AC / 170 V…264 V AC
24 V DC

150 x 38 x 98

200 x 38 x 98

150 x 38 x 98

200 x 38 x 98

240 W / 10 A

200 x 50 x 98

200 x 65 x 98

ABL1REM24025 ABL1REM24042 ABL1REM24062 ABL1REM24100

ABL1RPM12083 –

ABL1RPM24042 ABL1RPM24062 ABL1RPM24100

(1) Anti harmonic IEC/EN 61000-3-2

6
Type of power supply

Rectified and filtered

Input voltage

215/230/245 or 385/400/415 V AC (±10%) 1-phase

Output voltage

24 V DC

380/400/420 V AC (±10%) 3-phase

Certifications

c

Nominal power

24 W

60 W

120 W

240 W

360 W

480 W

240 W

480 W

720 W

960 W

Nominal current

1A

2.5 A

5A

10 A

15 A

20 A

10 A

20 A

30 A

40 A

Power supply references

us

1-phase

ABL6RF24•• (2)

01

02

05

10

15

20

–

–

–

–

3-phase

ABL6RT24•• (2)

–

–

–

–

–

–

10

20

30

40

(2) Complete the reference according to the power and current using the adjacent table (example: ABL6RF2401)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/4

Transformers

Type of transformer

Safety and isolation

Primary voltage

230/400 V AC (±15%) 1-phase

Secondary

Single or double winding (see references below)

Certifications
Nominal power
References, single winding

25 VA

40 VA

63 VA

100 VA

160 VA

250 VA

400 VA

630 VA

1000 VA

12 V

02J

04J

06J

10J

16J

25J

–

–

–

24 V

02B

04B

06B

10B

16B

25B

40B

63B

100B

115 V

02G

04G

06G

10G

16G

25G

40G

63G

100G

230 V

02U

04U

06U

10U

16U

25U

40U

63U

100U

ABL6TS••• (1)
Secondary voltage

References, double winding

ABL6TD••• (1)
Secondary voltage

24/48 V

02B

04B

06B

10B

16B

25B

40B

63B

100B

115/230 V

02G

04G

06G

10G

16G

25G

40G

63G

100G

(1) Complete the reference according to the power and voltage using the table below (example: ABL6TS02J)

6

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

6/5

Interfaces and I/Os

Pre-wired system and
distributed I/O solutions to help
you put everything together

Advantys

IP20: from the heart of the enclosure…

Pre-wired system

Simple, quick, reliable and powerful It enables quick connection of
inputs/outputs to the operative parts. It eliminates unnecessary cabling
by replacing the use of PLC terminals and conventional terminal blocks.
It comprises a connection cable and 3 types of connection sub-base.
Advantys Telefast ABE7

Distributed inputs/outputs

Advantys STB
Advantys OTB

Open and modular, this optimised block
solution enables the creation of separate groups
of industrial I/Os, each positioned as near to the
machine as possible, that are managed by a
master controller (PLC, PC or variable speed
drive) via a fieldbus or communication network.

This open I/O modular system integration
solution is an I/O platform that also provides
a very modular wiring solution and a power
supply management system.
Right from the start, you will appreciate its
powerful and intelligent configuration software,
its networking capabilities, its ease of setting-up
and its wealth of parametering features.

IP67: …to the heart of the machine,
put them to the test…
Pre-wired system

Passive
splitter
boxes
Advantys
ABE9

Compact,

The essential
guide
A simplified
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select all
the products
required for
interfacing.

7/0

they eliminate the
need for long and
difficult cable runs.
b 4 or 8 channel
version with M12
connections

Distributed inputs/outputs

Monobloc
splitter
boxes
Advantys
FTB

Modular
splitter
boxes
Advantys
FTM

They enable sensors and actuators to be connected in distributed
automation systems using pre-assembled cables, thus reducing wiring
time and costs whilst, at the same time, increasing the operational
availability of the installation.

Simple, robust
and configurable.

Powerful, compact
and modular.

b Wide range of I/O
combinations (16 I,
8 I 8 O, 12 I 4 O,
16 I/O configurable)

b Up to 256 discrete
I/Os per bus module

Also see:
b Advantys AS-Interface IP20 and IP67 cabling system
(Chapter 8 “AS-Interface cabling system”)

Contents
Connection
b Terminal blocks AB1 ................................................................... 7/2
b Cable ends DZ5/AZ5 .................................................................. 7/3
b Cabling accessories XZ for sensors/actuators, IP67
(see Chapter 1 “Detection”)

Distributed I/O
solution
Advantys STB
b The intelligence

b Adaptability:

integrated in Advantys
STB and its software
responds perfectly to
your needs by
simplifying the
implementation of your
automation systems.

The modular and
evolutionary design of
the range, I/O
modules, network
interfaces and options
available enable you to
design a system suited
to your needs.

b Simplicity:
Plug-in connectors
accelerate and simplify
installation and
commissioning;
removable memory
cards enable bus
configurations to be
copied in a few
seconds.

b Open:
Advantys STB can be
interfaced with the
main fieldbuses:
CANopen, DeviceNet,
Ethernet, Fipio,
INTERBUS,
Modbus Plus,
Profibus DP.

Interfaces and pre-wired
system
b IP20 plug-in relays, Zelio Relay
(see Chapter 3 “Automation”)
b IP20 pre-wired system
Advantys Telefast ABE7 .............................................................. 7/4
b IP20 connection interfaces for Twido
Advantys Telefast ABE7 .............................................................. 7/6
b IP67 passive splitter boxes
Advantys ABE9 ............................................................................ 7/9

Distributed inputs/outputs
b IP20 distributed I/O
Modicon Momentum with processor
(see Chapter 3 “Automation”)
b IP20 distributed I/O, optimised block
Advantys OTB ............................................................................... 7/8
b IP67 distributed I/O, optimised block
Advantys FTB ............................................................................... 7/9
b IP20 distributed I/O, modular system
Advantys STB ................................................................. 7/10 to 7/13
b IP67 distributed I/O, modular system
Advantys FTM ............................................................................. 7/14

7

AS-Interface
cabling system
b IP20 interfaces
Advantys AS-Interface
(see Chapter 8 “AS-Interface cabling system”)
b IP67 interfaces
Advantys AS-Interface
(see Chapter 8 “AS-Interface cabling system”)

7/1

AB1

Terminal blocks
Insulation displacement technology

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm
1 mm2 c.s.a.
2.5 mm2 c.s.a.

rails

2-way terminal blocks
(sold in lots of 100)

End covers
(sold in lots of 10)

2-pole commoning link (1)
(sold in lots of 10)
AB1RRAL22

Conducting

AB1AA135U2GR

AB1AAAC122GR

Protective earth conductor

AB1AATP135U2

AB1AAAC122VE

-

Conducting

AB1AA235U2GR

AB1AAAC122GR

AB1RRAL22

Protective earth conductor

AB1AATP235U2

AB1AAAC122VE

-

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RAL22 becomes AB1RAL23).

Spring clamp technology

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm
2.5 mm2 c.s.a.

7

rails

Terminal blocks
(sold in lots of 100)

End covers
(sold in lots of 10)

2-pole commoning link (1)
(sold in lots of 10)
AB1RRAL22 (1)

Conducting

AB1RR235U2GR

AB1RRAC242GR

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRTP235U2

AB1RRTPAC242

–

4 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1RR435U2GR

AB1RRAC242GR

AB1RRAL42 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRTP435U2

AB1RRTPAC242

–

6 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1RR635U2GR

–

AB1RRAL62

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRTP635U2

–

–

10 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1RR1035U2GR (2)

–

AB1RRAL102

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRTP1035U2 (2)

–

–

16 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1RR1635U2GR (2)

–

AB1RRAL162

Protective earth conductor

AB1RRTP1635U2 (2)

–

–

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RRAL22 becomes AB1RRAL23).
(2) Sold in lots of 50.

Screw clamp technology

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm
2.5 mm2 c.s.a.

rails

Terminal blocks
(sold in lots of 100)

End covers
(sold in lots of 50)

2-pole commoning link (1)
(sold in lots of 10)
AB1ALN22 (1)

Conducting

AB1VV235U

AB1AC24

Protective earth conductor

–

–

–

4 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VV435U

AB1AC24

AB1ALN42 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP435U

–

–

6 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VV635U

AB1AC6

AB1ALN62 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP635U

–

–

10 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VVN1035U (2)

AB1ACN10

AB1ALN102 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP1035U (2)

–

–

16 mm2 c.s.a.

Conducting

AB1VVN1635U (2)

AB1ACN16

AB1ALN162 (1)

Protective earth conductor

AB1TP1635U (2)

–

–

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole commoning link replace the last number of the reference (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1ALN22 becomes AB1ALN23).
(2) Sold in lots of 50.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/2

DZ5/AZ5

Insulated cable ends
Conforming to DIN 46228 (1)

mm2

Øb

Øb1 c

0.5

3

1.4

0.75

3.1

1.6

13

1

3.4

1.8

13.5

1.5

4

2.1

13.5

2.5

4.6

2.7

14.5

13

Type

Single cable ends
Sold in lots of 10 x 100

Packaging

Individual or “strings” of bags

Dispenser pack

Strips of 50 in bag

Conductor c.s.a.

0.5

White

DZ5CE005D

AZ5CE005D

DZ5CEB005D

in mm2

0.75

Grey

DZ5CE007D

AZ5CE007D

DZ5CEB007D

1

Red

DZ5CE010D

AZ5CE010D

DZ5CEB010D

1.5

Black

DZ5CE015D

AZ5CE015D

DZ5CEB015D

2.5

Blue

DZ5CE025D

AZ5CE025D

DZ5CEB025D

mm2

Øb

Øb1 c

c1

0.75

2.8 x 5

1.8

8

1

3.4 x 5.4 2.05 15

8

1.5

3.6 x 6.6 2.3

15

8

2.5

4.2 x 7.8 2.9

18.5 10

15

Type

Double cable ends
Sold in lots of 5 x 100

Packaging

Dispenser pack

Conductor c.s.a.

2 x 0.75

Grey

AZ5DE007D

in mm2

2x1

Red

AZ5DE010D

2 x 1.5

Black

AZ5DE015D

2 x 2.5

Blue

AZ5DE025D

(1) For insulated cable ends conforming to standard NF C 63-023 , please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.

7

Cabling accessories

Type

Pliers/cutters

Functions

Stripping

Cutting/stripping Crimping

Crimping (ratchet) Cutting/stripping/crimping (2)

For cable c.s.a.

0.08 to 4 mm2

0.4 to 4 mm2

0.5 to 16 mm2

0.25 to 6 mm2

0.5 to 2.5 mm2

References

AT1PA7

AT2PE1

AT1PA2

AT2PA5

AT2TRIF01

(2) For use with cable ends packed in strips of 50.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/3

Advantys ABE7

Telefast® pre-wired system
Passive I/O sub-bases «Discrete»

Type of connection sub-base

Optimum

Number of channels

16

16

Max. current per channel

0.5 A

0.5 A

Control voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / 24 VDC

24 VDC / 24 VDC

LED per channel

–

With

Number of terminals per channel/on row number

1/2

1/1

Dimensions (WxDxH)

55 x 59 x 67 mm

106 x 60 x 49 mm

References

2/2

3/3

–

ABE7H16C11

ABE7H16C21

ABE7H16C31

Cable L = 1 m

ABE7H20E100 (1)

–

–

–

Cable L = 2 m

ABE7H20E200 (1)

–

–

–

Cable L = 3 m

ABE7H20E300 (1)

–

–

–

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m (2)

ABFH20H100

(1) Connection cable supplied for PLCs.
(2) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

7

Type of connection sub-base

Universal

Number of channels

16

Max. current per channel

0.5 A

Control voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / 24 VDC

LED per channel

–

With

–

–

With

With

Number of terminals per channel/on row number

1/1

1/1

1/2

2/2

2/2

3/3

Dimensions (WxDxH)

125 x 58 x 70 mm

84 x 58 x 70 mm 125 x 58 x 70 mm

References

ABE7H16R10

ABE7H16R50

ABE7H16R21

ABE7H16R31

ABE7H16R11

ABE7H16R20

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (2)
(2) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Type of connection sub-base

For counter and
analogue channels

Number of channels

1 counter channel (3)

8

8

Max. current per channel

25 mA

25 mA

25 mA

Control voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / 24 VDC

Number of terminals per channel

2

2 or 4

2 or 4

Dimensions (WxDxH)

143 x 58 x 70 mm

125 x 58 x 70 mm

125 x 58 x 70 mm

References
Connection cable recommended
for Modicon PLCs (4)

Passive distribution
with shielding continuity

Distribution and supply
of analogue channels

ABE7CPA01

ABE7CPA02

ABE7CPA03

TSX Micro

L = 2.5 m

TSXCCPS15

–

–

Premium

L=3m

TSXCAP030

(3) Or 8 inputs + 2 outputs, analogue .
(4) Connection cables available for other PLCs, please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/4

Sockets with plug-in relays and terminals

Type of connection sub-base

With soldered solid-state
relay inputs

With soldered solid-state
relay outputs

With soldered electromechanical relay outputs

Number of channels
Max. current per channel

16

16

16

12 mA

0.5 A

Input voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / -

2A

- / 24 VDC

- / 5…30 VDC, 250 VAC

Number of contacts
Polarity distribution

–

–

1 N/O

–

–

Number of terminals per channel

2

(1)

Dimensions (WxDxH)

206 x 58 x 77 mm

References

ABE7S16E2B1 ABE7S16E2F0

110 VAC / -

5A

Volt-free

ABE7S16S2B0(2) ABE7S16S1B2 ABE7R16S111

ABE7R16S210

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (3)
(1) Contact common per group of 8 channels.
(2) With fault detection signal (can only be used with modules with protected outputs).
(3) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Type of connection sub-base

With plug-in electromechanical relays

Number of channels

16

Max. current per channel

5A

Control voltage / output voltage

24 VDC / 5…24 VDC, 230 VAC

Number of contacts

1 N/O

Polarity distribution

(4)

(5)

Number of terminals per channel

2

2 or 3

2 to 6

Dimensions (WxDxH)

110x54x89 mm

211 x 64 x 89 mm

272 x 74 x 89 mm

References

ABE7R16T111

ABE7R16T212

2.5 A

4A

5A

1 C/O

7

2 C/O

Volt-free

ABE7R16T210

ABE7R16T230

ABE7R16T330

ABE7R16T370

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: ABFH20H100 (6)
(4) Contact common per group of 4 channels.
(5) Common on both poles.
(6) For a 2 m length cable, replace the number 1 in the reference by 2, and for a 3 m length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Connection cables for PLCs (7)

Input/Output functions
References

Discrete

Analogue

Analogue
and counter

Counter

Axis control

Cable L = 1 m

ABFH20H100

–

–

–

–

Cable L = 2 m

ABFH20H200

ABFY25S200

–

–

TSXCXP213

Cable L = 2.5 m

–

–

TSXCCPS15

TSXCCPH15

–

Cable L = 3 m

ABFH20H300

TSXCAP030

–

–

–

Cable L = 6 m

–

–

–

–

TSXCXP613

(7) Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs.
For other connection cables and accessories, please refer to your Schneider Electric agency.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/5

Advantys ABE7

Telefast® connection interfaces
Sub-bases for Twido controllers

Type of connection sub-base

Discrete inputs/outputs

Number of channels

20

Number of inputs

12 I (1 common for 12 channels)

Number of outputs

8O

8 O, fuse protected

2 O, solid-state

(1 common for 8 channels)

(1 common for 8 channels)

6 O, relay (1 common for 6 chnls.)

Solid-state and relay

Voltage / current of inputs

24 VDC / 5…7 mA

Voltage / current of outputs

24 VDC / 0.3 A

LED per channel

–

Number of terminals per channel/row number

2/2

Dimensions (WxDxH)

130 x 62.5 x 83 mm

References

ABE7B20MPN20

20

20

Solid-state: 24 VDC / 2 A
Relay: 5…30 VDC, 250 VAC / 3 A
With

–

ABE7B20MPN22

ABE7B20MRM20

Sub-base for input/output module

Type of connection sub-base

Discrete outputs

Number of channels

16

16

16

16

Type of outputs

16 I

16 O

16 O, fuse protected

16 O

Voltage / current of outputs

24 VDC / 5 mA

LED per channel

–

Number of terminals per channel/row number

2/2

Dimensions (WxDxH)

106 x 60 x 49 mm

References

ABE7E16EPN20

Relay

7

(1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 16 channels) (1 common for 4 channels)
24 VDC / 0.1 A

Relay: 5…30 VDC, 250 VAC / 3 A
With

–

130 x 62.5 x 83 mm
ABE7E16SPN20

ABE7E16SPN22

ABE7E16SRM20

Connection cables for Twido

Type of cable

For linking Twido and Telefast sub-base

For use with

TWDLMDA20DTK/40DTK

Type of connectors

HE10, 26-pin, at either end

HE10, 20-pin, at either end

L = 0.5 m

ABFT26B050

ABFT20E050

L=1m

ABFT26B100

ABFT20E100

L=2m

ABFT26B200

ABFT20E200

References

Cable

TWDDI16DK/32DK/DDO16TK/32TK

Accessories
Type of accessory

Optional clip-in terminals

Number of linked terminals

20

12 + 8

References

ABE7BV20

ABE7BV20TB

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/6

Advantys ABE9

Passive splitter boxes
IP67

Type of connection

To PLC using multicore cable

Number of channels

4

8

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin

M12, 5-pin

Max. number of signals

8

16

Max. current per channel

4A

Max. current per splitter box

16 A (1 mm2)

Product certification

cULus

Dimensions (WxDxH)
References

Without LEDs
With LEDs (1)

50.2 x 42 x 92.2 mm

50.2 x 42 x 149.2 mm

Cable L = 5 m

ABE9C1240L05

ABE9C1280L05

Cable L = 10 m

ABE9C1240L10

ABE9C1280L10

Cable L = 5 m

ABE9C1241L05

ABE9C1281L05

Cable L = 10 m

ABE9C1241L10

ABE9C1281L10

(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.

Type of connection

To PLC using M23 connector

Number of channels

4

8

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin

M12, 5-pin

Max. number of signals

8

16

Max. current per channel

4A

Max. current per splitter box

16 A

Product certification

cULus

Dimensions, W X D x H
References

7

50.2 x 36.5 x 92.2 mm

50.2 x 36.5 x 149.2 mm

Without LEDs

ABE9C1240C23

ABE9C1280C23

With LEDs (1)

ABE9C1241C23

ABE9C1281C23

(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.

Accessories

Type of accessory
References

Splitter boxes w/o cable

Terminal connectors

Without LEDs With LEDs

Cable L = 5 m Cable L = 10 m (sold in lots of 10)

4-channel

ABE9C1240M

ABE9C1241M

ABE9XCA1405 ABE9XCA1410 –

8-channel

ABE9C1280M

ABE9C1281M

ABE9XCA1805 ABE9XCA1810 –

for Ø12 connector

–

–

–

–

Sealing plugs

FTXCM12B

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/7

Advantys OTB

IP 20 distributed I/O, optimised block
Interface modules

Discrete Type of bus

CANopen
Machine bus

Ethernet TCP/IP
network

Number of I/Os

20 I/O

Number of inputs

12 inputs 24 VDC IEC type 1

Number of outputs

6 relay outputs and 2 solid state 24 VDC outputs

Connection method

Removable terminal block

Number of I/O expansion modules (1)

7 discrete or analogue input/output modules, or connection accessories

Maximum I/O configuration

With interface module base: 132 with screw terminal I/O expansion;

Modbus Series
network

244 with HE10 connector I/O expansion; up to 48 analogue channels
Supply voltage
Counting

24 VDC
5 kHz

2 channels, 32 bits (0…4 294 967 295 points)
dedicated discrete inputs -up counting/down counting with preset

20 kHz

2 channels, 32 bits (0…4 294 967 295 points)
up/down counting, up counting, down counting, frequency meter

Pulse generator, 7 kHz

2 PWM function channels (output with pulse width modulation)
or PLS function (pulse generator output)

Dimension (WxDxH)

55x70x90 mm

References

OTB1C0DM9LP

OTB1E0DM9LP

OTB1S0DM9LP

(1) for the references of discrete I/O and analogue expansion modules, refer to the Twido or Advantys OTB catalogue

7
Accessories

Type of accessory

Commoning modules

Documentation

Usage

For grouping input or output

User guides

commons, max 8 A

for hardware & software

Positioning

Inter-module

–

Référence

OTB9ZZ61JP

FTXES00

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/8

Advantys FTB

IP67 distributed I/O, optimised block
Interface modules, plastic enclosure

Type of module

CANopen
machine bus

Number of channels

8

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin

Max. voltage / current of inputs

24 VDC type 2/200 mA

Max. voltage / current of outputs

24 VDC/1.6 A

Max. current per splitter box

8A

Product certification

cULus

Dimensions, W X D x H
Diagnostics
References

DeviceNet
Fieldbus

ProfiBus
Fieldbus

InterBus
Fieldbus

63 x 50.5 x 220 mm

63 x 69 x 220 mm

Splitter boxes

By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply

Channels

By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault

16 inputs

FTB1CN16EP0

FTB1DN16EP0

FTB1DP16EP0

FTB1IB16EP0

8 inputs/8 outputs

FTB1CN08E08SP0

FTB1DN08E08SP0

FTB1DP08E08SP0

FTB1IB08E08SP0

12 inputs/4 outputs

FTB1CN12E04SP0

FTB1DN12E04SP0

FTB1DP12E04SP0

FTB1IB12E04SP0

16 configurable inputs/outputs

FTB1CN16CP0

FTB1DN16CP0

FTB1DP16CP0

FTB1IB16CP0

Interface modules, metal enclosure

7

Type of module

CANopen

Number of channels

8

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin

Max. voltage / current of inputs

24 VDC type 2/200 mA

Max. voltage / current of outputs

24 VDC/1.6 A

Max. current per splitter box

8A

Product certification

cULus

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Diagnostics
References

DeviceNet

ProfiBus

62.7 x 38.9 x 224.7 mm
Splitter boxes

By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply

Channels

By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault

16 inputs

FTB1CN16EM0

FTB1DN16EM0

FTB1DP16EM0

8 inputs/8 outputs/configurable outputs FTB1CN08E08CM0

FTB1DN08E08CM0

FTB1DP08E08CM0

16 configurable inputs/outputs

FTB1DN16CM0

FTB1DP16CM0

FTB1CN16CM0

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/9

Advantys STB

IP20 Distributed I/O, modular system
Communication modules

Type of module NIM

Ethernet TCP/IP network

Binary speed

10 Mbps

Protocol
Transparent Ready

Modbus TCP/IP
Class

B20

Embedded Web server

Standard services

Ethernet services

SNMP agent, FDR client (replacement of faulty equipment), BOOTP (allocation of IP addresses by a server)

Max. number of addressable I/O modules

32 per island

Dimensions (WxDxH)

40x70x128,3 mm

Reference

Standard

Type of module NIM

Machine bus
CANopen

Fieldbus
Fipio

INTERBUS

Max. number of addressable I/O modules

32 per island (1) (2)

32 per island (1)

32 per island (1) (2)

32 per island (1) (2)

Binary speed

10 K…1 Mbps

1 Mbps

0.5 Mbps

9.6 K…12 Mbps

Dimensions (WxDxH)

7

STBNIP2212

Reference

Profibus DP

40x70x128,3 mm
Standard

STBNCO2212

STBNFP2212

STBNIB2212

STBNDP2212

Basic

STBNCO1010

–

STBNIB1010

STBNDP1010

(1) On 7 segments max.
(2) 12 per island on 1 segment max for basic versions.

Type of module

Other networks
Modbus Plus

Max. number of addressable I/O modules

32 per island

32 per island

12 per island

Speed

1 Mbps

125, 250 or 500 Kbps

125, 250 or 500 Kbps

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

DeviceNet

40x70x128,3 mm
Standard

STBNMP2212

STBNDN2212

–

Basic

–

–

STBNDN1010

Connection accessories
Type of accessory

Removable terminals for
24 VDC power supply

DeviceNet

Use

All communication modules

Network link DeviceNet module

Screw terminals

STBXTS1120 (1)

STBXTS1111

Spring terminals

STBXTS2120 (1)

STBXTS2111

Reference

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.
Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/10

Power distribution modules (1)

Type of module
Connection by removable terminals

PDM

Auxiliary
Power supply

Screw STBXTS1130 (2)

Screw STBXTS1120 (2)

Spring STBXTS2130 (2)
Supply voltage
Maximum current

24 VDC

4 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C

–

5 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C

–

–

Outputs

8 A at 30°C, 5 A at 60°C

–

10 A at 30°C, 2.5 A at 60°C –

–

Inputs/Outputs

–

4 A at 30°C, 2,5 A at 60°C –

5 A at 30°C, 2,5 A at 60°C –

Logique interne 5 V

–

–

–

19.2…30 VDC

Dimensions (WxDxH)

18.4x70x128.3 mm
Module

–

1,2 A

85…265 VAC

–

Standard

STBPDT3100

–

STBPDT2100

–

Basic

–

STBPDT3105

–

STBPDT2105

Base

STBXBA2200

(1) Process power supplies see chapter 6 “Power supply”
(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.

Type of module
Connection by removable terminals
Use
Dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

115…230 VAC

Inputs

Sensor/actuator bus voltage range
Reference

Spring STBXTS2120 (2)

24 VDC

STBCPS2111

STBXBA2200

STBXBA2100

Bus extension modules for standard range

“EOS”
End of segment

“BOS”
Beginning of segment

Extension for CANopen
connection devices

–

Screw STBXTS1120 (2)

Screw STBXTS1110 (3)

–

Spring STBXTS2120 (2)

Spring STBXTS2110 (3)

For placing at end of segment

For placing at head of each

For placing at end of last

(except for the last)

extension segment

segment

STBXBE1000

STBXBE1200

STBXBE2100

STBXBA2400

STBXBA2300

STBXBA2000

7

18.4x70x128.3 mm
Module

Standard

Base
(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.
(3) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Software and memory card

Type

Advantys configuration software

Removable memory card
–

Use

Single station

Memory size

–

32 Kb

Reference

STBSPU1000

STBXMP4440

Connection accessories
Type of accessory

Island bus extension cable

Length

0.3 m

1m

4.5 m

10 m

14 m

Reference

STBXCA1001

STBXCA1002

STBXCA1003

STBXCA1004

STBXCA1006

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/11

Advantys STB

IP20 Distributed I/O, modular system
Discrete modules

Type of module

Discrete inputs

Connection by removable terminals (1)

Screw STBXTS1100

Screw STBXTS1110

Spring STBXTS2100

Spring STBXTS2110

Number of channels

2

Input voltage

24 VDC

115 VAC

Dimensions (WxDxH)

13.9x70x128.3 mm

18.4x70x128.3 mm

Reference

Module

4

6

2
230 VAC

Standard

STBDDI3230

STBDDI3420

STBDDI3610

STBDAI5230

STBDAI7220

Basic

–

STBDDI3425

STBDDI3615

–

–

Base

STBXBA1000

STBXBA2000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Type of module

Discrete solid state outputs

Connection by removable terminals (1)

Screw STBXTS1100
Spring STBXTS2100

7

Number of channels

2

4

6

Output voltage

24 VDC

24 VDC

24 VDC

Output current

0.5 A

Dimensions (WxDxH)

13.9x70x128.3 mm

Reference

Module

2A

0.25 A

0.5 A

0.25 A

0.5 A

Standard

STBDDO3200

STBDDO3230

–

STBDDO3410

–

STBDDO3600

Basic

–

–

STBDDO3415

–

STBDDO3605

–

Base

STBXBA1000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Type of module

Discrete outputs
Triac

Connection by removable terminals (1)

Screw STBXTS1110

Relay

Spring STBXTS2110
Number of channels

2

2 NC/NO

Output voltage

115…230 VAC

24 VDC or 115…230 VAC

Output current

2 A at 30°C, 1 A at 60°C

2 A per contact

Dimensions (WxDxH)

18.4x70x128.3 mm

Reference

Module

Standard

Base

STBDAO8210
STBXBA2000

2 NC+NO
7 A per contact
28.1x70x128.3 mm

STBDRC3210

STBDRA3290
STBXBA3000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/12

Analog modules

Type of module (3)

Analog inputs

Connection by removable terminals

Screw STBXTS1100 (1) / Spring STBXTS2100 (1)

Number of channels

2

Input signal

- 10…+10 V

Resolution

11 bits + sign

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

9 bits + sign

0…+10 V

0…20 mA

4…20 mA

Multi-range (2)

10 bits

12 bits

10 bits

15 bits + sign

13.9x70x128.3 mm
Module

Standard

STBAVI1270

–

–

STBACI1230

–

STBART0200

Basic

–

STBAVI1275

STBAVI1255

–

STBACI1225

–

Base

STBXBA1000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.
(2) Thermocouple B, E, J, K, R, S, T. Thermal probe Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, cu 10, ± 80 mV.

Type of module (3)

Analog outputs

Connection by removable terminals

Screw STBXTS1100 (1) / Spring STBXTS2100 (1)

Number of channels

2

Output signal

- 0…+10 V, - 10…+10 V

0…+10 V

-10 V…+10 V

0…20 mA

4…20 mA

Resolution

11 bits + sign or 12 bits

10 bits

9 bits + signe

12 bits

10 bits

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

13.9x70x128.3 mm
Module

Standard

STBAVO1250

–

–

STBACO1210

–

Basic

–

STBAVO1255

STBAVO1265

–

STBACO1225

Base

STBXBA1000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Application-specific modules

Type of module (3)

For motor starters
Tego Power

TeSys model U

Counter
(1)

Connection by connector

1 HE10 (30 contacts)

4 RJ45

Spring STBXTS2150 (2)

Number of inputs/outputs

16 E / 8 S

12 E / 8 S

Input voltage

24 VDC

Output voltage/current

24 VDC/0.1 A per channel

Number of channels

8 non reversing motor starters

4 starters-controllers

18.4x70x128.3 mm

28.1x70x128.3 mm

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Reference

Module

7

Standard

Base
Connection cables

4E/2S
24 VDC
24 VDC/0.5 A

STBEPI1145

STBEPI2145

STBXBA2000

STBXBA3000

1 counter channel 40 kHz
STBEHC3020

STBXCA3002 (L= 1 m)

490NTW00002 (L= 2 m)

–

STBXCA3003 (L= 2 m)

490NTW00005 (L= 5 m)

–

(1) For 2/3-wire PNP/NPN 24 VDC sensors, 24 VDC incremental encoders, mechanical contacts
(2) To be ordered separately
(3) Requited grounding kit (conseilled for counter<40 kHz): STBXSP3000 (connecting support) + STBXSP3010 (1,5…6 mm 2 terminals) + STBXSP3020 (5…11 mm 2 terminals)
Connection accessories: See www.telemecanique.com
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/13

Advantys FTM

IP67 distributed I/O, modular system
Interface modules

Type of bus module

CANopen
machine bus

Max. number of Discrete I/O

256

Max. number of splitter boxes

16

Bus module supply voltage

24 V DC

Bus module max. supply current

9A

Product certification

UL/CSA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

50 x 50.3 x 151 mm

References

FTM1CN10

DeviceNet
fieldbus

Profibus
fieldbus

CULus
FTM1DN10

FTM1DP10

Splitter boxes

7

Type of splitter box

Discrete inputs/outputs
Compact

Expandable

Input voltage

24 V DC/type 2/200 mA

24 V DC/type 2/200 mA

Output voltage

24 V DC

24 V DC

Type of output

Solid-state

Solid-state

Output current

0.5 A

0.5 A

Maximum supply current by internal bus

4A

4A

Diagnostics

Short-circuit on I/O, wire breakage fault, sensor/actuator fault

Dimensions (WxDxH)

30 x 34.5 x 126 mm

I/O connection

M8 connector

M12 connector

M8 connector

8 inputs

FTM1DE08C08

FTM1DE08C12

FTM1DE08C08E

FTM1DE08C12E

8 configurable inputs/outputs

FTM1DD08C08

FTM1DD08C12

FTM1DD08C08E

FTM1DD08C12E

16 inputs

–

FTM1DE16C12 (1)

–

FTM1DE16C12E (1)

16 configurable inputs/outputs

–

FTM1DD16C12 (1)

–

FTM1DD16C12E (1)

References

30 x 34.5 x 151 mm
M12 connector

(1) Dimensions: 50 x 34.5 x 126 mm.

Type of splitter box

Analogue inputs/outputs
Compact

Type of inputs/outputs

Current

Voltage

Measuring range

0…20 mA/4…20 mA

± 10 V DC/0…10 V DC

Diagnostics

Short-circuit on I/O, wire breakage fault, sensor/actuator fault

Conversion time

≤ 2 ms per channel

Dimensions (WxDxH)

30 x 34.5 x 126 mm

Resolution
References

16 bit

12 bit

15 bit + sign

11 bit + sign

4 inputs

FTM1AE04C12C

–

FTM1AE04C12T

–

4 outputs

–

FTM1AS04C12C

–

FTM1AS04C12T

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/14

Accessories for distributed I/O FTM

(1)

Internal bus connection cables

(1) For sensor/actuator cabling accessories, see page 7/13

Type of cable

For linking bus module and splitter boxes

Type of connector
References

Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at either end
Cable

L = 0.3 m

FTXCB3203

L = 0.6 m

FTXCB3206

L=1m

FTXCB3210

L=2m

FTXCB3220

L=3m

FTXCB3230

L=5m

FTXCB3250

Auxiliary power supply connection cables

Type of cable

For connection of 24 V DC auxiliary power supply

Type of connector
References

Cable

Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at either end

Elbowed M12, 6-pin, at one end (other end free)

L = 0.3 m

FTXCA3203

FTXCA3103

L = 0.6 m

FTXCA3206

FTXCA3106

L=1m

FTXCA3210

FTXCA3110

L=2m

FTXCA3220

FTXCA3120

L=3m

FTXCA3230

FTXCA3130

L=5m

FTXCA3250

FTXCA3150

7

Accessories

Type

Line terminator for end of internal bus

Type of connector

M12

References

FTXCBTL12

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/15

Advantys

Accessories for distributed I/O FTB/FTM

(1)

Bus connection cables

(1) For sensor and actuator cabling accessories:
see page 7/17
Type of bus

CANopen
machine bus

Type of female connector

M12, 5-pin, at either end

Connector coding

A encoded

References

Cable

DeviceNet
fieldbus

ProfiBus
fieldbus

INTERBUS
fieldbus

B encoded

–

–

L = 0.3 m

FTXCN3203

FTXDP3203

–

L = 0.6 m

FTXCN3206

FTXDP3206

FTXIB1206 (2)

L=1m

FTXCN3210

FTXDP3210

FTXIB1210 (2)

L=2m

FTXCN3220

FTXDP3220

FTXIB1220 (2)

L=3m

FTXCN3230

FTXDP3230

–

L=5m

FTXCN3250

FTXDP3250

FTXIB1250 (2)

(2) Reference includes the Bus connection cable + the power supply cable.

Power supply connection cables

7
Type of bus

CANopen
machine bus

Type of female connector
References

ProfiBus
fieldbus

Type 7/8, 5-pin, at either end
Cable

L = 0.6 m

FTXDP2206

L=1m

FTXDP2210

L=2m

FTXDP2220

L=5m

FTXDP2250

Type of female connector
References

DeviceNet
fieldbus

Type 7/8, 5-pin, at one end (other end free)
Cable

L = 1.5 m

FTXDP2115

L=3m

FTXDP2130

L=5m

FTXDP2150

Accessories
Type of bus
References

CANopen
machine bus
Configuration CD-ROM

FTXES00

Diagnostics M12 adaptor

FTXDG12

Power supply T-connector

FTXCNCT1

Line terminator

FTXCNTL12

DeviceNet
fieldbus

ProfiBus
fieldbus

INTERBUS
fieldbus

–
FTXDPTL12

–

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/16

Accessories for sensors/actuators
M12 / M12 jumper cables

Type

Male / Female jumper cables

Type of male connector, interface side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread

Type of female connector, sensor side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread

M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

Cable

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

L=1m

XZCR1511040A1

XZCR1511041C1

XZCR1511064D1

L=2m

XZCR1511040A2

XZCR1511041C2

XZCR1511064D2

References

Cable

M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

M8/M8, M8/M12 and M12/DIN jumper cables

Type

Male / Female jumper cables

Type of male connector, interface side
Type of female connector, sensor side
Cable
References

Cable

M8, 3-pin

M12, 3-pin

M12, 3-pin

M12, 3-pin

straight, screw thread

straight, screw thread

straight, screw thread

straight, screw thread

M8, 3-pin

M8, 3-pin

M8, 3-pin

DIN 43650A

straight, screw thread

straight, clip together

straight, screw thread

elbowed, screw thread

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

L=1m

XZCR2705037R1

XZCR1501040G1

XZCR1509040H1

XZCR1523062K1

L=2m

XZCR2705037R2

XZCR1501040G2

XZCR1509040H2

XZCR1523062K2

Pre-wired connectors and splitter box

Type

Connectors

Type of male connector, interface side

M12, 4-pin

M8, 3-pin

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread 1 x M12

1 x M12

Type of female connector, sensor side

–

–

–

2 x M12

2 x M8

Cable

–

–

PUR, black

–

References

Pre-wired connectors

Splitter box “Y”

Straight connector, screw thread

XZCC12MDM40B XZCC8MDM30V –

FTXCY1212

FTXCY1208

Elbowed connector, screw thread

XZCC12MCM40B –

–

–

–

Cable

L = 0.5 m

–

–

XZCP1564L05

–

–

L=2m

–

–

XZCP1564L2

–

–

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

7/17

7

AS-Interf ace cabling system

The cabling system that
meets your needs for
industrial automation systems
AS-Interface

With the «Smart Cable» opt for:
b Simplicity
A quick and expandable cabling system:
> Only 1 cable for connecting all the components of an automation
system
> Management of communications integrated in the products

b Maximum security

(Actuator Sensor Interface)

AS-Interface significantly improves the reliability, availability and
safety of your machine:
> Cabling errors are eliminated
> Risk of electrical connection failure greatly reduced
> High immunity to electromagnetic interference (EMC)
> The machine’s safety function is fully integrated with AS-Interface
Safety at Work.

b Up to 40% savings in costs
> Savings in time for design, installation, setting-up and
commissioning
> Savings in space required in enclosures due to smaller products
and elimination of intermediate boxes
> Control cabling eliminated and reduction in cable ducting

able”
C
t
r
a
e “Sm

Th

3
3

2

2

2

2

1

1
1
1
3

The essential
guide
A simplified
selection guide
enabling you to
quickly select all
the necessary
products and
accessories to
build your
installation.

8/0

2

1

1

2

1
2

2

2

IP20 interface
IP67 interface

1

Dedicated control
components
Dedicated dialogue
components

1

2

2
3

Safety monitor
Safety interface
Power supply units and
earth fault detection
AS-Interface master

2

Contents
Advantys interfaces for
generic products ........................................................ 8/2
These IP20 or IP67 interfaces allow any
standard automation component to be
connected to the AS-Interface cable.

b IP20 interfaces

b IP67 interfaces

Dedicated components ........................................ 8/4
These handle automation functions and can
be connected directly to the AS-Interface
cable. An integrated circuit (ASIC) built into
the products manages all interfacing
functions and communication.

b For control

b For dialogue

Safety solutions
(see Chapter 9 “Machine safety”)
The incorporation of safety functions in the
AS-Interface system is achieved by adding
a safety monitor and safety interfaces,
connected together with other standard
AS-Interface components on the same
yellow cable.

b Safety monitors

b Safety interfaces

Installation system ......................................... 8/6 to 8/8
Sensors and actuators are connected to
the processing unit by the AS-Interface
system. This system comprises a cable,
accessories, a master module and a power
supply unit.

8

b Master modules,
power supply units

b Cables, repeaters

b Accessories

Tools ........................................................................................ 8/9
The terminals enable the assigning of an
address to each interface and component
in the system and diagnostics of the
installation.

b Adjustment and
addressing terminals

8/1

AS-Interface

Advantys interfaces for generic products
IP20 for mounting in enclosure

Modular interface, width 25 mm
V2.1 with standard addressing

Analogue

Digital

Number of inputs

2 (0…10V)

2 (0/4…20mA)

4

4

4 isolated

Number of outputs

–

–

4 relay, 2A

4 solid state, 0.5A

4 solid state, 0.5A

Type of addressing

Standard

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

–

–

–

Outputs

(2)

AS-Interface profile

S.7.3.F.D

S.7.3.F.D

S.7.0.F.E

S.7.0.F.E

S.7.0.F.E

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

60 mA

60 mA

110 mA

50 mA

20 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

–

References

ASI20MA2VU

ASI20MA2VI

ASI20MT4I4OR

ASI20MT4I4OS

ASI20MT4I4OSA

Accessory (1) for connection to flat cables

XZCG0122

XZCG0122

XZCG0122

ASIDCPFIL20

ASIDCPFIL20

(1) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory), (other accessories, see page 8/9).
(2) Inputs, outputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.).

Modular interface, width 25 mm
V2.1 with extended (A/B) addressing

8

Digital

Number of inputs

4

2

4

4

4 isolated

Number of outputs

–

1 triac, 2A

3 relay, 2A

3 solid state, 0.5A

3 solid state, 0.5A

Type of addressing

Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.) (3)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

–

–

–

Outputs

(2)

AS-Interface profile

S.0.A.7.0

S.3.A.7.0

S.7.A.7.0

S.7.A.7.0

S.7.A.7.0

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

50 mA

40 mA

90 mA

50 mA

20 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

25x77x87 mm

–

References

ASI20MT4IE

ASI20MT2I1OTE

ASI20MT4I3ORE

ASI20MT4I3OSE

ASI20MT4I3OSAE

Accessory (1) for connection to flat cables

XZCG0122

XZCG0122

XZCG0122

ASIDCPFIL20

ASIDCPFIL20

(1) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory), (other accessories, see page 8/9).
(2) Inputs, outputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.).
(3) Except ASI20MT4I3ORE (170 mA max.).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/2

IP67 for mounting on machine

Interface
V2.1 with extended (A/B) addressing

Digital

Number of inputs

4

Input cabling

Standard (1 x M12 input)

2

–

Number of outputs

–

Type of addressing

Extended (A/B)

4

4

4

“Y” (2 x M12 inputs)

2 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A 3 solid-state, 2A –

3 solid-state, 2A

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

–

Outputs

–

Outputs

–

AS-Interface profile

S.0.A.7.0

S.B.A.7.0

S.8.A.7.0

S.7.A.7.0

S.0.A.7.2

S.7.A.7.E

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

45 mA

32 mA

18 mA

48 mA

45 mA

48 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Connection

IDC

Outputs

45x42x80 mm

45x42x80 mm

45x42x80 mm

60x30.5x151 mm 45x42x80 mm

Interface

ASI67FFP40E

ASI67FFP22E

ASI67FFP03E

ASI67FFP43E

Standard connection base

ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03

M12 connector Interface + Connection base ASI67FMP40E

ASI67FMP22E

ASI67FMP03E

ASI67FMP43E

60x30.5x151 mm

ASI67FFP40EY ASI67FFP43EY
ASI67FFB01 (1) ASI67FFB03
ASI67FMP40EY ASI67FMP43EY

(1) A connection base with fixing centres that are compatible with the ASIB4VM12 connection base is available. Reference ASI67FFB02.

Interface
V2.1 with standard addressing

Digital

Number of inputs

4

Input cabling

Standard (1 x M12 input)

2

Number of outputs

–

Type of addressing

Standard

–

4

4
“Y” (2 x M12 inputs)

2 solid-state, 2A

4 solid-state, 2A

4 solid-state, 2A

4 solid-state, 2A

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

–

Outputs

Outputs

Outputs

AS-Interface profile

S.0.0.F.E

S.3.0.F.E

S.8.0.F.E

S.7.0.F.E

S.7.1.F.E

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

45 mA

32 mA

19 mA

49 mA

49 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)
Connection

IDC

Outputs

45x42x80 mm

45x42x80 mm

45x42x80 mm

60x30.5x151 mm

60x30.5x151 mm

Interface

ASI67FFP40D

ASI67FFP22D

ASI67FFP04D

ASI67FFP44D

ASI67FFP44DY

Standard connection base

ASI67FFB01 (1)

ASI67FFB01 (1)

ASI67FFB01 (1)

ASI67FFB03

ASI67FFB03

ASI67FMP22D

ASI67FMP04D

ASI67FMP44D

ASI67FMP44DY

M12 connector Interface + Connection base ASI67FMP40D

8

(1) A connection base with fixing centres that are compatible with the ASIB4VM12 connection base is available. Reference ASI67FFB02.

Interface
V2.1 (V1 compatible) with standard addressing

Digital

Number of inputs

4

Input cabling

Standard (1 x M12 input)

Number of outputs

–

Type of addressing

Standard

2

–

4

2 solid-state, 2A

4 solid-state, 2A

4 solid-state, 2A

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max. except ASI67FFP22•: 100 mA)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

–

Outputs

Outputs

AS-Interface profile

S.0.0.F.F

S.3.0.F.F

S.8.0.F.F

S.7.0.F.F

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply)

45 mA

32 mA

19 mA

49 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

60x30.5x151 mm

Connection

IDC

Outputs

45x42x80 mm

45x42x80 mm

45x42x80 mm

Interface

ASI67FFP40A

ASI67FFP22A

ASI67FFP04A

ASI67FFP44A

Standard connection base

ASI67FFB01

ASI67FFB01

ASI67FFB01

ASI67FFB01

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/3

AS-Interface

Dedicated components
For control

Starter in insulated enclosure (1)
V1

Control by

Type of addressing

Standard

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs, sensor supply (2)

Supply by 24 VDC external source (black AUX cable)

(2)

(2)

AS-Interface profile

S.7.D

S.7.D

S.7.F

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface

120 mA

120 mA

12 mA

Black rotary knob (blue bkgrnd.) Pushbuttons

Dimensions (WxDxH)

Red rotary knob (yellow bkgrnd.)

Standard

Standard
Inputs, sensor supply
Contactors

175x175x195 mm

175x175x195 mm

175x175x195 mm

References (3)

Non reversing

LF1Ppp
ppD
pp

LF1Mpp
ppD
pp

LF7Ppp
ppD
pp

(see table below)

Reversing

LF2Ppp
ppD
pp

LF2Mpp
ppD
pp

LF8Ppp
ppD
pp

Connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX) by accessory for flat cable: ASIDCPM12D03 (AS-Interface and AUX cables) or XZCG01205D (AS-Interface cable).
(1) For an LF1 or LF2 starter in a metal enclosure, add the letter M after the 3rd digit in the references listed above (example: LF1P02D becomes LF1MP02D).
(2) Contactors supplied by AS-Interface or external source, configurable directly on terminal block.
pp
(3) To complete the reference, replace pp by the numbers indicated in the table below. (Example: LF1Ppp
ppD becomes LF1P00D).
kW

A

pp

kW

A

pp

–

without MCB

00

0.75

1.6…2.5

07

0.06

0.16…0.25

02

1.1 / 1.5

2.5…4

08

0.09

0.25…0.40

03

2.2

4…6.3

10

0.12 / 0.18

0.40…0.63

04

3/4

6…10

14

0.25

0.63…1

05

5.5

9…14

16

0.37/ 0.55

1…1.6

06

kW= Motor power ratings in category AC-3, 400/415V, in kilowatts.
A= Adjustable range of circuit-breaker thermal trips, in amperes.

8

Communication interface for

TeSys Model U
V2.1

Tego Power
V1

Type of addressing

Standard

Standard 2 addresses

Supply by AS-Interface

–

–

Supply by external source (AUX)

Coil

Contactors

AS-Interface profile

S.7.D.F.0

S.7.0

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface

30 mA280 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

depending on LU model

35x129x254 mm

References

ASILUFC5

APP1CAS2

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (4)

ASIDCPFIL20

ASIDCPFIL20

(4) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX), (other accessories, see page 8/9).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/4

For dialogue

Keypads and Control stations
V1

Black and white

Control stations with 2 pushbuttons
Illuminated

Type of addressing

Standard

Standard

Supply by AS-Interface

Buttons

Buttons and pilot lights

Supply by external source (AUX)

–

–

AS-Interface profile

S.3.F

S.3.F

Consumption from AS-Interface

< 40 mA

< 80 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

68x62x128 mm

68x68x128 mm

References

XALS2001

XALS2003

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (4) ASIDCPM12D03

ASIDCPM12D03

(4) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX), (other accessories, see page 8/9).

Interface
V1

For 2 control units and 2 pilot lights

Number of pages available

–

Number of inputs

2

Number of outputs

2 solid state, 0.5A

Type of addressing

Standard

Supply by AS-Interface

Inputs and pilot lights

AS-Interface profile

S.3.F

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface

80 mA

Dimensions (WxDxH)

52x15x38 mm

References

XALSZ1

Direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface or by accessory for flat cable: XZCG0122, (other accessories, see page 8/9).

8

Indicator banks, Ø 70 mm (7)
V1

Base units and cover

Illuminated units
“Flash” discharge tube Steady light

Audible
unit

Type of addressing

Standard

Standard

–

–

–

Connection to AS-Interface cable and AUX (male M12 connector)

yes

yes, remote L=1m –

–

–

Supply by AS-Interface

(5)

(5)

–

–

–

Supply by external source (AUX)

(5)

(5)

–

–

–

AS-Interface profile

S.8.F

S.8.F

–

–

–

Consumption from AS-Interface, supply by AS-Interface / external

250 / 30 mA

250 / 30 mA

–

–

–

Light source

–

–

5 Joule

LED

–

Buzzer

–

–

–

–

70…80 db at 1m

References

XVBC21A

XVBC21B

XVBC6Bp
p (6)

XVBC2Bp
p (6)

XVBC9B

–

–

–

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable & AUX ASIDCPM12D03 XZCG0120
(5) Illuminated units supplied by AS-Interface or externally, configurable by shunt.

(6) To complete the reference, replace the p by the following number designating the colour: green: 3, red: 4, orange: 5, blue: 6, clear: 7, yellow: 8.
(7) To obtain a complete indicator bank, order a base unit + the illuminated or audible units (5 units maximum).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/5

AS-Interface

Installation system
Master modules

Platform

Twido

Premium

Micro

Quantum

Maximum number of master modules per PLC

2

2, 4 or 8 depending on processor

1

8 (1)

Compatibility with AS-Interface interfaces and components

V1 / V2.1

V1 / V2.1

V1

V1

Direct connection to AS-Interface cable

by terminal block

by terminal block

by terminal block

by terminal block

Maximum number of addresses

62

62

31

Type of addressing

Standard/Extended (A/B) Standard/Extended (A/B) Standard

Standard

Compatibility with analogue interfaces

Yes

Yes

–

–

Compatibility with safety interfaces

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

AS-Interface profile

M.3

M.2.E

M.2

M.2

References

TWDNOI10M3

TSXSAY1000

TSXSAZ10

140EIA92100

31

(1) 4 per local rack, 4 per remote I/O, 2 per distributed I/O.

Current in A at 24 V

Power supply units
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0

5,8
4,5
3

1
2
3
4
5
Current in A at 30 V AS-Interface

Type of supply

8

AS-Interface

AS-Interface + Auxiliary

Input voltage

100…240 VAC

100…240 VAC

100…240 VAC

100…120 & 200…240 VAC

AS-Interface output voltage

30 VDC

30 VDC

30 VDC

30 VDC

Auxiliary output voltage

–

–

24 VDC

24 VDC

AS-Interface nominal power

73 W

146 W

73 W

61-153 W

Auxiliary nominal power

–

–

72 W

72-168 W

AS-Interface nominal current

2.4 A

4.8 A

2.4 A

5 A (2)

AUX nominal current

–

–

3A

7 A (2)

Direct connection to AS-Interface cable

by terminal block

by terminal block

by terminal block

by terminal block

Dimensions (WxDxH)

54x120x120 mm

81x120x120 mm

81x120x120 mm

225x135x151.5 mm

References

without earth fault detection

ASIABLB3002

ASIABLB3004

ASIABLM3024

TSXSUPA05

with earth fault detection

ASIABLD3002

ASIABLD3004

–

–

(2) Power supply unit with constant maximum output, see curve above.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/6

Cables and repeater

Type

Yellow AS-Interface cable

Black Auxiliary cable

Wire c.s.a.

2 x 1.5 mm2

2 x 1.5 mm2

–

Cable L = 20 m

XZCB10201 (3)

XZCB10202 (3)

–

L = 50 m

XZCB10501 (3)

XZCB10502 (3)

–

L = 100 m

XZCB11001 (3)

XZCB11002 (3)

–

–

–

ASIRPT01

References

Reference of repeater

Repeater (4)

(3) Standard cable. For TPE cable (oil and vapour resistant) add the letter H to the end of the reference, example: XZCB10201 becomes XZCB10201H.
(4) Enables an AS-Interface network to be extended by 100 m. Direct connection to the AS-Interface yellow cable by IDC.

Tap-offs for flat cable
(For connecting interfaces and components)

Connection to cable by IDC

AS-Interface
IP54

Cable extremity

M12 connector (5)

Bared wires (6)

M12 connector (5)

–

–

ASIDCPM12D03

–

L = 0.6 m

XZCG01205D

–

–

–

L=1m

XZCG0121D

–

–

–

L=2m

–

XZCG0122

ASIDCPM12D20

ASIDCPFIL20

L=5m

–

–

–

ASIDCPFIL50

References

Cable L = 0.3 m

AS-Interface + Auxiliary
IP67
Bared wires (7)

(5) Female 5-pin M12 end connector, screw threaded for connection with M12 male connector.
(6) 2 x 0.34 mm2 for product with terminal block.

8

(7) 4 x 0.34 mm2 for product with terminal block.

Connection to cable by IDC

AS-Interface

2 AS-Interface
or 2 Auxiliary

Tap-off

1 x M12 connector

1 flat cable

5-pin female, screw threaded
References

Tap-off

XZCG0120

–

IDC connection base

–

XZSDE1113

Cover

–

XZSDP (8)

(8) For the complete product, include the connection base.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/7

AS-Interface

Installation system
Jumper cables M12 / M12

Type

Male / Female jumper cable

Male connector type, interface side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

Female connector type, sensor side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

Cable

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

Cable L = 1 m

XZCR1511040A1

XZCR1511041C1

XZCR1511064D1

L=2m

XZCR1511040A2

XZCR1511041C2

XZCR1511064D2

References

Jumper cables M12 / M8 or DIN

Type

Male / Female jumper cable

Male connector type, interface side

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

Female connector type, sensor side

M8, 3-pin, straight (1)

M8, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

DIN 43650A, elbowed, screw thrd.

Cable

PUR, black

PUR, black

PUR, black

References

Cable L = 1 m

XZCR1501040G1

XZCR1509040H1

XZCR1523062K1

L=2m

XZCR1501040G2

XZCR1509040H2

XZCR1523062K2

(1) Clip together connector.

8
Connectors, splitter box

Type

Connectors

Pre-wired connectors

Splitter box

Male connector type, interface side

M12, 4-pin

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

1 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.

Female connector type, sensor side

–

–

2 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.

Cable

–

PUR, black

–

Straight connector, screw thread. XZCC12MDM40B

–

FTXCY1212

Elbowed connector, screw thread. XZCC12MCM40B

–

–

Cable L = 0.5 m

–

XZCP1564L05

–

Cable L = 2 m

–

XZCP1564L2

–

References

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/8

Tools
Adjustment and addressing terminals

Display

25 mm LCD screen

13 mm LCD screen

Degree of protection

IP40

IP20

AS-Interface voltage / current measurement

yes

no

Addresses stored in memory

yes

no

Access to functions

direct by selector switch

by pull-down menu

Compatibility

V1/V2

V1/V2

Operating time

2500 addressing operations

250 read/write operations

References

ASITERV2

XZMC11

Reference with set of 7 leads + protective cover for terminal

ASITERV2SET

–

Addressing accessories for terminals ASITERV2
and XZMC11

Product connection

Infrared addressing

Socket

For products

ASISSL…

ABE8… / APP1 / ASILUF… /

References

ASITERIR1

XBZS43 / ASI20M
XZMG12

8

Product connection

M12, male

M12, female

Jack plug

For products

(2)

ASI67FMP

ASI20M… / ASI67FFP…

XVB… / XAL… / LF…
References

ASITERACC1M

ASITERACC1F

ASITERACC

(2) Possibility to connect AS-Interface cable using T connector XZCG0120.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

8/9

Machine safety

Safety solutions using
Preventa for better protection

Preventa

Ingenious and innovative, Preventa safety solutions provide
maximum protection in all the safety functions of your automation
system.
Select Preventa:
b To export your machines to any location in the world, you expect
solutions that are both approved and conform to international
standards.
b To maintain productivity, you need solutions quickly to assist you,
irrespective of the circumstances.
b You seek universal solutions to respond to the diversity of your
customers’ requirements and, at the same time,
optimise your stock.

!

Level of Risk
The level of the respective risk (see also EN1050) determines
the requirements and the category of EN954-1 to be meet by
the selected safety solution for the control system.

The essential
guide
A simplified
selection guide
showing a
selection of
Preventa solutions
covering the main
safety applications
likely to be
encountered
throughout the
world.

9/0

B
S1
F1

P1
P2

S2
F2

P1
P2

S
S1
S2

Result of an accident
Slight injury
Serious, irreversible, injury or death of a person

F
F1
F2

Frequency and duration in the danger zone
Seldom to quite often and/or exposure time is short
Frequent to continuous and/or exposure time is long

P
P1
P2

Possibility of avoiding the hazard
Possible in certain circumstances
Virtually impossible

1

Category
2
3

4
Table shown in annex
of the standard EN 954-1
Preferred control system
category
Measures which may exceed
minimum requirements for
the relevant risk
Possible categories which
require additional measures

Contents
Automation ............................................................. 9/2 to 9/5
b Safety controllers and modules

AS-Interface Safety at work ................... 9/6 to 9/7
b Safety monitors and interfaces

Detection ................................................................. 9/8 to 9/11
You have defined your control
system category
The schematic library conceived by
Schneider assists you in selecting your
optimal solution, by:
providing typical schematics for the
various safety functions,
enabling selection and integration of the
schematic in Autocad format.

b Safety switches
b Safety limit switches and mats
b Safety light curtains

Operator dialogue ....................................... 9/12 to 9/16
b Emergency stops
b Two-hand control and enabling switches
b Foot switches
b Products for explosive atmospheres
(see chapter 10 “Explosive Atmospheres”)

Motor control .................................................... 9/17 to 9/19
b Switch disconnectors
b TeSys motor starters

Establishment of the ordering references
by direct access to the electronic catalogue.
Symbol
S1
AND
S2
AND
S3
AND
S4
S5
Module
KM1
KM2

9

Reference
ZB4 BS844
ZB4 BZ104
ZB4 BA4
ZB4 BZ104
ZB4 BA1
ZB4 BZ101
XCS-M3910L•
XCS-M3910L•
XPS-MP11123
LC1
LC1

9/1

Preventa

Safety controllers for monitoring

Automation

emergency stops and limit switches

sal
Univer

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 4
Safety

2x2N/O + 6 solid-state

2x3N/O per function

Additional

–

3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

30

12

Width of housing

74 mm

45 mm

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC16X (1)(2)

XPSMP11123P (3)

(1) Version with 16 inputs, for version with 32 inputs, replace 16 in the reference by 32 (example: XPSMC16X becomes XPSMC32X).
(2) XPSMCWIN configuration software, configuration cable, adapter and set of plug-in connectors with screw terminals XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of plug-in connectors with
spring terminals XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32, to order separately.
(3) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).

coded magnetic switches enabling switch

sal
Univer

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 4

For monitoring
Number of circuits

magnetic switches and enabling switch
Safety

2x2N/O + 6 solid-state

2x3N/O per function

Additional

–

3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

30

12

Width of housing

74 mm

45 mm

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC16X (1)(2)

XPSMP11123P (3)

(1) Version with 16 inputs, for version with 32 inputs, replace 16 in the reference by 32 (example: XPSMC16X becomes XPSMC32X).
(2) XPSMCWIN configuration software, configuration cable, adapter and set of plug-in connectors with screw terminals XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of plug-in connectors with
spring terminals XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32, to order separately.
(3) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).

safety mats and edging

9
sal
Univer

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 3
Safety

2x2N/O + 6 solid-state

2x3N/O per function

Additional

–

3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

30

12

Width of housing

74 mm

45 mm

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC16X (1)(2)

XPSMP11123P (3)

(1) Version with 16 inputs, for version with 32 inputs, replace 16 in the reference by 32 (example: XPSMC16X becomes XPSMC32X).
(2) XPSMCWIN configuration software, configuration cable, adapter and set of plug-in connectors with screw terminals XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of plug-in connectors with
spring terminals XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32, to order separately.
(3) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/2

Safety modules for monitoring
emergency stops and limit switches
Available 4th quarter 2005

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 3

Category 4

Safety

3N/O

3N/O

3N/O

Additional

1 solid-state

–

1N/C + 4 solid-state 2N/C + 4 solid-state 3 solid-state

4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

2

3

4

4

11

4

Width of housing

22.5 mm

22.5 mm

45 mm

90 mm

45 mm

45 mm

Number of circuits

7N/O

3N/O+3N/O time del. 2N/O+3N/O time del.

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage (1)

24 VDC

–

–

–

–

XPSAV11113P

–

24 VAC/DC

XPSAC5121P

XPSAF5130P

XPSAK311144P

XPSAR311144P

–

XPSATE5110P

230 VAC

–

–

–

–

–

XPSATE3710P

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAV11113P becomes XPSAV11113).

coded magnetic switches enabling switch

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 4

For monitoring

2 coded magnetic

6 coded magnetic

switches maximum

switches maximum

Number of circuits

enabling switch

Safety

2N/O

2N/O

2N/O

Additional

2 solid-state

2 solid-state

2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

3

15

3

Width of housing

22.5 mm

45 mm

22.5 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSDMB1132P (1)

XPSDME1132P (1)

XPSVC1132P (1)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSDMB1132P becomes XPSDMB1132).

safety mats and edging

9
Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 3
Safety

3N/O

Additional

1N/C + 4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

4

Width of housing

45 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VAC/DC

XPSAK311144P (1)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSAK311144P becomes XPSAK311144).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/3

Preventa

Safety controllers for monitoring

Automation

two-hand control

sal
Univer

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 4
Safety

2x2N/O + 6 solid-state

Additional

–

Display (number of LEDs)

30

Width of housing

74 mm

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC16X (1)(2)

(1) Version with 16 inputs, for version with 32 inputs, replace 16 in the reference by 32 (example: XPSMC16X becomes XPSMC32X).
(2) XPSMCWIN configuration software, configuration cable, adapter and set of plug-in connectors with screw terminals XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of plug-in connectors with
spring terminals XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32, to order separately.

light curtains

sal
Univer

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 4
2 light curtains monitoring max.
Safety

2x2N/O + 6 solid-state

2x3N/O per function

6 PNP solid-state

Additional

–

3 solid-state

1 PNP + 1 NPN

Display (number of LEDs)

30

12

14 + double display units

Width of housing

74 mm

45 mm

100 mm

Integral Muting function

Yes

No

Yes

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC16X (1)(2)

XPSMP11123P (3)

XPSLCM1150 (4)

(1) Version with 16 inputs, for version with 32 inputs, replace 16 in the reference by 32 (example: XPSMC16X becomes XPSMC32X).
(2) XPSMCWIN configuration software, configuration cable, adapter and set of plug-in connectors with screw terminals XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of plug-in connectors with
spring terminals XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32, to order separately.
(3) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).
(4) Removable terminal blocks

zero speed, time delay

9

1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4

sal
Univer

0,2
0,0

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 4

For monitoring
Number of circuits

Motor zero speed condition
Safety

2x2N/O + 6 solid-state

Additional

–

Display (number of LEDs)

30

Width of housing

74 mm

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSMC16X (1)(2)

(1) Removable terminal block version only.
(2) XPSMCWIN configuration software, configuration cable, adapter and set of plug-in connectors with screw terminals XPSMCTS16 and XPSMCTS32 or set of plug-in connectors with
spring terminals XPSMCTC16 and XPSMCTC32, to order separately.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/4

Safety modules for monitoring
two-hand control

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 1
(type IIIA to EN 574)

Category 4
(type IIIC to EN 574)

Safety

1N/O

2N/O

2N/O

Additional

1N/C

1N/C

2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

2

3

3

Width of housing

22.5 mm

45 mm

22.5 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

–

XPSBC1110

XPSBF1132P (1)

24 VAC/DC

XPSBA5120

–

–

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSBF1132P becomes XPSBF1132).

light curtains

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 2

Category 4

Safety

2N/O

3N/O

3N/O

Additional

4 solid-state

–

1N/C + 4 solid-state 1N/C + 4 solid-state 2 solid-state

7N/O

3N/O (2)

Display (number of LEDs)

4

3

4

4

5

Width of housing

45 mm

22.5 mm

45 mm

90 mm

90 mm

Integral Muting function

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

–

XPSLMR1152 (3)

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSCM1144P (1)

–

–

24 VAC/DC

–

XPSAFL5130P (1)

XPSAK311144P (1) XPSAR311144P (1) –

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).
(2) Version with 3 solid-state outputs instead of 3N/O: XPSLMS1150.
(3) Removable terminal block version only.

zero speed, time delay and lifts

9

1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)

Category 3

For monitoring
Number of circuits

Category 4

Motor zero speed condition Safety time delay

Lifts

Safety

1N/O + 1N/C

1N/O time delay

1N/O pulse

2N/O

Additional

2 solid-state

2N/C + 2 solid-state

2N/C + 2 solid-state

2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

4

4

4

4

Width of housing

90 mm

45 mm

45 mm

45 mm

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)
Supply voltage

24 VDC

XPSVN1142

–

–

–

24 VAC/DC

–

XPSTSA5142P (1)

XPSTSW5142P (1)

XPSDA5142

(1) Removable terminal block version only.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/5

Preventa

Safety monitors

AS-Interface safety at work

Monitors

Maximum category of the solution
(EN 954-1)
Number of circuits

Category 4
Safety

2N/O

2 x 2N/O

Auxiliary

1 solid-state

2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs)

5

8

Width of housing

45 mm

45 mm

AS-Interface profile

S.7.F

S.7.F

Master module compatibility

V1 / V2.1

V1 / V2.1

References monitor with

Exhanced functions ASISAFEMON1B

ASISAFEMON2B

Basic functions

ASISAFEMON2

ASISAFEMON1

Configuration software, adjustment terminal and
AS-Interface analyser

Available 3rd quarter 2005

Type

"Safety Suite"
Adjustment terminal (2)
configuration software (1)

AS-Interface Analyser

Multilingual

FR / EN / DE / ES / IT / PT

–

b Provides the local AS-Interface

For use with

ASISAFEMON1/2,

–

Master diagnostic

ASISAFEMON1B/2B

b Diagnosis and analysis tool for

Media

CD-ROM PC

–

AS-Interface and Safety at work

Environment

Windows

–

b For service or release of AS-Interface networks

Degree of protection

–

IP 20

b Printing test protocols of AS-Interface networks

Supply

–

4 x LR6 batteries

Dimensions W x D x H

–

70 x 50 x 170 mm

92 x 28 x 139 mm

References

ASISWIN2

ASITERV2

ASISA01

(1) Delivered with CD-Rom including hardware and software user guides
(2) For addressing safety interfaces, use the infrared adaptor ASITERIR1.

9

Accessories

Type

Infrared adaptor

Tap-off

Cable

Cable

for adjustment terminal

for AS-Interface cable

for monitor parametering
RS 232

for monitor to monitor
transfer

IP 20

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

IP 20

Cable length

1m

2m

2m

0.2 m

References

ASITERIR1

XZCG0122

ASISCPC

ASISCM

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/6

Safety interfaces
For Ø 22 Emergency stop

Mushroom head pushbutton

Metal

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

Dimensions W x D x H

40 x 46.5 x 68 mm

40 x 40 x 64 mm

AS-Interface profile

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

Consumption from AS-Interface

45 mA

45 mA

Infrared addressing

Yes

Yes

Reference with N/C + N/C contact (head not included)

ASISSLB4

ASISSLB5

Plastic

Reference of head (Ø40 latching mushroom head, turn to release) ZB4BS844 (1)

ZB5AS844 (1)

(1) For other pushbutton heads, please refer to www.Telemecanique.com.

For other safety products with
M12 connector outputs or ISO M16/20

Type of entry

2 x M12 entries (2)

1 x M12 entry

1 x ISO M16 entry (3)

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

Dimensions W x D x H

40 x 40 x 58 mm

40 x 40 x 58 mm

40 x 40 x 57.5 mm

AS-Interface profile

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

S.0.B.F.F

Consumption from AS-Interface

45 mA

45 mA

45 mA

Infrared addressing

Yes

Yes

Yes

References

ASISSLC2

ASISSLC1

ASISSLLS

(2) For connection using 2 pre-wired connectors, or 1 pre-wired connector + 1 connector.
(3) For 1 x ISO M20 entry, use adaptor shown below.

9

Accessories

Type

Connectors

Description

elbowed

straight

straight

ISO M16/M20

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

Length of cable

–

–

2m

–

References

XZCC12MCM40B

XZCC12MDM40B

XZCP1541L2

DE9RI2016

Pre-wired connector Adaptor
(sold in lots of 5)

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/7

Preventa

Safety switches

Detection

and actuators

22
21
22

21

14
11
12

13

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50
40,3
20/22

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)

2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O)

20/22

20/22

20/22

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)

2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C)

Without locking

Plastic, double insulated switches

Locking on de-energisation of solenoid (1)

Type XCSMP Type XCSPA and TA

Type XCSTE

pre-cabled, L = 2 m 1xISO M16 etry. (2) 2xISO M16 entrs. (2) 1 x ISO M16 cable entry (2)
Actuation speed (min → max)

0.05 m/s → 1.5 m/s 0.1 m/s → 0.5 m/s

0.1 m/s → 0.5 m/s

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

Rated operational characteristics
(conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

AC 15, C 300
DC 13, Q 300

AC 15, A 300
DC 13, Q 300

AC 15, B 300
DC 13, Q 300

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

30 x 15 x 87 mm

30 x 30 x 93.5 mm 52 x 30 x 114.5 mm 110 x 33 x 93.5 mm

Solenoid supply voltage

–

–

–

24 VAC/DC

120 VAC/DC

230 VAC/DC

Complete switch N/C+N/O stag. (XCSMP/PA/TE) N/C+N/O+N/O (XCSTA) XCSMP59L2 (3)

XCSPA592

XCSTA592

XCSTE5312

XCSTE5332

XCSTE5342

N/C+N/C (XCSMP/PA/TE) N/C+N/C+N/O (XCSMP/TA) XCSMP79L2 (3)

XCSPA792

XCSTA792

XCSTE7312

XCSTE7332

XCSTE7342

(1) For locking on energisation of solenoid, refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
(2) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSPA592 becomes XCSPA591).
(3) For other models, please refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
88

60

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)

Metal switches

95

30

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)

Without locking

With interlocking, manual unlocking
By button
By key lock

Locking on de-energisation
of solenoid (1)

Type XCSA/B/C

Type XCSE

1 x ISO M20 cable entry (2)

2 x ISO M20 cable entries (2)

Actuation speed (min → max)

0.1 m/s → 0.5 m/s

0.1 m/s → 0.5 m/s

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

Rated operational characteristics
(conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

AC 15, A 300
DC 13, Q 300

AC 15, B 300
DC 13, Q 300

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

40 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 52 x 44 x 113.5 mm 98 x 44 x 146 mm

Solenoid supply voltage
Complete switch

–

–

–

24 VAC/DC

110/120 VAC/DC

220/240 VAC/DC

N/C + N/O + N/O

XCSA502

XCSB502

XCSC502

XCSE5312

XCSE5332

XCSE5342

N/C + N/C + N/O

XCSA702

XCSB702

XCSC702

XCSE7312

XCSE7332

XCSE7342

(1) For locking on energisation of solenoid, refer to www.Telemecanique.com.
(2) With entry for n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSA502 becomes XCSA501).

Accessories

Straight actuator

9

For safety switches XCSMP

Actuators

References

XCSZ81

Straight actuator

For safety switches XCSPA/TA/TE
References
(1) For L = 29 mm, reference = XCSZ15.

Right-angled actuator

Pivoting actuator, RH door Pivoting actuator, LH door

XCSZ84

XCSZ83

Wide actuator L=40 mm (1) Right-angled actuator

XCSZ85

Pivoting actuator

Actuators
XCSZ11

Straight actuator

For safety switches XCSA/B/C/E

Actuators

References

XCSZ01

Guard/door retainer

Retaining device
XCSZ12

XCSZ14

XCSZ13

Wide actuator

Pivoting actuator

XCSZ02

XCSZ03

XCSZ21

Door lock
XCSZ05

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/8

Safety switches
with rotary lever or spindle

21
22
21
22

14
12

11

13

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O)

20/22

2-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C)

Stainless steel, elbowed (flush with rear of switch) lever Stainless steel straight lever
Lever to left or right Lever centred
Lever to left
Lever centred
Lever to right

Plastic switches

Stainless steel
spindle, L = 30 mm

Type XCSPL with rotary lever or XCSPR with spindle
1 x ISO M16 cable entry (1)

Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening)

0.1 / 0.25 N.m

0.1 / 0.25 N.m

0.1 / 0.25 N.m

0.1 / 0.25 N.m

0.1 / 0.25 N.m

0.1 / 0.25 N.m

Degree of protection

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

IP 67

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

30 x 30 x 160 mm 30 x 30 x 160 mm 30 x 30 x 160 mm

30 x 30 x 160 mm 30 x 30 x 160 mm 30 x 30 x 96 mm

Tripping angle

5°

5°

5°

5°

5°

5°

N/C + N/O, break before make

XCSPL592

XCSPL582

XCSPL572

XCSPL562

XCSPL552

XCSPR552

N/C + N/C

XCSPL792

XCSPL782

XCSPL772

XCSPL762

XCSPL752

XCSPR752

Complete switch

(1) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSPL592 becomes XCSPL591).

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/O + N/O)

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

3-pole contact
Slow break
(N/C + N/C + N/O)

40,3
20/22

Stainless steel, elbowed (flush with Stainless steel straight lever
rear of switch) lever - Lever centred Lever centred

Stainless steel spindle
Length 30 mm

Type XCSTL with rotary lever or XCSTR with spindle

Metal switches

2 x ISO M16 cable entries (1)
Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening)

0.1 / 0.45 N.m

Degree of protection

IP 67

Rated operational characteristics
Dimensions (body + head) W x P x H

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
52 x 30 x 180 mm
52 x 30 x 180 mm

52 x 30 x 117 mm

Tripping angle

5°

5°

5°

N/C + N/O + N/O, 2 N/O staggered XCSTL582

XCSTL552

XCSTR552

XCSTL782

XCSTL752

XCSTR752

Complete switch

N/C + N/C + N/O, N/O staggered

0.1 / 0.45 N.m

0.1 / 0.45 N.m

IP 67

IP 67

(1) With entry for n° 11 (Pg 11) cable gland, replace the last digit in the reference by 1 (example: XCSTL582 becomes XCSTL581).

Coded magnetic

BK

BU
BN
BU

BN

GY

WH

PK
GY

WH

Contact
(N/O + N/O,
1N/O
staggered)

BK

Contact
(N/C + N/O,
N/C
staggered)

PK

BN
BU
BN
BU

BK

WH

WH

(1)

BK

(1)

Contact
(N/C + N/C
+ N/O, 1N/C
staggered)
Contact
(N/C + N/O
+ N/O, 1N/O
staggered)

Plastic switches

Rectangular
Without LED (2)

Rectangular
Cylindrical
Rectangular
Rectangular
Cylindrical
Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2) Without LED (2)

Type XCSDM coded magnetic
Pre-cabled, L = 2 m

Moulded end connector, L = 10 cm

Switches for actuation

Face to face, face to side, side to side Face to face

Face to face, face to side, side to side Face to face

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67

IP 66 + IP 67

Type of contact

REED

REED

Rated operational characteristics

Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA

Ue = 24 VDC, Ie = 100 mA

Dimensions W x D x H

16 x 7 x 51 mm

16 x 7 x 51 mm

Operating zone (3)

Sao = 5 / Sar = 15 Sao = 8 / Sar = 20

Switch with coded magnet

25 x 13 x 88 mm M30 x 38,5 mm

25 x 13 x 88 mm M30 x 38,5 mm

Sao = 5 / Sar = 15 Sao = 8 / Sar = 20

N/C + N/O, N/C staggered

XCSDMC5902

–

XCSDMR5902

XCSDMC590L01M8 –

XCSDMR590L01M12

N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered

XCSDMC7902

–

XCSDMR7902

XCSDMC790L01M8 –

XCSDMR590L01M12

N/C + N/C + N/O, 1N/C staggered

–

XCSDMP5002

–

–

XCSDMP500L01D12 –

N/C + N/O + N/O, 1N/O staggered

–

XCSDMP7002

–

–

XCSDMP700L01D12 –

(1) NB. Contact states shown are with the magnet present.
(2) For version with LED indicator, replace the last 0 in the reference by 1 (example: XCSDMC5902 becomes XCSDMC5912).
(3) Sao: assured operating distance. Sar: assured release distance.
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/9

9

Safety limit switches
3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Snap action

GN-YE

3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Slow break

BU

BN

GN-YE

BN

BK BK-WH

RD RD-WH
RD-WH

BK-WH

BU

Detection
BK

Limit switches and Mats

RD

Preventa

Metal
end plunger

Roller plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever

Miniature switches

Type XCSM, metal

Actuation speed maxi

0.5 m/s

0.5 m/s

1.5 m/s

Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening)

8.5 N / 42.5 N

7 N / 35 N

0.5 N.m / 0.1 N.m

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68

IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68

IP 66 + IP 67 + IP 68

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

30 x 16 x 60 mm

30 x 16 x 70.5 mm

30 x 32 x 92.5 mm

Complete switch

N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCSM3910L1

XCSM3902L1

XCSM3915L1

N/C + N/C + N/O slow break

XCSM3710L1

XCSM3702L1

XCSM3715L1

pre-cabled, L = 1 m (1)

(1) For a 2 m long cable, replace the last digit of the reference by 2 (example: XCSM3910L1 becomes XCSM3910L2).
For a 5 m long cable, replace the last digit of the reference by 5 (example: XCSM3910L1 becomes XCSM3910L5).

3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Snap action

3-pole contact
N/C + N/C + N/O
Slow break

Metal
end plunger

Compact switches

Roller plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever

Type XCSD, metal
0.5 m/s

Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening)

15 N / 45 N

Degree of protection

IP 66 + IP 67

Roller plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever

Type XCSP, plastic

1 x ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry (2)
Actuation speed maxi

Metal
end plunger

12 N / 36 N

1 x ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry (2)
1.5 m/s

0.5 m/s

10 N.m / 0.1 N.m

15 N / 45 N

1.5 m/s
12 N / 36 N

10 N.m / 0.1 N.m

IP 66 + IP 67

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

34 x 34.5 x 89 mm

34 x 34.5 x 99.5 mm 34 x 43 x 121.5 mm 34 x 34.5 x 89 mm

34 x 34.5 x 99.5 mm 34 x 43 x 121.5 mm

Complete switch

N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCSD3910P20

XCSD3902P20

XCSD3918P20

XCSP3910P20

XCSP3902P20

XCSP3918P20

N/C + N/C + N/O slow break

XCSD3710P20

XCSD3702P20

XCSD3718P20

XCSP3710P20

XCSP3702P20

XCSP3718P20

(2) For Pg 13.5 and 1/2" NPT cable entries, refer to www.Telemecanique.com.

Safety mats (1)

(1) For simplification of installation, see the “Safety mat design”
software configuration tool. Reference: SISCD2020001.

9

Maximum category usage
(EN 954-1)

Category 3

Degree of protection

IP 67

Response time (s)

Mat itself: 20 ms, with module: XPSAK ≤ 40 ms, XPSMP < 30 ms

Sensitivity

Single mat > 20 kg / Group of mats > 35 kg

Maximum load

2000 N/cm2

Connection (1)

By M8 jumper cable (1 male / 1 female), L = 100 mm

Dimensions W x D x H

500 x 500 x 11 mm

References
XY2TP1
(1) For associated jumper cable and pre-wired connector, refer to www.Telemecanique.com.

500 x 750 x 11 mm

750 x 750 x 11 mm

750 x 1250 x 11 mm

XY2TP2

XY2TP3

XY2TP4

Accessories
Rails (set of 2)

194 mm

394 mm

444 mm

494 mm

644 mm

694 mm

744 mm

1194 mm

1244 mm

References

XY2TZ10

XY2TZ20

XY2TZ30

XY2TZ40

XY2TZ50

XY2TZ60

XY2TZ70

XY2TZ80

XY2TZ90

Corners and rail connectors

External corners

Internal corner

Rail connectors, L = 56 mm

(set of 4)

+ external corner

with outlet for cable (set of 2) (set of 2)

XY2TZ4

XY2TZ5

XY2TZ1

References

Length

Rail connectors, L = 6 mm
XY2TZ2

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/10

Light curtains
Type 2 conforming to IEC/EN 61496-1

Light curtain

Single-beam, infrared transmission

Height protected (conforming to prEN 999)

750 ... 1200 mm (1 to 4 beams)

Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

8m

Number of circuits

Safety

2N/O

Additional

4 solid-state
< 25 ms

Response time
Modules (integral muting function)

24 VDC

XPSCM1144P (1)

Thru-beam pairs,

Pre-cabled, L = 5m

PNP

XU2S18PP340L5 (2)

axially aligned

M12 connector

PNP

XU2S18PP340D (2)

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).
(2) For alignment at 90° to the mounting axes, insert the letter W in the reference before the last letter (example: XU2S18PP340L5 becomes XU2S18PP340WL5).

Type 4 conforming to IEC/EN 61496-1

Compact range
Flying lead with end connector, L = 0.25 m

Multi-beam, infrared transmission
Compact

Slim

Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

0.3…7.5 m

0.3…9 m

0.3…4.5 m

0.3…7 m

Detection capacity

14 mm "finger"

30 mm "hand"

14 mm "finger"

30 mm "hand"

Safety

2 solid-state PNP

2 solid-state PNP

2 solid-state PNP

2 solid-state PNP

Auxiliary (alarm)

1 solid-state PNP

1 solid-state PNP

1 solid-state PNP/NPN 1 solid-state PNP/NPN

Number of circuits

20…40 ms

20…30 ms

7…24 ms

7…15 ms

260

XUSLTQ6A0260

–

XUSLMN6X0150

XUSLMP5X0150

350

XUSLTQ6A0350

XUSLTR5A0350

XUSLMN6X0300

XUSLMP5X0300

300

435

XUSLTQ6A0435

–

XUSLMN6X0450

XUSLMP5X0450

450

520

XUSLTQ6A0520

XUSLTR5A0520

XUSLMN6X0600

XUSLMP5X0600

600

610

XUSLTQ6A0610

–

XUSLMN6X0750

XUSLMP5X0750

750

700

XUSLTQ6A0700

XUSLTR5A0700

XUSLMN6X0900

XUSLMP5X0900

900

870

XUSLTQ6A0870

XUSLTR5A0870

XUSLMN6X1050

XUSLMP5X1050

1050

Response time (depending on model)
Transmitter + receiver height protected (mm)

height
protected (mm)

Light curtain functions
• Auto/Manual,
• Monitoring of external switching devices (EDM: External Devices Monitoring),
• Test input (MTS: Monitoring Test Signal, XUSLT only),
• Blanking (ECS/B),
• Floating Blanking (FB),
• Blanking + Floating Blanking,
• Alignment aid by LED display of each light beam broken,
• LED display of operating modes and alarms.

150

955

XUSLTQ6A0955

–

XUSLMN6X1200

XUSLMP5X1200

1200

1045

XUSLTQ6A1045

XUSLTR5A1045

XUSLMN6X1350

XUSLMP5X1350

1350

1130

XUSLTQ6A1130

XUSLTR5A1045

XUSLMN6X1500

XUSLMP5X1500

1500

1215

XUSLTQ6A1215

XUSLTR5A1215

XUSLMN6X1650

XUSLMP5X1650

1650

1390

XUSLTQ6A1390

XUSLTR5A1390

XUSLMN6X1800

XUSLMP5X1800

1800

1570

–

XUSLTR5A1570

1745

–

XUSLTR5A1745

1920

–

XUSLTR5A1920

2095

–

XUSLTR5A2095

Accessories
5m

10 m

15 m

30 m

XUSLT

for receiver

–

XSZTCR05

XSZTCR10

XSZTCR15

XSZTCR30

for transmitter

–

XSZTCT05

XSZTCT10

XSZTCT15

XSZTCT30

XUSLM

for receiver

XSZMCR03

–

XSZMCR10

–

XSZMCR30

for transmitter

XSZMCT03

–

XSZMCT10

–

XSZMCT30

Length
Pre-wired connector for
(screened cable)

3m

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/11

9

Operator dialog

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbuttons

31

14

22

N/C + N/O + N/C
contact

Turn to release

32

13

N/C + N/O
contact

14

22
21

13

Emergency stops

21

Preventa

Turn to release

Key release
(key n° 455)

Pushbuttons

Metal

Plastic

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)
Shock / vibration resistance

0.3
10 gn / 5 gn

0.3
10 gn / 5 gn

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)
Ø 40 x 82 mm

Ø 40 x 104 mm

Ø 40 x 81.5 mm

N/C + N/O

XB4BS8445

XB4BS9445

XB5AS8445

XB5AS9445

N/C + N/O + N/C

XB4BS84441

ZB4BS944 + ZB4BZ141

–

ZB5AS944 + ZB5AZ141

Dimensions Ø x Depth
Contact

31
32

13
14
31
32
13
14

21

Ø 22 trigger action latching pushbutton stations

N/C + N/C
contact

21

22

Ø 40 x 103 mm

N/C + N/O
contact

22

21

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

22

Key release
(key n° 455)

N/C + N/O + N/C
contact

Turn to release

Enclosure

Key release (key n° 455)

Plastic
2 x ISO M20 cable entries or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland

Shock / vibration resistance

0.1
10 gn / 5 gn

0.1
10 gn / 5 gn

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

Contact

68 x 91 x 68 mm

67 x 113 x 68 mm

N/C + N/O

XALK178E

XALK188E

N/C + N/C

XALK178F

XALK188F

N/C + N/O + N/C

–

XALK188G

Legends

9

With legend holder

Colour

Red with white lettering

Yellow with black lettering

Dimensions

30 x 40 mm, circular appearance

Ø 60 mm

“Emergency stop”

ZBY2330

ZBY9330

“Arrêt d'urgence”

ZBY2130

ZBY9130

“Not Aus”

ZBY2230

ZBY9230

Marking:

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/12

Emergency stops
Cable (tripwire) operated

11

13

12

14

11

21

12

22

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

N/C + N/O contact
slow break

N/C + N/C contact
slow break

Booted pushbutton reset

Key release pushbutton reset (key n° 421)

For operating cable length ≤ 15 m

Latching, without indicator light

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

0.01

0.01

Shock / vibration resistance

50 gn / 10 gn

50 gn / 10 gn

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

201 x 71 x 68 mm

201 x 71 x 68 mm

Operating cable length

≤ 15 m

≤ 15 m

Operating cable anchoring point

To right or to left

To right or to left

Contact

N/C + N/O slow break

XY2CH13250H29

XY2CH13450H29

N/C + N/C slow break

XY2CH13270H29

XY2CH13470H29

1 x ISO M20 cable entry (1)

11

13

12

14

11

21

12

22

(1) With entry for n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, delete H29 from the end of the reference (example: XY2-CH13250H29 becomes XY2-CH13250).

N/C + N/O contact
slow break

N/C + N/C contact
slow break

Booted pusbutton reset

Key release pushbutton reset (key n° 421)

For operating cable length ≤ 50 m

Latching, without indicator light

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

0.01

0.01

Shock / vibration resistance

50 gn / 10 gn

50 gn / 10 gn

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

229 x 82 x 142 mm

Operating cable length

≤ 50 m

Operating cable anchoring point

To left

To right

To left

To right

Contact

N/C + N/O slow break

XY2CE2A250

XY2CE1A250

XY2CE2A450

XY2CE1A450

N/C + N/C slow break

XY2CE2A270

XY2CE1A270

–

XY2CE1A470

3 x ISO M20 cable entries or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland

229 x 82 x 142 mm
≤ 50 m

9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/13

Preventa

Foot switches - metal

Operator dialog

Single pedal switches

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

Type

Foot switches without protective cover
2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.) Without

Colour

Orange

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

5

Degree of protection

IP 66

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H
Contact operation

Blue

Orange

104 x 172 x 59 mm
1 step

1 N/C + N/O

XPER810

XPEM110

2 N/C + N/O

–

XPEM111

XPER111

2 step

2 N/C + N/O

XPER911

XPEM211

XPER211

Analogue output

2 N/C + N/O

XPER929

–

XPER229

XPER110

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

Type

Foot switches with protective cover

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour

Blue

Blue

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

5

Degree of protection

IP 66

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Dimensions W x D x H
Contact operation

Orange

Orange

160 x 186 x 152 mm
1 step

1 N/C + N/O

XPEM510

XPER510

XPEM310

2 N/C + N/O

XPEM511

XPER511

XPEM311

XPER311

1 step latching

1 N/C + N/O

–

–

XPEM410

XPER410

2 step

2 N/C + N/O

XPEM711

XPER711

XPEM611

XPER611

Analogue output

2 N/C + N/O

XPEM529

XPER529

XPEM329

–

XPER310

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

Double pedal switches
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

9
Type

Foot switches with protective cover

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour

Blue

Blue

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

5

Degree of protection

IP 66

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

2 cable entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Dimensions W x D x H
Contact operation

Orange

Orange

295 x 190 x 155 mm
1 step

2 x 1 N/C + N/O

XPEM5100D

XPER5100D

XPEM3100D

XPER3100D

2 x 2 N/C + N/O

XPEM5110D

XPER5110D

XPEM3110D

XPER3110D

(1) For entry for ISO M20 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA1620 (sold in lots of 5).

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/14

Foot switches - plastic
Single pedal switches

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

Optimum series

Without protective cover

With protective cover

2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland
Trigger mechanism

Without

Colour

Yellow

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

2

Degree of protection

IP 55

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H
Contact operation

1 step
2 steps

With (positive operating action reqd.)
Yellow

Yellow

160 x 280 x 70 mm

160 x 280 x 162 mm

160 x 280 x 162 mm

1 N/C + N/O

XPEY110

XPEY310

XPEY510

2 N/C + N/O

–

XPEY311

XPEY511

2 N/C + N/O

XPEY211

XPEY611

XPEY711

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

Universal series (conforming to NF E 09031)

Foot switches without protective cover
2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland

1 entry (1)

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.) Without

Without

Colour

Grey

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

5

2

Degree of protection

IP 66

IP 43

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H
Contact operation

Blue

Grey

160 x 280 x 70 mm
1 step
2 step

Black

94 x 161 x 54 mm

1 N/C + N/O

XPEG810

XPEB110

XPEG110

2 N/C + N/O

–

XPEB111

XPEG111

XPEA110
XPEA111

2 N/C + N/O

XPEG911

XPEB211

XPEG211

–

(1) Cable entry for ISO M16 or n° 9 (Pg 9) cable gland and for ISO M20 or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland.

try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

9
Universal series (conforming to NF E 09031)

Foot switches with protective cover
2 cable entries for ISO M20 cable gland

Trigger mechanism

With (positive operating action reqd.)

Without

Colour

Grey

Grey

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

5

Degree of protection

IP 66

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H
Contact operation

Blue

Blue

160 x 280 x 162 mm
1 step
2 step

1 N/C + N/O

XPEG510

XPEB510

XPEG310

XPEB310

2 N/C + N/O

XPEG511

XPEB511

XPEG311

XPEB311

2 N/C + N/O

XPEG711

XPEB711

XPEG611

XPEB611

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/15

Preventa

Control units

Operator dialog

Two-hand control
try
ISO en 2)
26
(to EN 50

2 control pushbuttons and 1 mushroom head
Emergency stop or Lock out pushbutton

2 control pushbuttons and 1 mushroom head Emergency
stop or Lock out pushbutton, with pre-wired terminal block

Type

Two-hand control stations

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

1

1

Degree of protection

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, A 600 / DC 13, Q 600 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

455 x 170 x 188.5 mm

Red emergency stop (N/C + N/C slow break)

XY2SB71 (1)

XY2SB72 (1)

Yellow lock out (N/C + N/O break before make)

XY2SB75

XY2SB76

2 cable entries for ISO M20 or n° 13 (Pg 13.5) cable gland, 1 cable entry for n° 21 (Pg 21) cable gland (2)

(1) To order a two-hand control station with pedestal XY2SB90, add 4 to the end of the reference (example: XY2SB71 becomes XY2SB714).
(2) For entry for ISO M25 cable gland, also order adaptor DE9RA2125 + fixing nut DE9EC21 (sold in lots of 5).

Enabling switch
Contact states
0

1

2

0

1

2

1-2
5-6
3-4

Contact closed
Contact open

1-2
5-6
3-4
7

8

(XY2-AU2)

Type

Plastic grip

Number of contacts

3

3

Type of contacts

2 enabling, 3 positions + 1 N/C

2 enabling, 3 positions + 1 N/C

Description

Without button

With button for N/O contact (auxiliary)

Shock / vibration resistance

10 gn / 6 gn

Degree of protection

IP 66

Rated operational characteristics

AC 15, C300 / DC 13, R300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions W x D x H

46 x 58 x 261 mm

46 x 58 x 269 mm

References

XY2AU1

XY2AU2

Entry for Ø 7 to 13 mm cable

+ additional 1 N/O contact

IP 65

For fixing accessories, refer to www.Telemecanique.com.

9

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/16

Front mounting

6/T3

4/T2

2/T1

5/L3

Motor control

3/L2

Switch disconnectors

1/L1

Vario

Backplate
mounting in
enclosure

Door mounting

Type

Mini-Vario for standard applications

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm

Ø 22.5 mm

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

690 V

690 V

12 A

VCDN12

VCCDN12

20 A

VCDN20

VCCDN20

5/L3

Backplate
mounting in
enclosure

6/T3

3/L2
4/T2

2/T1

1/L1

Thermal current in open air (Ith)

Door mounting

Type

Vario for high performance applications

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

90 x 90

60 x 60

60 x 60

90 x 90

Fixing

Ø 22.5 mm

4 screws

4 screws

Ø 22.5 mm

4 screws

4 screws

Degree of protection

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

IP 20

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

690 V

Thermal current in open air (Ith)

12 A

VCD02

VCF02

–

VCCD02

VCCF02

–

20 A

VCD01

VCF01

–

VCCD01

VCCF01

–

25 A

VCD0

VCF0

–

VCCD0

VCCF0

–

32 A

VCD1

VCF1

–

VCCD1

VCCF1

–

40 A

VCD2

VCF2

–

VCCD2

VCCF2

–

63 A

–

VCF3

–

–

VCCF3

–

80 A

–

VCF4

–

–

VCCF4

–

125 A

–

–

VCF5

–

–

VCCF5

175 A

–

–

VCF6

–

–

VCCF6

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

Enclosed

9

Type

Mini-Vario

Vario

Front plate dimensions (mm)

60 x 60

60 x 60

90 x 90

Dimensions W x D x H

82.5 x 106 x 131 mm

90 x 131 x 146 mm

220 x 191 x 280 mm

Degree of protection

IP 55

IP 65

IP 65

Rated operational voltage (Ue)

690 V

690 V

690 V

10 A

VCFN12GE

VCF02GE

–

16 A

VCFN20GE

VCF01GE

–

20 A

VCFN25GE

VCF0GE

–

25 A

VCFN32GE

VCF1GE

–

32 A

VCFN40GE

VCF2GE

–

50 A

–

VCF3GE (1)

–

63 A

–

VCF4GE (1)

–

100 A

–

–

VCF5GE

140 A

–

–

VCF6GE

Thermal current in enclosure (Ithe)

(1) Dimensions W x D x H: 150 x 152 x 170 mm
Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/17

Enclosed thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers

6/T3

4/T2

2/T1

5/L3

Motor control
3/L2

Motor starter

1/L1

TeSys

Complete circuit breaker: circuit-breaker
+ enclosure + safety device.
Ex.: GV2ME01 + GV2MC02 + GV2K04.

Type

Thermal-magnetic motor circuit-breakers

Motor power

kW (on 400 V)

–

0.06

0.09

0.12…0.18

0.25…0.37

Setting range

A

0.1…0.16

0.16…0.25

0.25…0.40

0.40…0.63

0.63…1

Current Id ± 20%

A

1.5

2.4

5

8

13

Current Ithe (in enclosure)

A

0.16

0.25

0.40

0.63

1

GV2ME01

GV2ME02

GV2ME03

GV2ME04

GV2ME05

0.37…0.55

0.75

1.1…1.5

2.2

3…4

1.6…2.5

2.5…4

4…6.3

6…10

Reference
Motor power

kW (on 400 V)

Setting range

A

1…1.6

Current Id ± 20%

A

22.5

33.5

51

78

138

Current Ithe (in enclosure)

A

1.6

2.5

4

6.3

9

GV2ME06

GV2ME07

GV2ME08

GV2ME10

GV2ME14

5.5

7.5

9…11

11

15

13…18

17…23

20…25

24…32

Reference
Motor power

kW (on 400 V)

Setting range

A

9…14

Current Id ± 20%

A

170

223

327

327

416

Current Ithe (in enclosure)

A

13

17

21

23

24

GV2ME16

GV2ME20

GV2ME21

GV2ME22

GV2ME32

Reference

Enclosure

Type

Empty enclosure

Mounting

Surface mounting

Flush mounting

Degree of protection

IP 55

IP 55 (front face)

Dimensions W x D x H (1)

93 x 145.5 x 147 mm

93 x 55 x 126 mm

References

GV2MC02

GV2MP02

(1) Dimensions with safety device GV2K04 fitted.

9

Safety device

Type

Safety devices

With red mushroom head

Turn to release

Turn to release

Padlockable in “Off” position
References

GV2K04

Key release
(key n° 455)

GV2K031

GV2K021

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/18

TeSys

Motor starter

Motor control

Enclosed 3-phase motor starters

Type

Non reversing

Reversing

Degree of protection

IP 657

Standard motor power ratings (kW), category AC3 Ith setting

Basic reference, to be completed by code indicating voltage (1)

IP 657

IP 657

220/230 V

400/415 V

440 V

range (A)

–

0.06

0.06

0.16…0.25

LG1K065 pp02

LG7K06pp02

LG8K06pp02

0.06

0.09

0.12

0.25…0.40

LG1K065 pp03

LG7K06pp03

LG8K06pp03

–

0.18

0.18

0.40…0.63

LG1K065 pp04

LG7K06pp04

LG8K06pp04

0.12

0.25

0.25

0.63…1

LG1K065 pp05

LG7K06pp05

LG8K06pp05

0.25

0.55

0.55

1…1.6

LG1K065 pp06

LG7K06pp06

LG8K06pp06

0.37

0.75

1.1

1.6…2.5

LG1K065 pp07

LG7K06pp07

LG8K06pp07

0.75

1.5

1.5

2.5…4

LG1K065 pp08

LG7K06pp08

LG8K06pp08

1.1

2.2

3

4…6.3

LG1K065 pp10

LG7K06pp10

LG8K06pp10

1.5

4

4

6…10

LG1K095 pp14

LG7K09pp14

LG8K09pp14

3

5.5

5.5

9…14

LG1D122pp16

LG7D12pp16

LG8K12pp16

4

7.5

9

13…18

LG1D182pp20

LG7D18pp20

–

4

9

9

17…23

LG1D182pp21

LG7D18pp21

–

With integral control transformer, 400/24 V

With integral control transformer, 400/24 V

Type

Non reversing

Reversing

Degree of protection

IP 657

IP 657

Standard motor power ratings (kW), category AC3 Ith setting

Basic references

380/400 V

range (A)

(The code Q7 (380/400 V) designates the power supply voltage to which the starter will be connected)

0.06

0.16…0.25

LJ7K06Q702

LJ8K06Q702

0.09

0.25…0.40

LJ7K06Q703

LJ8K06Q703

0.18

0.40…0.63

LJ7K06Q704

LJ8K06Q704

0.25

0.63…1

LJ7K06Q705

LJ8K06Q705

0.55

1…1.6

LJ7K06Q706

LJ8K06Q706

0.75

1.6…2.5

LJ7K06Q707

LJ8K06Q707

1.5

2.5…4

LJ7K06Q708

LJ8K06Q708

2.2

4…6.3

LJ7K06Q710

LJ8K06Q710

4

6…10

LJ7K09Q714

LJ8K09Q714

9

Control circuit voltages available
Volts 50/60 Hz

24 V

230 V

400 V

415 V

(1) Voltage code

B7

P7

V7

N7

The control circuit must be cabled by the user.

Other versions: please consult your Schneider Electric agency.

9/19

Explosive Atmospheres

A wide range of products
designed to operate in
environments subject to risks!
A reference for installations in ATEX Dust
explosive atmospheres.
What is an explosive atmosphere according to the
Directive?
It is the mixing with air, in atmospheric conditions, of flammable
substances in the form of gas, vapour, mist or dust which, in the
event of combustion, spreads throughout the non burning mix.

Implementation of European Directives
b Directive 99/92/EC
The products in
this catalogue
are certified by a
European Union
Commission
notified body.

This requires that a risk analysis be performed for all industrial
processes.
If there is any risk of an explosion:
p the zones are defined and physically identified,
p the installation is classified by governing bodies.
b Directive 94/9/EC
This requires certification of the products in accordance with the
classification of the zones of use
b Dust zones

ZONE 20

ZONE 21

ZONE 22

Flour mills

p Zone 20: area where an explosive atmosphere exists in the form of
combustible clouds of dust in the air, either permanently, for long
periods or frequently.
p Zone 21: area where an explosive atmosphere exists in the form of
combustible clouds of dust in the air during normal operation
occasionally.
p Zone 22: area where an explosive atmosphere in the form of
combustible clouds of dust in the air is unlikely to occur during normal
operation but, if it does occur, it is only for a short period.

Main sectors of activity subject to a higher risk of
explosion or fire
Grain drying areas

The essential
guide
A selection of
certified products,
conforming to the
European Directive
ATEX94/9/EC, to
ensure maximum
safety for your
installations in a
zone where the
risk of explosion
or fire is high.

10/0

Grain silos
Wood and aluminium
workshops
Bagging
Bulk conveying

Contents
Detection

pages

b Inductive proximity sensors ............................................. 10/2
Universal and Analogue XS
b Proximity sensors ................................................ 10/3 and 10/4
Rotation monitoring and capacitive XS/XT
Namur XS
b Intrinsically safe enclosures ............................................. 10/5
Processing module NY3
b Limit switches ........................................................... 10/6 to 10/9
Miniature XCM
Compact XCKD
Classic XCKM
Application - hoisting, handling and conveying
b Pressure and vacuum switches ................... 10/10 and 10/11
Adjustable differential XMLB

Control and
signalling units
b Pushbuttons and mushroom heads Ø 22 .................. 10/12
Harmony XB4
b Selector switches and key switches Ø 22 .................. 110/3
Harmony XB4
b Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights Ø 22 .......... 10/14
Harmony XB4
b Control stations ................................................................. 10/15
Harmony XAW

Machine safety
b Tripwire operated Emergency stops ............................ 10/16
Preventa XY2
b Foot switches ..................................................................... 10/16
Preventa XPE

10

Automation
b Weighing system ............................................................... 10/17
Modicon Premium
b I/O modules ........................................................................ 10/17
Modicon Quantum

10/1

Inductive proximity sensors
Universal, metal case

Osiprox

M12

Sensor type

M18

M30

3-wire DC PNP, flush mountable in metal

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22
D-Ex tD A21 IP68 T90°C

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0022X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

4 mm

8 mm

15 mm

Operating zone

0...3.2 mm

0...6.4 mm

0...12 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP68

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 10 m
M18 x 60 mm

M30 x 60 mm

Dimensions

M12 x 50 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

10...58 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

200 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

LED output state indicator

Yes

Voltage drop, closed state, at I nominal

≤2V

Switching frequency
References

2500 Hz

1000 Hz

500 Hz

NO function

XS612B1PAL10EX

XS618B1PAL10EX

XS630B1PAL10EX

NC function

XS612B1PBL10EX

XS618B1PBL10EX

XS630B1PBL10EX

Analogue, metal case

M12

Sensor type

10

M18

M30

Analogue, 2-wire AC/DC, flush mountable in metal

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22
D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T90°C

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0022X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

2 mm

5 mm

10 mm

Operating zone

0.2...2 mm

0.5…5 mm

1...10 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m
M18 x 60 mm

M30 x 60 mm

1500 Hz

500 Hz

300 Hz

XS1M12AB120EX

XS1M18AB120EX

XS1M30AB120EX

Dimensions

M12 x 50 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

10…38 VAC/DC

Linearity error

10%

Operating frequency
References

4…20 mA output

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/2

Proximity sensors
Rotation monitoring, metal case

M30

Sensor type

3-wire DC PNP, flush mountable in metal

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0022X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

10 mm

Operating zone

0…8 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T90°C

Dimensions

M30 x 81 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

10...58 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

200 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

LED output state indicator

Yes

Voltage drop, closed state, at I nominal

≤2V

Version

Slow

Fast

Maximum speed of passing object

6000 impulses/minute

48,000 impulses/minute

Adjustable frequency range

6…150 impulses/minute

120…3000 impulses/minute

XSAV11373EX

XSAV12373EX

References

NC function

Capacitive, metal case

M18

Sensor type

M30

3-wire DC PNP, flush mountable in metal

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0022X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

5 mm

10 mm

Operating zone

0…3.6 mm

0…7.2 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PVC, L = 2 m

Dimensions

M18 x 60 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

10…38 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

300 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

LED output state indicator

Yes

Voltage drop, closed state, at I nominal

≤2V

Switching frequency
References

D-Ex tD A21 IP67 T90°C

M30 x 60 mm

10

100 Hz
NO function

XT1M18PA372EX

XT1M30PA372EX

NC function

XT1M18PB372EX

XT1M30PB372EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/3

Namur inductive sensors
Metal or plastic case

Osiprox

M5

M8

M12

M18

M30

Sensor type
Case type

2-wire DC, flush mountable in metal
Metal
Plastic

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, EN 50020, EN 50284, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

20 (to be used in conjunction with intrinsically safe enclosures, see page 5)

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0016X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

0.8 mm

1.5 mm

Operating zone

0…0.6 mm

0…0.8 mm

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions

M5 x 30 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

7…12 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

≤ 1 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

Residual current, open state

≥ 3 mA

Switching frequency
References

NC function

D-Ex iaD 20 IP66/67 T85°C
0…1.2 mm

M8 x 26.5 mm

2 mm

5 mm

10 mm

0…1.6 mm

0…4 mm

0…8 mm

M12 x 38.5 mm M18 x 41 mm

M30 x 43.5 mm

1500 Hz

1000 Hz

800 Hz

500 Hz

300 Hz

XSMN08122EX XSAN01122EX

XSPN01122EX

XSPN02122EX

XSPN05122EX

XSPN10122EX

Plastic case

M12

Sensor type
Case type

10

M18

M30

Form C

Form D

2-wire DC, non flush mountable in metal
Plastic

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, EN 50020, EN 50284, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

20
D-Ex iaD 20 IP66/67 T85°C

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0016X /

Nominal sensing distance Sn

4 mm

8 mm

15 mm

15 mm

40 mm

Operating zone

0…3.2 mm

0…6.4 mm

0…12 mm

0…12 mm

0…32 mm

M18 x 41 mm

M30 x 43.5 mm

40 x 40 x 122.5 mm 100 x 80 x 40 mm

400 Hz

300 Hz

200 Hz

100 Hz

XSPN04122EX

XSPN08122EX

XSPN15122EX

XSCN151229EX (1) XSDN401229EX

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP67

Connection

Pre-cabled, PvR, L = 2 m

Dimensions

M12 x 38.5 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

7…12 VDC

Maximum switching capacity

≤ 1 mA

Overload and short-circuit protection

Yes

LED output state indicator

Yes

Residual current, open state

≥ 3 mA

Switching frequency
References

NC function

Screw terminals

25 Hz

(1) Flush mountable in metal

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/4

Intrinsically safe enclosures
Processing module

Module type

Discrete
Inputs

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021-1&2, EN 50082-1&2

Relay inputs/outputs

Zone D (dust)

Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certificate number / marking

LCIE 00ATEX6034X /

Zone 20

Number of input channels

2

2

2

Number of output channels

–

1

1

Type of output channel,

–

Low consumption solenoid valve, < 7 mA High consumption solenoid valve, < 40 mA

G/D-[EEx ia] IIC

4

load excitation
Outside zone

–

Number of recopying channels

2

4

Switching voltage

5…230 VAC; 5…24 VDC

Switching current

10 mA…0.5 A (AC); 10 mA…0.5 A, L/R 48 ms (DC)

with hysteresis

2

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Connection

Removable screw terminal blocks

Mounting

On 35 mm DIN rail

–

Dimensions, W x D x H

29.5 x 120 x 90 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

24 VDC (0.95…1.1 Un)

Consumption

5W

References

NY320N2RB1

Module type

Discrete
Load excitation outputs

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021-1&2, EN 50082-1&2

NY340N4RB1

NY321L2RB1

with hysteresis

2

NY321L1RB1

NY321H2RB1

NY321H1RB1

Zone D (dust)

Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certificate number / marking

LCIE 00ATEX6034X /

Zone 20

Number of load excitation channels

2

Maximum current

< 7 mA

Control voltage

24 VDC ± 10%

Outside zone

Control current

G/D-[EEx ia] IIC
4
< 40 mA

< 7 mA

< 40 mA

State 1 = 6.5 < I < 9 mA and 21.6 < U < 26.4 V; State 0 = I ≤ 0.4 mA and U ≤ 1.2 V

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Connection

Removable screw terminal blocks

Mounting

On 35 mm DIN rail

Dimensions, W x D x H

29.5 x 120 x 90 mm

Supply voltage (including ripple)

24 VDC (0.95…1.1 Un)

Consumption

5W

References

NY302L0NB1

10
NY302H0NB1

NY304L0NB1

NY304H0NB1

For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/5

Limit switches
Miniature, fixing by the body

Osiswitch

Limit switch type
With head for movement

XCMD metal, pre-cabled
Linear (plunger)

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

Type of operator

Metal end

Metal end

Steel roller

Retractable

plunger

plunger with

plunger

steel roller

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

elastomer boot
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

10

Actuation speed

0.5 m/s

lever plunger

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3
Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry

Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 5 m

Fixing centres

20 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H
References

30 x 16 x 50 mm
2 N/C + 2 N/O snap action

XCMD4110L5EX

XCMD4111L5EX

XCMD4102L5EX

XCMD4124L5EX

Compact, fixing by the body

Limit switch type
With head for movement

XCKD metal conforming to standard EN 500047
Linear (plunger)

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

Type of operator

Metal end

Metal end

Steel roller

Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic roller

plunger

plunger with

plunger

lever plunger, horiz. lever plunger, vert.

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

elastomer boot
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

15

Actuation speed

0.5 m/s

actuation in 1 direct. actuation in 1 direct.
10

15
1 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

10

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry

1 entry fitted with ISO M16 cable gland

Fixing centres

20 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H
References

31 x 30 x 65 mm
N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCKD3910P16EX

XCKD3911P16EX

XCKD3902P16EX

XCKD3921P16EX

XCKD3927P16EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/6

Miniature, fixing by the head

XCMD metal, pre-cabled
Rotary (lever)

Linear (plunger)

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /
Steel roller

Thermoplastic roller

Roller lever

Variable length

M12 with metal

M16 with metal

M12 with steel

lever

lever

with ball bearing

thermoplastic

end plunger

end plunger with

roller plunger

mounted roller

roller lever

elastomer boot

10
1.5 m/s

0.5 m/s

0.1 m/s

– 20...+ 60°C
IP66 and IP67
AC15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 5 m
20 mm

M12 x 1

M16 x 1

M12 x 1

XCMD41F0L5EX

XCMD41G1L5EX

XCMD41F2L5EX

30 x 16 x 50 mm
XCMD4116L5EX

XCMD4115L5EX

XCMD4117L5EX

XCMD4145L5EX

Compact, fixing by
the head

XCKD metal conforming to standard EN 500047
Linear (plunger) Rotary (lever)

Multi-directional

Linear (plunger)

“Cat’s whisker”

M18 with metal

M18 with steel

end plunger

roller plunger

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0014X /
Thermoplastic roller

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

Thermoplastic

Thermoplastic

Variable length

Variable length

lever plunger, horiz. or roller lever

roller lever,

thermoplastic

thermoplastic

vert. actuation in 1 dir.

Ø 50 mm

roller lever

roller lever, Ø 50 mm

15

10

5

10

1 m/s

1.5 m/s

1 m/s

0.5 m/s

–
– 20...+ 60°C

10

IP66 and IP67
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
1 entry fitted with ISO M16 cable gland
20 mm

M18 x 1

30 x 16 x 50 mm
XCKD3928P16EX

XCKD3918P16EX

XCKD3939P16EX

XCKD3945P16EX

XCKD3949P16EX

XCKD3906P16EX

XCKD39H0P16EX

XCKD39H2P16EX

For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/7

Limit switches
Classic, fixing by the body

Osiswitch

Limit switch type
With head for movement

XCKM metal, 3 cable entries
Linear (plunger)

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Rotary (lever)

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

Type of operator

Metal end

Steel roller

Thermoplastic roller Thermoplastic

plunger

plunger

lever plunger, horiz.

Multi-directional

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C
“Cat’s whisker”

roller lever

actuation in 1 direct.
Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

20

Actuation speed

0.5 m/s

10
1.5 m/s

0.5 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

–

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry

3 tapped entries for ISO M20 cable gland (1)

Fixing centres

41 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H
References

63 x 30 x 64 mm
N/C + N/C + N/O snap action

XCKM3910H29EX

XCKM3902H29EX

XCKM3921H29EX

XCKM3915H29EX

XCKM3906H29EX

(1) 2 entries fitted with blanking plugs, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

Application - hoisting, handling, conveying

Limit switch type
With head for movement

XCKMR metal, 3 cable entries
Rotary (lever)

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /

Type of operator

Metal rod levers, ”crossed”

D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C
Metal rod levers, ”crossed”
reversed head

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

2

Actuation speed

1.5 m/s

Switches conforming to standard IEC 947-5-1 section 3

10

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529)

IP66

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Cable entry

3 tapped entries for ISO M20 cable gland (1)

Fixing centres

61.5 mm

Body dimensions, W x D x H

118 x 59 x 77 mm

2 x N/C + N/C staggered, slow break contacts

XCKMR54D1H29EX

XCKMR54D2H29EX

2 x N/C + N/O snap action contacts, both actuated in each direction –
2 x N/C + N/O snap action contacts, 1 actuated in each direction

–

2 x single-pole C/O snap action contacts

–

(1) 2 entries fitted with blanking plugs, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland
Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/8

XCKJ metal, fixed body, conforming to standard EN 50041
Linear (plunger)
Rotary (lever)
Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
D-Ex tD A21 IP66/67 T85°C

INERIS 04ATEX0014X /
Metal end

Steel roller

Steel roller

Thermoplastic roller

Variable length

Polyamide rod

plunger

plunger

lever

lever

thermoplastic

lever, Ø 6 x 200 mm

30

25

30

0.5 m/s

1 m/s

1.5 m/s

roller lever
20
–
– 20...+ 60°C
IP66
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland
30 x 60 mm
40 x 44 x 77 mm
XCKJ3961H29EX

XCKJ3967H29EX

XCKJ390513H29EX

XCKJ390511H29EX

XCR metal
Rotary (lever)

XCKJ390541H29EX

XCKJ390559H29EX

Conveyor belt shift monitoring switches

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

INERIS 04ATEX0024X /
Square (6 mm)

Thermoplastic roller

Large thermoplastic roller

Metal rod levers,

Galvanised steel

Stainless steel

rod lever, spring

(Ø 30 mm) lever, spring

(Ø 50 mm) lever, spring

”crossed”, stay put

operating lever

operating lever

return to off position

return to off position

return to off position

10

0.3

1.5 m/s
–
– 20...+ 60°C
IP65
AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

10

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
1 entry fitted with n° 13 cable gland
85 x 75 mm
85 x 75 x 95 mm
–
XCRA111EX

XCRA121EX

XCRA151EX

XCRE181EX (2)

–

XCRB111EX

XCRB121EX

XCRB151EX

XCRF171EX (3)

–

–

XCRT115EX

XCRT215EX

(2) “Crossed” rods (3) “T” rods

For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/9

Electromechanical pressure & vacuum switches
Adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds

Nautilus

Type
Size

Vacuum switches and vacu-pressure switches with setting scale
- 1 bar
- 0.2 bar
5 bar

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0058 /

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP66

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Setting range of upper limit (PH)

–0.14…–1 bar

–0.02…–0.2 bar

–0.5…5 bar

Body dimensions, W x D x H

55 x 77.5 x 158 mm

150 x 155.5 x 145 mm

113 x 35 x 75 mm

Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

Oil, air, up to +160°C

Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

Possible differential

Fluids controlled
Min. at low setting

0.13 bar

0.018 bar

0.5 bar

(subtract from PH

Min. at high setting

0.13 bar

0.018 bar

0.5 bar

to give PB) (1)

Max. at high setting

0.8 bar

0.18 bar

6 bar

XMLBM02V2S12EX

XMLBM03R2S12EX

XMLBM05A2S12EX

Single-pole snap action contact

(1) For XMLBM02V2S12EX and XMLBM03R2S12EX vacuum switches add to PB to give PH

10

Type
Size

Pressure switches with setting scale
10 bar
20 bar

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

35 bar

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0058 /

Fluid connection

1/4" BSP female

Electrical connection

Screw terminals, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP66

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Setting range of upper limit (PH)

0.7…10 bar

Body dimensions, W x D x H

35 x 75 x 113 mm

Fluids controlled

1.3…20 bar

3.5…35 bar

Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

Possible differential

Min. at low setting

0.57 bar

1 bar

1.7 bar

(subtract from PH

Min. at high setting

0.85 bar

1.6 bar

2.55 bar

to give PB)

Max. at high setting

7.5 bar

11 bar

20 bar

XMLB010A2S12EX

XMLB020A2S12EX

XMLB035A2S12EX

Single-pole snap action contact

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Global Detection” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/10

Pressure switches with setting scale
0.05 bar
0.35 bar

1 bar

2.5 bar

4 bar

0.3…2.5 bar

0.25…4 bar

55 x 77.5 x 158 mm

55 x 77.5 x 158 mm

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0058 /

D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

1/4" BSP female
Screw terminals, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland
– 20...+ 60°C
IP66
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
0.026…0.05 bar

0.045…0.35 bar

200 x 204 x 145 mm

110 x 110 x 162 mm

0.05…1 bar

Oil, air, up to +160°C

Oil, water, air, up to +70°C

0.0014 bar

0.042 bar

0.04 bar

0.16 bar

0.004 bar

0.05 bar

0.06 bar

0.21 bar

0.25 bar

0.04 bar

0.3 bar

0.75 bar

1.75 bar

2.4 bar

XMLBL05R2S12EX

XMLBL35R2S12EX

XMLB001R2S12EX

XMLB002A2S12EX

XMLB004A2S12EX

Pressure switches with setting scale
70 bar
160 bar

300 bar

0.2 bar

500 bar

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1
21 - 22
INERIS 04ATEX0058 /

D-Ex tD A21 IP66 T85°C

1/4" BSP female
Screw terminals, 1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland
– 20...+ 60°C
IP66
AC15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)
7…70 bar

10…160 bar

22…300 bar

30…500 bar

10

35 x 75 x 113 mm
Oil, up to +160°C
4.7 bar

9.3 bar

19.4 bar

23 bar

8.8 bar

20.8 bar

37 bar

52.6 bar

50 bar

100 bar

200 bar

300 bar

XMLB070D2S12EX

XMLB160D2S12EX

XMLB300D2S12EX

XMLB500D2S12EX

For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/11

Pushbuttons and mushroom heads
Contact functions

Harmony

Type

Ø 22 pushbuttons with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

5

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65 and IP66

Mounting

Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Pushbutton type

Flush with transparent silicone boot

Contact

N/O

Colour of push

p white

p black

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

–

XB4BP21EX

XB4BP31EX

XB4BP42EX

XB4BP51EX

XB4BP61EX

XB4BP181EX

–

XB4BP381EX

XB4BP482EX

XB4BP581EX

XB4BP681EX

References

Insertion of legend not possible
Insertion of legend possible

Pushbutton type

N/O

Flush with coloured silicone boot

Contact

N/O

N/C

N/O

Colour of silicone boot

p white

p black

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

References

XB4BPS11EX

XB4BPS21EX

XB4BPS31EX

XB4BPS42EX

XB4BPS51EX

XB4BS61EX

Ø 40 mushroom head pushbutton type

Spring return

Contact

N/O

N/C

N/O

Colour of push

p black

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

References

XB4BC21EX

XB4BC31EX

XB4BC42EX

XB4BC51EX

XB4BC61EX

Type

Ø 40 mushroom head Emergency stop pushbuttons

Conformity

Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-5

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

0.3

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Mounting

10

N/C

Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Ø 40 latching mushroom head pushbutton type

Push-pull with trigger action

Key release ( n° 455)

Turn to release

Contact(s)

N/C + N/O

N/C

N/C

Colour of push

p red

p red

p red

References

XB4BT845EX

XB4BS142EX

XB4BS542EX

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/12

Selector switches and key switches
Contact functions

Type

Ø 22 selector switches and key switches with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX D 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

3

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Mounting

Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Selector switch type

Standard handle

Contacts

N/C + N/O

N/O + N/O

Colour

p black

p black

2 position stay put

XB4BD25EX

–

3 position stay put

–

XB4BD33EX

3 position spring return to centre

–

XB4BD53EX

References

Selector switch type

Long handle

Contact(s)

N/O

N/O + N/O

Colour

p black

p black

References

2 position stay put

XB4BJ21EX

–

3 position stay put

–

XB4BJ33EX

–

XB4BJ53EX

3 position spring return to centre
Key switch type

Key n° 455

Contact(s)

N/O

Colour

p black

p black

2 position stay put, key withdrawal in LH position

XB4BG21EX

–

2 position stay put, key withdrawal in both positions

References

N/O + N/O

XB4BG41EX

–

2 position spring return, key withdrawal in LH position XB4BG61EX

–

3 position stay put, key withdrawal in centre position

–

XB4BG33EX

3 position stay put, key withdrawal in all 3 positions

–

XB4BG03EX

10

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue

For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/13

Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights
Contact and light functions (integral LED)

Harmony

Type

Ø 22 illuminated pushbuttons with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

5

Service life

100,000 hours at ambient temperature

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Mounting

Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Light source

Integral LED

Illuminated pushbutton type, with integral LED

Flush with transparent silicone boot

Contact

N/O

Colour of push

p white

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

24 VAC/DC

XB4BP183B5EX

XB4BP383B5EX

XB4BP483B5EX

XB4BP583B5EX

XB4BP683B5EX

48…120 VAC

XB4BP183G5EX

XB4BP383G5EX

XB4BP483G5EX

XB4BP583G5EX

XB4BP683G5EX

240 VAC

XB4BP183M5EX

XB4BP383M5EX

XB4BP483M5EX

XB4BP583M5EX

XB4BP683M5EX

24…120 VAC/DC

XB4BP183BG5EX

XB4BP383BG5EX

XB4BP483BG5EX

XB4BP583BG5EX

XB4BP683BG5EX

References

LED voltage

Type

N/O

Ø 22 pilot lights with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX9004U /

Service life

100,000 hours at ambient temperature

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Mounting

10

N/C

Panel cut-out

Ø 22.5 mm (22.4

Mounting centres

30 x 40 mm

+0.4
0

D-Ex tD A21 IP65/66

recommended )

Depth below head

43 mm

Connection

Screw clamp terminals

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A
DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Light source

Integral LED

Pilot light type

Pilot lights with integral LED, plain lens

p white

p green

p red

p yellow

p blue

24 VAC/DC

XB4BVB1EX

XB4BVB3EX

XB4BVB4EX

XB4BVB5EX

XB4BVB6EX

48…120 VAC

XB4BVG1EX

XB4BVG3EX

XB4BVG4EX

XB4BVG5EX

XB4BVG6EX

240 VAC

XB4BVM1EX

XB4BVM3EX

XB4BVM4EX

XB4BVM5EX

XB4BVM6EX

24…120 VAC/DC

XB4BVBG1EX

XB4BVBG3EX

XB4BVBG4EX

XB4BVBG5EX

XB4BVBG6EX

Colour of LED
References

LED voltage

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/14

Control stations
Complete stations, metal or plastic

Type

Complete control stations

Type of operators

Ø 22 flush pushbuttons

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0023 /

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Connection

1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics of contact blocks

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)
Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Function

1 function, Start or Stop

2 functions, Start - Stop

Composition

1 spring return pushbutton

2 spring ret. pushbuttons 3 spring ret. pushbuttons

3 functions

Contact(s)

N/O

N/C

N/O + N/C

Colour of pushbutton(s)

p green

p red

p green + p red

p green + p red + p black

80 x 77 x 130 mm

80 x 77 x 175 mm

Metal control stations

Dimensions, W x D x H
Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres

References
Plastic control stations

80 x 77 x 80 mm
50 x 65 mm
XAWF100EX

Dimensions, W x D x H

85 x 70 x 146 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres

70 x 105 mm

XAWF110EX

N/O + N/C + N/O

50 x 115 mm

50 x 160 mm

XAWF210EX

XAWF310EX
85 x 70 x 226 mm
70 x 108 mm

References

XAWG100EX

XAWG110EX

XAWG210EX

XAWG310EX

Type

Complete control stations

Type of operator

Ø 22 selector switch or key switch with metal bezel

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Ø 40 mushroom head Emergency stop

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0023 /

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Connection

1 entry fitted with ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics of contact blocks

AC15; A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A or Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A or Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

DC13; Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A or Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A or Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A)
Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Function

1 function, Start/Stop

Composition

1 selector switch (1)

Contact
Colour of operator
Metal control stations

Plastic control stations
References

1 Ø 40 mushroom head 1 Ø 40 mushroom head 1 push/pull Ø 40

standard black handle key n° 455

turn to release

key release

with trigger action

N/O + N/C

N/O + N/C

N/C + N/C

N/C + N/C

N/C + N/C

p black

p black

p red

p red

p red

XAWF140EX

XAWF174EX

XAWF184EX

XAWF198EX

XAWG140EX

XAWG174EX

XAWG184EX

XAWG198EX

Dimensions, W x D x H

80 x 77 x 80 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres

50 x 65 mm

Dimensions, W x D x H

80 x 70 x 146 mm

Fixings: 4 x Ø 5.6 mm, centres

70 x 105 mm

References

Emergency stop
1 key switch (1)

XAWF130EX

XAWG130EX

(1) 2 position stay put
Other characteristics: please refer to the “Human-Machine Interface components” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/15

10

Emergency stops and foot switches
Cable (tripwire) operated Emergency stops

Preventa

For operating cable up to 50 m long

Latching, without indicator light

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0015 /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

0.01

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP65

Connection

3 entries for ISO M20 cable gland

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Dimensions, W x D x H

229 x 82 x 142 mm

229 x 105 x 142 mm

Reset

By booted pushbutton

By key release pushbutton (key n° 421)

Operating cable length

≤ 50 m

Operating cable anchoring point

To left

To right

To left

To right

N/C + N/O slow break

XY2CE2A250EX

XY2CE1A250EX

XY2CE2A450EX

XY2CE1A450EX

N/C + N/C slow break

XY2CE2A270EX

XY2CE1A270EX

XY2CE2A470EX

XY2CE1A470EX

References

≤ 50 m

Foot switches, metal

Type

10

Single pedal switches

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50281-1-1, pr IEC 61241-0, pr IEC 61241-1

Zone D (dust)

21 - 22

EC type examination certificate number / marking

INERIS 04ATEX0025 /

Mechanical durability (millions of operating cycles)

5

Temperature range

– 20...+ 60°C

Degree of protection

IP66

D-Ex tD A21 IP65 T85°C

Connection

2 entries for n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland (1)

Rated operational characteristics

AC15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A)/DC13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Short-circuit protection

By 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl)

Dimensions, W x D x H

104 x 172 x 59 mm

Colour

Blue

Contact operation

1 step

2 step

1 step

2 step

1 N/C + N/O

XPEM110EX

–

XPER110EX

–

2 N/C + N/O

XPEM111EX

XPEM211EX

XPER111EX

XPER211EX

References

Orange

(1) 1 entry fitted with blanking plug, 1 entry fitted with n° 16 (Pg 16) cable gland

Other characteristics: please refer to the “Machine safety” catalogue
For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/16

Automation platform
Weighing system for Modicon Premium

Module type

ISP Plus
Supplied calibrated

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50039, EN 50284, EN 50281-1-1

Zone D (dust)

Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certificate number / marking

LCIE 03ATEX6399X /

Connection

By connectors: Sub-D 15-way male for sensors and Sub-D 9-way male for transfer of weights

Load cell inputs

50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells)

Outputs
References

G or/and D-EEx ib IIC T6 or IIB T6

2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display
Without display

TSXISPY101

With display TSXXBTH100

TSXISPY111

Intrinsically safe I/O modules for Modicon
Quantum

Module type

Inputs/outputs
Discrete

Conformity

Directive ATEX 94/9/EC, EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50284, EN 50281-1-1

Analogue

Zone D (dust)

Mounted outside zone (to be used in conjunction with products for zone 20, 21 or 22)

EC type examination certificate number / marking

SIRA 02ATEX2345X /

Connection

By screw terminal block 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs

8

–

8

Number of outputs

–

8

–

Signal inputs

–

–

Thermal probes

0…25/20 mA

Thermocouple (1)

4…25 mA

G/D-[EEx ia] IIC

Resolution
References

140DII33000

140DIO33000

–
8

12 bits + sign

0…25,000 points

15 bits

140AII33000

140AII33010

140AIO33000

10

(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV

For more information, visit our site: www.telemecanique.com

10/17

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Afghanistan

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric India

Albania

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Austria

Algeria

b Schneider Electric

voie A Lot C22
Zone industrielle Rouiba - Alger

Andorra

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric France

Angola

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric South Africa

Anguilla

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Antartica

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Brazil

Antigua & Barbuda

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Argentina

b Schneider Argentina

Viamonte 2850 - 1678 Caseros
(provincia Buenos Aires)

Armenia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Aruba

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Australia

b Schneider Electric (Australia) Pty. 2 Solent Circuit
Limited

Norwest Business Park
Baulkham Hill _ NSW 2153

Tel. : +213 21 92 97 02 à 09
Fax : +213 21 92 97 00 à 01

Tel.: +54 1 716 88 88
Fax: +54 1 716 88 33

www.schneider-electric.com.ar

Tel.: +61 298 51 28 00
Fax: +61 296 29 83 40

www.schneider.com.au

Tel.: +431 610 540
Fax: +431 610 54 54

www.schneider-electric.at

www.squared.com

Austria

b Schneider Austria Ges.m.b.H.

Birostrasse 11
1239 Wien

Azerbaijan

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Bahamas

b Schneider Electric

Union Village
PO Box 3901 - Nassau

Tel. : +1 242 327 42 91
Fax : +1 242 327 42 91

Bahrain

b Schneider Electric

Floor 1 - Juma Building
Abu Horaira Avenue
PO Box 355 - 304 Manama

Tel.: +97 322 7897
Fax: +97 321 8313

Bangladesh

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric India

Barbados

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Belarus

b Schneider Electric Industries SA

Prospect Macherova 5, of. 202
220004 Minsk

Tel. : +375 172 23 75 50
Fax : +375 172 23 97 61

Belgium

b Schneider Electric nv/sa

Dieweg 3
B - 1180 Brussels

Tel.: +3223737711
Fax: +3223753858

www.schneider-electric.be

Tel.: +55 55 24 52 33
Fax: +55 55 22 51 34

www.schneider-electric.com.br

Tel.: +3592 919 42
Fax: +3592 962 44 39

www.schneiderelectric.bg

Belize

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric USA

Benin

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Bermuda

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Bhutan

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric India

Bolivia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Chile

Bosnia and Herzegovina

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Croatia

Botswana

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric South Africa

Bouvet island

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Brazil

b Schneider Electric Brazil Ltda.

Avenida Das Nações Unidas 23223
Jurubatuba - CEP 04795-907
São Paulo-SP

Brunei (Darussalam)

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Singapore

Bulgaria

b Schneider Electric

Expo 2000, Boulevard Vaptzarov
1407 Sofiav

Burkina Faso

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Burundi

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Kenya

Cambodia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Viet Nam

Cameroon

b Schneider Electric Cameroon

166, rue de l'Hôtel de Ville
BP12087 - Douala

Tel.: +237 343 38 84
Fax: +237 343 11 94

Canada

b Schneider Canada

19, Waterman Avenue
M4 B1Y2 Toronto - Ontario

Tel.: +1 416 752 8020
Fax: +1 416 752 4203

Cape Verde

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Senegal

Caribee

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Cayman islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.
Schneider Electric Cameroon

www.schneider-electric.ca

Central African Republic

Contacts are assured by

Chad

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Cameroon

Chile

b Schneider Electric Chile S.A.

Avda. Pdte Ed. Frei Montalva, 6001-31 Tel.: +56 2 444 3000
Conchali - Santiago
Fax: +56 2 423 9335

www.schneider-electric.co.cl

China

b Schneider Beijing

Landmark bldg-Room 1801
8 North Dong Sanhuan Rd
Chaoyang District
100004 Beijing

www.schneider-electric.com.cn

Tel.: +86 10 65 90 69 07
Fax: +86 10 65 90 00 13

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Christmas island

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Cocos (Keeling) islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Colombia

b Schneider Electric de Colombia

Calle 45A #102-48
Bogota DC

S.A.

Tel.: +57 1 426 97 00
Fax: +57 1 426 97 40

Comoros

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric la Reunion

Congo

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Cameroon

Cook islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Costa Rica

b Schneider Centroamérica Ltda.

1.5 kmts oeste de la Embajada
Americana,
Pavas, San José, Costa Rica C.A.
Apartado: 4123-1000 San Jose

Tel.: +506 232-60-55
Fax: +506 232-04-26

Croatia

b Schneider Electric SA

Fallerovo Setaliste 22
HR - 10000 Zagreb

Tel.: +385 1 367 100
Fax: +385 1 367 111

Cuba

b Schneider Electric

Bureau de Liaison de La Havane
Calle 36- N˚306-Apto1
Entre 3ra y 5ta Avenida Miramar
Playa Habana

Tel.: +53 724 15 59
Fax: +53 724 12 17

Cyprus

b Schneider Electric Cyprus

28 General Timayia Avenue
Kyriakos Building, Block #A301
Larnaca 6046

Tel.: +00357 248 12646
Fax: +00357 246 37382

Czech Republic

b Schneider Electric CZ, s.r.o.

Thámova 13
Praha 8 - 186 00

Tel.: +420 2 810 88 111
Fax: +420 2 24 81 08 49

www.schneider-electric.cz

Democratic Rep. of Congo

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Cameroon

Denmark

b Schneider Electric A/S

Baltorpbakken 14
DK-2750 Ballerup

Tel.: +45 44 73 78 88
Fax: +45 44 68 5255

www.schneider-electric.dk

Djibouti

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Egypt

Dominican Republic

b Schneider Electric

Calle Jacinto Manon
Esq. Federico Geraldino
Edificio D' Roca Plaza Suite 402,
Ens. Paraiso - Santo Domingo

Ecuador

b Schneider Electric Ecuador SA

Av.Republica del Salvador 1082 y Nac Tel. : +593 2 224 42 42
Edificio Mansion Blanca-Quito
Fax : +593 2 224 42 94

Egypt

b Schneider Electric Egypt sae

68, El Tayaran Street
Nasr City, 11371 - Cairo

El Salvador

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric USA

Equatorial Guinea

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Cameroon

Eritrea

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Egypt

Estonia

b Lexel Electric

Ehitajate tee 110
EE 12618 Talinn

www.schneider-ca.com

Tel.: +1 809 334 66 63
Fax: +1 809 334 66 68

Tel.: +20 24 01 01 19
Fax: +20 24 01 66 87

www.schneider.com.eg

Tel. : +372 650 97 00
Fax : +372 650 97 22

Ethiopia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Egypt

Falkland islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Brazil

Faroe islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Fiji

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Finland

b Schneider Electric Oy

Sinimäentie 14
02630 Espoo

Tel. : +358 9 527 000
Fax : +358 9 5270 0376

www.schneider-electric.fi

France

b Schneider Electric SA

5, rue Nadar
92500 Rueil Malmaison

Tel.: +33 (0)1 41 29 82 00
Fax: +33 (0)1 47 51 80 20

www.schneider-electric.fr

www.schneiderelectric.de

French Polynesia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

French West Indies

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Gabon

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Cameroon

Gambia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Senegal

Georgia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Germany

b Schneider Electric GmbH

Gothaer Straße 29
D-40880 Ratingen

Tel.: +49210 240 40
Fax: +492 10 240 49 256

Ghana

b Schneider Electric Ghana

PMB Kia
3rd Floor Opeibea House
Airport Commercial Center
Liberation road - Accra

Tel. : +233 21 70 11 687
Fax : +233 21 77 96 22

Gilbraltar

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Spain

Greece

b Schneider Electric AE

14th km - RN Athens-Lamia
GR - 14564 Kifissia

Greenland

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric United States

Grenada

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Guadeloupe

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Martinique

Guam

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Tel.: +302 106 29 52 00
Fax: +302 106 29 52 10

www.schneider-electric.com.gr

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Guatemala

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric United States

Guinea-Bissau

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Sénégal

Guinea

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Guyana

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric United States

Haiti

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Heard & Mac Donald isl.

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Honduras

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric United States

Hong Kong

b Schneider Electric (Hong Kong)

Room 3108-28, 31th Floor,
Sun Hung Kai Centre,
30 Harbour Road, Wanchai

Tel.: +852 25 65 06 21
Fax: +852 28 11 10 29

Fehérvári út 108 – 112
H-1116 Budapest

Tel.: +36 1 382 26-06
Fax: +36 1 206 1429

www.schneider-electric.hu

Ltd

Hungary

b Schneider Electric Hungária
Villamossági Rt.

Iceland

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Denmark

India

b Schneider Electric India

Max House, 1 Dr Jha Marg, Okhla
110 020 New Dehli

Tel. : +91 11 631 85 84
Tel. : +91 11 631 71 61

www.schneiderelectric-in.com

Indonesia

b P.T. Schneider Indonesia

Ventura Building 7th Floor
Jalan R.A. Kartini Kav.26
Cilandak - 12430 Jakarta

Tel.: +62 +21 750 44 06
Fax: +62 +21 750 44 15/ 16

www.schneider-electric.co.id

Iran (Islamic Republic of)

b Telemecanique Iran

1047 Avenue VALI ASSR
P.O. Box 15875-3547
15116 Teheran

Tel.: +98 218 71 01 42
Fax: +98 218 71 81 87

Irak

b Schneider Electric Industries SA

38050 Grenoble Cedex 9

Tel.: +33 04 76 60 54 27
Fax: +33 04 76 60 56 60

Ireland

b Schneider Electric Ireland

Maynooth Road
Cellbridge - Co. Kildare

Tel.: +353+0 1 6012200
Fax: +353+0 1 6012201

www.schneiderelectric.ie

Italy

b Schneider Electric S.p.A.

Centro Direzionale Colleoni
Palazzo Sirio - Viale Colleoni, 7
20041 Agrate Brianza (Mi)

Tel.: +39 39 655 8111
Fax: +39 39 605 6237

www.schneiderelectric.it

Ivory Coast

b Schneider Electric Afrique de

Rue Pierre et Marie Curie
18 BP 2027 Abidjan 18

Tel.: +225 21 75 00 10
Fax: +225 21 75 00 30

l'Ouest

Jamaica

b Schneider Electric

Shop#5, Plaza Dunrobin
30 Dunrobin Avenue - Kingstown

Tel. : +1876 755 41 27
Tel. : +931 87 74

Japan

b Schneider Electric Japan Ltd

Torigoe F. Bldg
1-8-2, Torigoe
Taito-Ku - 111-0054 Tokyo

Tel.: +81 358 35 35 81
Fax: +81 358 35 35 85

Jordan

b Schneider Electric Industr. Jordan Jordan University Street
Abu Al Haj Commercial Complex
2nd Floor - Office # 202 - Amman

Kazakstan

b Schneider Electric Kazakhstan
Liaison Office

Tel.: 962 65 16 78 87
Fax: 962 65 16 79 1

Prospekt Abaia 157 off 9
480009 Almaty

Tel. : +7 327 250 93 88
Tel. : +7 327 250 63 70
Tel. : +254 2.824.156
Fax : +254 2.824.157

Kenya

b Schneider East Africa

Power Technics Complex
Monbasa Road - PO Box 46345
Nairobi

Kiribati

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Korea

b Schneider Electric Korea Ltd

3Floor, Cheil Bldg., 94-46, 7-Ka
Youngdeungpodong,
Youngdeungpo-ku
150-037 Seoul

Tel. : +82 2 2630 9700
Fax : +82 2 2630 9800

Kuwait

b Schneider Electric Kuwait

Al Gaas Tower - Sharq 2nd Floor
PO Box 20092 - 13 061 Safat

Tel.: +965 240 75 46
Fax: +965 240 75 06

Kyrgyz Republic

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Laos

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Thailand

Latvia

b Lexel Electric

60A A.Deglava str.
LV1035 Riga

Tel. : +371 780 23 74/75
Fax : +371 754 62 80

Lebanon

b Schneider Electric Liban

Tabaris, Avenue Charles Malek
Immeuble Ashada, 8
P.O. Box 166223 - Beyrouth

Tel. : +961 1 20 46 20
Tel. : +961 1 20 31 19

Lesotho

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric South Africa

Liberia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Ghana

Libya

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Tunisia

Liechtenstein

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Switzerland

Lithuania

b Lexel Electric

44, Verkiu str.
LT-2012 Vilnius

Loro Sae

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Luxembourg

b Schneider Electric Industrie SAS Agence de Metz
1, Rue Graham Bell - BP n˚ 35190
57075 Metz cedex 3 - France

Macau

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric China

www.schneider-electric.co.jp

www.csinfo.co.kr/schneider/

Tel. : +370 278 59 59/61
Fax : +370 278 59 60

Tel.: 33 03 87 39 06 03
Fax: 33 03 87 74 25 96

www.schneider-electric.fr

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Macedonia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Bulgaria

Madagascar

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric la Reunion

Malawi

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric South Africa

Malaysia

b Schneider Electric (Malaysia) Sdn No.11 Jalan U1/19, Seksyen U1
Bhd

Hicom-Glenmarie Industrial Park
40150 Shah Alam
Selangor Darul Ehsan

Maldives

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Reunion

Mali

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Senegal

Malta

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Tunisia

Marshall islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Martinique

b Schneider Electric

Schneider Electric
Immeuble Cottrell - ZI de la Lézarde
97232 Le Lamentin

Mauritania

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Senegal

Mauritius

b Schneider Electric

Route côtière
Calodyne - Mauritius

Mayotte

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Reunion

Mexico

b Groupe Schneider Mexico

Calz. Rojo Gomez N˚ 1121-A
Col. Guadalupe del Moral
México, D.F. - C.P. 09300

Micronesia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Moldova

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Romania

Monaco

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric France

Mongolia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Montserrat

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Morocco

b Schneider Electric Morocco

26, rue Ibnou Khalikane
Quartier Palmiers
20100 Casablanca

Mozambique

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric South Africa

Myanmar

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Singapore

Namibia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric South Africa

Nauru

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Nepal

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric India

Netherlands

b Schneider Electric BV

Waarderweg 40 - Postbus 836
2003 RV Haarlem

Netherlands Antilles

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

New Caledonia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

New Zealand

b Schneider Electric (NZ) Ltd

14 Charann Place Avondale
P.O. Box 15355 - New Lynn
Auckland

Nicaragua

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric United States

Niger

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Nigeria

b Schneider Electric Nigeria Limited Biro plaza - 8th Floor - Plot 634
Abeyemo Alakija Street
Victoria Islan - Lagos

Tel. : (603) 7883 6333
Fax : (603) 7883 6188

www.schneiderelectric.com.my

Tel.: +05 96 51 06 00
Fax: +05 96 51 11 26

Tel.: 230 282 18 83
Fax: 230 282 18 84

Tel.: +525 686 30 00
Fax: +525 686 24 09

www.schneiderelectric.com.mx

Tel.: +212 299 08 48 to 57
Fax: +212 299 08 67 and 69

www.schneider.co.ma

Tel.: +31 23 512 4124
Fax: +31 23 512 4100

www.schneider-electric.nl

Tel. : +64 9 829 04 90
Fax : +64 9 829 04 91

www.schneider-electric.co.nz

Tel. : +234 1 2702973
Fax : +234 1 2702976

Niue

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Norfolk island

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

North Korea

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric China

Northern Mariana islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Norway

b Schneider Electric Norge A/S

Solgaard Skog 2
Postboks 128 - 1501 Moss

Tel.: +47 6924 9700
Fax: +47 6925 7871

Oman

b Schneider Electric CA

c/o Arab Development Co
PO Box 439 - 113 Muscat

Tel.: +968 77 163 64
Fax: +968 77 104 49

Pakistan

b Schneider Electric Pakistan

43-L, 2nd floor, M.M. Alam Road,
Gulberg II - Lahore

Tel.: +92 42 5754471 à 73
Fax: +92 42 5754474

Palau

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Panama

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric United States

Papua New Guinea

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Paraguay

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Uruguay

Peru

b Schneider Electric Peru S.A.

Los Telares n˚231 Urb. Vulcano, Ate
Lima 03

Tel.: +511 348 44 11
Fax: +511 348 05 23

www.schneider-electric.no

www.schneider-electric.com.pe

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Philippines

b Schneider Electric Philippines, Inc 5th Floor, ALCO Building
391 Sen, Gil Puyat Avenue
Makati 1209

Pitcairn

Contacts are assured by

Poland

b Schneider Electric Polska Sp.zo.o. ul. Lubinowa 4a

Tel. : +632 896 6063
Fax : +632 896 7229

Schneider Electric Australia
03-878 - Warszawa

Tel.: +48 22 511 8 200
Fax: +48 22 511 8 210

www.schneider-electric.pl

Tel.: +351 21 416 5800
Fax: +351 21 416 5857

www.schneiderelectric.pt

Portugal

b Schneider Electric Portugal

Av.do Forte, 3
Edificio Suécia II, Piso 3-A
CP 2028 Carnaxide
2795 Linda-A-Velha

Puerto Rico

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric United States

Qatar

b Schneider Electric Qatar Branch

c/o Khalifa BinFahred Al Thani
Trad.and Co - P.O. Box 4484
Doha

Tel.: +97 4424358
Fax: +97 4424358

Reunion

b Schneider Electric

Immeuble Futura,
190, rue des 2 canons
BP 646 - 97497 Sainte Clothilde

Tel.: +262 28 14 28
Fax: +262 28 39 37

Romania

b Schneider Electric

Bd Ficusului n˚42
Apimondia, Corp.A, et.1, Sector 1
Bucuresti

Tel.: +401 203 06 50
Fax: +401 232 15 98

www.schneider-electric.ro

Russian Federation

b Schneider Electric ZAO

Enisseyskaya 37
129 281 Moscow

Tel.: +7095 797 40 00
Fax: +7095 797 40 03

www.schneider-electric.ru

Rwanda

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Kenya

Samoa

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

San Marino

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Italy

Sandwich & Georgia island

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Sao Tome & Principe

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Senegal

Saudi Arabia

b Schneider Electric

Second Industrial City
P.O. Box 89249 - 11682 Riyadh

Tel.: +966 1 265 1515
Fax: +966 1 265 1860

Senegal

b Schneider Electric Sénégal

BP 15952 - Dakar-Fann
Rond point N'Gor - Dakar

Tel.: +221 820 68 05
Fax: +221 820 58 50

Seychelles

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Reunion

Sierra Leone

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Ghana

Singapore

b Schneider Electric Singapore Pte 10 Ang Mo Kio Street 65
Ltd

Slovak Republic

b Schneider Electric Slovakia spol
s.r.o.

Tel.: +65 484 78 77
Fax: +65 484 78 00

www.schneider-electric.com.sg

Borekova 10
SK-821 06 Bratislava

Tel. : +02 45 52 40 10 and 40 30
Fax : +02 45 52 40 00

www.schneider-electric.sk

Tel. : +386 1 23 63 555
Fax : +386 1 23 63 559

www.schneider-electric.si

#02-17/20 TechPoint
Singapore 569059

Slovenia

b Schneider Electric, d.o.o.

Dunasjka 47
1000 Ljubljana

Solomon islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Somalia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Egypt

South Africa

b Schneider Electric South Africa

Private Bag X139
Halfway House
1685 - Midrand.

Tel.: +27 11 254 6400
Fax: +27 11 315 8830

www.schneider-electric.co.za

(PTY) Ltd

Spain

b Schneider Electric España, S.A.

Pl. Dr. Letamendi, 5-7
08007 Barcelona

Tel.: +34 93 484 3100
Fax: +34 93 484 3308

www.schneiderelectric.es

Sri Lanka

b Schneider Electric Industries SA

Liaison office SRI Lanka
Level 3B Valiant towers
46/7 Nawam Mawatha-Colombo 2

Tel. : +94 77 48 54 89

www.schneiderelectric-in.com

St Helena

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Italy

St Kitts & Nevis

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Lucia

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Pierre et Miquelon

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

St Vincent & Grenadines

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Sudan

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Egypt

Suriname

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric United States

Svalbard & Jan Mayen isl.

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Denmark

Swaziland

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric South Africa

Sweden

b Schneider Electric AB

Djupdalsvägen 17/19
19129 Sollentuna

Tel.: +46 8 623 84 00
Fax: +46 8 623 84 85

www.schneider-electric.se

Switzerland

b Schneider Electric (Switzerland)

Schermenwaldstrasse 11
CH - 3063 Ittigen

Tel.: +41 31 917 3333
Fax: +41 31 917 3355

www.schneider-electric.ch

Elba Street - Malki
Gheibeh and Qassas bldg, 1st floor
PO Box 33876-Damascus

Tel. : +963 11 37 49 88 00
Fax : +963 11 37 17 55 9

S.A.

Syrian Arab Republic

b Schneider Electric Syria

Schneider Electric worldwide

Up-dated: 28-07-2003
Taiwan, Republic of China

b Schneider Electric Taiwan Co Ltd 2FI., N˚37, Ji-Hu Road, Nei-Hu Dist., Tel. : +886 2 8751 6388
Taipei 114

Tajikistan

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Tanzania, United Rep. of

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Kenya

Thailand

b Schneider (Thailand) Ltd

20th Floor Richmond Building
75 Sukhumvit 26 Road, Klongtoey
Bangkok 10110

Togo

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Ivory Coast

Tokelau

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Tonga

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Trinidad & Tobago

b Schneider Electric

6, 1st Street West Ext.
Beaulieu Avenue
Trincity Trinidad West Indies

Tel.: 1868 640 42 04
Fax: 1868 640 42 04

Tunisia

b Schneider Electric Tunisia

Rue du Lac Oubeira
1053 Les Berges du Lac - Tunis

Tel.: +216 71 960 477
Fax: +216 71 960 342

Turkey

b Schneider Elektrik Sanayi Ve

Tütüncü Mehmet Efendi Cad. N˚:110 Tel.: +90 21 63 86 95 70
Kat 1-2 - 81080 Göztepe – Istanbul Fax: +90 21 63 86 38 75

Ticaret A.S.

Turkmenistan

b Schneider Electric Turkmenistan
Liaison Office

rue Neitralny Turkmenistan 28,
off.326/327
74 000 Achgabad

www.schneider-electric.com.tw

Fax : +886 2 8751 6389

Tel.: +662 204 9888
Fax: +662 204 9816

www.schneider-electric.co.th

www.schneiderelectric.com.tr

Tel. : +993 12 46 29 52
Fax : +993 12 46 29 52

Turks & Caicos islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Tuvalu

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Uganda

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Kenya

Ukraine

b Schneider Electric

Rue Krechtchalik 2
252601 Kiev

Tel.: +380 44 462 04 25
Fax: +380 44 462 04 24

United Arab Emirates

b Schneider Electric Abu Dhabi

PO Box 29580
Office Floor 2/Lulu Street
Al Marina Plaza Tower
Abu Dhabi

Tel.: +9712 6 339444
Fax: +9712 6 316606

United Kingdom

b Schneider Electric Ltd

Braywick House East
Windsor Road - Maidenhead
Berkshire SL6 1 DN

Tel.: +44 (0)1 628 508 500
Fax: +44 (0)1 628 508 508

www.schneider.co.uk

United States

b Schneider Electric

North American Division
1415 Roselle Road
Palatine - IL 60067

Tel.: +1 847 397 2600
Fax: +1 847 925 7500

www.squared.com

Uruguay

b Schneider Electric Uruguay S.A.

Ramon Masini 3190
Montevideo

Tel. : +59 82 707 2392
Fax : +59 82 707 2184

Uzbekistan

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Russian Fed.

Vanuatu

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Vatican city St./Holy See

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Italy

Venezuela

b Schneider Mg SD TE, S.A

Calle 162/ Piso 2
Edificio Centro Cynamid
La Urbina, 1070 - 75319 Caracas

Tel.: +58 2 241 13 44
Fax: +58 2 243 60 09

Viet Nam

b R.R.O. of Schneider Electric

Unit 2.9, 2nd Floor, e-Town Building
364 Cong Hoa Street
Tan Binh District - Ho Chi Minh City

Tel.: +84 8 8103 103
Fax: +84 8 8120 477

Industries S.A.S. in Viet Nam

Virgin islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Dominican Rep.

Wallis & Futuna islands

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Australia

Western Sahara

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric Morocco

Yemen

Contacts are assured by

Schneider Electric U.A.E.

Yugoslavia

b Schneider Electric Jugoslavija

Ratarski put 27d
11186 Belgrade

Tel.: +381 11 192 414
Fax: +381 11 107 125

d.o.o.

Zambia

b Schneider Zambia

Zambia Office
c/o Matipi Craft Center Building
Plot 1036 - Accra Road
PO Box 22792 - Kitwe

Tel.: +260 222 22 52
Fax: +260 222 83 89

Zimbabwe

b Schneider Electric

Zimbabwe Liaison Office
75A Second Street
(corner Livingstone Avenue)
Harare

Tel.: +263 4 707 179/180
Fax: +263 4 707 176

www.schneider-electric.com.ua

www.schneider-electric.com.ve

New telemecanique.com portal
This international site allows you to access all the Telemecanique products
in just 2 clicks via comprehensive range data-sheets, with direct links to:
b Complete library : technical documents, catalogs, certificates, FAQs,
brochures...
b Selection guides from the e-catalog
b Product discovery sites and their Flash animations
You will also find illustrated overviews, news to which you can subscribe,
a discussion forum, the list of country contacts...
To live automation solutions every day!

Product index

Functions
discovery

Product data-sheet

E-catalog

Library

A worldwide presence
Constantly available
b More than 5 000 points of sale in 130 countries.
b You can be sure to find the range of products that are right for you and which
complies fully with the standards in the country where they are used.
Technical assistance wherever you are
Our technicians are at your disposal to assist you in finding the optimum
solution for your particular needs.
b Schneider Electric provides you with all necessary technical assistance,
throughout the world.

Simply Smart !
Schneider Electric Industries S.A.S.
Head office
89, bd Franklin Roosevelt
92500 Rueil-Malmaison Cedex
France
www.schneider-electric.com
www.telemecanique.com
ART. 960015

Owing to changes in standards and equipment, the characteristics given in the text and images in this document
are not binding until they have been confirmed with us.
Production: IGS-CP
Design: www.blueloft.fr
Photos: Schneider Electric - Image bank
Printed by:

07/2005 - V2.1

DIA1ED2040506EN

b



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2005:06:23 16:04:46
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 4.0 for Macintosh
Modify Date                     : 2005:06:29 15:31:27+02:00
Page Count                      : 304

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools